Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (2024)

Table of Contents
What is a business? How to raise funds for business? or how to raise capital for a startup? How to raise funds for business in India? The three primary sources of funding for businesses are retained earnings, loan financing, and equity financing. Ways to raise capital for a company? Capital for business expansion. What is a stock trading bot? Trading bot for stocks? Algorithmic trading bot? Reducing Emotions Maintaining Discipline Stock trading bot? Trading Bot What is a stock trading bot? Trading bot for stocks? Algorithmic trading bot? Reducing Emotions Maintaining Discipline Stock trading bot? Trading Bot Algo trading What is Algo trading? Algo trading meaning? What is algorithmic trading? Algorithmic trading concepts? Basics of Algo trading Opportunities for Arbitrage Rebalancing of Index Funds Conclusion What is Brain Drain? Understanding Brain Drain Geographic, Organizational, and Industrial Brain Drain Geographic Brain Drain Organizational and Industrial Brain Drain Causes of Brain Drain Effects of Brain Drain Measures to Reduce Brain Drain Examples of Brain Drain How Does Economic Growth Help Fight Brain Drain? What Impact Does Brain Drain Have on Developing Nations? Conclusion Azhar Iqubal – Biography Azhar Iqubal Early Life and Education Azhar Iqubal Net Worth and Investments Azhar Iqubal Personal Life Azhar Iqubal – Inshorts Challenges and Triumphs: Innovation and Adaptability: Azhar Iqubal – Shark Tank India Azhar Iqubal – Awards and Recognitions Azhar Iqubal – Interesting Fact Conclusion Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs) Chapters 4.1 What is NAV? The Net Asset Value Formula for a Fund What is a Net Asset Value (NAV)? How Frequently is the NAV Calculated? How Does a Mutual Fund Scheme Calculate The Reserve For Declaring Dividends? What is MTM (Mark to Market) and Its Importance? 4.2 What Is Expense Ratio? Expense Ratio Components Calculation of Expense Ratio Relevance of Expense Ratio 4.3 Portfolio Turnover Calculation of Portfolio Turnover Affect Of AUM On Portfolio Turnover? 4.4 Exit Loads Calculation of Exit Load Introduction The Foundation: Cash Flow Defined Importance of Cash Flow Management The Key Components of Cash Flow Cash Flow Strategies: Maximizing Inflows Navigating Outflows: Managing Expenses Challenges and Solutions: Common Cash Flow Pitfalls Conclusion Factors Influencing Churn Rate Calculating Churn Rate Formula Explanation Interpretation of Churn Rate Impact of High Churn Rate Strategies to Reduce Churn Rate Best Practices for Churn Rate Mitigation Common Mistakes in Churn Rate Management Conclusion Definition of Actuary Actuary in Finance Education and Certification Actuary vs. Other Finance Professions Contrasts with Financial Analysts Actuary vs. Accountant Trends and Challenges Challenges Faced Factors Influencing Salaries Role of Data Science Impact of AI and Machine Learning Challenges in Actuarial Work Uncertainties and Assumptions Regulatory Changes Technological Advancements Changing Economic Landscapes Communication Hurdles Conclusion Who is Elon Musk?? Family Background of Elon Musk Education Background PayPal and SpaceX Tesla X (formerlyTwitter) Elon Musk Net Worth Unlocking Genius Mind-Elon Musk Introduction What is Cryptocurrency? Now that we know what is Cryptocurrency all about, Let us understand How Cryptocurrency Works? Why Cryptocurrency is called a block chain? How to Make Cryptocurrency? What are the different ways of creating Cryptocurrency? Understanding Coins V/s Tokens How long does it take to create a Crypto Currency? What are the cost involved in Creating Cryptocurrency? Types of Cryptocurrencies available in Market How to Make Money from Cryptocurrency? What are the Advantages and Disadvantages of Cryptocurrency? ADVANTAGES Conclusion Defining Revenue Types of Revenue Operating Revenue Non-Operating Revenue Recurring Revenue One-Time Revenue Gross Revenue Net Revenue Deferred Revenue Unearned Revenue Revenue Recognition Definition of Revenue Recognition Principles and Standards Key Metrics Related to Revenue The Role of Revenue in Financial Statements Income Statement: The Gateway to Revenue Insight Balance Sheet: Revenue’s Impact on Financial Position Cash Flow Statement: Tracking the Movement of Revenue Key Ratios and Metrics: Analyzing Revenue Performance Challenges in Revenue Management Strategies for Increasing Revenue Common Misconceptions about Revenue Misconception 1: Revenue Equals Profit Misconception 2: High Revenue Guarantees Success Misconception 3: Revenue Growth is Always Positive Misconception 4: All Revenue is Good Revenue Misconception 5: Revenue and Cash Flow are Interchangeable Misconception 6: Revenue is the Sole Indicator of Customer Satisfaction Misconception 7: Revenue Growth Solves All Problems Conclusion Chapters 2.1 Financial Plans 2.2 Mistakes Made 2.3. Plan Before Investing 2.4.Access the risk you're comfortable with Ronnie Screwvala – Biography Early Life and Education of Ronnie Screwvala Ronnie Screwvala Struggle Story: Cable Guy to Media Giant Ronnie Screwvala – UTV Group Ronnie Screwvala – Life as an Entrepreneur Unilazer Ventures RSVP Movies U Sports upGrad The Swades Foundation Ronnie Screwvala Net Worth and Investments Ronnie Screwvala Family Ronnie Screwvala Personal and Professional Achievements Ronnie Screwvala – Investments besides UTV Ronnie Screwvala – Shark Tank India Lessons from Ronnie Screwvala’s Journey Conclusion Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs) Introduction Why do patterns form? What is Harmonic patterns Examples of Harmonic patterns List of Harmonic patterns Types of Harmonic patterns The ABCD Schema BAT Pattern The Gartley Method Pattern of the Butterfly The Crab Pattern 6. Fibonacci discussion Advantages and disadvantages of Harmonic patterns Advantages: Disadvantages: How to trade Harmonic patterns Pattern identification Trade identification Pattern completion zone Market context conditions Trade entries and stop Target zones Conclusions Introduction What is Deficit? Content Defining What is Deficit Understanding Deficits Types of Deficits in India Types of Government Deficits Benefits of Running a Deficit Remedial Measures for Revenue Deficit Primary Deficit Fiscal Deficit Impact of Fiscal Deficit Remedial Measures for Fiscal Deficit Introduction What is Bootstrapping? Advantages of Bootstrapping: Disadvantages of Bootstrapping: Getting Started with Bootstrapping Bootstrapper’s Hustle: Conclusion Introduction Key Concepts Methods of Costing Role in Financial Decision-Making Importance in Different Industries Technological Advancements in Cost Accounting Challenges in Cost Accounting Conclusion Introduction: Definition of Fixed Asset: Importance in Finance: Types and Characteristics of Fixed Assets Characteristics of Fixed Assets Acquisition and Valuation of Fixed Assets Accounting and Management of Fixed Assets Impact on Financial Statements Challenges in Managing Fixed Assets Impact, Risks, and Best Practices Impact on Financial Statements Risks Associated with Fixed Assets Best Practices in Fixed Asset Management Fixed Asset Management Turnover Ratio Conclusion UPI Market Share Why UPI transactions are Important in Today’s World Will Payment Firms Charge Users for UPI transactions?? What is Interchange Fee ? What is PPI? How will this benefit the payment services providers such as Paytm, PhonePe, and Amazon Pay? Introduction Defining ROI Calculating ROI Types of Investments and Their ROI Factors Affecting ROI Calculation Significance of ROI Risks and Challenges in ROI Strategies for Enhancing ROI Conclusion What is a Drawing Account? Importance of Drawing Accounts in Business Understanding the Mechanics of a Drawing Account Differences Between Drawing Account and Capital Account How to Maintain a Drawing Account Examples of Drawing Account Transactions Advantages of Maintaining a Drawing Account Disadvantages of Drawing Account Strategies for Managing Drawing Accounts Effectively Common Mistakes to Avoid with Drawing Accounts Conclusion Causes of Falling Windows Impact on Stock Prices Strategies for Investors Recognizing Falling Windows Mitigating Risks in a Falling Window Investor Psychology during Falling Windows Industries Prone to Falling Windows Government Interventions Preparation for Potential Falling Windows Conclusion What is Interim Budget?? How is an Interim Budget different from the Regular Budget?? What items are included in the interim Budget? Why Finance Minister of India presented Interim Budget 2024-2025?? 20 Key Points of Budget 2024-2025 Introduction to Non-Farm Payroll (NFP) Components of Non-Farm Payroll Factors Affecting Non-Farm Payroll How to Interpret Non-Farm Payroll Reports Strategies for Trading Non-Farm Payroll Releases Risks Associated with Trading Non-Farm Payroll Conclusion Varun Dua – Biography Varun Dua – Early Life and Education Varun Dua Net Worth and Investments Varun Dua Family Varun Dua – Acko Varun Dua – Challenges Faced Varun Dua Personal and Professional Achievements Varun Dua – Investments besides Acko Varun Dua – Shark Tank India Conclusion Frequently Asked Questions(FAQs) How do I Buy Shares Online in India? The Basics of Buying Shares Online Explained Introduction How do I buy shares online in India? The Basics of Buying Shares Online in India Factors to Consider When Buying Stocks Online Conclusion Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs): - History of HFT What is high-frequency trading (HFT)? How does high-frequency trading work? What is algorithmic trading? Advantages of high-frequency trading Strategies of high-frequency trading Disadvantages of high-frequency trading Risks of high-frequency trading Ethics and market impact Conclusion Vineeta Singh – Biography Early Life and Education of Vineeta Singh Vineeta Singh Net Worth and Investments Vineeta Singh Family Vineeta Singh Career Vineeta Singh Story of Sugar Cosmetics Sugar Cosmetics – Name, Tagline and Logo Sugar Cosmetics – Business Model Sugar Cosmetics – Revenue Model Sugar Cosmetics – Challenges Faced Sugar Cosmetics – Funding and Investors Sugar Cosmetics – Mergers and Acquisitions Sugar Cosmetics – Products and Launch Sugar Cosmetics – Partnerships Sugar Cosmetics – Advertisem*nts and Social Media Campaigns Sugar Cosmetics – Competitors Sugar Cosmetics – Future Plans Vineeta Singh Shark Tank India Vineeta Singh Personal and Professional Achievements Personal Achievements Lessons to Learn From Vineeta Singh Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs) Chapters 14.1 Important Documents 14.2. Scheme Information Document 14.3. Statement of Additional Information 14.4. Key Information Memorandum 14.5. Fund Factsheet What Is Financial Modelling? What Is a Financial Model Used for? Why Are Financial Models Important? Objectives of Financial modelling: Why Is Financial Modeling so Important? Conclusion Radhika Gupta’s Early Life Educational Background Radhika Gupta Career Journey Chapters 9.1 Mutual Funds 9.2 What Is The Regulatory Body For Mutual Funds? Association of Mutual Funds in India (AMFI) Objectives of AMFI How Is A Mutual Fund Set Up? 9.3 What Is NAV? What Are Net Assets Of A Mutual Fund And How Are They Valued? How Frequently Is The NAV Calculated? 9.4 Risks Involved In Mutual Funds How Do We Measure The Risks Involved In A Mutual Fund? Standard Deviation 9.5 What Are The Different Types Of Mutual Funds? Schemes According To Maturity Period Schemes according to Investment Objective Money Market or Liquid Schemes Gilt Funds Index Funds Index 9.6 What Are The Rights That Are Available To Mutual Funds Holders In India? 9.7 What Is A Fund Offer Document? Scheme Information Document (SID) Statement of Additional Information (SAI) 9.8 What Is Active Fund Management? 9.9 What Is Passive Fund Management? 9.10 What Is An ETF? 9.11 Must Know Concepts Expense Ratio AUM stands for assets under management Exit Load Factsheet Benchmark Total Return Index SIP SWP STP Why Zomato Got such Notice??? Zomato ‘s Response How GST Notice is Impacting the Food Delivery Agents ?? The Road Ahead –Taxation on GST Needs More Clarity What are Semi-Conductors? Why Semi-conductor is important?? Market for Semi-Conductors How India is becoming a key player Future of Semiconductor and India Who is Mr. Ratan Tata?? Personal Life of Mr. Ratan Tata Education and career Entry to Tata Group Ratan Tata Achievements Introduction of TATA Nano Ratan Tata’s Philanthropic Contributions Sir Ratan Tata Trust Challenges faced by Mr. Ratan Tata Success Lessons we can Learn from Ratan Tata Conclusion About Namhya Foods How Namhya Foods started? How is Namhya Foods different from others? Now that we know what Namhya Foods is all about let us understand who exactly is Miss Ridhima Arora Who is Miss Ridhima Arora? Ridhima Arora Career Interesting Facts about Ridhima Arora The Shark Tank Appearance Lesson we can learn from Namhya Foods and Ridhima Arora Peyush Bansal – Biography Early Life and Education of Peyush Bansal Peyush Bansal Net Worth and Investments Peyush Bansal Family Peyush Bansal Lenskart India: How It All Began? Business Model of Lenskart Customer Segments in Lenskart’s Business Model Value Propositions in Lenskart’s Business Model Lenskart Funding and Valuation Fundings so far & Valuation Competition Analysis: What Makes Lenskart Stand Out? Peyush Bansal in Shark Tank Peyush Bansal Personal and Professional Achievements 5 Companies Launched by Peyush Bansal before Lenskart’s Success Lessons to Learn from Peyush Bansal Frequently Asked Questions(FAQs) Ritesh Agarwal – BiographyRitesh Agarwal Early Life and Education Ritesh Agarwal Net Worth and Investments Ritesh Agarwal Family Ritesh Agarwal – OYO Rooms How Ritesh Agarwal Started OYO The First Initiative Challenges for OYO Ritesh Agarwal – Shark Tank India Ritesh Agarwal Personal and Professional Achievements Lessons You Can Learn From Ritesh’s Story Frequently Asked Questions (fAQs) Mr. Ashneer Grover Biography Mr. Ashneer Grover Early Life and Education Ashneer Grover Family Mr. Ashneer Grover Shark Tank Investment Mr. Ashneer Grover Career Ashneer Grover said in his Linked in Post for Third Unicorn Private Limited Ashneer and Bharat Pe Ashneer Grover Net Worth Rise and Failure of the Business Tycoon-Ashneer Grover Business Lessons To Learn from Mr. Ashneer Grover What is FMCG? What is Nifty FMCG? All about Nifty FMCG? Nifty FMCG introduction? Nifty FMCG components? Why FMCG Sector? Conclusion: Introduction What is back-test in trading How to Backtest a Trading Strategy How do I manually backtest a trading strategy? How to Backtest a Strategy Using the Software Backtesting Vs. Forward Testing Backtesting Vs. Scenario Analysis Advantages Of Backtesting Limitations Of Backtesting Backtesting Tips Conclusion References

[searchwp_no_index][searchwp_no_index][searchwp_no_index]Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisahttps://www.5paisa.com/finschoolLearn Stock MarketThu, 25 Apr 2024 10:35:38 +0000en-UShourly1https://wordpress.org/?v=6.4.1Quantitative Tradinghttps://www.5paisa.com/finschool/finance-dictionary/what-is-quantitative-trading/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Tue, 21 Dec 2021 06:21:20 +0000https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?post_type=finance-dictionary&p=15624<![CDATA[ […] customized to evaluate different parameters related to a stock. Consider the case of a trader who believes in momentum investing. They can choose to write a simple program that picks out the winners during an upward momentum in the markets. During the next market upturn, the program will buy those stocks. This is a […] ]]><![CDATA[

Quantitative Trading-

Quantitative trading is a type of trading uses Quantitative analysis and mathematical models to analyse the change in price and volume of securities in the stock market. Mathematical models and computation are used to collect and analyse data with a rapid throughout rate on investment opportunities.

As quantitative trading is generally used by financial institutions and hedge funds, the transactions are usually large and may involve the purchase and sale of hundreds of thousands of shares and other securities. However, quantitative trading is becoming more commonly used by individual investors.

Examples-

Depending on the trader’s research and preferences, quantitative trading algorithms can be customized to evaluate different parameters related to a stock. Consider the case of a trader who believes in momentum investing. They can choose to write a simple program that picks out the winners during an upward momentum in the markets. During the next market upturn, the program will buy those stocks.

This is a fairly simple example of quantitative trading. Typically an assortment of parameters, from technical analysis to value stocks to fundamental analysis, is used to pick out a complex mix of stocks designed to maximize profits. These parameters are programmed into a trading system to take advantage of market movements.

Components-

Finance, mathematics and programming.

Finance gives us the trading idea, mathematics helps us quantify the opportunity, and programming helps us test and implement the trading strategies.

Learn finance before the math. Learn the math before programming.

  • Finance- Understanding finance, economics and how the market works is the most important part of quantitative trading. This gives us the skills to identify and find trading opportunities.

In many cases, having knowledge of other specific domains is useful if we are trading products in those industries.

For example, understanding the weather and agriculture process is useful if you are trading coffee futures.

  • Mathematics- For most trading ideas, you just need high school level statistics.

You need statistics knowledge to calculate how big or small an opportunity is, and to calculate how big your trades should be.

Let’s say a trade wins 50% of the time with a 15% return, loses 40% of the time with a 10% loss and loses 10% of the time with a 100% loss.

Is this a good opportunity? If yes, how much should we trade?

There is a statistical solution for the two questions above. Go read about Expected Value and Kelly Criterion (this formula is aggressive, use with care to prevent over betting).

  • Programming- Programming lets you test, improve and deploy your quantitative trading strategy.

Programming is usually the last piece of the puzzle after the initial strategy design phase. However, it is increasingly important as new strategies require technical skills at the onset.

For instance, if we are evaluating comments from web forums and reviews from restaurant review sites for opportunities, we need programming skills to scrape those data.

This has to be done at the initial strategy development phase.

Quantitative trading systems

Quant traders develop systems to identify new opportunities – and often, to execute them as well. While every system is unique, they usually contain the same components:

  • Strategy

  • Back-testing

  • Execution

  • Risk management

Advantages quantitative trading

An experienced trader not using quantitative trading systems can successfully make trading decisions on a specialized number of shares before the quantity of incoming data overwhelms the decision-making process. The use of quantitative trading techniques automates tasks that were manually completed by investors.

Emotion is another important aspect that hinders the ability of traders. It can either be greed or fear when trading. Emotions serve only to choke rational thinking, which generally leads to losses. Mathematical models and computers do not encounter such a problem, so quantitative trading eliminates the problem of “emotion-based trading.”

Disadvantages quantitative trading

Financial markets are very dynamic, and quantitative trading models must be dynamic to operate in such an environment successfully. Ultimately, many quantitative traders fail to keep with the changes in market conditions because they develop models that are temporarily profitable for the current market condition.

Why to use Quantitative Trading?

We use quantitative trading because we want to:

  • Analyse large amounts of data

  • Analyse data quickly

  • Analyse text or images (using machine learning)

  • Collect large amount of data (web scraping)

  • Fire a trade with lightning quick reactions

  • Fire many trades in a short time

  • Fire a trade where you need a precise price

  • Monitor the markets 24/5 or 24/7

]]>Funding Options to raise capital for <a class="als" href="https://bizraw.com/forums/business.4/" title="business" target="_blank" rel="noopener">business</a> and startupshttps://www.5paisa.com/finschool/funding-options-to-raise-capital-for-business-and-startups/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Fri, 17 Mar 2023 13:04:00 +0000<![CDATA[What's New]]><![CDATA[Learn Basics]]>https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?p=40337<![CDATA[ […] rates, loans continue to be a popular choice for businesses. SBA If you’re wondering how to raise money for business expansion, the Small Business Administration (SBA) government programs offer a route worth looking into. A loan that is supported by the Small Business Administration is known as an SBA small business loan (SBA). The […] ]]><![CDATA[

What is a business?

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (1)

  • The definition of a business: An organization or enterprising entity that conducts business, industrial, or professional operations is referred to as a business. Businesses can be either for-profit corporations or nonprofit institutions.
  • Partnerships, corporations, limited liability companies, and sole proprietorships are some of the several company structures. Some firms run as vast, global operations that span numerous industries, while others operate as tiny operations in a single industry.
  • Reliance and Tata are two examples of well-known, thriving businesses
  • Determining the legal form of the firm is important since business owners may need to get licenses and permits and follow registration requirements in order to begin legal activities. In many countries, companies are recognised as legal persons who are able to own property, incur debt, and be sued.
  • The majority of firms are for-profit, or operate with the goal of making a profit. However, certain companies that aim to further a given purpose without making a profit are known as not-for-profit or nonprofit organizations. These organizations may function as nonprofits, businesses engaged in the arts, culture, education, and recreation, as well as political and advocacy organizations or social service providers. Understanding how to raise funds for startups and business is a key aspect, but before that let’s understand what capital in business means.

How to raise funds for business? or how to raise capital for a startup?

To answer the query for how to raise capital for a startup or how can i raise capital for my business, we have some options for you:

  • Crowdfunding

If you are passionate about a cause, you may harness the power of the internet to generate the money you need. Crowdfunding services like GoFundMe have been more well-liked in recent years among companies, creators, and the general public. They are easy to set up, and if you can show your enthusiasm in the fundraiser’s description, you may be able to gain the support of people all over the world.

  • Angel backers

High net worth people who invest in businesses with relatively small sums of money—often between a few thousand and a million dollars—are known as angel investors.

Angel investors are a crucial component of the ecosystem for raising equity because they are frequently one of the more easily available sources of early-stage finance for an entrepreneur.

Working with angel investors has the most advantages because they can frequently decide on an investment on their own. The angel investor can place bets that they feel comfortable with personally because they don’t have to manage a partnership or corporate hierarchy of decision-making.

  • Bootstrapping

The greatest method of raising capital for a firm is probably bootstrapping if you don’t want to give up any ownership or freedom. You have to use your own resources. This can entail using your savings or getting a mortgage on your possessions.

  • Venture capital

Venture capitalists, like angel investors, fund start-up, early-stage, and emerging businesses with significant development potential. The distinction is that instead of taking a stake in the business, they often offer finance that frequently has greater rates of return. However, some people can decide to purchase company stock.

  • Microloans

For individuals seeking for ways to obtain money for business expansion or growth, there are many microloan choices available. Because they frequently have fewer restrictions, shorter payment terms, and in some situations, medium to low interest rates, loans continue to be a popular choice for businesses.

SBA

  • If you’re wondering how to raise money for business expansion, the Small Business Administration (SBA) government programs offer a route worth looking into.
  • A loan that is supported by the Small Business Administration is known as an SBA small business loan (SBA).
  • The SBA is a federal government organization that was established in 1953 and offers assistance to small business owners through mentoring, workshops, counseling, and small business loans.
  • The SBA backs the loans, but the loans themselves are not issued by the SBA. To obtain the money, you must locate a nearby lender who offers SBA loans. Although they are quite competitive, the SBA’s funding programs are a possibility. Another way that the government might assist a company in raising capital is through SBA funding. It’s important to keep in mind that our interest rates are a little higher than what the bulk of banks provide.

How to raise funds for business in India?

The three primary sources of funding for businesses are retained earnings, loan financing, and equity financing.

Retained earnings are any net income that is left over after a business pays its debts and expenses. Debt capital is money that a company acquires from lenders in the form of loans or corporate bond sales. A publicly listed company can produce or raise capital by offering new shares to shareholders. To do this, selling common or preferred stock can be employed. However, the following list of investment sources for startups:

  • Self-Funded New Venture

Numerous startups choose the most secure method, personal finance. Even whether you apply for funding from a government agency or a venture capitalist, the quantity of capital you plan to put in your business will be a question. To demonstrate to potential investors their serious interest in their business idea, first-time entrepreneurs should invest their savings. You are more likely to receive business financing during the development stage because investors won’t have a reason to reject your application. Additionally, they’ll think your company is steady enough to be a low-risk investment.

  • Request loans through government programs

Numerous credit programs offered by the Indian government are available in India to support MSMEs, SMEs, and new businesses while fostering social and economic development in rural areas. The programs also put an emphasis on balancing the goals and lives of women business owners, people who fall under the SC/ST category, educated adolescents, and improving SSIs, or small-scale enterprises, villages, and people who live in both urban and rural areas, among other groups. The MUDRA loan program launched under the PMMY or Pradhan Mantri Mudra Yojana, CGTMSE or Credit Guarantee Fund Trust for Micro and Small Enterprises, Startup India, Atal Innovation Mission, Stand-up India, Make in India, TREAD or Trade Related Entrepreneurship Assistance and Development, etc. are just a few of the loan programs promoted by the Government of India to help startup businesses.

  • Request loans from public and private sector banks

Startup businesses prioritize banks because they are the most dependable and practical source of funding. You can obtain working capital loans and term loans from banks as a beginning business. Every bank in India, both public and private, provides loans for new businesses. Varying factors include loan size, interest rate, and repayment period. You can speak with representatives of many banks to locate the best loan program for you.

  • Small Loans authorized by NBFC or MFI

It could be tough to get the loan granted for your start-up if you have no prior lending experience, no financial history, or no credit score that has been maintained. Therefore, you might consider reaching out to NBFCs, also known as Non-Banking Financial Companies, Micro Finance Institutions, or MFIs, where your business loan might be accepted based on your need without looking at your credit history or financial standing. You might, however, have to pay higher interest rates than those offered by other PSU banks.

Ways to raise capital for a company?

For businesses to expand and engage in new endeavors, they need to raise finance. Retained earnings, borrowed capital, and equity capital are the three primary methods that businesses might raise capital. Utilizing retained earnings allows businesses to expect greater profits without incurring any debt to shareholders.

Businesses raise debt capital by obtaining loans from lenders and issuing corporate debt in the form of bonds. Equity capital is provided by external investors; it has no costs and no tax benefits. Following are some suggestions for how a business can raise capital:

  • Retained Profits

Companies normally operate to make money by charging more for their products or services than it would cost to produce them. This is the most basic form of financing for any company and, ideally, the principal way the company makes money. The net income that remains after expenses and commitments have been paid is known as retained earnings (RE).

Retained earnings are used by businesses without incurring any debt. They are an inexpensive source of capital. When using retained earnings, the opportunity cost is what is referred to as the cost of capital. By refusing to pay dividends, companies make shareholders give up this right. Additionally, companies use retained earnings to conserve money because they are not compelled to pay interest to bondholders.

  • debt financing

Like individuals, businesses can borrow money, and they frequently do. Borrowing money to finance initiatives and promote growth is a widespread practice. Debt capital is useful in a variety of situations. for ad hoc requirements. Additionally, high-growth firms require a lot of capital quickly. Private borrowing can take the form of conventional loans from banks or other lenders, whereas public borrowing takes the form of debt issues.

Traditional loans and debt issues are two ways that debt capital is obtained. The term “corporate bonds” refers to debt issues. They enable a large number of investors to become the company’s debtors or lenders. Companies can approach banks, other financial institutions, and other lenders to access the cash, just like consumers can.

  • Equity Investment

Selling ownership stakes in the form of shares to buyers who become shareholders is one way for a business to raise money. Equity financing is what it is called. Private businesses can raise money by selling stock holdings to family members and close friends or by going public through an IPO (IPO). If public firms require more funding, they may do secondary offerings.

Capital for business expansion.

  • The success of people and businesses depends on how they finance their working capital and invest their acquired capital. Hence the capital for business expansion is a crucial aspect which a company and its management considers a vital part of decision making.
  • In order to continue producing goods and services and make a profit, businesses use capital as financing. Businesses invest their money in a range of different things in order to produce value. The two most common capital allocation types are labor and building additions. When a business or individual invests money, they want to make a profit that exceeds their investment costs.
]]>
What are Long Term Investmenthttps://www.5paisa.com/finschool/what-are-long-term-investment/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Fri, 24 Mar 2023 07:24:58 +0000<![CDATA[What's New]]><![CDATA[Learn Basics]]>https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?p=40715<![CDATA[ […] trader’s individual traits is the subject of preliminary study. Here, factors like time dedication, individual risk tolerance, and trading money are pertinent. Algorithmic trading bot? A computer program that can create and carry out buy and sell indications on financial marketplaces is referred to as an algorithmic trading bot. The following are some of […] ]]><![CDATA[

What is a stock trading bot?

Although they have trouble correctly coding their trading machines, many traders aim to become algorithmic traders. Online information about algorithmic coding that is disorganized and deceptive, as well as bogus claims of instant success, are frequently found by these dealers. However, Lucas Liew, the author of the online course AlgoTrading101 on algorithmic trading, is one possible resource of trustworthy information. The tools available for dealing have developed along with technology. Algorithmic buying is now an option thanks to the internet’s brisk technological development. Now, even though many traders have tried to establish themselves as algorithmic traders, they frequently struggle to correctly code their trading machines.

Trading bot for stocks?

  • Prior to creating an automated trading strategy, it is crucial to highlight some of the crucial characteristics that each of these strategies must have. First and foremost, the plan needs to make sense from a fiscal and market perspective. The plan should be created using practical mathematically-based data models.
  • Traders need to know what data their automaton should record. A trader’s robot must be able to collect spottable, regular market efficiencies in order for this to be an option. This is crucial because automated trading strategies use set principles that profit from market behavior. It takes more than one market error to develop a plan around it.

The following tactics, among others, should be taken into account by algorithmic trading machines.

  • Fundamental analysis – This could be done by taking into account income information or comments on financial announcements.
  • Macroeconomic news – Let’s look at an example: shifts in interest rates.
  • Moving averages, for instance, are relevant in this context for technical research.
  • An appropriate illustration of statistical analysis in this context is co-integration or correlation.
  • The market’s substructure is equally feasible.
  • The development of a plan that best fits a trader’s individual traits is the subject of preliminary study. Here, factors like time dedication, individual risk tolerance, and trading money are pertinent.

Algorithmic trading bot?

A computer program that can create and carry out buy and sell indications on financial marketplaces is referred to as an algorithmic trading bot. The following are some of these programs’ main characteristics.

  • Entry requirements that make it clear when to purchase and trade
  • Exit guidelines that specify when to end a job
  • Position sizing guidelines decide how much must be purchased or sold.
  • To engage in algorithmic trading, traders need to use an electronic trading tool in addition to having an internet link and a computer.

The benefits of using a computer to perform trades and watch the markets for trading chances are numerous and include:

Reducing Emotions

  • Automated trading platforms keep feelings to a minimum while dealing. Traders generally have an easier time adhering to the strategy by controlling their emotions. Trade orders are immediately completed after the trade criteria are satisfied, so traders cannot pause or second-guess the transaction. Automated trading not only assists traders who are hesitant to “pull the trigger,” but it can also restrain those who are inclined to overtrade, buying and selling at every chance they perceive.

Maintaining Discipline

  • Even in turbulent markets, discipline is maintained because trade standards are set and trade implementation is carried out automatically. Emotional factors like the dread of suffering a loss or the desire to squeeze out just a little bit more profit from a transaction cause discipline to be lost frequently. Automated trading makes it easier to keep focus because the trading strategy will be adhered to precisely. Furthermore, “pilot error” is reduced. For instance, if a mistake is made and a 100 share purchase order is submitted as a 1,000 share sell order.
  • Making a deal strategy and following it through is one of the greatest trading obstacles. Trading plans may be lucrative, but traders who break the guidelines change any expectations the system would have had. There is no investing strategy that consistently outperforms the market.

Stock trading bot?

  • An algorithmic trading robot is essentially a piece of computer code that can create and carry out buy and sell indications on financial marketplaces. The key elements of such a robot are position sizing rules, which specify the amounts to buy or sell, entry rules signaling when to buy or sell, exit rules indicating when to end the present position.
  • To become an algorithmic trader, you will undoubtedly need a machine and an online link. In order to operate MetaTrader 4 (MT4), a computerized trading tool that employs the MetaQuotes Language 4 (MQL4) to program trading algorithms, an appropriate operating system is then required.
  • Although there are other programs one could use to create a robot besides MT4, it has a number of important advantages.

Trading Bot

  • Automated trading systems, also known as algorithmic trading, automated trading, or system trading, let dealers set up particular guidelines for transaction entry and exits that, once programmed, can be carried out instantly by a computer. In reality, according to a number of platforms, automated trading algorithms account for 70% to 80% or more of the shares exchanged on U.S. stock markets.
  • Traders and investors can create automatic trading systems that enable computers to perform and watch transactions by incorporating exact entry, exit, and money management rules. One of the main benefits of strategy automation is that since trades are made mechanically when certain conditions are met, it can help to reduce some of the emotion associated with trading.
  • It is simple to locate inaccurate information about automated trading, which causes findings to be skewed. Many prospective algo traders struggle to find the appropriate training or direction to correctly code their trading machines.
  • The criteria for trade entrance and departure guidelines can be straightforward, like a moving average crossover, or they can be complex strategies that call for a thorough knowledge of the programming language used by the user’s trading site. They may also be founded on a skilled programmer’s subject-matter knowledge.
  • Any particular rules for automated trading systems must be written in the platform’s proprietary language, and automated trading systems usually ask for the use of software connected to a direct access broker.
  • Traders are able to execute live trades using real money as long as the aforementioned variables are taken into account and implemented. In light of this, they must be ready to deal with both technological problems and mental ups and downs. This involves the capacity to pick the appropriate broker and put in place controls that can be used to manage both business and market risks.
  • The capacity to confirm robot behavior and determine whether it resembles what was observed during the trial phase is equally crucial. After that, trade algorithms need to be checked to see if the market efficacy for which they were created is still valid.
  • Inexperienced dealers can succeed if they adhere to a rigorous and regimented set of rules. As a result, ambitious traders must constantly moderate their aspirations.
  • Although automated investing can be profitable, understanding is the key to success. Teachers or courses that promise big benefits without providing enough information should be avoided.
]]>
What is a stock trading bot?https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/what-is-a-stock-trading-bot/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Fri, 24 Mar 2023 10:11:43 +0000<![CDATA[What's New]]><![CDATA[Learn Basics]]>https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?p=40739<![CDATA[ […] trader’s individual traits is the subject of preliminary study. Here, factors like time dedication, individual risk tolerance, and trading money are pertinent. Algorithmic trading bot? A computer program that can create and carry out buy and sell indications on financial marketplaces is referred to as an algorithmic trading bot. The following are some of […] ]]><![CDATA[

What is a stock trading bot?

Although they have trouble correctly coding their trading machines, many traders aim to become algorithmic traders. Online information about algorithmic coding that is disorganized and deceptive, as well as bogus claims of instant success, are frequently found by these dealers. However, Lucas Liew, the author of the online course AlgoTrading101 on algorithmic trading, is one possible resource of trustworthy information. The tools available for dealing have developed along with technology. Algorithmic buying is now an option thanks to the internet’s brisk technological development. Now, even though many traders have tried to establish themselves as algorithmic traders, they frequently struggle to correctly code their trading machines.

Trading bot for stocks?

  • Prior to creating an automated trading strategy, it is crucial to highlight some of the crucial characteristics that each of these strategies must have. First and foremost, the plan needs to make sense from a fiscal and market perspective. The plan should be created using practical mathematically-based data models.
  • Traders need to know what data their automaton should record. A trader’s robot must be able to collect spottable, regular market efficiencies in order for this to be an option. This is crucial because automated trading strategies use set principles that profit from market behavior. It takes more than one market error to develop a plan around it.

The following tactics, among others, should be taken into account by algorithmic trading machines.

  • Fundamental analysis – This could be done by taking into account income information or comments on financial announcements.
  • Macroeconomic news – Let’s look at an example: shifts in interest rates.
  • Moving averages, for instance, are relevant in this context for technical research.
  • An appropriate illustration of statistical analysis in this context is co-integration or correlation.
  • The market’s substructure is equally feasible.
  • The development of a plan that best fits a trader’s individual traits is the subject of preliminary study. Here, factors like time dedication, individual risk tolerance, and trading money are pertinent.

Algorithmic trading bot?

A computer program that can create and carry out buy and sell indications on financial marketplaces is referred to as an algorithmic trading bot. The following are some of these programs’ main characteristics.

  • Entry requirements that make it clear when to purchase and trade
  • Exit guidelines that specify when to end a job
  • Position sizing guidelines decide how much must be purchased or sold.
  • To engage in algorithmic trading, traders need to use an electronic trading tool in addition to having an internet link and a computer.

The benefits of using a computer to perform trades and watch the markets for trading chances are numerous and include:

Reducing Emotions

  • Automated trading platforms keep feelings to a minimum while dealing. Traders generally have an easier time adhering to the strategy by controlling their emotions. Trade orders are immediately completed after the trade criteria are satisfied, so traders cannot pause or second-guess the transaction. Automated trading not only assists traders who are hesitant to “pull the trigger,” but it can also restrain those who are inclined to overtrade, buying and selling at every chance they perceive.

Maintaining Discipline

  • Even in turbulent markets, discipline is maintained because trade standards are set and trade implementation is carried out automatically. Emotional factors like the dread of suffering a loss or the desire to squeeze out just a little bit more profit from a transaction cause discipline to be lost frequently. Automated trading makes it easier to keep focus because the trading strategy will be adhered to precisely. Furthermore, “pilot error” is reduced. For instance, if a mistake is made and a 100 share purchase order is submitted as a 1,000 share sell order.
  • Making a deal strategy and following it through is one of the greatest trading obstacles. Trading plans may be lucrative, but traders who break the guidelines change any expectations the system would have had. There is no investing strategy that consistently outperforms the market.

Stock trading bot?

  • An algorithmic trading robot is essentially a piece of computer code that can create and carry out buy and sell indications on financial marketplaces. The key elements of such a robot are position sizing rules, which specify the amounts to buy or sell, entry rules signaling when to buy or sell, exit rules indicating when to end the present position.
  • To become an algorithmic trader, you will undoubtedly need a machine and an online link. In order to operate MetaTrader 4 (MT4), a computerized trading tool that employs the MetaQuotes Language 4 (MQL4) to program trading algorithms, an appropriate operating system is then required.
  • Although there are other programs one could use to create a robot besides MT4, it has a number of important advantages.

Trading Bot

  • Automated trading systems, also known as algorithmic trading, automated trading, or system trading, let dealers set up particular guidelines for transaction entry and exits that, once programmed, can be carried out instantly by a computer. In reality, according to a number of platforms, automated trading algorithms account for 70% to 80% or more of the shares exchanged on U.S. stock markets.
  • Traders and investors can create automatic trading systems that enable computers to perform and watch transactions by incorporating exact entry, exit, and money management rules. One of the main benefits of strategy automation is that since trades are made mechanically when certain conditions are met, it can help to reduce some of the emotion associated with trading.
  • It is simple to locate inaccurate information about automated trading, which causes findings to be skewed. Many prospective algo traders struggle to find the appropriate training or direction to correctly code their trading machines.
  • The criteria for trade entrance and departure guidelines can be straightforward, like a moving average crossover, or they can be complex strategies that call for a thorough knowledge of the programming language used by the user’s trading site. They may also be founded on a skilled programmer’s subject-matter knowledge.
  • Any particular rules for automated trading systems must be written in the platform’s proprietary language, and automated trading systems usually ask for the use of software connected to a direct access broker.
  • Traders are able to execute live trades using real money as long as the aforementioned variables are taken into account and implemented. In light of this, they must be ready to deal with both technological problems and mental ups and downs. This involves the capacity to pick the appropriate broker and put in place controls that can be used to manage both business and market risks.
  • The capacity to confirm robot behavior and determine whether it resembles what was observed during the trial phase is equally crucial. After that, trade algorithms need to be checked to see if the market efficacy for which they were created is still valid.
  • Inexperienced dealers can succeed if they adhere to a rigorous and regimented set of rules. As a result, ambitious traders must constantly moderate their aspirations.
  • Although automated investing can be profitable, understanding is the key to success. Teachers or courses that promise big benefits without providing enough information should be avoided.
]]>
Budget 2022 A Charismatic Onehttps://www.5paisa.com/finschool/highlights-budget-2022/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Tue, 01 Feb 2022 17:20:49 +0000<![CDATA[What's Brewing]]>https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?p=18069<![CDATA[ […] invested Rs 5.5 lakh crore in startups, expert committee will be set up to suggest measures to help attract investment. Start up India has been a flagship program of the Modi government since inception and the focus has been primarily to boost the Start-up eco system. The employment boost which the country has received […] ]]><![CDATA[

The Union Finance Minister announced the Budget 2022 with a flurry of Reforms focusing towards building up the capital expenditure in the country. We will be focusing on a few reforms and the targets set by the government in this budget.

To Introduce the Budget theme we would call it a “CHARISMATIC” budget focused towards boosting growth, increasing disposable incomes & brining back manufacturing to India. Lets first divide the budget under 2 heads to understand its components better.

1.) GDP numbers and the targeted GDP for FY2022 – 2023: –

The country has reported a real GDP decline to 6.6% compared to a 7.3% contraction previously estimated for the FY21.

2.) Fiscal Deficit Number for FY 2022-2023: –

Finance Minister Nirmala Sitharaman has pegged the government’s fiscal Deficit for the financial year 2022-2023 at 6.4% of GDP as the budget recognised the need to boost growth. The union government’s fiscal deficit was down 35.3% year on year at Rs.6.96 lakh crore in April – November 2021 period, accounting for 46.2% of the budget estimated for the current financial year, as tax collections remained robust and spending muted.

The Budget 2021-22 pegged the fiscal deficit for the full year at 15.07 lakhs crore or 6.8% of GDP, which has been revised to 6.9%. The budget has proposed a fiscal deficit of 4.5% of GDP by 2025-2026.

So, are these two components positive or negative?

As it is an impossible, to boost growth and reduce deficit at the same time, the finance minister has done an excellent job in managing same. She has not diverted much from the fiscal deficit targets and still managed to boost growth thru capital expenditure.

A silver lining for indicating economic growth was GST collection which recorded the highest ever collection touching 1.40 lakh crores in just the month of January 2022.

Moving to the theme of the Budget- it is “CHARISMATIC”!!

C – Capex Driven Growth

H – Housing & Urban Planning

A – Agriculture

R – Railways

I – Infrastructure

S – Start Up India

M – MSMEs

A – Automation & Digital Economy

T – Tax Reforms

I – Initiatives

C – Climate Change

Moving forward we would try and analyse the budget under each of the heads with the possible impacts it could bring on the growth based on the theme.

Capital Expenditure: –
  • Capital expenditure target expanded by 35.4 per cent from Rs 5.54 lakh crore to Rs 7.50 lakh crore. FY23 effective capex seen at Rs. 10.7 lakh crore.
  • The goal here is growth with all inclusive welfare through digital economy, fintech, tech-enabled developments, energy transition and climate action plans.
  • Though the government is yet to come up with revenue mobilization plan as disinvestment announcements have been a missing part of the budget but the Indirect tax collections from GST have been astonishing and if the trend continues the government is unlikely to see any difficulty in achieving its capex target.
Housing & Urban Planning: –
  • Rs 48, 000 crore is allotted for PM Awas Yojana
  • In 2022-23, 80 lakh houses will be completed for identified beneficiaries of PM Awas Yojana; 60,000 houses will be identified as beneficiaries for PM Awas Yojana in rural & urban areas
  • 60,000 crores allocated for providing access to tap water to 3.8 crore households
  • In 2022-23, 80 lakh households will be identified for the affordable housing scheme
  • A high-level committee for urban planners and economists to be formed for recommendations on urban capacity building, planning implementation, and governance.
  • 5 existing academic institutions for urban planning to be designated as Centre for Excellence with endowment fund of Rs 250 cr
  • Modern building by-laws will be introduced
  • A high-level panel to be set up for urban planning
Agriculture: –
  • Govt to pay Rs 2.37 lakh crore towards procurement of wheat and paddy under MSP operations
  • 2022-23 has been announced as International Year of Millets
  • A rationalised scheme to increase domestic oilseed production will be brought in to cut down imports
  • Kisan Drones for crop assessment, land records, spraying of insecticides expected to drive a wave of technology in agri sector
  • Ken Betwa river linking project worth Rs 44,605 crore announced
  • Natural farming will be promoted along Ganga river corridor
  • A completely paperless, e-bill system will be launched by ministries for procurement
  • Financial support will be provided to farmers to take up agro-forestry
Railways & Travel: –
  • 400 new generation Vande Bharat trains to be manufactured in next 3 years
  • 2,000 km of rail network to be brought under indigenous technology KAWACH for safety and capacity augmentation: FM
  • ePassports will be rolled out in 2022-23 for convenience in overseas travel
  • E-passport with embedded chip will be rolled out
  • One product one railway station will be popularised
  • Connectivity has been a major barrier for India for the last 60 years and the time to reach uncommuted areas with abundant resources has been substantially higher.
  • With Modernization and efficient utilization of available resources the government plans to reach the rural population and connect it with major urban cities thru the same network line available making it accessible for the people and businesses.
Infrastructure: –
  • National highway network to be expanded by 25,000 kms during FY 22-23
  • Desh stack e-portal to be launched to promote digital infra
  • Strategic transfer of ownership of Air India completed now
  • 2,000 kms to be brought under Kavach by FY 22-23
  • Four multi-modal national parks contracts to be awarded in FY23
  • PM Gatishakti masterplan for expressways will be formulated in next financial year
  • 100 PM Gati Shakti terminals to be set up in next three years
  • PM Gati Shakti will pull forward the economy and will lead to more jobs and opportunities for the youth.
  • This capex plan will help in generation of employment opportunities in rural and urban areas.
Start Up India
  • A fund with blended capital raised under co-investment model facilitated through NABARD to finance startups in agriculture & rural enterprises for farm produce value chain
  • Startups will be promoted for Drone Shakti
  • PE/VC invested Rs 5.5 lakh crore in startups, expert committee will be set up to suggest measures to help attract investment.
  • Start up India has been a flagship program of the Modi government since inception and the focus has been primarily to boost the Start-up eco system. The employment boost which the country has received with the emergence of start-ups has been tremendous.

  • The budget has given extensions on the reliefs being provided to start ups which will boost the eco system further.

MSMEs & Make In India
  • Rs 6,000 crore program to rate MSMEs to be rolled out over 5 years
  • MSMEs such as Udyam, e-shram, NCS & Aseem portals will be inter-linked, their scope will be widened
  • They will now perform as portals with live organic databases providing government to customer, business to customer & Business to business services such as credit facilitation, enhancing entrepreneurial opportunities
Automation & Digital Economy: –
  • Rs 1 lakh crore financial assistance to states to be provided in 2022-23 to catalyse investments
  • Measures will be taken to step up private capital in infra sector
  • 100% of 1.5 lakh post offices will come on the core banking system, enabling financial inclusion and access to accounts through net banking, mobile banking, ATMs, and also provide online transfer of funds between post office accounts and bank accounts
  • This will be helpful especially for farmers and senior citizens in rural areas, enabling inter-operability, and financial inclusion.
  • 75 digital banks in 75 districts will be set up by scheduled commercial banks to encourage digital payments
  • World-class university to be allowed in GIFT IFSC free from domestic regulation, says FM
  • With digital transactions coming to the forefront there has been a huge opportunity creation for digital innovation in the financial sector. Reaching the unbanked areas digitally have been on priority for this government since 2014. Though the government has received partial success in its objective of making transactions totally digital but it still has a long road ahead.
  • Digital transactions can be routed through various mediums and can play a major role in curbing the parallel economy running. The robustness and belief of people on digital platforms have to increase for it to be accepted throughout the country. The mechanism to detect frauds also have to be strengthen to determine and address the redressals of victims for these frauds.
  • Digital transactions will definitely boost the revenue collections for the government by curbing the parallel unaccounted economy.
Taxation
  • The government will tax income from digital asset transfers at 30%
  • No deduction allowed while computing income except cost of acquisition of digital assets
  • Loss cannot be set off from any other income of digital assets
  • Gift of digital assets can to be taxed at receiver’s end
  • A new provision to allow taxpayers to file an updated return
  • Updated return can be filed within 2 years from the end of the relevant assessment year.
  • Alternate Minimum Tax for cooperative societies to be cut to 15%
  • Proposal will reduce surcharge on cooperative societies to 7%, for those whose income is between Rs 1 crore and Rs 10 crore
  • Tax deduction limit increased to 14% on employers’ contribution to NPS account of state govt employees
  • A major step towards vivad se viswas has been taken by the government by allowing updating your return within 2 years from the relevant assessment year. This step is likely to boost the confidence of people who skip filing returns just because of the fear of missing out something while filing the return or an error in reporting or computing their tax.
  • A tax on digital assets is again a big move which can impact the crypto markets negatively as cryptos are considered as digital assets traded and any profits from these assets would be charged a flat tax of 30% which is higher than the current LTCG and STCG applied on any of the assets.
  • Also, a boost to make in India can be seen with concessions being given to cooperatives and increasing the taxes on imported goods. The taxes on imports is in line with the policy of the government for going vocal for local and this can definitely bring in some acceptance for locally manufactured goods.
Initiatives: –
  • ECLGS cover expanded by Rs 50,000 to Rs 5 lakh crore
  • Top focus of the budget this year are: PM Gati Shakti, Inclusive Development, Productivity Enhancement, Sunrise Opportunities, Energy Transition, Climate Action, Financing of investments
  • Productivity-linked incentive schemes in 14 sectors have received excellent response; received investment intentions worth Rs 30 lakh crore
  • ECLGS extended till March 2023, 60 lakh jobs eyed in next 5 years
  • Efforts of central, state governments leading to jobs, entrepreneurial opportunities
  • Digital ecosystem for skilling and livelihood to be launched.
  • This will aims to skill, reskill, upskill citizens through online training.
  • API based skill credentials, payment layers to find relevant jobs and opportunities
Climate & Net Zero
  • Risks of climate change are strongest externalities for the world
  • Funds will be used for projects that will help reduce carbon intensity of the economy
  • Sovereign green bonds will be part of government’s borrowing program in FY23
  • Proceeds to be deployed in public sector projects
  • 4 pilot projects for coal gasification to be set up
  • Rs 19,500 cr additional allocation for PLI for manufacturing high efficiency solar modules has been made
  • Low carbon development strategy opens up employment opportunity
  • With carbon emissions being a cause of concern for the environment in the long run the government has taken a strong step to reduce the emission and still continue on its growth trajectory. Though carbon emission control has been a major cause of concern for the industry for a long time now but projects have been staggered in this space.
  • Renewable energy companies are expected to benefit out of projects which are been taken up by the government in this space with the clear intent of becoming net zero on emissions.
Other Policy Reforms
  • Battery swapping policy to allow EV charging stations for automobiles will be framed
  • Private sector will be encouraged to create sustainable and innovative business models for battery and energy as a service, improving the efficiency in the EV ecosystem
  • States to be encouraged to revise syllabi of agricultural universities to meet needs of natural, zero-budget & organic farming, modern-day agriculture
  • One class, one TV channel’ program of PM eVIDYA will be expanded from 12 to 200 TV channels
  • This will enable all states to provide supplementary education in regional languages for classes 1 to 12
  • Digital university to be set up to provide education; to be built on hub and spoke model
  • 1-Class-1-TV Channel to be implemented to provide supplementary education to children to make up for loss of formal education due to Covid
  • An open platform for the national digital health ecosystem will be rolled out
  • It will consist of digital registries of health providers and health facilities, unique health identity and universal access to health facilities
  • 95 per cent of 112 aspirational districts have made significant progress in health, infra
  • For mental health counselling, a National Tele Mental Health Program will be launched
  • Spectrum auction will be conducted in 2022 for the rollout of 5G
  • Scheme for design led manufacturing to be launched for 5G ecosystem as part of PLI scheme to enable affordable broadband and mobile communication in rural and remote areas
  • 5 pc of USO Fund to be provided for R&D and technology upgradation
  • Contracts for laying optical fibre in villages to be awarded under BharatNet project under PPP in 2022-23
  • Data Centre and energy storage system to be given infrastructure status; move to provide easy financing
  • Recognising the importance of ‘Nari Shakti’, 3 schemes were launched to provide integrated development for women and children
  • 2 lakh Anganwadis to be upgraded for improving child health
  • 75,000 compliances have been eliminated and 1,486 union laws repealed to make it easier for businesses
  • Next phase of ease of doing business, ease of living to be launched
  • Voluntary exit for corporates to be cut down to 6 months from 2 years
  • Govt committed to reduce import and promote self-reliance in defense sector
  • 68 per cent of capital for defense sector to be earmarked for local industry
  • Defense R&D will be opened up for industry, startups and academia with 25% of defense R&D budget.
  • Private industry will be encouraged to take up the design and development of military platforms and equipment in collaboration with DRDO and other organizations through SPV model.

  • 68% of capital procurement budget in defense will be earmarked for domestic industry in 2022-23 (up from the 58% last fiscal)

Conclusion: –

It is evitable to believe that the government has worked charismatically towards preparing a budget focused towards bring growth back on track and at the same time maintained the balance of fiscal deficit which was quite a challenging task. The budget estimate shows that, the government is planning to generate 58% of its revenues via taxes which also seems to be an optimistic number.

To talk about the misses the government has missed out on fixing short term issues in the personal income tax category. With the revenue reaching 1.40 lakh crore for Indirect taxes the government had some leeway for reducing taxes for individual tax payers. Overall, we are quite optimistic on the budget and the policies of the government seem to be in the right direction.

– Sushant Oberoi

Founder

Newscanvass

]]>Basics Of Algo Trading: Concepts & Exampleshttps://www.5paisa.com/finschool/basics-of-algo-trading-and-examples/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Wed, 01 Mar 2023 06:48:22 +0000<![CDATA[What's New]]><![CDATA[Learn Basics]]>https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?p=39597<![CDATA[ […] trading meaning? Algo trading meaning which is also known as automated trading, black-box trading, or simply algo trading, is the technique of employing computers that have been programmed to execute trades in a way that is faster and more frequent than a human trader could ever do. Although you can create your own algorithm […] ]]><![CDATA[

Algo trading

  • In 2008, Algo trading arrived in India, although very few individuals were aware of it. It was created to automatically carry out numerous market trades at precise timing and speed, which is impossible for people to perform. Algorithmic trading commonly referred to as “Algo trading,” enables investors and traders to transact on the stock market by employing automated procedures.
  • Although not entirely new, algorithmic trading is still in its infancy in India. Ram Kalyan Medury, the founder and CEO of Jama Wealth, claims that SEBI Registered Investment Advisor algos, which have a variety of developed structures, regulations, and participants, contribute for 70 to 80 percent of the total market volume internationally. Algorithms, which are comparatively easy to use and little understood, are still only performing at 50–60% volume in India.
  • The use of algorithmic trading in India just began about 2010 and was initially limited to institutions and brokers. However, the retail market now has free access to constructing algorithms thanks to the expansion of digital discount brokers and API solutions, and the possibilities are unlimited.

What is Algo trading?

  • Now let us understand what is algo trading. The technique of executing market orders by using a pre-planned set of rules subject to price, quantity, and volume is known as algorithmic trading. Because an algorithm or formula with a predetermined set of rules is used to execute the trade, algorithmic trading is made possible. Algo trading’s goal is to help traders and investors execute trades quickly and accurately for greater returns. There is a substantial rise in the use of algorithmic trading platforms in India.
  • Due to the expansion of electronic trading platforms and the growing usage of technology in the financial sector in India, algo trading is getting more and more well-liked. Algo trading is widely used by traders and investors in India to execute deals more quickly and effectively and to take advantage of market opportunities that may be challenging to discover manually.

Algo trading meaning?

  • Algo trading meaning which is also known as automated trading, black-box trading, or simply algo trading, is the technique of employing computers that have been programmed to execute trades in a way that is faster and more frequent than a human trader could ever do.
  • Although you can create your own algorithm and use it to generate buy or sell signals, full automation is not allowed for retail traders, therefore manual intervention is required when placing orders.

What is algorithmic trading?

  • Now let us understand what is algorithmic trading , as we know in Algo trading, computer programming and financial markets are combined in algorithmic trading to carry out trades at precise moments.
  • Algorithmic trading aims to remove emotions from transactions, provides the best possible execution of a deal, instantly places orders, and might result in lower trading commissions.
  • Trend-following tactics, arbitrage possibilities, and index fund rebalancing are examples of popular trading methods. Additionally, algorithmic trading is carried out in accordance with trading volume (volume-weighted average price) or time (time-weighted average price).
  • You need computer access, network access, financial market expertise, and coding skills in order to begin algorithmic trading.
  • Different types of investors employ algorithmic trading for different reasons. This is why algorithmic trading meaning is important to know. Algo trading is used by institutional investors like mutual funds and pension funds to buy a lot of equities. It facilitates their trading without having an impact on stock price.
  • Algo trading increases liquidity, which benefits sell-side participants like brokerages. Systematic traders like hedge funds conduct trades that include taking opposing positions. In these circ*mstances, algorithmic trading is a more effective choice.

Algorithmic trading concepts?

  • High-frequency trading (HFT), which tries to profit from placing a lot of orders quickly across numerous markets and multiple decision parameters based on preprogrammed instructions, makes up a substantial portion of algo trading today.
  • After understanding the basics of Algo trading, let us now explore the concept deeper. Many different types of trading and investing involve the usage of algorithms, such as:
  • When mid- to long-term investors or buy-side companies—pension funds, mutual funds, insurance companies—don’t want to utilize discrete, high-volume investments to move stock prices, they use algo trading to acquire equities in bulk.
  • Programming their trading rules and letting the program trade automatically is much more efficient for systematic traders, such as trend followers, hedge funds, or pairs traders (a market-neutral trading strategy that matches a long position with a short position in a pair of highly correlated instruments, such as two stocks, exchange-traded funds (ETFs), or currencies).
  • Compared to strategies relying on the intuition or instinct of the trader, algorithmic trading offers a more methodical approach to active trading.

Basics of Algo trading

  • Let’s say a trader plays two calls, When a stock’s 50-day moving average surpasses its 200-day moving average, buy 50 shares of the company. (A moving average is a calculation that takes the average of previous data points to smooth out daily price volatility and identify trends.)
  • When the stock’s 50-day moving average drops below the 200-day moving average, sell any shares you still have.
  • A computer software will automatically monitor the stock price (as well as the moving average indicators) and place the buy and sell orders when the predetermined criteria are satisfied using these two straightforward instructions. The trader is no longer need to manually enter orders or keep an eye on live pricing and graphs. This is automatically accomplished by the algorithmic trading system, which accurately recognizes the trade opportunity.

After understanding the Algo trading basics, let us understand the trading methods employed in automated trading:

Trend recognition The most popular algorithmic trading techniques rely on price level changes, moving average trends, channel breakouts, and other relevant technical indicators. Since these techniques don’t need making any predictions or price forecasts, they are the simplest and easiest to implement using algorithmic trading. Without delving into the complexities of predictive analysis, trades are started based on the occurrence of favorable patterns, which are simple and straightforward to apply through algorithms.

Opportunities for Arbitrage

  • The price difference can be used as risk-free profit or arbitrage by purchasing a dual-listed stock at a cheaper price in one market and simultaneously selling it at a higher price in another market. The same process can be used again because stocks and futures products periodically have different prices. Effective order placement and the use of an algorithm to detect these price differentials enable profitable opportunities.

Rebalancing of Index Funds

  • Index funds have designated times for rebalancing in order to put their holdings in line with their respective benchmark indices. This creates profitable trading opportunities for algorithmic traders, who profit from expected trades that, depending on how many stocks are in the index fund, provide returns of 20 to 80 basis points just before index fund rebalancing. Algorithmic trading algorithms are used to initiate such deals for quick execution and the best prices.

Conclusion

  • Algorithmic trading makes extensive use of quantitative analysis or modeling. As you’ll be investing in the stock market, you’ll need trading knowledge or past financial market experience. Finally, you’ll probably require knowledge with coding or programming because algorithmic trading typically makes use of technology and computers. High-frequency trading is made possible by algorithmic trading. In the past, milliseconds were used to measure high-frequency trading.
  • There are no rules or regulations that restrict the use of trading algorithms. Some investors may contend that this type of trading encourages an unfair trading environment that harms markets. It is not, however, illegal in any way.
]]>Brain Drainhttps://www.5paisa.com/finschool/finance-dictionary/brain-drain/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Sat, 19 Nov 2022 09:06:51 +0000https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?post_type=finance-dictionary&p=33288<![CDATA[ […] By providing world-class educational institutions and funding for research, countries can encourage talented individuals to stay and contribute to the growth of their home countries. Implementing Incentive Programs: Governments can introduce incentive programs to encourage skilled professionals to return to their home countries. These programs can include tax incentives, grants, and career advancement opportunities. […] ]]><![CDATA[

Brain Drain refers to the emigration of highly skilled and educated individuals from one country to another, often resulting in a significant loss of talent and potential for the home country. It is a complex issue that has far-reaching consequences for both the countries experiencing the brain drain and the individuals who choose to leave their home countries in search of better opportunities.

What is Brain Drain?

Brain Drain, or human capital flight, is when individuals with advanced knowledge, skills, and qualifications migrate from their home country to another country. These individuals often seek better economic prospects, career opportunities, higher salaries, and improved living conditions in their destination countries. Brain Drain can profoundly impact nations’ socio-economic development, depleting the home country’s talent pool and intellectual capital.

Understanding Brain Drain

We must delve into its various dimensions and manifestations to truly understand Brain Drain. Brain Drain can occur at different geographic, organizational, and industrial levels. Each level represents a unique aspect of the phenomenon and contributes to its overall impact.

Geographic, Organizational, and Industrial Brain Drain

Geographic Brain Drain refers to the migration of skilled individuals from one region or country to another. It often occurs when individuals perceive better job opportunities, higher wages, or a more favorable work environment in another location. On the other hand, organizational and industrial brain drain focuses on the migration of talent within specific companies or industries. It occurs when individuals leave their current organizations or sectors to seek better prospects elsewhere.

Geographic Brain Drain

Geographic Brain Drain is a standard brain drain that affects many countries worldwide. Skilled professionals, including doctors, engineers, scientists, and academics, often migrate to countries with better research facilities, advanced technologies, and higher wages. This exodus of talent can pose significant challenges to the development and growth of the home country, as it leads to a shortage of skilled professionals in key sectors.

Organizational and Industrial Brain Drain

Organizational and Industrial Brain Drain primarily focuses on the movement of talent within specific companies or industries. It occurs when individuals with valuable skills and expertise leave their current organizations or sectors, searching for better opportunities. This can result in a loss of knowledge and experience within the organizations affected, impacting their overall performance and productivity.

Causes of Brain Drain

Several factors contribute to Brain Drain. Some of the common causes include:

  • Economic Factors: The pursuit of better economic prospects, higher wages, and improved living conditions is one of the primary drivers of Brain Drain. Individuals often migrate to countries with stronger economies and better job opportunities.
  • Lack of Opportunities: Limited career growth, lack of research facilities, and a shortage of funding for scientific research can push skilled professionals to seek opportunities in other countries that offer better resources and support.
  • Political and Social Instability: Political unrest, social conflicts, and inadequate infrastructure can create an unfavorable environment for skilled individuals to thrive. In such situations, they may leave their home countries for stability and security elsewhere.

Effects of Brain Drain

The effects of Brain Drain can be far-reaching and have significant implications for both the countries experiencing the brain drain and the individuals who choose to migrate. Some of the critical effects include:

  • Skills Shortage: Brain Drain can lead to a shortage of skilled professionals in key sectors of the home country. This can hamper economic growth and development and hinder technological advancements and innovation.
  • Loss of Intellectual Capital: The emigration of highly skilled individuals results in a loss of intellectual capital for the home country. This can have long-term consequences, as it diminishes the ability to generate new knowledge and make scientific and technological advancements.
  • Unequal Distribution of Talent: Brain Drain exacerbates the inequality in the distribution of talent and resources between countries. Developing nations, in particular, often need more skilled professionals, further widening the gap between developed and developing economies.

Measures to Reduce Brain Drain

Addressing Brain Drain requires a multi-faceted approach that involves both the home countries and the destination countries. Some measures that can be taken to reduce Brain Drain include:

  • Creating Opportunities: Governments should focus on creating a conducive environment for skilled professionals by providing ample job opportunities, competitive salaries, and attractive benefits. This can help retain talent and encourage them to contribute to the development of their home countries.
  • Investing in Education and Research: Enhancing the quality of education and research facilities is crucial in retaining skilled individuals. By providing world-class educational institutions and funding for research, countries can encourage talented individuals to stay and contribute to the growth of their home countries.
  • Implementing Incentive Programs: Governments can introduce incentive programs to encourage skilled professionals to return to their home countries. These programs can include tax incentives, grants, and career advancement opportunities.

Examples of Brain Drain

Brain Drain is a global phenomenon that affects countries across the world. Some notable examples of Brain Drain include:

  • India: Many highly skilled professionals, including engineers and doctors, migrate to countries like the United States, Canada, and the United Kingdom for better opportunities and higher salaries.
  • Philippines: The Philippines experiences a significant Brain Drain in the healthcare sector, with many nurses and medical professionals leaving the country to work abroad.
  • Nigeria: Nigeria faces a Brain Drain in various sectors, including healthcare, education, and technology. Skilled professionals often leave the country due to limited career opportunities and inadequate infrastructure.

How Does Economic Growth Help Fight Brain Drain?

Economic growth plays a crucial role in addressing Brain Drain. When countries experience robust economic growth, they can create more job opportunities, improve living standards, and provide better career prospects. This, in turn, incentivizes skilled individuals to stay in their home countries rather than seek opportunities elsewhere. Governments can foster an environment that attracts and retains talent by investing in infrastructure, education, and research and development.

What Impact Does Brain Drain Have on Developing Nations?

Brain Drain has a profound impact on developing nations. It further widens the socio-economic gap between developed and developing countries by depriving developing nations of skilled professionals who could contribute to their growth and development. Losing intellectual capital, skills, and expertise can hinder progress in critical sectors such as healthcare, education, technology, and innovation. Developing nations must address Brain Drain to ensure a sustainable future and bridge the gap between themselves and more developed economies.

Conclusion

In conclusion, Brain Drain is a complex phenomenon with significant implications for both countries experiencing the brain drain and the individuals who choose to migrate. It challenges the development and growth of nations and widens the gap between developed and developing economies. Addressing Brain Drain requires a multi-faceted approach, including creating opportunities, investing in education and research, and implementing incentive programs. By taking proactive measures to retain talent and provide favorable conditions for skilled professionals, countries can mitigate the negative effects of Brain Drain and foster sustainable growth.

]]>
What is Algo Trading?https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/what-is-algo-trading/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Tue, 14 Dec 2021 20:43:58 +0000<![CDATA[What's New]]><![CDATA[Trading]]>https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?p=14908<![CDATA[Definition and Meaning of Algo Trading Also known as ‘Black-box trading,’ Algorithmic trading involves the use of computer programs to place a trade based on predefined rules and principles. The computer program uses a set of instructions that helps make trading decisions and earns profits at a pace that would be difficult for a […] ]]><![CDATA[
Definition and Meaning of Algo Trading

Also known as ‘Black-box trading,’ Algorithmic trading involves the use of computer programs to place a trade based on predefined rules and principles. The computer program uses a set of instructions that helps make trading decisions and earns profits at a pace that would be difficult for a human trader to achieve. Algorithmic trading, in addition to giving profit opportunities for traders, makes markets more liquid and trading more systematic by eliminating the effect of human emotions on trading.

Origin of Algo Trading
  • 17th-19th century

A high-frequency trader (HFT) utilizes cutting-edge technological advances to get information quicker than the competition and then execute his trading order faster than the competition. Surprisingly, the phenomena of rapid information distribution may be traced back to the 17th century. In the nineteenth century, Julius Reuter, the founder of Thomson Reuters, utilized a mix of technology including telegraph lines and a fleet of carrier pigeons to convey news.

  • Late 20th century

After computerized trading systems were introduced in American financial markets in the 1970s, the use of algorithms in trading grew. The Designated Order Turnaround (DOT) system was developed by the New York Stock Market in 1976 to route orders from traders to experts on the exchange floor. Michael Bloomberg founded Innovative Market Systems in 1983.

  • Early 21st century-present

In the early 21st century, electronic trading improved, and by 2009, computers had performed over 60% of all deals in the USA. Until 2010, HFT accounted for 56 percent of all stock trading in the USA. Nano trading technology was first introduced in 2011. Fixnetix created a microchip that can perform transactions in nanoseconds.

Advantages of Algo Trading

Some of the advantages of algorithmic trading include:

1. Rule-based decision making: Traders and investors are frequently influenced by feelings and emotions and tend to trading techniques. Algorithms work to address this problem by guaranteeing that all trades follow a set of rules. Execution of the decisions occurs at the desired levels due to the quick and precise outcomes of computer programs.

2. Reduce market impact: Transaction costs are lower, and the predetermined rules help make automated checks on several market situations simultaneously. A trading algorithm can also purchase shares and check immediately to see if the transaction has influenced the market price.

3. Minimize human fallacy: As algorithmic trading works based on predefined instructions, there is less risk of making mistakes while placing transactions. This lowers the possibility of human traders making mistakes as a result of emotional or psychological factors.

Disadvantages of Algo Trading

Some of the disadvantages of algorithmic trading are:

1. Trades go unnoticed: A trading algorithm does not show any of the signs that the algorithm has been designed to search for. Thus, trading algorithms may lose out on trading deals. This problem can be resolved by simply increasing the number of indications that the algorithm should search for, but such a list can never be exhaustive.

2. Need for monitoring: While it would be ideal to switch on the computer and lay back for the day, automated trading systems do need constant supervision. An automated trading system may encounter irregularities that result in erroneous, missing, or duplicate orders. These incidents may be quickly detected and handled if the system is monitored.

Algorithm trading has taken over the work of manual trading in all parts of the world. It requires lesser human intervention and makes fewer mistakes. Even though it is a great tool for efficient trading, it should be used by experts and professionals only, as the mechanism may not be easy to grasp for amateurs.

]]>
Finders Feehttps://www.5paisa.com/finschool/finance-dictionary/finders-fee/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Thu, 04 May 2023 12:50:21 +0000https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?post_type=finance-dictionary&p=41604<![CDATA[A finder’s fee, commonly referred to as “ referral revenue” or “referral fee,” is a commission given to a middleman or transaction facilitator. Because the intermediary found the deal and alerted interested parties to it, they are compensated with a finder’s fee. It is assumed that without the facilitator, the parties would not have […] ]]><![CDATA[

A finder’s fee, commonly referred to as “referral revenue” or “referral fee,” is a commission given to a middleman or transaction facilitator. Because the intermediary found the deal and alerted interested parties to it, they are compensated with a finder’s fee. It is assumed that without the facilitator, the parties would not have discovered the agreement, and as a result, the facilitator deserves payment.

The finder’s fee may be paid by either the buyer or the seller of the transaction, depending on the circ*mstances surrounding the deal’s establishment or conclusion.

A finder’s fee, also known as a referral fee, is compensation given to the person or organization who connected a potential client with an opportunity in order to close a contract.

The specifics of a finder’s fee can differ from transaction to transaction, with a payout typically equaling a percentage of the successful sale; in certain circ*mstances, the “fee” is simply an unofficial gift.

A finder’s fee is a compensation and serves as an incentive to maintain business relationships and resources that represent an organization’s needs to potential partners or customers. Although contracts are not necessary in these types of agreements, formulating and agreeing to conditions for finder’s fees can help both parties stay on the same page regarding the extent of the compensation that will be provided. This might be especially helpful for contacts who bring the company new business on a regular basis.

]]>
Success Story of Azhar Iqubalhttps://www.5paisa.com/finschool/success-story-of-azhar-iqubal/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Mon, 15 Apr 2024 05:57:48 +0000<![CDATA[What's Brewing]]>https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?p=52947<![CDATA[ […] of Inshorts. It was founded in the year 2015. Azhar Iqbal is a trailblazing businessman who began his career after quitting IIT Delhi’s Mathematics and Computer Science Programs. His leadership skills has been instrumental in the success of Inshorts as it is a ground breaking digital journalism platform. He was CEO for 11 years […] ]]><![CDATA[

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (11)

Azhar Iqbal- An entrepreneur who started his Business from Facebook and then turned it into a big company. The company name is Inshorts. It is a news app which aggregates news online also it is a news app that shortens news and writes it within 60 words. Azhar Iqbal is currently the chairman of the Company and a new CEO name Deepit Purkayastha took over the position of CEO. Let us understand how a 31 year old guy founded the company and turned out to be a huge success.

Azhar Iqubal – Biography

  • Azhar Iqubal is the Co-founder and Chairman of Inshorts. It was founded in the year 2015. Azhar Iqbal is a trailblazing businessman who began his career after quitting IIT Delhi’s Mathematics and Computer Science Programs.
  • His leadership skills has been instrumental in the success of Inshorts as it is a ground breaking digital journalism platform. He was CEO for 11 years and now Azhar Iqubal took over as the Chairman of the company.
  • Azhar Iqubal joined Shark Tank India as Shark for Season 3 where his investments are helping the start-ups to create a better impact in the business world.

Azhar Iqubal Early Life and Education

  • Azhar Iqubal was born in Kishanganj, Bihar, India to a lower middle class family. He always wanted to learn new things and was keen for getting knowledge. He did well in school and got in to the top engineering college, IIT Delhi in the year 2009.
  • Studying Computer Science with the help scholarship he laid the foundation for his success in business and technology. His academic achievements include rank around 600 in IIT JEE exam and pursuing an integrated M.Tech program at IIT Delhi before opting to focus on his business.

Azhar Iqubal Net Worth and Investments

  • Azhar Iqubal has a net worth of INR 500 Crore. He is a self-made businessman and has won many awards, including the Business World Young Entrepreneur Award, Leaders of Asia Award and others. The company had raised around USD 119 million from investors like Tiger Global and Times Internet.

Azhar Iqubal Personal Life

  • Azhar Iqubal hails from Bihar and currently lives in India. He loves driving and frequently goes for road trips. He is unmarried.

Azhar Iqubal – InshortsSearch Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (13)

  • Azhar Iqubal founded Inshorts which provides daily 60-word summaries of news updates to its customers. The company has created numerous creative advertising concepts that have assisted them in bringing on more than 250 brands.
  • In 2013 , Azhar Iqubal a first generation businessman, began his career on a Facebook page-News in shorts with his IIT Classmate Anunay Arunav and Deepit Purkayastha. In no time this became a huge hit and they launched the company in an app.

Challenges and Triumphs:

  • Inshorts encountered multiple hurdles typical of any trailblazing venture. From navigating the evolving landscape of vertical video formats to striking a balance between development and consumer demands, the journey wasn’t devoid of challenges.
  • But all the obstacles metamorphosed in to a stepping stone, propelling Inshorts towards greater heights.

Innovation and Adaptability:

Diversification:

  • Beyond News with ‘Public’ Azhar Iqubal’s entrepreneurial zeal did not halt with Inshorts’ triumph. In 2019, he unveiled ‘Public,’ a location-based social network and news platform. Boasting over 100 million downloads and a bustling community of content creators, Public has etched its mark as India’s largest location-centric social hub.
  • Reflecting on his journey, Azhar remarks, “A decade later, as I step into my 30s, we are today one of the largest players in our space.” This unwavering dedication to innovation and user-centric design epitomises Azhar’s entrepreneurial ethos.

Impact and Recognition:

  • A Bright Future for Digital Media As per Statista’s projections, India’s digital newspaper and magazine market is slated for significant growth, with revenues expected to soar to INR 1,079.00 million by 2024.
  • This upward trajectory underscores the burgeoning appetite for digital media consumption, a realm where Inshorts thrives. With a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 3.77% forecasted till 2028, the digital media sphere presents ample opportunities for trailblazers like Inshorts to expand their footprint and captivate a burgeoning audience.

Continued Growth and Future Vision:

  • Innovation and Expansion Inshorts’ narrative is not just about the past; it’s a beacon illuminating the path forward. Azhar Iqubal envisions a future where Inshorts broadens its linguistic horizons, catering to diverse regional dialects.
  • This strategic move not only amplifies user engagement but also opens new avenues for ad revenue. Moreover, global diversification looms on the horizon, hinting at Inshorts’ ambition to transcend local news and make a mark on the global stage.
  • Concurrently, Public’s burgeoning user base underscores Inshorts’ multi-faceted approach to sustained growth.

Azhar Iqubal – Shark Tank India

In the business reality show , Shark Tank India, Azhar Iqubal is one of the Sharks along with OYO’s CEO Ritesh Agarwal and Zomato’s CEO Deepinder Goyal in the third season of the show. This news created a wave of excitement and inspiration among the young entrepreneurs. Azhar Iqubal said one social media

On Shark Tank India Season 3, I want to tell the youth of India that where you come from and whether you have a degree or not does not matter; what matters is whether you have hunger, discipline, and focus. And if you have it in you, I am here to support you in fulfilling your entrepreneurial dream.”

Azhar Iqubal – Awards and Recognitions

Here are the list of Awards and Recognitions received by Azhar Iqubal

  • Business World 40 under 40
  • Fortune India 40 under 40
  • Business World Young Entrepreneur Award
  • The Most Enterprising Brands
  • Leaders of Asia Award
  • Forbes India 30 under 30
  • Forbes Asia 30 under 30

Azhar Iqubal – Interesting Fact

  • Azhar Iqubal’s love for cars is evident in his collection, starting with the impressive Porsche 718 Boxster. This turbocharged marvel boasts a 7-speed PDK gearbox, reaching a top speed of 275 kph and accelerating from 0 to 100 kmph in just 4.9 seconds.
  • Priced at Rs. 1.52 Crore in India and starting at $72,050 in the US, it’s a blend of luxury and power, with notable features like 18″ alloy wheels and exceptional handling.

Conclusion

Inshorts’ Transformative Impact on News Consumption and Azhar Iqubal’s Entrepreneurial Spirit Will Undoubtedly Leave an Indelible Mark on the Media Industry for Years to Come. As The World Continues to Evolve, Inshorts Stands Poised To Lead the Charge, Guided by Azhar’s Unwavering Commitment to Innovation and Excellence.

Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs)

Azhar Iqubal is the Co-founder and Chairman of Inshorts.

Noida, Uttar Pradeshbased InShorts is an Innovative mobile app that cuts the clutter and deliver the news in 60-word shorts

Azhar Iqubal is famous as theCEO of InShorts, India’s top news app, known for its short news summaries.

Azhar Iqubal is a self-made businessman and has won many awards, including the Business World Young Entrepreneur Award, Leaders of Asia Award and others

Azhar Iqubal hails from Bihar and currently lives inIndia

Studying Computer Science with the help scholarship he laid the foundation for his success in business and technology. His academic achievements include rank around 600 in IIT JEE exam and pursuing an integrated M.Tech program at IIT Delhi before opting to focus on his business.

]]>
Things To Know Before Buying (MFs)https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/course/mutual-fund-course/things-to-know-before-buying-mutual-funds/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Tue, 26 Oct 2021 07:11:19 +0000https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?post_type=markets&p=12548<![CDATA[ […] the fund management. By looking at the PTR, you can gain a better understanding of how the fund works. It may be found in a mutual fund program’s monthly fact sheet. The Portfolio Turnover Ratio of a fund can, however, be calculated using a simple formula. It’s computed by multiplying the lesser of acquisitions […] ]]><![CDATA[

Chapters

  • Introduction
  • Learn About Mutual Funds Classification From Mutual Fund Course
  • Things To Know Before Buying MFs
  • What Are ETFs
  • What Are Liquid Funds
  • Taxation of Mutual Funds
  • Regulation of Mutual Funds

View Chapters

4.1 What is NAV?

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (15)

  • An investing company's "net asset value," or "NAV," is the sum of its total assets less its liabilities. For example, if an investment business has Rs.100 in securities and other assets and Rs.10 in liabilities, its net asset value (NAV) is Rs90. Since an investment company's assets and liabilities fluctuate on a regular basis, the NAV will fluctuate as well. The net asset value (NAV) may be Rs90 one day, Rs.100 the next, and Rs.80 million the next.
  • Mutual funds and Unit Investment Trusts (UITs) are required to compute their net asset value (NAV) at least once per business day. This rule does not apply to a closed-end fund where shares are not "redeemable"- that is, not needed to be bought back by the fund.

The Net Asset Value Formula for a Fund

  • The method of calculating the NAV of a mutual fund is simple:

NAV =(Assets - Liabilities)/Total number of shares outstanding

For a fund's assets and liabilities, the appropriate qualifying items should be listed.

  • What are net assets of a mutual fund and how are they valued:

The net assets of a mutual fund include all the resources that have been invested into the stocks of the mutual fund scheme.

What is a Net Asset Value (NAV)?

The Net Assets of a mutual fund are calculated as given ahead:

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (16)

Given below are some common examples of net assets and their valuation rules -

  • Listed and traded securities should be valued on the closing market value.
  • Illiquid shares and debentures should be valued at the lower of either the book value or the last available price.
  • Listed/Traded debentures and bonds should be valued at the lower of either the closing traded value or the yield value.
  • Fixed income securities should be valued at their current yield.

How Frequently is the NAV Calculated?

  • The NAV of every fund is calculated at the end of every market day (business day), on the basis of the closing market prices of the securities that the fund or scheme is invested in.
  • Any changes in the NAV indicate a rise or a dip in the prices of assets of the mutual fund scheme.

How Does a Mutual Fund Scheme Calculate The Reserve For Declaring Dividends?

A mutual fund scheme follows the following SEBI guidelines for calculating the reserve-

  • All profit earned (including accrual income) are available for distribution.
  • Valuation gains are ignored but valuation losses needs to be adjusted against profit.
  • Mutual funds declare dividends only when there is a surplus which can be distributed. They are a reflection of distribution of profits and gains.

For example, suppose an investor buys a fund at a NAV of Rs 14.

Here, Rs 10 will go into capital account since the face value is Rs 10. The balance of Rs 4 will go as premium reserve. If the invested amount of Rs 14 grows up to Rs 17, then the fund can declare a dividend of Rs 3, which is the gain on the NAV of Rs 14.

The funds cannot use the unit premium reserve to pay its dividends.

What is MTM (Mark to Market) and Its Importance?

The process of valuing each security in the investment portfolio of the scheme at its market value is called "MARK TO MARKET" in mutual fund parlance.

This process is very important for mutual fund investors to understand for the following reasons -

  • MTM helps in finding the asset values according to the market prices at the end of each day in order to arrive at the profit or loss status of the parties.
  • MTM helps investor buy & sell units of a scheme at a true and fair price.
  • Mark to market based NAV helps in assessing the performance of the scheme / Fund manager.

4.2 What Is Expense Ratio?

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (17)

An expense ratio (ER), often known as a management expense ratio (MER), is a metric that determines how much of a fund's assets are utilised for managerial and other operating costs. Divide a fund's operational costs by the average value of its assets under administration to get an expense ratio (AUM). Operating expenses deplete the fund's assets, lowering the fund's return on investment.

Expense Ratio Components

The Expense Ratio is made up of three basic sorts of expenses:

  1. Administration Fee

Fund managers are hired by mutual fund houses to handle mutual fund schemes. The management charge, also known as an investment advice fee, is used to compensate portfolio managers. This fee is around 0.50 percent to 1.0 percent of the assets of the funds on an annual basis.

  1. Costs of Administration

The expenses of maintaining the fund are referred to as administrative charges. Customer service, information emails, communications, and so on are all examples of this.

  1. Fees for distribution

Most mutual fund companies receive the 12-1b distribution fee for ads of the fund.

Calculation of Expense Ratio

The expense ratio is calculated as a proportion of the fund's current average net assets and is expressed as:

Operating Expenses/Average Value of Fund Assets = Expense Ratio

Loads and sales commissions, as well as trading-related activities, are not included in the above computation because they are one-time costs.

Relevance of Expense Ratio

1. Informs You About How Much You Pay a Fund House Every Year

  • The Expense Ratio tells you how much money you've shelled out in a year for your investment in the fund. Let's say you've invested Rs. 1,00,000 in a fund that has an expense ratio of 1%. So ideally, the total money you've shelled out in a year on your investment as expense ratio is Rs. 1000. Actually, you'll be shelling out more than Rs. 1000 because as the value of your investments goes up the expense ratio also moves in the same proportion. One other way to look at it is that, if the fund you invest in earns a return of 10% and the expense ratio is 1%, then you've earned a return of 9%. So keeping a check on the expense ratio tells you how much real return have you earned on your investment.

2. Higher Expense Ratio Can Significantly Eat into Your Long Term Returns

  • Since expense ratio is a fee that is charged to you till the time you're invested in a fund, a higher expense ratio over the long term can bite into a significant chunk of your returns. For instance, let's say you invest 1 lakh in a fund with an expense ratio of 2%. The average annual return delivered by the fund is 10%. So ideally, due to compounding, by the end of 10 years, your investment value should have been Rs. 2.6 lakh. But, it will only be Rs. 2.15 lakh because of the 2% expense ratio that eats into your returns bringing it down to 8% rather than 10%. So it's always important and recommended by experts to choose a fund that has a lower expense ratio. This helps you maximize your returns.

3. Expense Ratio Counts the Most With Respect To Debt Funds

  • Typically it is seen that average returns delivered by debt funds are around 6-9%. Sometimes, it can be higher or lower too. Now, if you choose a debt fund that has a higher expense ratio, say 1.5%, then your returns would come down to a mere 4.5-7.5%. So in order to protect your returns, you need to be extra cautious about expense ratio while choosing a debt fund as they have relatively lower yield than equity funds. Choosing a debt fund with the least expense ratio will help you maximize your returns.

4. Expense Ratio Can Help You Compare Different Funds

  • Expense Ratio can be treated as one of the parameters to compare two or multiple funds. For instance, if two funds have performed similarly in the past, it gets difficult for an investor to choose which fund should they go with. Here, looking at the expense ratio of the funds can help you. The fund with the lower expense ratio will suit you the best as it means more returns for you. However, the expense ratio shouldn't be treated as a stand-alone criterion for choosing funds.

4.3 Portfolio Turnover

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (18)

  • The Portfolio Turnover Ratio measures how often the fund's securities have moved during the previous year. In other words, you may think of it as a change in asset management. It's expressed as a percentage. PTR gives information on a variety of topics. It provides insight into the overall investing strategy of the fund management.
  • By looking at the PTR, you can gain a better understanding of how the fund works. It may be found in a mutual fund program's monthly fact sheet. The Portfolio Turnover Ratio of a fund can, however, be calculated using a simple formula. It's computed by multiplying the lesser of acquisitions and sales by the average total fund (AUM).
  • In other perspective, Before purchasing a mutual fund or other financial instrument, a buyer should think about the portfolio turnover metric. This is due to the fact that a fund with a high turnover will have high trading expenses than one with a lower rate. A less active trading posture may produce higher fund returns unless the decent cost selection offers advantages that cover the increased transaction costs.
  • Furthermore, cost-conscious fund investors should be aware that transactional brokers fees are not included in the computation of a fund's operating expense ratio, and so represent a major additional expense that decreases payoff in high-turnover holdings.

Calculation of Portfolio Turnover

Portfolio turnover is measured by dividing the entire quantity of new securities bought (or the number of securities unloaded, whichever is fewer) by the total net asset value (NAV) of the fund over a certain time period. Typically, the statistic is published for a 12-month period.

Affect Of AUM On Portfolio Turnover?

AUM Meaning

  • Assets Under Management, or AUM, is the entire market value of the investments that an organisation manages on behalf of third parties. The capital raised from investors and the capital owned by the mutual fund firm's principals are both included in the assets under management of a commercial bank.
  • Assets under management are strongly tied to the financial institution's profitability. A better institution's success would imply more cash holdings. When assessing assets under management, some banking institutions include bank deposits, mutual funds, and cash, while others only include funds under discretionary management, when the investor gives the company authorization to trade on his behalf.
  • These assets are managed by the relevant fund managers, who make investment choices on behalf of all investors. AUM stands for Assets Under Management, and it is used to measure the size and success of a fund institution.

How does AUM affect Portfolio Turnover

  • The frequency with which the investment portfolio is churned, with the acquisition and selling of underlying securities, is referred to as portfolio turnover. The Portfolio Turnover Ratio is a numerical indicator of this. It's computed by dividing the portfolio's average AUM by the lesser of the buying or selling of assets.
  • For example, if a fund sold Rs. 50 crore worth of equities assets and bought Rs. 70 crore worth of securities in a given year, and the fund's annual AUM is Rs. 500 crore, the PTR would be 50/500, or 10 percent. This simply means that the property portfolio was churned by 10% during the course of the year.

4.4 Exit Loads

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (19)

  • Mutual Fund exit load is a fee charged by the mutual fund houses if investors exit a scheme partially or fully within a certain period from the date of investment, as specified in the Scheme Information Document
  • It is charged as a percentage of the mutual fund's Net Asset Value (NAV). The exit load is usually deducted from the total NAV and the leftover money is credited to the investment's account by the AMC.
  • Mutual fund charges exit load to discourage investors from redeeming before a certain time period. This is done to protect the financial interest of all investors in the scheme, especially the ones who remain invested. Different mutual funds houses charge different fees for different schemes as an exit load. If you want to invest for short tenures then you should understand the exit load structure of the scheme so that you can make informed investment decisions.

Calculation of Exit Load

  • Exit load structure of a scheme specifies two parameters - mutual fund fees charged as percentage of the redemption amount at applicable NAVs and the exit load period (period from the date of purchase).
  • Suppose a scheme charges 1% exit load for redemptions within 365 days from the date of purchase. Suppose you redeem 500 units of a scheme 4 months after your date of purchase. Let us assume that the NAV is Rs 100. The exit load will be = 1% X 500 (number of units) X 100 (NAV) = Rs 500. This amount will be deducted from the redemption proceeds which gets credited to your bank account. So for this, the redemption amount received in your bank account will be Rs 49,500 (Units 500 X NAV Rs 100 - Rs 500 exit load = Rs 49,500.
  • Exit load calculation for SIP is slightly more complex because you purchase units at different price points. Suppose you start Rs 10,000 monthly SIP in a scheme on 1st July 2020. Let us assume that the scheme charges 1% exit load for redemptions within 365 days from the date of purchase. The units purchased in July will attract an exit load if redeemed before July 2021. The units purchased next month i.e. August will attract an exit load if redeemed before August 2021, so on so forth.

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (20)

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (21)

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (22)

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (23)

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (24)

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (25)

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (26)

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (27)

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (28)

]]>
Mutual Fund Terminologies | NAV & Expense Ratio | Asset Under Management | FinSchool by 5paisa<![CDATA[In this video check out the important mutual fund terminologies and their importance.✔️ NAV✔️ Expense RatioAlso check 3 types of expenses :-✔️ Administration...]]>nonadult
Cash Flowhttps://www.5paisa.com/finschool/finance-dictionary/cash-flow/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Thu, 30 Nov 2023 10:05:25 +0000https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?post_type=finance-dictionary&p=49174<![CDATA[ […] is critical. Businesses should conduct market analyses, understand customer expectations, and continuously optimize pricing strategies to ensure a steady and competitive cash flow. Customer Retention and Loyalty Programs Nurturing Long-Term Relationships Existing customers are a treasure trove of recurring cash inflows. Implementing customer retention strategies and loyalty programs fosters long-term relationships, encouraging repeat business. […] ]]><![CDATA[

Introduction

Welcome to the world of finance, where understanding cash flow is like having a compass for your financial journey. In this detailed article, we will unravel the nuances of Cash Flow, offering a comprehensive guide for beginners and seasoned investors. Let’s embark on this enlightening voyage together.

The Foundation: Cash Flow Defined

Cash FlowCash Flow is the lifeblood of any financial entity, representing the inflow and outflow of cash over a specific period. Understanding this dynamic is crucial for individuals and businesses, as it provides a snapshot of liquidity.

Importance of Cash Flow Management

Ensuring Liquidity for Financial Stability

Cash Flow:The term implies cash movement within a business or personal financial entity. Managing this flow is paramount, as it directly impacts liquidity. Liquidity, in turn, ensures that an individual or business can meet its short-term financial obligations without disruption.

Mitigating Financial Risks

Effective cash flow management acts as a powerful tool for risk mitigation. By clearly understanding incoming and outgoing cash, individuals and businesses can identify potential financial risks and proactively address them. This foresight is invaluable in navigating the unpredictable waters of the economic landscape.

Facilitating Strategic Decision-Making

Cash flow management provides a real-time snapshot of a financial situation. This clarity empowers decision-makers to strategize effectively. Whether seizing an investment opportunity or weathering an economic downturn, grasping cash flow is like having a compass guiding decision-making processes.

Enabling Growth and Investment

For businesses, positive cash flow is not just about survival but also about thriving and expanding. A healthy cash flow position allows companies to reinvest in operations, explore new avenues, and take calculated risks for growth. It is the lifeblood that fuels entrepreneurial ambitions.

Building Credibility with Stakeholders

Stakeholders, including creditors, investors, and suppliers, closely monitor a business’s cash flow. Consistent positive cash flow signals financial health and responsibility, fostering stakeholder trust. This, in turn, opens doors to favorable economic terms and partnerships.

Navigating Economic Uncertainties

In the face of economic uncertainties, cash flow management becomes a shield. Businesses and individuals with a robust cash flow strategy can weather economic storms more effectively. They can adapt, pivot, and make sound financial decisions, even in challenging times.

Preventing Operational Disruptions

For businesses, operational disruptions due to cash shortages can be crippling. Proper cash flow management ensures sufficient funds to cover day-to-day expenses, preventing interruptions in operations. This stability is crucial for sustained success.

Empowering Individuals for Financial Freedom

On a personal finance level, understanding and managing cash flow is critical to achieving financial freedom. It enables individuals to plan for significant life events, save for the future, and make informed decisions about investments and expenditures.

The Key Components of Cash Flow

Cash Flow, the heartbeat of financial operations, comprises various intricacies that shape the economic landscape. Let’s dissect the essential components that make up the dynamic concept of cash flow.

  1. Operating Cash Flow (OCF)

Defining the Core OperationsOperating Cash Flow represents the cash generated or used by a company’s core operating activities. This includes revenue generation, day-to-day expenses, and the overall operational efficiency of the business. Monitoring OCF provides insights into the health of a company’s fundamental operations.

  1. Investing Cash Flow (ICF)

Navigating Investments and Asset ManagementInvesting Cash Flow encapsulates the cash transactions related to investments in assets, securities, and other ventures. Whether acquiring new equipment, purchasing stocks, or divesting assets, understanding ICF is crucial for businesses seeking to grow strategically.

  1. Financing Cash Flow (FCF)

Managing Capital StructureFinancing Cash Flow revolves around the funds moving between a company and its investors, creditors, and shareholders. Activities such as issuing stock, repurchasing shares, and acquiring or repaying debt fall under FCF. This component is pivotal for maintaining a healthy capital structure.

  1. Cash Inflows

Revenue Streams and IncomingsCash Inflows encompass all sources of cash entering a business. This includes revenue from sales, investments, loans, or any other influx of money. Identifying and optimizing these inflows is essential for sustaining and expanding financial operations.

  1. Cash Outflows

Managing ExpendituresOn the flip side, Cash Outflows represent the various avenues through which a business expends its cash. This includes operational costs, debt payments, capital expenditures, and other financial obligations. Effectively managing outflows ensures the sustainable use of resources.

  1. Net Cash Flow

The Bottom LineNet Cash Flow is the ultimate indicator of a company’s financial health. It’s the result of subtracting total cash outflows from total cash inflows. A positive net cash flow signals financial wellness, while a negative net cash flow may indicate potential challenges that need addressing.

  1. Changes in Cash Position

Dynamic Cash DynamicsUnderstanding the changes in a company’s cash position over time is essential. This involves analyzing the cash balance at the beginning and end of a specific period. Positive changes signify growth, while unfavorable changes prompt a closer look at cash management strategies.

  1. Non-Cash Transactions

Accounting for Non-Cash Activities: Not all transactions directly involve cash. Non-cash transactions, such as depreciation or changes in market value, are integral to comprehensive cash flow analysis. Factoring in these activities provides a more accurate picture of a company’s financial reality.

Cash Flow Strategies: Maximizing Inflows

In the intricate dance of financial management, maximizing cash inflows is akin to orchestrating a symphony of prosperity. Let’s explore practical strategies businesses and individuals can employ to bolster their cash inflows and pave the way for financial success.

  1. Diversification: Your Financial Shield

Unlocking Multiple Revenue Streams

Diversifying income sources is a powerful strategy to fortify cash inflows. Businesses and individuals create a robust financial shield by tapping into various revenue streams. Whether through different product lines, services, or investments, diversification minimizes reliance on a single source and enhances overall financial stability.

  1. Strategic Pricing and Revenue Optimization

Balancing Profitability and Customer Value

Strategic pricing is a nuanced art that can significantly impact cash inflows. Finding the sweet spot between profitability and perceived customer value is critical. Businesses should conduct market analyses, understand customer expectations, and continuously optimize pricing strategies to ensure a steady and competitive cash flow.

  1. Customer Retention and Loyalty Programs

Nurturing Long-Term Relationships

Existing customers are a treasure trove of recurring cash inflows. Implementing customer retention strategies and loyalty programs fosters long-term relationships, encouraging repeat business. Satisfied customers contribute to consistent revenue and serve as brand ambassadors, attracting new clients through positive word-of-mouth.

  1. Leveraging Technology for Payment Efficiency

Seamless Transactions, Expedited Inflows

Embracing technology can streamline payment processes, reducing delays in cash inflows. From online payment platforms to automated invoicing systems, businesses can expedite transactions and minimize the gap between services rendered and payments received. The efficiency gained positively impacts overall cash flow.

  1. Negotiating Favorable Payment Terms

Strategic Partnerships for Timely Payments

Negotiating favorable payment terms with suppliers and clients is a strategic move. Extending payment deadlines with suppliers while ensuring prompt client payments creates a favorable cash flow cycle. This delicate balance contributes to a more stable and predictable financial environment.

  1. Capitalizing on Investment Opportunities

Smart Investments for Sustainable Cash Flow

Investments can be more than wealth-building tools; they can also be potent contributors to cash flow. Individuals and businesses can generate additional income streams by making informed investment decisions. This could include dividends, interest, or investment returns that enhance financial liquidity.

  1. Continuous Market Research and Adaptation

Staying Agile in a Dynamic Market

Market dynamics evolve, and staying ahead requires continuous market research. Businesses that adapt their products, services, or pricing models based on market trends position themselves for sustained cash inflows. This adaptability ensures relevance and appeal to changing consumer preferences.

  1. Proactive Debt Management

Strategizing Debt for Optimal Cash Flow

While debt can be a tool for growth, managing it strategically is crucial. Restructuring debt, renegotiating terms, or consolidating loans can free up cash flow by reducing financial burdens. Proactive debt management ensures that debt is a catalyst for positive cash inflows rather than a hindrance.

Navigating Outflows: Managing Expenses

In the intricate dance of financial management, managing expenses is a delicate choreography that can significantly impact the overall health of cash flow. Let’s explore practical strategies for navigating outflows, ensuring businesses and individuals can optimize their expenditures without compromising quality.

  1. Frugality without Compromise

Strategic Cost Reduction

Frugality is not about cutting corners; it’s about strategic cost reduction without sacrificing quality. Businesses and individuals can identify areas where costs can be trimmed without compromising essential services or product standards. This approach ensures that each expenditure contributes meaningfully to the overall value proposition.

  1. Budgeting for Sustainability

Crafting Financial Roadmaps

Budgeting is the cornerstone of expense management. By creating comprehensive budgets, businesses and individuals can allocate resources strategically, identifying areas where spending can be optimized. Regularly revisiting and adjusting budgets based on financial performance ensures sustainable expense management.

  1. Technology for Operational Efficiency

Automating Processes for Cost Savings

Leveraging technology can streamline operations, reducing the cost associated with manual processes. Automated systems for invoicing, inventory management, and other operational aspects do not enhance efficiency and contribute to cost savings in the long run.

  1. Negotiating with Suppliers

Building Mutually Beneficial Relationships

Negotiating favorable terms with suppliers is a valuable strategy. Businesses can seek discounts, extended payment terms, or bulk purchase benefits. Cultivating strong relationships with suppliers fosters a collaborative environment where both parties benefit, contributing to a healthier cash flow.

  1. Sustainable Cost-Cutting Measures

Identifying Long-Term Savings Opportunities

Implementing sustainable cost-cutting measures goes beyond immediate reductions. Businesses can explore energy-efficient practices, waste reduction strategies, and eco-friendly initiatives. These contribute to cost savings and align with corporate responsibility, enhancing the overall brand image.

  1. Strategic Debt Management

Navigating Debt Repayment Effectively

Debt, if managed strategically, can be a tool for growth. Businesses can evaluate their debt portfolio, renegotiate terms, or consolidate loans to optimize repayments. Proactive debt management ensures that the financial burden from debt does not impede overall cash flow.

  1. Employee Training and Retention

Investing in Human Capital Wisely

Employee turnover can be a significant expense. Investing in employee training and retention programs ensures businesses retain valuable talent, reducing recruitment and training costs. A satisfied and skilled workforce contributes positively to overall operational efficiency.

  1. Continuous Efficiency Evaluation

Adapting to Changing Dynamics

Evaluating efficiency is an ongoing process. Businesses and individuals should regularly review their operations to identify areas for improvement. This adaptability ensures that expense management strategies stay relevant in changing market dynamics.

Challenges and Solutions: Common Cash Flow Pitfalls

In the complex world of finance, challenges often lurk along the path of cash flow management. Identifying these pitfalls and implementing practical solutions is crucial for sustaining a healthy financial ecosystem. Let’s explore some common cash flow challenges and the strategies to overcome them.

  1. Seasonal Fluctuations

Challenge: Riding the Waves of Seasonality

Understanding the Challenge:Many businesses experience seasonal fluctuations, where cash flow varies based on the time of year. For example, retail companies may see increased sales during the holiday season but face slumps in other months.

Solution: Proactive Planning and ReservesTo mitigate the impact of seasonal fluctuations, businesses should engage in proactive planning. Building cash reserves during peak seasons ensures a financial cushion during lean periods. This strategy helps to maintain operational stability and meet financial obligations consistently.

  1. Economic Downturns

Challenge: Weathering Economic Storms

Understanding the Challenge:Economic downturns can significantly affect cash flow as consumer spending decreases and market uncertainties rise. Businesses may need help to maintain revenue streams, leading to financial strain.

Solution: Resilient Financial PracticesIn economic downturns, businesses must adopt resilient financial practices. This includes diversifying income streams, reducing non-essential expenses, and implementing contingency plans. Staying agile and adapting to changing economic conditions is critical to weathering the storm.

  1. Delayed Customer Payments

Challenge: Balancing Receivables and Payables

Understanding the Challenge:Delayed customer payments can disrupt the delicate balance between receivables and payables. Businesses may find themselves in a cash crunch, unable to cover operational costs due to outstanding invoices.

Solution: Clear Payment Terms and Follow-Up ProceduresEstablishing clear payment terms and implementing robust follow-up procedures is vital. Businesses should communicate payment expectations, incentivize timely payments, and have efficient systems for chasing overdue invoices. This ensures a steady cash flow and minimizes the impact of delayed payments.

  1. Overhead Costs Overruns

Challenge: Uncontrolled Overhead Expenses

Understanding the Challenge:Overhead costs, if not managed carefully, can spiral out of control. This includes expenses such as rent, utilities, and administrative costs. Unchecked overhead costs can strain cash flow.

Solution: Regular Overhead Audits and Cost-Cutting MeasuresRegular audits of overhead expenses help businesses identify areas for cost-cutting. Implementing measures to reduce unnecessary overhead costs, renegotiating contracts, and exploring more cost-effective alternatives contribute to maintaining a healthy cash flow.

  1. Inadequate Emergency Fund

Challenge: Lack of Financial Safety Net

Understanding the Challenge:Unexpected events, such as equipment breakdowns or sudden market shifts, can strain cash flow. With an adequate emergency fund, businesses may be able to navigate these unforeseen challenges.

Solution: Building and Maintaining Emergency ReservesBuilding and maintaining an emergency fund is a proactive solution. Allocating a percentage of profits to a reserve fund ensures that businesses have a financial safety net to rely on during unexpected crises, preventing disruptions in operations.

  1. Inefficient Inventory Management

Challenge: Tying up Cash in Excess Inventory

Understanding the Challenge:Excess inventory ties up cash that could be utilized elsewhere. More efficient inventory management can lead to overstocking, impacting cash flow positively.

Solution: Streamlined Inventory PracticesImplementing efficient inventory management practices is crucial. Businesses should optimize order quantities, regularly review stock levels, and consider lean inventory strategies. This ensures that cash is not unnecessarily tied up in excess inventory.

Conclusion

In conclusion, mastering the art of cash flow is a transformative journey toward financial stability and success. By understanding the intricacies of cash flow management, individuals and businesses can confidently navigate the currents of the financial world.

]]>
Churn Ratehttps://www.5paisa.com/finschool/finance-dictionary/churn-rate-2/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Thu, 28 Dec 2023 07:42:15 +0000https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?post_type=finance-dictionary&p=49877<![CDATA[ […] reach out to address concerns, gather feedback, and provide updates. Being transparent about changes or improvements demonstrates a commitment to customer satisfaction and helps build trust. Loyalty Programs Implement loyalty programs to incentivize and reward customer loyalty. Offer exclusive discounts, early access to new features, or loyalty points that can be redeemed. These programs […] ]]><![CDATA[

In the ever-evolving business landscape, understanding and managing the churn rate is crucial for the sustainable growth of any enterprise. Churn rate, often referred to customer attrition, is percentage of customers who discontinue using product or service within specific period. This metric is critical indicator of customer satisfaction, loyalty, and the overall health of a business.

As markets become increasingly competitive, businesses must delve deeper into the factors influencing churn and develop effective strategies to mitigate its impact. This article explores the intricacies of churn rate, its significance in the business world, and the various factors that contribute to its fluctuations. By delving into churn rate dynamics, businesses can gain valuable insights into customer behavior, enabling them to make informed decisions that drive customer retention and, consequently, sustained success.

Factors Influencing Churn Rate

  1. Service Quality

Service quality is a pivotal factor influencing churn rate. Customers expect reliable and efficient services. If a company fails to meet these expectations consistently, customers are more likely to discontinue their relationship. Monitoring and improving service quality through customer feedback and regular assessments are crucial for maintaining a satisfied customer base.

  1. Customer Satisfaction

The level of customer satisfaction directly correlates with churn rate. Satisfied customers are likely to stay loyal, while dissatisfied ones are prone to seek alternatives. Regularly gauging customer satisfaction through surveys, reviews, and feedback mechanisms allows businesses to address concerns promptly and enhance overall customer experience.

  1. Competitor Activity

The competitive landscape plays significant role in churn rate dynamics. If Customers may be tempted to switch, competitors offer better products, services, or pricing; continuous monitoring of competitor activities and staying agile in adapting strategies to stay ahead are essential to mitigate the impact of external competition on churn.

  1. Pricing Strategies

The pricing structure of product or service can significantly impact the churn rate. Customers are sensitive to costs, and if they might churn they perceive better value elsewhere, tnalyzing market trends, adjusting pricing strategies, and offering flexible plans can help businesses strike a balance between competitiveness and profitability, reducing the likelihood of customer attrition.

Calculating Churn Rate

  • Understanding and accurately calculating churn rate is pivotal for businesses aiming to assess customer retention and strategize for sustainable growth. The churnThe rate, expressed as a percentage, represents the number of customers who cease using a product or service within a specific timeframe.

Formula Explanation

The formula for calculating the churn rate is:

Churn Rate = (Number of Customers Lost during a Period / Total Number of Customers at the Beginning of the Period) ×100

Formula provides a percentage that reflects the rate at which customers disengage from the business. A higher churn rate indicates a more significant proportion of customers leaving, while a lower rate suggests better customer retention.

Interpretation of Churn Rate

  • Interpreting the churn rate involves more than just analyzing the percentage. It requires comprehensive understanding the context and industry benchmarks. A churn rate of 5% might be acceptable in one industry but alarming in another.
  • A consistently high churn rate signals potential customer satisfaction, service quality, or competitive positioning issues. Analyzing churn rate trends over different periods helps identify patterns, enabling businesses to implement targeted strategies for improvement.
  • Businesses should focus on the overall churn rate and segment their analysis. Understanding which customer segments experience higher churn provides insights into specific challenges and opportunities for retention efforts.
  • By grasping the nuances of churn rate calculation and interpretation, businesses can make informed decisions to enhance customer loyalty and fortify their market position. This proactive approach is essential in today’s dynamic business environment, where customer retention is as critical as customer acquisition.

Impact of High Churn Rate

  • A high churn rate can have profound and far-reaching consequences on a business, affecting its revenue, brand image, and overall sustainability. Understanding the impact of a high churn rate is crucial for companies seeking to navigate customer retention challenges and ensure long-term success.
  1. Revenue Loss
  • The most immediate and tangible impact of a high churn rate is the loss of revenue. As customers discontinue their subscriptions or cease purchasing products, the consistent stream of income diminishes. This can directly and negatively impact the company’s financial health, affecting its ability to invest in growth initiatives and innovation.
  1. Brand Image
  • High churn rates can tarnish a company’s brand image. Frequent customer departures may signal underlying issues with the quality of products, services, or customer support. A negative reputation can spread quickly, making it challenging to attract new customers and regain the trust of those who have left.
  1. Customer Loyalty
  • Maintaining customer loyalty becomes increasingly challenging with a high churn rate. Loyal customers often advocate for a brand, contributing to word-of-mouth marketing and sustainable business growth.
  • When loyalty erodes due to frequent churn, businesses lose the potential for organic customer acquisition and may be in a perpetual cycle of trying to replace departing customers.
  • Addressing the impact of a high churn rate requires a multifaceted approach. Businesses must focus on acquiring new customers and prioritize strategies to retain existing ones. This includes improving product or service quality, enhancing customer support, and implementing targeted retention initiatives.

Strategies to Reduce Churn Rate

Reducing churn rate is critical for businesses that foster customer loyalty and sustain long-term growth. Implementing effective strategies to retain customers requires a proactive and customer-centric approach. Here are key strategies to mitigate churn:

  1. Improve Customer Service

Exceptional customer service is a powerful deterrent to churn. Promptly address customer concerns, provide solutions, and ensure a positive customer experience. Implementing 24/7 customer support channels and personalized interactions can significantly enhance satisfaction and retention.

  1. Enhance Product/Service Offering

Regularly assess and enhance your product or service offerings to meet evolving customer needs. Introduce new features, updates, or improvements based on customer feedback. A dynamic and responsive offering can keep customers engaged and less likely to explore alternatives.

  1. Customer Feedback and Surveys

Regularly seek customer feedback through surveys and direct communication. Understand their needs, preferences, and pain points. Analyzing this feedback can uncover areas for improvement and provide insights for tailoring products or services to better align with customer expectations.

  1. Competitor Analysis

Stay informed about competitor activities. Identify what competitors are offering and how their strategies impact customer retention. This awareness allows businesses to differentiate and adjust their offerings or pricing to remain competitive.

  1. Personalized Marketing

Utilize data-driven insights to personalize marketing efforts. Tailor communication and promotions based on customer preferences and behavior. Personalized marketing fosters a sense of value, making customers feel understood and appreciated.

Best Practices for Churn Rate Mitigation

Mitigating churn rate requires a strategic and proactive approach. Implementing best practices helps retain existing customers and fosters long-term loyalty. Here are essential best practices for effective churn rate mitigation:

  1. Continuous Improvement

Embrace a culture of continuous improvement. Regularly assess and refine products, services, and customer interactions based on feedback and market trends. A commitment to ongoing enhancement ensures that your offerings stay relevant and compelling to customers.

  1. Proactive Communication

Establish open lines of communication with customers. Proactively reach out to address concerns, gather feedback, and provide updates. Being transparent about changes or improvements demonstrates a commitment to customer satisfaction and helps build trust.

  1. Loyalty Programs

Implement loyalty programs to incentivize and reward customer loyalty. Offer exclusive discounts, early access to new features, or loyalty points that can be redeemed. These programs encourage repeat business and create a sense of value for customers.

Common Mistakes in Churn Rate Management

Churn rate management is a complex process that demands careful consideration and proactive strategies. However, businesses often need to catch up on mistakes that can undermine their efforts to retain customers. Recognizing these pitfalls is essential for developing effective churn rate management plans. Here are some common mistakes to avoid:

  1. Ignoring Early Warning Signs

One of the most prevalent mistakes is paying attention to early warning signs of potential churn. Businesses must stay vigilant for symptoms such as declining customer engagement, increased support queries, or changes in usage patterns. Addressing issues at the onset can prevent further customer dissatisfaction and potential churn.

  1. Overlooking Customer Feedback

Customer feedback is a valuable resource that could be more utilized. Ignoring or neglecting customer opinions can result in missed opportunities for improvement. Regularly collect, analyze, and act upon customer feedback to address concerns and enhance overall satisfaction.

  1. Lack of Personalization

Failure to personalize interactions with customers can lead to disengagement. Customers appreciate tailored experiences and communications. Utilize customer data to personalize marketing efforts, promotions, and product recommendations, fostering a sense of individual value.

  1. Reactive, Not Proactive, Approach

Some businesses only address churn after it becomes a significant problem. A reactive approach can lead to a continuous cycle of customer loss. Instead, adopt a proactive stance by consistently assessing customer satisfaction, anticipating needs, and implementing retention strategies before issues escalate.

  1. Ineffective Onboarding Processes

A seamless onboarding process is critical for setting the right tone with new customers. Ineffective onboarding, such as a lack of clear instructions or support, can result in early churn. Ensure that customers understand the value proposition and feel supported from the outset.

Conclusion

  • In conclusion, effectively managing churn rate is paramount for businesses striving for sustained success in a competitive landscape. As explored throughout this article, the impact of a high churn rate encompasses financial implications, brand perception, and customer loyalty.
  • Businesses can navigate challenges and fortify customer relationships by implementing strategies to reduce churn, such as enhancing customer service, personalizing marketing efforts, and fostering continuous improvement.
  • Recognizing and avoiding common mistakes, including ignoring early warning signs and neglecting customer feedback, is crucial for a proactive and successful churn rate management approach.
  • As industries evolve, businesses must stay agile, adopting a customer-centric mindset to retain existing customers and attract new ones. Ultimately, the careful navigation of churn rate dynamics contributes to short-term stability and the long-term growth and resilience of a business in today’s dynamic market environment.
]]>
Actuaryhttps://www.5paisa.com/finschool/finance-dictionary/actuary/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Mon, 27 Nov 2023 08:39:18 +0000https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?post_type=finance-dictionary&p=49015<![CDATA[ […] and promotion decisions. Breaking down these barriers remains a collective effort within the industry. Initiatives for Inclusivity To foster gender diversity, various initiatives have been launched. Mentorship programs, networking events, and advocacy for workplace policies promoting work-life balance are essential to these efforts. These initiatives aim to create a supportive environment for women to […] ]]><![CDATA[

Introduction

Actuary, a term embedded in the financial lexicon, refers to a professional with the expertise to assess and manage financial risks. Dive into this comprehensive guide to unravel the intricacies of this pivotal role in the finance industry.

Definition of Actuary

The term “Actuary” refers to a professional in the field of finance who specializes in assessing and managing financial risks. Actuaries employ advanced mathematical and statistical methods to analyze and evaluate uncertainties, particularly those related to insurance, pension plans, and investments.

These financial experts are crucial in providing organizations with valuable insights and recommendations for strategic decision-making. Actuaries are equipped with the skills to navigate complex economic landscapes, offering a unique blend of analytical prowess and effective communication to address the challenges inherent in risk management. In essence, an actuary serves as a key figure in ensuring various entities’ financial stability and integrity by applying their expertise to mitigate potential risks and optimize economic outcomes.

Actuary in Finance

In the dynamic field of finance, the role of an actuary is multifaceted, encompassing various dimensions crucial to the financial landscape.

Education and Certification

  • To embark on the journey of becoming an actuary, a rigorous educational path awaits. Prospective actuaries typically pursue degrees in mathematics, statistics, or actuarial science. The journey continues beyond academia; obtaining professional certifications is paramount. Actuarial organizations offer designations such as Associate of the Society of Actuaries (ASA) and Fellow of the Society of Actuaries (FSA), marking significant milestones in an actuary’s career.

Actuarial Fields

  • Actuaries delve into diverse fields within the financial domain, each requiring specialized expertise. Whether navigating the complexities of insurance, crafting strategies for pension plans, or optimizing investment decisions, actuaries play a vital role in managing and mitigating risks across these distinct but interconnected fields.

Skills and Competencies

  • The efficacy of an actuary hinges on a unique blend of skills. Analytical prowess, mathematical proficiency, and the ability to communicate complex concepts comprehensibly are fundamental. Actuaries must possess a keen understanding of financial markets, regulatory frameworks, and evolving industry trends to successfully navigate the intricate terrain of financial risk management.

Actuarial Organizations

  • Actuaries often align themselves with professional organizations that provide a sense of community and establish and uphold industry standards. Bodies like the Society of Actuaries (SOA) and the Casualty Actuarial Society (CAS) serve as support pillars, offering resources, networking opportunities, and avenues for continuous professional development.

Actuarial Career Path

  • A progression of roles characterizes the actuarial career path, each demanding unique skills and responsibilities. From entry-level positions where foundational knowledge is applied to more advanced functions involving strategic decision-making, actuaries navigate a well-defined trajectory with opportunities for specialization and leadership.

Actuarial Models

  • Various models used for risk assessment and financial projections are central to an actuary’s toolkit. These models, often grounded in mathematical and statistical methodologies, enable actuaries to simulate different scenarios, providing valuable insights for decision-makers.

Actuarial Ethics

  • Ethics form the bedrock of the actuarial profession. Adhering to a strict code of conduct, actuaries prioritize integrity and honesty. As custodians of financial integrity, actuaries ensure that their analyses and recommendations uphold the highest ethical standards, reinforcing trust in the economic systems they serve.

Actuary vs. Other Finance Professions

In the vast finance landscape, distinct professions play crucial roles, each bringing unique skills and perspectives. Actuaries differentiate themselves from other finance professionals through their specialized focus and expertise.

Actuary Distinctions

Analytical Expertise

  • Actuaries are renowned for their advanced analytical skills. Unlike accountants who primarily focus on financial records or financial analysts who interpret market trends, actuaries employ mathematical models to analyze and manage risk comprehensively.

Future-Centric Approach

  • While financial analysts assess current market conditions, actuaries are future-oriented. They specialize in predicting future events and their economic implications, enabling organizations to proactively plan for uncertainties such as insurance claims, pension obligations, and investment risks.

Risk Management Prowess

  • Actuaries excel in risk management, distinguishing them from financial planners or investment bankers. Their core responsibility is to identify, assess, and mitigate risks, ensuring institutions’ financial stability and longevity.

Contrasts with Financial Analysts

  • Scope of Analysis

Financial analysts primarily focus on market trends, stock performance, and investment recommendations. On the other hand, actuaries delve into a broader spectrum, incorporating statistical models to evaluate risks associated with insurance, pensions, and investments.

  • Predictive Modeling

Actuaries heavily rely on predictive modeling for risk assessment, a facet less emphasized in the work of financial analysts. This modeling involves projecting future scenarios based on mathematical and statistical analyses, providing a comprehensive view of potential outcomes.

  • Regulatory Impact

While financial analysts consider regulatory changes, actuaries are intricately involved in understanding and adapting to regulatory environments, especially in insurance and pension sectors where compliance is paramount.

Actuary vs. Accountant

  • Focus on Risk vs. Financial Records

Actuaries prioritize risk management, while accountants concentrate on maintaining accurate financial records. Actuaries use their mathematical prowess to quantify risks, whereas accountants ensure financial transactions are accurately recorded and reported.

  • Forward-Looking vs. Historical Perspective

Actuaries project into the future, anticipating financial scenarios, whereas accountants work retrospectively, providing insights based on historical financial data.

  • Strategic Decision-Making

Actuaries actively contribute to strategic decision-making by offering insights into future financial risks. Accountants may be less involved in strategic planning while crucial for financial reporting.

  • Gender Diversity in the Actuarial Profession

Historically dominated by male practitioners, the actuarial profession has been gradually transforming towards greater gender diversity. While progress has been made, challenges persist in achieving total inclusivity.

Trends and Challenges

Progress in Gender Diversity

  • Over the years, there has been a noticeable increase in the number of women entering the actuarial field. Organizations and educational institutions actively promote inclusivity, encouraging women to pursue careers in actuarial science.

Challenges Faced

Despite progress, challenges such as stereotyping and bias persist. Women in the actuarial profession may encounter hurdles in career progression and face implicit biases that influence hiring and promotion decisions. Breaking down these barriers remains a collective effort within the industry.

  • Initiatives for Inclusivity

To foster gender diversity, various initiatives have been launched. Mentorship programs, networking events, and advocacy for workplace policies promoting work-life balance are essential to these efforts. These initiatives aim to create a supportive environment for women to thrive in actuarial careers.

  • Actuarial Salary Trends

Actuaries, with their specialized skill set, command competitive salaries reflective of their expertise and the complexity of their responsibilities.

Factors Influencing Salaries

  • Education and Certifications

The level of education and professional certifications significantly impact an actuary’s earning potential. Those with advanced degrees and prestigious designations often command higher salaries.

  • Industry Variances

Salaries can vary across industries. Actuaries in sectors with high financial stakes, such as insurance and finance, tend to receive more lucrative compensation due to the critical nature of their work.

  • Experience and Expertise

Experience and expertise play a pivotal role in salary determination. Seasoned actuaries with a track record of successful risk management and strategic contributions often receive higher compensation.

  • Actuarial Technology

In the digital era, technology is reshaping the landscape of the actuarial profession, influencing how actuaries operate and make decisions.

Role of Data Science

  • Data-Driven Decision Making

The integration of data science into actuarial practices has revolutionized decision-making processes. Actuaries now leverage large datasets and advanced analytics to make more informed and precise predictions.

  • Automation and Efficiency

Technological advancements have led to increased automation of routine tasks, allowing actuaries to focus on higher-value strategic initiatives. This not only enhances efficiency but also opens avenues for innovation.

Impact of AI and Machine Learning

  • Enhancing Predictive Modeling

AI and machine learning algorithms have enhanced actuaries’ predictive modeling capabilities. These technologies enable the analysis of complex patterns in data, providing more accurate forecasts for risk assessment.

  • Evolving Skill Set

As technology evolves, actuaries are required to adapt their skill sets. Proficiency in data analysis, programming languages, and understanding AI algorithms has become increasingly valuable in the modern actuarial landscape.

Challenges in Actuarial Work

The field of actuarial work, while rewarding, has its challenges. Actuaries navigate a complex landscape filled with uncertainties, assumptions, and dynamic regulatory environments, making their roles both crucial and demanding.

Uncertainties and Assumptions

  • Future Predictions

Actuaries often grapple with the inherent challenge of predicting the future. Whether assessing insurance risks, pension liabilities, or investment outcomes, the uncertainty of future events poses a continuous challenge.

  • Assumption Risks

Actuarial models heavily rely on assumptions about future scenarios. The accuracy of these assumptions directly impacts the reliability of predictions, introducing an element of risk when unforeseen events deviate from the anticipated norms.

Regulatory Changes

  • Adapting to Evolving Regulations

The financial landscape is subject to constant regulatory changes. Actuaries must stay abreast of these shifts, ensuring their models and practices align with the latest legal requirements. Adapting to new regulations often involves significant time and resources.

  • Compliance Complexity

Navigating regulatory complexities requires a nuanced understanding of legal frameworks. The challenge lies in balancing compliance while maintaining efficiency and cost-effectiveness in actuarial processes.

Technological Advancements

  • Integration of Technology

While technology brings efficiency, integrating new tools and technologies poses challenges. Actuaries must adapt to evolving software, data analytics, and artificial intelligence, requiring ongoing training and skill development.

  • Data Security Concerns

As actuaries work with vast amounts of sensitive data, ensuring robust cybersecurity measures becomes paramount. The challenge is to harness the benefits of technological advancements while safeguarding against potential data breaches.

Changing Economic Landscapes

  • Global Economic Uncertainties

Actuaries operate in a globalized economic environment influenced by geopolitical events. Predicting the impact of global economic shifts introduces complexities, requiring adaptability and a global perspective.

  • Industry-Specific Challenges

Different industries present unique challenges. Actuaries in insurance face evolving risk landscapes, while those in pensions must navigate changing demographics. Adapting models to industry-specific challenges demands a deep understanding of each sector.

Communication Hurdles

  • Translating Complexity

Actuarial work involves intricate mathematical models and complex statistical analyses. Communicating these findings to non-specialists, such as executives or clients, challenges ensuring understanding without oversimplifying critical nuances.

  • Stakeholder Alignment

Aligning the perspectives of various stakeholders, each with different priorities, adds another layer of complexity. Actuaries must effectively convey the implications of their analyses to ensure unified decision-making.

Conclusion

As we conclude this journey through the realm of actuarial expertise, we’ve unveiled the critical role actuaries play in navigating financial complexities. With analytical acumen and a commitment to integrity, actuaries are guardians of financial stability and risk mitigation.

]]>
Financial Inclusion – Changing The Sector Together Brings Smiles For The Unbanked.https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/financial-inclusion-changing-the-sector-together-brings-smiles-for-the-unbanked/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Sat, 08 Jan 2022 12:49:40 +0000<![CDATA[What's Brewing]]>https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?p=16135<![CDATA[ […] financial inclusion by offering interesting and attractive bonuses for both users and merchants. Customers who make use of these cashless payment tools will be able to enjoy referral bonus schemes and meanwhile, merchants will get cash back rewards and points when they allow customers to transact through these cashless systems. Apart from introducing digital […] ]]><![CDATA[

Financial inclusion is a key element of social inclusion, particularly useful in combating poverty and income inequality by opening blocked advancement opportunities for disadvantaged segments of the population. It focuses on providing financial solutions to the economically underprivileged. The term is broadly used to describe the provision of savings and loan services to the poor in an inexpensive and easy-to-use form. It aims to ensure that the poor and marginalised make the best use of their money and attain financial education. With advances in financial technology and digital transactions, more and more start-ups are now making financial inclusion simpler to achieve.

What Is Financial Inclusion?

Financial inclusion is the process of ensuring access to financial products and services needed by vulnerable groups at an affordable cost in a transparent manner by institutional players.

Financial Inclusion In India

The concept of financial inclusion was first introduced in India in 2005 by the Reserve Bank of India. Around 192.1 million accounts have been opened under the Pradhan Mantri Jan Dhan Yojana (PMJDY). These zero-balance bank accounts have been accompanied by 165.1 million debit cards, a life insurance cover of Rs 30,000 and an accidental insurance cover of Rs 1 lakh.

The adoption and evolution of digital technologies have enabled the democratisation of financial services for the masses. Rural employment generating programmes like MNREGA and Pradhan Mantri Jan Dhan Yojana have solved the supply-side challenges, opening millions of bank accounts. Adding consistent policy and regulatory changes to drive inclusion made the market ripe for reaching out to the unbanked and under banked.

RBI has adopted a bank-led model for achieving financial inclusion and removed all regulatory bottle necks in achieving greater financial inclusion in the country. Further, for achieving the targeted goals, RBI has created conducive regulatory environment and provided institutional support for banks in accelerating their financial inclusion. The government of India has been introducing several exclusive schemes for the purpose of financial inclusion. These schemes intend to provide social security to the less fortunate sections of the society.

After a lot of planning and research by several financial experts and policymakers, the government launched schemes keeping financial inclusion in mind. These schemes have been launched over different years. Let us take a list of the financial inclusion schemes in the country:

  1. Pradhan Mantri Jan Dhan Yojana

  2. Atal Pension Yojana

  3. Pradhan Mantri Vaya Vandana Yojana

  4. Stand Up India Scheme

  5. Pradhan Mantri Mudra Yojana(Pmmy)

  6. Pradhan Mantri Suraksha Bima Yojana(Pmsby)

  7. Sukanya Samriddhi Yojana

  8. Venture Capital Fund For Scheduled Castes Under The Social Sector Initiatives

In the last decade, two of the critical drivers for Digital India have hit a staggering billion in number. In comparison, Jan Dhan accounts are halfway there, but the multiplier effect is now talked of as a success worldwide. The government now wants to dovetail insurance products to ride the groundswell of the opportunity. These accounts could drive micro-credit and micro-investments and raise the bar for financial inclusion.

Financial inclusion is a building block for both poverty reduction and opportunities for economic growth, with access to digital financial services critical for joining the new digital economy. While banking services is the first step, it allows access to savings, credit, insurance and other services.

The unfolding of scale for mobility, Aadhaar and no frills banking or Jan Dhan, during different timelines were consolidated by the regulator RBI shape policy changes. Its business correspondent (BC) model in 2006 took the idea of banking to the informal sector, warming up to small businesses and individuals. The BC model allowed banking service at remote locations which did not have a bank branch or an ATM facility. Programs like MGNREGA, where money transfers were later institutionalised through the banking channels only, brought about a major shift in the world of financial inclusion.

When the pandemic hit the bottom of the pyramid hardest, to provide greater operational flexibility to banks and other institution for reaching out to priority sector, a revised scheme, renamed co-lending model (CLM), was introduced in November 2020. The focus of the revised scheme was to improve the flow of credit to the unserved and underserved sectors of the economy at affordable rates.

Among the steps that RBI five-year approach enumerated for financial inclusion were differentiated banking licences – small finance banks and payments banks. The India Post Payments Bank launched in 2018 is now leveraging the 1.5 lakh post offices to push the policy. The Indian Bank Association has also been trying to identify good BCs based on their track record, with an emphasis on formal training to drive capacity building.

The bank-led model for financial inclusion also gives opportunities for micro pension and insurance products to be made available. The National Pension Scheme (NPS) is being expanded for wider reach while technology is being leveraged to improve access.

The main challenges of Financial Inclusion are mentioned below:

  1. Bank services do not have enough support for scalability.

  2. The technology adoption is limited.

  3. The lack of the availability of documents for the purposes of banking activities.

  4. Almost minimal financial literacy.

  5. In the case of rural areas, telecom connectivity and infrastructure are poor.

Financial Inclusion In India Through Digitisation Of Monetary Transactions

The government of India intends to carry out crores of digital financial transactions for the present and upcoming years with the help of Unified Payment Interface (UPI), Unstructured Supplementary Service Data (USSD) banking methods, Immediate Payment Service (IMPS), National Electronic Funds Transfer (NEFT), Aadhaar Pay, debit cards, BHIM, and credit cards.

Moreover, the government wants to make it compulsory for fertiliser depots, block offices, petrol pumps, road transport offices, hospitals, colleges, universities, etc. to make arrangements for accepting payments for services and products through digital payment systems. It makes a lot of sense especially when customers are required to make high-value payments at these institutions or offices. The government intends to achieve this by issuing a mandate to the above-mentioned institutions.

Apart from this, the government also wants to make it mandatory that every government receipt is offered exclusively through any digital mode. Presently, many government operations are carried out digitally and customers receive receipts for payments in the digital form. However, this has not been completely effective in every part of the nation. To attract more and more users for digital modes of payment, the government is trying its best to remove or reduce service charges that are levied by companies on the electronic transactions.

These digital financial apps will help in eliminating corruption apart from achieving financial inclusion. These apps aim to attain financial inclusion by offering interesting and attractive bonuses for both users and merchants. Customers who make use of these cashless payment tools will be able to enjoy referral bonus schemes and meanwhile, merchants will get cash back rewards and points when they allow customers to transact through these cashless systems.

Apart from introducing digital financial systems to the poor people, a few banks have released mobile banking vans or trucks to reach the interior parts or untouched parts of the country. In these parts, people do not have access to transport, communication, or financial services.

Along with the government-owned payment apps, there are many private mobile electronic wallet (e-wallet) systems created by private companies and banks. Most of these apps allow bank fund transfers. All these e-wallets enable users to make payments digitally in a convenient manner. Individuals will not get stranded anywhere even if they are out of cash in hand. If they have money in their electronic wallet, they are safe and can carry out financial transactions successfully without having to rely on others for money. Most of these apps are available on Android and iOS smart phones. There are also some apps that are available on phones that operate through Windows.

Since many sections of the Indian Economy cannot access various formal banking services, Financial Inclusion was provided to provide them with these facilities. The introduction of Financial Inclusion has allowed banks to provide credits for project financing.

]]>
Richest Man in the World-Elon Muskhttps://www.5paisa.com/finschool/richest-man-in-the-world-elon-musk/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Thu, 04 Jan 2024 16:14:11 +0000<![CDATA[What's Brewing]]>https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?p=50213<![CDATA[ […] at energy storage startup Pinnacle Research Institute, which investigated electrolyticultra-capacitorsfor energy storage, and another atPalo Alto–based startupRocket Science Games. In 1995, he was accepted to a PhD program inmaterials scienceatStanford University.However, Musk decided to join theInternet boom, dropping out two days after being accepted and applied for a job atNetscape, to which he reportedly […] ]]><![CDATA[

Billionaires play a crucial role in shaping the world economy, politics, and philanthropy. The list of billionaires include members who are technology giants, founders and also invest their wealth in many companies they have started. Among the Billionaires list Elon Musk as broke all records and captured the title of richest person. The Tesla Chief Executive officer netted an additional $US 95.4 billion to the end of year close, bolstered by the success of Tesla and SpaceX after losing $ US 138 billion in 2022. Let us understand Mr. Elon Musk Life Journey and how he became the Richest Man in the World.

Who is Elon Musk??

Elon Musk is a businessman and investor who is the founder chairman, CEO and chief technology officer of SpaceX ; Angel investor, CEO product architect and former chairman of Tesla Inc chairman and CTO ofX Corp.; founder ofthe Boring CompanyandxAI; co-founder ofNeural inkandOpenAI; and president of theMusk Foundation.

Family Background of Elon Musk

  • Elon Musk was born in Pretoria to Errol Musk and Maye Musk. He attended the University of Pretoria before immigrating to Canada at age 18, acquiring citizenship through his Canadian born Mother. He has British and Pennsylvania Dutch ancestry.
  • His mother,Maye Muskis a model and dietitian born inSaskatchewan, Canada, and raised in South Africa.
  • His father,Errol Musk, is a South African electromechanical engineer, pilot, sailor, consultant, and property developer, who partly owned a Zambianemeraldmine nearLake Tanganyika, as well as a rental lodge at theTimbavati Private Nature Reserve Musk has a younger brother,Kimbal, and a younger sister,

Education Background

  • Musk attendedWaterkloof House Preparatory School,Bryans ton High School, andPretoria Boys High School, from where he graduated. Musk arrived in Canada in June 1989 and lived with a second cousin in Saskatchewan for a yearworking odd jobs at a farm and lumber mill.
  • In 1990, he enteredQueen’s UniversityinKingston, Ontario. Two years later, he transferred to theUniversity of Pennsylvania(UPenn), where he completed studies for a Bachelor of Arts degree in physics and a Bachelor of Science degree in economics from theWharton School.Although Musk said he earned the degrees in 1995, UPenn maintains it awarded them in 1997.
  • He reportedly hosted large, ticketed house parties to help pay for tuition, and wrote a business plan for an electronic book-scanning service similar toGoogle Books.
  • In 1994, Musk held two internships inSilicon Valley: one at energy storage startup Pinnacle Research Institute, which investigated electrolyticultra-capacitorsfor energy storage, and another atPalo Alto–based startupRocket Science Games.
  • In 1995, he was accepted to a PhD program inmaterials scienceatStanford University.However, Musk decided to join theInternet boom, dropping out two days after being accepted and applied for a job atNetscape, to which he reportedly never received a response

PayPal and SpaceX

  • Musk attendedQueen’s Universityin Kingston, Ontario, and in 1992 he transferred to theUniversity of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, where he received bachelor’s degrees inphysicsandeconomicsin 1997.
  • He enrolled in graduate school in physics atStanford UniversityinCalifornia, but he left after only two days because he felt that theInternethad much more potential to change society than work in physics.
  • In 1995 he foundedZip2, a company that provided maps and business directories to online newspapers. In 1999 Zip2 was bought by the computer manufacturerCompaqfor $307 million, and Musk then founded an online financial services company, X.com, which later became PayPal, which specialized in transferring money online. The online auctioneBaybought PayPal in 2002 for $1.5 billion.
  • Musk was long convinced that for life to survive, humanity has to become a multi-planet species. However, he was dissatisfied with the great expense ofrocketlaunchers.
  • In 2002 he founded Space Exploration Technologies (SpaceX) to make more affordable rockets. Its first two rockets were theFalcon1 (first launched in 2006) and the larger Falcon 9 (first launched in 2010), which were designed to cost much less than competing rockets.
  • A third rocket, theFalcon Heavy(first launched in 2018), was designed to carry 117,000 pounds (53,000 kg) to orbit, nearly twice as much as its largest competitor, theBoeingCompany’sDeltaIV Heavy, for one-third the cost. SpaceX has announced the successor to the Falcon 9 and the Falcon Heavy: the Super Heavy–Starship system.
  • The Super Heavy first stage would be capable of lifting 100,000 kg (220,000 pounds) tolow Earth orbit. The payload would be the Starship, a spacecraft designed for providing fasttransportationbetween cities on Earth and building bases on the Moon and Mars.
  • SpaceX also developed theDragonspacecraft, which carries supplies to theInternational Space Station(ISS). Dragon can carry as many as seven astronauts, and it had a crewed flight carrying astronauts Doug Hurley and Robert Behnken to the ISS in 2020.
  • The first test flights of the Super Heavy–Starship system launched in 2020. In addition to being CEO of SpaceX, Musk was also chief designer in building the Falcon rockets, Dragon, and Starship. SpaceX is contracted to build the lander for the astronauts returning to the Moon by 2025 as part of NASA’s Artemis space program.

Tesla

  • Musk had long been interested in the possibilities of electric cars, and in 2004 he became one of the major funders ofTesla Motors(later renamed Tesla), an electric car company founded byentrepreneursMartin Eberhard and Marc Tarpenning. In 2006 Tesla introduced its first car, theRoadster, which could travel 245 miles (394 km) on a single charge.
  • Unlike most previous electric vehicles, which Musk thought were stodgy and uninteresting, it was a sports car that could go from 0 to 60 miles (97 km) per hour in less than four seconds. In 2010 the company’sinitial public offeringraised about $226 million.
  • Two years later Tesla introduced the Model S sedan, which was acclaimed by automotive critics for its performance and design. The company won further praise for its Model X luxury SUV, which went on the market in 2015. The Model 3, a less-expensive vehicle, went into production in 2017 and became the best-selling electric car of all time.
  • Dissatisfied with the projected cost ($68 billion) of ahigh-speed railsystem in California, Musk in 2013 proposed analternatefaster system, theHyperloop, a pneumatic tube in which a pod carrying 28 passengers would travel the 350 miles (560 km) betweenLos AngelesandSan Franciscoin 35 minutes at a top speed of 760 miles (1,220 km) per hour, nearly thespeed of sound.
  • Musk claimed that the Hyperloop would cost only $6 billion and that, with the pods departing every two minutes on average, the system could accommodate the six million people who travel that route every year. However, he stated, between running SpaceX and Tesla, he could not devote time to the Hyperloop’s development.

X (formerlyTwitter)

  • Musk joined thesocial mediaserviceTwitterin 2009, and, as @elonmusk, he became one of the most popular accounts on the site, with more than 85 million followers as of 2022.
  • He expressed reservations about Tesla’s being publicly traded, and in August 2018 he made a series of tweets about taking the company private at avalueof $420 per share, noting that he had “secured funding.”
  • The following month the U.S.Securities and Exchange Commission(SEC) sued Musk for securities fraud, alleging that the tweets were “false and misleading.”
  • Shortly thereafter Tesla’s board rejected the SEC’s proposed settlement, reportedly because Musk had threatened to resign.
  • However, the news sent Tesla stock plummeting, and a harsher deal was ultimately accepted. Its terms included Musk’s stepping down aschairmanfor three years, though he was allowed to continue as CEO; his tweets were to be preapproved by Tesla lawyers, and fines of $20 million for both Tesla and Musk werelevied.
  • Musk was critical of Twitter’s commitment to principles offree speech, in light of the company’s content-moderation policies. Early in April 2022, Twitter’s filings with the SEC disclosed that Musk had bought more than 9 percent of the company.
  • Shortly thereafter Twitter announced that Musk would join the company’s board, but Musk decided against that and made a bid for the entire company, at a value of $54.20 a share, for $44 billion. Twitter’s board accepted the deal, which would make him sole owner of the company.
  • Musk stated that his plans for the company included “enhancing the product with new features, making thealgorithmsopen sourceto increase trust, defeating the spam bots, and authenticating all humans.”
  • In July 2022 Musk announced that he was withdrawing his bid, stating that Twitter had not provided sufficient information about bot accounts and claiming that the company was in “materialbreachof multiple provisions” of the purchase agreement.
  • Bret Taylor, the chair of Twitter’s board of directors, responded by saying that the company was “committed to closing the transaction on the price and terms agreed upon with Mr. Musk.” Twitter sued Musk to force him to buy the company.
  • In September 2022 Twitter’s shareholders voted to accept Musk’s offer. Facing a legal battle, Musk ultimately proceeded with the deal, and it was completed in October. Among Musk’s first acts as Twitter’s owner were to lay off about half the company and to allow users to purchase for $8 a month the blue check-mark verification, which had previously beenbestowedby Twitter upon notable figures.
  • In addition, he disbanded Twitter’s content-moderation body and reinstated many banned accounts most notably that of former U.S. presidentDonald Trump, which had been suspended after theU.S. Capitol attack on January 6, 2021. Advertising revenue fell sharply as many companies withdrew their ads from the platform. Musk changed the name of the company from Twitter to X in July 2023.

Elon Musk Net Worth

  • Musk is currently said to be the richest person in the world, overtaking former Amazon CEO Jeff Bezos
  • Musk’s net worth sits at over $260 billion, nearly $70 billion more than Bezos’ current estimation of about $190 billion.
  • His wealth skyrocketed over the past few years thanks to his majority ownership of Tesla, which increased in value substantially since 2020. SpaceX also has helped Musk’s net worth skyrocket and could catalyze even more growth in the next two years.
  • Since 2017, Musk’s fortune has shown an annual average increase of 129 per cent, which could potentially see him enter the trillion-dollar club in just two short years, achieving a net worth of $1.38 trillion by 2024 at age 52
  • SpaceX generates massive incomes by charging governmental and commercial clients to send various things into space, including satellites, ISS supplies, and people

Unlocking Genius Mind-Elon Musk

The importance of having a big vision

  • One of the most valuable lessons we can learn from Elon Musk is the importance of having a big vision for your life and work. Musk has always been driven by a desire to create a better future for humanity, whether it’s through colonizing Mars, reducing greenhouse gas emissions, or developing brain-machine interfaces.
  • He believes that we need to think big and aim high if we want to achieve great things and leave a lasting legacy.
  • Musk’s big vision has inspired him to take on some of the most challenging and ambitious projects in history, such as building reusable rockets, creating electric cars, and revolutionizing transportation. His vision has also attracted top talent, investors, and partners who share his passion and want to be part of something meaningful and impactful.

The power of persistence and determination

  • Another lesson that we can learn from Elon Musk is the power of persistence and determination in achieving your goals. Musk has faced numerous setbacks, failures, and obstacles in his career, but he has never given up or lost faith in his vision. Instead, he has used each setback as a learning opportunity and a chance to improve his skills, knowledge, and strategies.
  • For example, SpaceX had multiple failed launches in its early days, but Musk and his team continued to refine their technology and processes until they achieved success. Tesla faced skepticism and criticism from the auto industry, but Musk and his team persisted in their mission to make electric cars mainstream and affordable. Neuralink is still in its early stages, but Musk is determined to create a brain-machine interface that could change the way we live and work.

Taking risks and embracing failure

  • A third lesson that we can learn from Elon Musk is the importance of taking risks and embracing failure as part of the innovation process. Musk has never been afraid to take bold bets and pursue untested ideas, even if they seem crazy or risky at first.
  • He believes that the biggest rewards come from the biggest risks, and that failure is not the opposite of success, but a necessary stepping stone on the path to success.
  • For example, SpaceX’s reusable rockets were once considered too risky and expensive to develop, but Musk saw the potential for reducing the cost of space travel and increasing its accessibility. Tesla’s electric cars were once seen as a niche market for eco-conscious consumers, but Musk saw the potential for disrupting the entire auto industry and accelerating the transition to sustainable energy. Neuralink’s brain-machine interface is still in its early stages, but Musk sees the potential for enhancing human cognition and communication.

The value of innovation and disruption

  • A fourth lesson that we can learn from Elon Musk is the value of innovation and disruption in creating transformative change. Musk believes that innovation is the key to solving many of the world’s most pressing problems, such as climate change, resource depletion, and inequality.
  • He also believes that innovation requires disruption, or challenging the status quo and creating new solutions that are better, faster, and cheaper than existing ones.
  • For example, Tesla’s electric cars disrupted the traditional auto industry by offering a superior driving experience, longer range, and lower costs. SpaceX’s reusable rockets disrupted the space industry by reducing the cost and time of space travel, and opening up new opportunities for exploration and research. The Boring Company’s tunneling technology could disrupt the transportation industry by enabling faster and cheaper underground travel.

The art of delegating and leading a team

  • A fifth lesson that we can learn from Elon Musk is the art of delegating and leading a team to achieve a common goal. Musk is a master of assembling and motivating high-performing teams that can tackle complex and ambitious projects with speed and precision. He knows how to delegate tasks, empower team members, and align their efforts towards a shared vision and strategy.
  • For example, SpaceX’s rocket launches involve hundreds of people from different disciplines and backgrounds, but they all work together towards a common goal of delivering payloads into space. Tesla’s production lines require coordination and collaboration among thousands of employees, but they all share a commitment to quality, safety, and efficiency. Neuralink’s research teams include experts from neuroscience, engineering, and computer science, but they share a passion for advancing human knowledge and capabilities.

The need for continuous learning and self-improvement

  • A sixth lesson that we can learn from Elon Musk is the need for continuous learning and self-improvement in staying ahead of the curve and adapting to change. Musk is a lifelong learner who is constantly seeking new knowledge, skills, and experiences that can enhance his creativity, innovation, and leadership.
  • He reads extensively, attends conferences and workshops, and seeks feedback from his peers and mentors.
  • For example, Musk’s interest in physics, engineering, and space exploration led him to pursue degrees in those fields, even though he could have started his career without them. Musk’s curiosity and passion for innovation led him to explore new industries, such as electric cars and brain-machine interfaces, that were outside his comfort zone. Musk’s willingness to learn from failures and mistakes led him to refine his strategies and approaches until he achieved success.

The impact of technology on society and the environment

  • A seventh lesson that we can learn from Elon Musk is the impact of technology on society and the environment, and the responsibility that innovators and leaders have in shaping its future.
  • Musk believes that technology can be a force for good, but also a source of unintended consequences and ethical dilemmas. He advocates for responsible innovation and a long-term perspective that takes into account the social, economic, and environmental implications of technology.
  • For example, Musk’s electric cars and solar panels aim to reduce carbon emissions and promote sustainable energy, while also creating jobs and economic growth. Musk’s space exploration and colonization ambitions aim to inspire and educate people about the wonders of the universe, while also advancing scientific knowledge and discovery. Musk’s brain-machine interface aims to enhance human cognition and communication, while also raising ethical and privacy concerns.

Conclusion

Elon Musk’s genius mind offers many valuable lessons for anyone who wants to achieve great things and make a positive impact on the world. From having a big vision to embracing failure, from taking risks to leading a team, from continuous learning to responsible innovation, Musk’s lessons can inspire and guide us towards a better future. By applying these lessons to our own lives and work, we can become more confident, creative, and impactful individuals who contribute to the common good and leave a lasting legacy.

]]>
Dabba Tradinghttps://www.5paisa.com/finschool/dabba-trading/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Fri, 11 Nov 2022 08:41:37 +0000<![CDATA[What's New]]><![CDATA[Learn Basics]]>https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?p=32435<![CDATA[ […] commodities, but the orders are not routed through the exchanges. The platforms are heavily advertised on YouTube, using all the tricks of the digital trade such as referrals, testimonials, affiliate programs, and sponsored posts. They flaunt dubious global awards, claim membership of shady self-regulatory bodies, offer inducements such as ‘free margin with bonus’, fancy […] ]]><![CDATA[

The brokerage platform is the counterparty to trades punched by the customer. This means that any money lost by the customer is equal to the profit of the platforms. In addition, they also offer leverage up to 1,000 times, which means customers are bound to lose a lot of money over time. A small price move is enough to wipe out the entire account balance.

These platforms allow trading in currencies, international stock indices, and commodities, but the orders are not routed through the exchanges.

The platforms are heavily advertised on YouTube, using all the tricks of the digital trade such as referrals, testimonials, affiliate programs, and sponsored posts.

They flaunt dubious global awards, claim membership of shady self-regulatory bodies, offer inducements such as ‘free margin with bonus’, fancy cars for super traders, and ease of making profits to entice and ensnare customers.

Foreign exchange trading is regulated by the Reserve Bank of India, which prohibits trading with a foreign broker, using a foreign bank account, and trading in anything other than four currency pairs with the rupee:

The dollar, euro, yen, and pound.

Many unregulated trading platforms are also thriving under the nose of our two financial regulators. Trading can be done only through an Indian broker based and licensed in India.

It is illegal to use an online portal to carry out transactions offshore.

These online portals are not members of the Indian exchanges where forex trading takes place or registered as intermediaries with the Securities and Exchange Board of India, which regulates such exchanges.

Clients place a margin (between 0.1 % and 1 % of the trade value) to enter positions that are marked to market daily and don’t have an expiry date.

“Since these platforms offer derivatives trading on currencies and international securities and have Indian bank accounts where they collect funds, they are essentially operating illegal brokerage and exchange platforms and advertising them openly.

Why are RBI and SEBI silent on illegal digital DABBA TRADING?

Neither SEBI nor the RBI has stirred itself to ban these platforms, which are nothing but digital dabba trading platforms.

Many of them now accept funds via RTGS and NEFT, meaning that they have set up Indian entities as well. This mode of payment seems to violate the RBI’s rules because trading in foreign exchange other than the four pairs mentioned above is not permitted.

The RBI can easily shut them down if it has noticed them.

SEBI too can act since the platforms illegally permit trading in international stock indices and commodities.

They also offer to trade in CFDs or contracts for difference, which is an agreement to pay or receive the difference in the opening and closing price of a financial product, without buying the product. A CFD trader never owns the underlying asset.

CFDs are illegal in India. A particular type of CFD is called binary options, where the payout depends entirely on the outcome of a yes/no proposition such as whether the price of a particular asset that underlies the binary option will rise above or fall below a specified amount.

All this is illegal. SEBI is even fully aware of what is going on but has done nothing despite its draconian powers of search and seizure.

The scale of operations of digital dabbas in India is now huge, given their big advertising spends and sponsorships.

]]>
How To Make Cryptocurrency: Advantage & Disadvantagehttps://www.5paisa.com/finschool/how-to-make-cryptocurrency/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Wed, 01 Mar 2023 07:56:04 +0000<![CDATA[What's New]]><![CDATA[Learn Basics]]>https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?p=39608<![CDATA[ […] coins are created then people might not be able to buy it. Integrate the APIs The next step is to integrate the API’s. The API means Application Programming Interface allows different software applications to communicate with each other. For example , if Proof of work is used then you will need to integrate with […] ]]><![CDATA[

Introduction

Digital Assets like Cryptocurrency have grown immensely during the past few years. Cryptocurrency are volatile in nature and sometimes it reaches record high whereas sometimes it drops significantly. These currencies do not have a central authority such as government to manage it. Demand and supply of cryptocurrency causes fluctuations. But did you know from where the word cryptocurrency is derived from? And also another question that comes to our mind is How to Make Cryptocurrency. Let us understand both the concepts.

The word crypto comes from Greek word ‘kryptos’ which means ‘hidden or secret’ and word ‘currency’ is derived from the Latin word ‘currere’ meaning ‘to run’. Around the year 1699 the word ‘currency’ began to be used to describe the flow of money between people.

What is Cryptocurrency?

  • Cryptocurrency means a digital money that is a form of currency that exists virtually and it does not rely on banks to verify transactions. Units of cryptocurrency are made through a process called mining. This process usually involves using computer power to solve complicated mathematical problems that generate coins. The name cryptocurrency became popular because of its encryption to verify transactions. This involves advanced coding in storing and transmitting cryptocurrency data between wallets and to public ledgers.
  • Using Cryptocurrency makes it easier for two people or business with low fees and faster processing time. Though Cryptocurrency is still an unaware concept for many, it is looked upon as an easier and convenient mode for making payments and for people who make purchases online.

Now that we know what is Cryptocurrency all about, Let us understand

How Cryptocurrency Works?

  • Cryptocurrency works on a distributed public ledger called block chain, a record of all transactions updated and held by currency holders. Users can buy currencies from brokers, store and spend those using cryptographic wallets.
  • There is nothing tangible in case of cryptocurrency. There is a key that allows you to move a record or a unit of measure from one person to another and there is no trusted third party involved.
  • It is said that block chain technology improves transparency, increase trust and security of data being shared across a network. But there are few categories who believes that block chain technology are cumbersome, inefficient, and expensive and can use too much energy. In cryptocurrency group of transactions are added to the chain in the form of blocks which validate the authenticity of the transactions.
  • All transaction batches are recorded on the shared ledger and it is public. Anyone can have a look at the transactions being made on the major block chain.
  • To make a transaction in cryptocurrency a wallet is needed known as digital currency. A cryptocurrency wallet doesn’t hold currency it merely provides an address of your funds on the block chain.
  • Every time when the crypto transactions are initiated you are actually authorizing a specified amount of the cryptocurrency from your wallet to wallet address of the seller. Crypto transactions are encrypted with a private key and pushed to the block chain.
  • Once the block that includes the transaction is confirmed, the ledger is updated to show the new cryptocurrency balances for both the seller and buyers address. This entire process is conducted through the software.

Why Cryptocurrency is called a block chain?

  • A block is a collection of transactions data on a network. The blocks create a chain, linking one to another through references of previous blocks. In order to change a block in the ledger a hacker would have to reproduce the entire chain of blocks following it since not doing so would create a chain of invalid references and that would not be accepted by the cryptocurrency network.
  • Blocks include additional information that further enables the cryptocurrency networks to verify the block. The miners are rewarded with cryptocurrency and transaction fees.
  • Without computing a valid solution to the blocks puzzle by the miner, new blocks cannot be added to the block chain.

How to Make Cryptocurrency?

The one question that arises in our mind in case of cryptocurrency is how to make or create cryptocurrency. Well yes one can make their own cryptocurrency with following steps

Let us discuss each point

  1. Define Your Objectives
  • The first step while making cryptocurrency is to think how different is your cryptocurrency from other currencies and do you want to use the cryptocurrency as payment system or store value. This will help to develop a unique cryptocurrency.
  • For example Bitcoin was created as a decentralized alternative to fiat currency. Whereas Ethereum was designed to be a platform that allows developers to create decentralized applications.
  • Once the objectives are defined logo must be selected for the currency. Also website and whitepaper must be created. The website should describe about the currency and how it works. It is important to make sure that both the website and whitepaper are clear, concise and free of technical jargon. If the website is not clear, then people will not invest in such currency.
  1. Design A Mechanism
  • The next step in this process is to design a consensus mechanism. There are two main types of consensus mechanism – a) proof of work and b) proof of stake. Proof of work is the most common type of consensus mechanism.
  • In this the miners compete against each other to validate transactions and add blocks to the block chain. The miner who adds a block to the block chain is awarded with cryptocurrency.
  • Proof of stake doesn’t require miners to compete against each other. Instead the system relies on validators who stake who stake their cryptocurrency to verify transactions.
  1. Choose a Block chain Platform
  • Once the consensus mechanism is decided, the next step is to choose own block chain platform. If Proof of work mechanism is selected then bitcoin block chain is obvious whereas if Proof of stake is selected then there are number of platforms like Ethereum , Cardano and the Speedy EOS.
  1. Create the Nodes
  • The next step is to download the software and set up a node. A node is a computer that stores a copy of the blockchain and helps to validate transactions. If proof of work is chosen then mining pool will be needed which means miners who work together to mine blocks and share the rewards.
  1. Generate a Wallet Address
  • After setting up a node, you will need to generate a wallet with the best cryptocurrency wallet option. This is where people will send funds when they want to buy our cryptocurrency. Wallet Address can be chosen by using online services by running the software on your computer.
  1. Design the Internal Architecture
  • The next step is to design the architecture of cryptocurrency. This includes things like the transaction format, network protocol and consensus algorithm. Also you will need to decide how many coins will be needed. This is known as Coin supply. It is very important to strike a balance here. If too many coins are created they will not be worthy. On the other hand if very few coins are created then people might not be able to buy it.
  1. Integrate the APIs
  • The next step is to integrate the API’s. The API means Application Programming Interface allows different software applications to communicate with each other. For example , if Proof of work is used then you will need to integrate with bitcoin API. This will allow cryptocurrency to interact with the Bitcoin Blockchain.
  1. Make Your Cryptocurrency Legal
  • The second last step is to make the cryptocurrency legal as per defined rules. This involves setting up a company and getting a license from the government. One thing that must be remembered is cryptocurrency is banned in certain nations so adequate research is required for the laws before the launch.
  1. Grow Your New Cryptocurrency
  • While there are lot of technicalities involved in Cryptocurrency, it is also important to focus on the marketing and promotion of new currency. Without adoption the cryptocurrency is likely to fall. So one should make sure that people are accepting the cryptocurrency. A good way to promote the cryptocurrency is by making it free. This will make easier to buy and sell currency.

What are the different ways of creating Cryptocurrency?

How to create a cryptocurrency is the next question that comes to our mind. So following methods can be used

  1. Make Your Own Block chain
  • Block chain based currency can be created from scratch to support native crypto. However creating a new block chain is not that easy. The process is very complex and requires at least basic coding skills and in depth understanding of block chain.
  • If you are not a programmer, you can hire someone to create block chain without any coding.
  1. Change the Code of Existing Block chain Technology
  • The second way is to create own cryptocurrency by changing the code of an existing blockchain. This method is less complex than creating a block chain from the scratch. However it is still technical and requires programming skills.
  • You will need a good understanding of how block chain works before making changes to the code. Block chain architecture will depend on the goals of project and the resources available. To change the protocol access to the code will be required and most block chains are open source which means anyone can download them.
  1. Create a New Cryptocurrency on an Existing Platform
  • The third way is to create a cryptocurrency which is new on an existing block chain Platform. By creating a new currency on the block chain it is known as token, a form of digital cash that isn’t native to the block chain it will operate on.

Understanding Coins V/s Tokens

  • Cryptocurrencies can be crypto coins or it can be crypto tokens. Creating own coin or token a complex process. Both represents digital asset but still there are differences between the two. Crypto coins are standalone currencies.
  • For example Bitcoin is a cryptocurrency that does not require any other platform to exist. Ethereum is another popular cryptocurrency coin that has its own digital asset. A cryptocurrency coin is decentralized digital money that uses cryptography to secure its transactions and also to control the creation of new units of the currency. Bitcoin, Ripple and Litecoin are examples of crypto coins.
  • A cryptocurrency token is a digital asset that is created to use on a specific platform. Crypto tokens are often used to represent an asset or utility on a blockchain based platform. These tokens can be used to represent anything a digital asset, a utility or even a physical object.
  • Also, if you create an own standalone currency then you can create a cryptocurrency coin whereas if you use block chain technology to create a new application or service then crypto token needs to be created.

How long does it take to create a Crypto Currency?

  • It depends on the method used for creating cryptocurrency. Using automated tools, crypto will be ready in as low as 5 to 20 minutes. The time to modify the existing cryptocurrency code differs depending on the technical expertise.
  • On a proficient level the process can take up to 4 hours. The process can be outsourced to allow specialized developers to work on your behalf. This will complete the process in short time. When creating the crypto coin from scratch the process can take months. It is because the development process takes longer time.

What are the cost involved in Creating Cryptocurrency?

  • The cost for creating cryptocurrency is not fixed. The cryptocurrency business model grew three times faster compared to other investments in the market.
  • What exactly is your goal from cryptocurrency will decide the cost. For example cryptocurrency has lot of customization then the cost will be high. Another scenario is that you might outsource the same to a developer or a team. Other cost involved will be
  1. Promotion- Marketing the cryptocurrency involves costs like blogging, social media marketing, press media or email marketing
  2. Auditing- External auditors often do this to ensure credibility. This will include fee and it will vary depending on the ones you choose.
  3. Development- If you have technical skills a lot can be saved. Otherwise a developer has to be hired or a team to handle it.
  4. Legal issues- Specialized lawyer will be required. Many firms offer blockchain expertise. So this also adds up the cost.

Types of Cryptocurrencies available in Market

  1. Ethereum
  2. Tether
  3. USD Coin
  4. Binance Coin
  5. Cardano
  6. Solana
  7. XRP
  8. Dogecoin
  9. Polkadot
  10. Bitcoin

How to Make Money from Cryptocurrency?

  • The next question that often comes to our mind is how to make money from cryptocurrency. Here are few steps to earn money in crypto market. First option to earn money through cryptocurrency is to do trading without owning any crypto yourself. Second Option is using the coin one holds as a stake and lend to the system or users. Thirdly one can participate In the blockchain system by mining or receiving coin rewards for work done in the system.

What are the Advantages and Disadvantages of Cryptocurrency?

ADVANTAGES

  1. Decentralization

Cryptocurrencies are generally decentralized. Most of the cryptocurrencies are controlled by developers and those who have significant amount of coin. The decentralization helps to keep the currency monopoly free and in restraint, so nobody can determine the flow and worth of the coin, unlike fiat currencies which are controlled by government.

  1. Ease of Use

Cryptocurrencies have kept themselves as an option for transactions. Both International and Domestic Transactions in Cryptocurrency happens at a lightning speed. Verification procedure in case of cryptocurrencies is very fast because there are only few barriers.

  1. Protection from Inflation

Inflation has caused many currencies value decline with time. At this time of launch every cryptocurrency is released with fast amount. The ASCII computer files specifies the quantity of coin, there are only 21 million Bitcoins released. So as the demand increases the value will also increase which maintains the market and prevents inflation.

  1. Self-Governed Managed

Currency governance and maintenance is a serious factor for development. The crypto currency transactions are stored by developers/miners on their hardware. Since the miners have acquired it, they keep the records up to date and keep the integrity of the cryptocurrency and also records decentralized.

  1. Cost effective Mode of Transfer

One of the most uses of cryptocurrency is to transfer money across borders. With the help of cryptocurrency, the transaction fees paid by the user are reduced and negligible or zero amount. It does so by eliminating the third party like VISA or PayPal to verify the transactions. Here there is no need to pay any extra transaction fees.

DISADVANTAGES

  1. Unlawful Practices

Cryptocurrencies are not completely free from security issues. As a crypto owner you could lose your private key that is used to access coins. Also it involves hacking, phishing, and all other attempts to gain control through malicious means. This is something that investors keep an eye but still new investors get trapped easily.

  1. Risk of Data Loss

In cryptocurrencies if anyone loses the private key in their wallet, then it is very difficult to get back. The wallet will remain locked with number of coins inside it. It results in loss of user.

  1. Power Lies in Few Hands

Although cryptocurrencies are decentralized the flow and amount of the currencies within the market are still controlled by their creators and some organization. These holders can manipulate the coin for enormous swings in its price. Hugely traded coins are at risk of these manipulations like Bitcoin, whose value doubled several times.

  1. Buying NFTs with other tokens

Some cryptocurrencies are traded in one or fiat currencies. It therefore forces the user to convert the currency in to Bitcoin or Ethereum first and then through other exchanges. By doing this, extra fees gets added to the cost.

  1. No refund or cancellation

If there is dispute between parties, or if someone makes a mistake while sending funds to the wrong wallet address , the coin cannot be retrieved by the sender. The Counterparty can cheat and since there are no refunds one can easily create a transaction for which no service or products will be received.

  1. Vulnerable to Hacks

Though Cryptocurrencies are secured, exchanges don’t see, to be that secured. Most exchanges store the wallet data to figure their user ID Correctly. This data is often stolen by hackers giving them lots of accounts. After getting the access these hackers can efficiently transfer funds from those accounts. For example Bitcoin has been stolen in thousands and countless US Dollars. Even though the exchanges are highly secured there is a possibility of further hack.

  1. High Consumption of Energy

Mining of Cryptocurrency requires plenty of computational power and electricity input, making it highly energy intensive. The main culprit during this is Bitcoins. Because mining of bitcoin requires computers that too advanced one and plenty of energy. This cannot be done with ordinary computers. Major Bitcoin miners are in countries like China that uses coal to produce electricity. Also it has increased China’s carbon footprints.

Conclusion

  • Cryptocurrency can be created by anyone, even for fun. But launching a cryptocurrency and making it successful with gaining returns is a difficult task. It requires commitment of time, money, resources and also technical knowledge. Maintaining the cryptocurrency is more challenging than making it. But the fact is, the future of cryptocurrency market is still a question. Some people believe that it has immense potential whereas some believe that it is not worth to invest in cryptocurrency.
  • Due to the conspiracy of the cryptocurrency some countries have totally banned it. For example in China raising money through virtual currency is considered illegal since 2017. One should not fall for fraudulent activities like Fake websites, virtual schemes, celebrity endorsem*nts. Before investing in cryptocurrency one should research about the exchanges, know how to store the digital currency, Diversify the investments and be prepared for the volatility. So , Knowing and understanding the strategies will be helpful in cryptocurrency market.
]]>
Revenuehttps://www.5paisa.com/finschool/finance-dictionary/revenue/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Wed, 29 Nov 2023 13:36:57 +0000https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?post_type=finance-dictionary&p=49099<![CDATA[ […] demand, seasonality, or other market factors. Customer Retention Definition Retaining existing customers often more cost-effective than acquiring new ones and can contribute significantly to revenue. Strategies Loyalty Programs:Implement loyalty programs to reward repeat customers. Personalized Marketing:Tailor marketing efforts to individual customer preferences. Exceptional Customer Service:Provide excellent customer service to build lasting relationships. Digital Marketing […] ]]><![CDATA[

Revenue, the lifeblood of any business, is not merely a financial term but the heartbeat of economic sustainability. This article will delve into the intricate world of revenue, exploring its types, recognition methods, and pivotal role in financial management.

Defining Revenue

At its core, revenue represents a business’s total income through its primary operations. The financial fuel keeps the engine running, enabling companies to cover expenses, invest in growth, and ultimately thrive in the marketplace.

Types of Revenue

Revenue, the lifeblood of any business, manifests in various forms, each playing a unique role in shaping financial landscapes. Understanding the nuances of these revenue types is essential for effective financial management and strategic decision-making. Let’s delve into the intricacies of the different kinds of revenue.

Operating Revenue

  1. Definition

Operating revenue, or turnover or sales, is derived from a company’s primary business activities. It represents the income generated directly from the sale of goods or services.

2. Examples

  • For a software company, revenue is from selling software licenses.
  • Retail sales revenue for a clothing store.

3. Significance

Operating revenue is crucial as it sustains day-to-day operations and serves as a benchmark for a company’s core business performance.

Non-Operating Revenue

Definition

Non-operating revenue encompasses income derived from activities outside a company’s core operations. These revenues are incidental and don’t constitute the primary source of income.

Examples

  • Interest earned on investments.
  • Gains from the sale of assets.

Significance

While non-operating, this revenue can contribute significantly to a company’s overall financial health, providing additional income streams.

Recurring Revenue

Definition

Recurring revenue is predictable and repetitive income that a business can expect at regular intervals. It often results from ongoing contractual agreements or subscriptions.

Examples

  • Subscription fees for streaming services.
  • Monthly maintenance contracts for software support.

Significance

Recurring revenue provides stability, allowing businesses to forecast and plan more effectively.

One-Time Revenue

Definition

As the name suggests, one-time revenue is non-recurring income that doesn’t repeat regularly. It often results from unique transactions or events.

Examples

  • Revenue from the sale of a company’s property.
  • Income from a one-time consulting project.

Significance

While not consistent, one-time revenue can inject a significant financial boost, especially during periods of financial need.

Gross Revenue

Definition

Gross revenue represents the total income a company generates before deducting any expenses. It provides a broad overview of a company’s earning potential.

Examples

  • Total sales before accounting for the cost of goods sold (COGS).

Significance

Gross revenue is a crucial indicator of a company’s overall financial health and its capacity for growth.

Net Revenue

Definition

Net revenue, or net sales, is the income after deducting all operating expenses, including COGS and other direct costs.

Examples

  • Sales revenue minus returns, discounts, and allowances.

Significance

Net revenue reflects a company’s profitability, offering a more accurate financial performance.

Deferred Revenue

Definition

Deferred revenue arises when a company receives payment for goods or services before delivery. It represents an obligation to fulfill the promised products or services.

Examples

  • Prepaid subscriptions for a future period.
  • Advance payments for custom-made products.

Significance

Understanding deferred revenue is crucial for proper financial reporting and meeting future obligations.

Unearned Revenue

Definition

Unearned revenue is similar to deferred revenue but pertains to services or products a company owes to a customer. It represents a liability until the service or product is delivered.

Examples

  • Gift cards or vouchers that have yet to be redeemed
  • Deposits for services are yet to be provided.

Significance

Unearned revenue highlights the importance of fulfilling customer obligations and managing liabilities effectively.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue recognition is critical aspect of financial accounting, guiding businesses on when and how to record their earned income. This process ensures transparency and accuracy in financial reporting, allowing stakeholders to make informed decisions. Let’s delve into the intricacies of revenue recognition to understand its importance and nuances.

Definition of Revenue Recognition

Revenue recognition refers to the formal acknowledgment of revenue by a business. It involves identifying when a sale has occurred, determining the amount of income earned, and allocating it to the appropriate accounting period. This process is essential for reflecting a company’s financial performance accurately.

Principles and Standards

Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP)

In the United States, GAAP provides a framework for revenue recognition. GAAP outlines specific criteria that must be met for revenue to be recognized, ensuring consistency and comparability in financial statements across different entities.

International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)

Globally, IFRS sets out principles for revenue recognition. IFRS focuses on recognizing revenue when goods or services are transferred to the customer, reflecting the actual economic substance of transactions.

Importance of Accurate Revenue Recognition
  1. Financial Statement Accuracy:Proper revenue recognition ensures that financial statements accurately reflect a company’s performance, providing stakeholders with reliable information.
  2. Decision-Making:Investors, creditors, and other stakeholders rely on financial statements to make informed decisions. Accurate revenue recognition is crucial for assessing a company’s financial health and growth potential.
  3. Regulatory Compliance:Adhering to established accounting principles and standards ensures regulatory compliance. This is particularly important for publicly traded companies and those subject to auditing.
  4. Investor Confidence:Transparent and consistent revenue recognition practices enhance investor confidence. Investors are more likely to trust companies that adhere to recognized accounting standards.
Challenges in Revenue Recognition
  1. Complex Contracts:Contracts with multiple performance obligations or variable considerations can challenge accurately determining transaction prices and allocating revenue.
  2. Timing Issues:Recognizing revenue too early or too late can distort financial statements and mislead stakeholders.
  3. Consistency Across Periods:Maintaining consistency in revenue recognition practices is crucial for meaningful financial analysis over different reporting periods.

Key Metrics Related to Revenue

Understanding critical metrics related to revenue is paramount for businesses seeking to gauge their financial health, growth potential, and overall performance. These metrics provide insights into various facets of revenue generation, offering valuable information for strategic decision-making. Let’s explore these critical metrics in detail.

Gross Revenue

Definition

Gross revenue represents the total income generated by a business before deducting any expenses. It is a comprehensive figure that includes all sales without considering the cost of goods sold (COGS).

Significance

Gross revenue provides a snapshot of a company’s overall revenue-generating capacity. It is a starting point for evaluating financial performance.

Net Revenue

Definition

Net revenue, also known as net sales or revenue after deductions, is the income remaining after subtracting various assumptions such as returns, discounts, and allowances from the gross revenue.

Significance

Net revenue offers a more accurate representation of a company’s profitability. After accounting for necessary deductions, It reflects the revenue generated from core business activities.

Revenue Growth

Definition

Revenue growth measures the percentage increase in a company’s revenue over a specific period. It is a crucial metric for assessing a company’s ability to expand and attract new customers.

Significance

Positive revenue growth indicates a healthy and thriving business. It attracts investors and signifies that the company is gaining market share or successfully introducing new products and services.

Average Revenue Per User (ARPU)

Definition

Average Revenue Per Usercalculates the average revenue generated by each customer or user over a specific period. It is particularly relevant for subscription-based businesses.

Significance

ARPU helps businesses understand the value each customer contributes to overall revenue. It guides pricing strategies and customer retention efforts.

Customer Lifetime Value (CLV)

Definition

CLV estimates the total revenue a business can expect from a customer throughout their relationship. It considers average purchase value, purchase frequency, and customer lifespan.

Significance

Understanding CLV helps businesses allocate resources effectively. It aids in customer acquisition strategies and highlights the importance of fostering long-term customer relationships.

Revenue per Employee

Definition

Revenue per employee calculates the amount of revenue generated by each employee. It is a measure of workforce productivity and efficiency.

Significance

This metric provides insights into efficiency of a company’s operations. A higher revenue per employee suggests better productivity and resource utilization.

Operating Income

Definition

Operating income, or operating profit, is the profit derived from a company’s core business operations. It is calculated by subtracting operating expenses from gross profit.

Significance

Operating income reflects the profitability of a company’s primary activities. It excludes non-operating revenue and expenses, providing a clearer picture of operational efficiency.

Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation, and Amortization

Definition

EBITDA measures a company’s operating performance, excluding interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization. It provides a clearer view of a company’s ability to generate cash flow.

Significance

EBITDA is widely used for comparing the financial performance of different companies. It helps investors and analysts assess operational efficiency and profitability.

Return on Investment (ROI)

Definition

Return on Investment measures the profitability of an investment by comparing the gain or loss relative to its cost. In revenue, ROI could assess the effectiveness of marketing campaigns or new product launches.

Significance

Understanding the ROI of various initiatives helps businesses allocate resources wisely. It informs decision-makers about the success of investments in generating additional revenue.

The Role of Revenue in Financial Statements

Revenue is crucial in a company’s financial statements and is pivotal in conveying its financial performance and viability. Understanding how revenue is portrayed in financial statements provides stakeholders, including investors, analysts, and management, critical insights into the company’s operations. Let’s explore the multifaceted role of revenue in financial statements in detail.

Income Statement: The Gateway to Revenue Insight

Definition

Revenue is highlighted in the income statement or the profit and loss statement (P&L). It outlines a company’s financial performance over a specific period by detailing its revenues, expenses, gains, and losses.

Revenue’s Place

  1. Top-Line Indicator:Revenue is the headline figure on the income statement, positioned at the top. It represents the total income generated by the company through its primary operations.
  2. Gross Revenue vs. Net Revenue:The income statement distinguishes between gross revenue and net revenue. Gross revenue is the total income before deducting expenses, while net revenue reflects the income remaining after subtracting expenses like cost of goods sold (COGS), discounts, and returns.
  3. Operating and Non-Operating Revenue:The income statement categorizes revenue into operating and non-operating. Revenue arises from core business activities, while non-operating payment includes income from peripheral sources.

Balance Sheet: Revenue’s Impact on Financial Position

Definition

The balance sheet provides a snapshot of a company’s financial position at a specific time. It consists of assets, liabilities, and equity.

Revenue’s Place

  1. Equity Section:Revenue directly influences the equity section of the balance sheet. The net income, derived from the income statement, contributes to the retained earnings, affecting the overall equity.
  2. Asset Increase:Increased revenue often leads to increased cash or accounts receivable, depending on customer payment terms. This can enhance a company’s liquidity.
  3. Liability Impact:In some cases, increased revenue may also lead to an increase in liabilities, such as deferred revenue or unearned revenue, representing prepayments for goods or services.

Cash Flow Statement: Tracking the Movement of Revenue

Definition

The cash flow statement provides:

  • A detailed account of a company’s cash inflows and outflows.
  • Categorizing them into operating.
  • Investing.
  • Financing activities.

Revenue’s Place

  1. Operating Activities:Cash generated from operating activities includes revenue received from customers. The cash flow statement ensures that payment is recognized and tracks the actual cash movement.
  2. Investing and Financing Activities:Revenue impacts investing and financing activities indirectly. For instance, revenue generation may influence decisions on capital expenditures or the repayment of loans.

Key Ratios and Metrics: Analyzing Revenue Performance

Definition

Various financial ratios and metrics are derived from revenue figures to assess a company’s financial health and performance.

Revenue’s Impact

  1. Profitability Ratios:Ratios like gross margin and net profit margin use revenue figures to assess the efficiency of operations and overall profitability.
  2. Efficiency Ratios:Metrics like inventory and accounts receivable turnover use revenue to gauge how efficiently a company manages its assets.
  3. Leverage Ratios:Ratios like the debt-to-equity ratio consider revenue in the context of a company’s overall financial structure.

Challenges in Revenue Management

Revenue management is a critical aspect of financial strategy, but it comes with its own set of challenges. Successfully managing revenue requires businesses to navigate complexities related to recognition timing, accurate measurement, and external factors. Let’s delve into the detailed difficulties in revenue management that companies often encounter.

  1. Recognition Timing

Definition

Recognition timing refers to the point at which revenue is officially recognized in financial statements. Recognizing revenue too early or too late can distort a company’s financial picture.

Challenges

  1. Premature Recognition:Recognizing revenue before completing all performance obligations can artificially inflate financial performance, leading to misguided investor perceptions.
  2. Delayed Recognition:Delaying revenue recognition may create an understated financial position, affecting decision-making and stakeholder trust.
  3. Contract Complexity:Complex contracts with multiple performance obligations make it challenging to pinpoint when revenue should be recognized.
  1. Accurate Measurement

Definition

Accurate measurement involves determining the precise amount of revenue earned. Needs to be more accurate in size can lead to distorted financial analyses and forecasts.

Challenges

  1. Variable Consideration:Determining the fair value of variable consideration, such as discounts or incentives, can be challenging and may result in revenue miscalculation.
  2. Estimations and Assumptions:Revenue recognition often involves making estimations and assumptions, which, if inaccurate, can lead to misrepresented financial statements.
  3. Changing Market Conditions:Fluctuations in market conditions may impact the accuracy of revenue measurement, especially in industries with volatile pricing structures.
  1. External Factors

Definition

External factors, such as economic changes, regulatory developments, or unexpected events, can significantly impact a company’s revenue management.

Challenges

  1. Economic Downturns:Economic recessions or downturns can reduce consumer spending, affecting a company’s revenue streams.
  2. Regulatory Changes:Evolving regulatory frameworks may introduce complexities in compliance, requiring businesses to adapt their revenue recognition practices.
  3. Global Events:Unforeseen global events, such as pandemics or geopolitical tensions, can disrupt supply chains and consumer behavior, impacting revenue projections.
  1. Technology Integration

Definition

Integrating new technologies into revenue management processes presents opportunities and challenges.

Challenges

  1. System Compatibility:Integrating new technologies may need help in compatibility with existing systems, leading to disruptions in revenue management.
  2. Data Security:As technology plays a significant role in revenue analytics, ensuring data security becomes crucial to prevent unauthorized access and protect sensitive financial information.
  3. Employee Training:Adopting new technologies requires training employees, and resistance to change can hinder the seamless implementation of advanced revenue management tools.
  1. Complex Contractual Arrangements

Definition

Dealing with contracts involving multiple performance obligations or intricate terms adds another layer of complexity to revenue management.

Challenges

  1. Allocation of Revenue:Determining how to allocate the total contract value to different performance obligations can be intricate, especially when their standalone values are unclear.
  2. Change in Contract Terms:Changes in contract terms or amendments during the performance period may require reassessment of revenue recognition, leading to complexities in accounting.
  3. Customer Disputes:Disputes with customers regarding contract terms or deliverables can further complicate revenue recognition processes.
  1. International Operations

Definition

For companies with international operations, differences in accounting standards and currency fluctuations pose unique challenges.

Challenges

  1. Diverse Reporting Standards:Adhering to various international reporting standards, such as GAAP and IFRS, can complicate harmonizing revenue recognition practices.
  2. Currency Exchange Risks:Fluctuations in exchange rates can impact revenue when transactions are denominated in different currencies, requiring vigilant risk management.
  3. Legal and Tax Compliance:Navigating varying legal and tax compliance requirements across countries adds complexity to revenue recognition and reporting.

Strategies for Increasing Revenue

Boosting revenue is a perpetual goal for businesses seeking growth and sustainability. Implementing effective strategies is essential for attracting new customers, retaining existing ones, and expanding market share. Let’s explore various techniques for increasing revenue and driving financial success.

  1. Market Expansion

Definition

Market expansion involves reaching new customer segments or geographical areas to tap into untapped markets.

Strategies

  1. Product Diversification:Introduce new services or products to cater to a broader audience.
  2. Geographical Expansion:Expand operations into new regions or countries.
  3. Target Niche Markets:Identify and cater to specific niche markets within your industry.
  1. Product Diversification

Definition

Product diversification entails expanding the range of products or services offered to existing customers.

Strategies

  1. Bundle Offerings:Combine complementary products or services into value-added bundles.
  2. Continuous Innovation:Regularly introduce new features, versions, or upgrades to existing products.
  3. Cross-Selling:Encourage customers to purchase related products or services alongside their initial choice.
  1. Pricing Strategies

Definition

Adjusting pricing strategies can have a direct impact on revenue generation.

Strategies

  1. Discounts and Promotions:Offer time-limited discounts or promotions to attract price-sensitive customers.
  2. Value-Based Pricing:Set prices based on perceived value of your products or services.
  3. Dynamic Pricing:Adjust prices in real-time based on demand, seasonality, or other market factors.
  1. Customer Retention

Definition

Retaining existing customers often more cost-effective than acquiring new ones and can contribute significantly to revenue.

Strategies

  1. Loyalty Programs:Implement loyalty programs to reward repeat customers.
  2. Personalized Marketing:Tailor marketing efforts to individual customer preferences.
  3. Exceptional Customer Service:Provide excellent customer service to build lasting relationships.
  1. Digital Marketing and E-Commerce

Definition

Leveraging digital platforms and e-commerce channels expands a business’s reach and facilitates online transactions.

Strategies

  1. Search Engine Optimization (SEO):Optimize online content to improve visibility in search engine results.
  2. Social Media Marketing:Utilize social media platforms to engage with audiences and promote products.
  3. E-Commerce Platforms:Establish an online storefront for seamless purchasing experiences.
  1. Strategic Partnerships and Alliances

Definition

Forming partnerships with other businesses can create mutually beneficial opportunities for revenue growth.

Strategies

  1. Co-Marketing Initiatives:Collaborate on marketing campaigns with complementary businesses.
  2. Joint Ventures:Pool resources to develop and sell new products or services with another company.
  3. Affiliate Marketing:Partner with affiliates to promote your products for a commission.
  1. Upselling and Cross-Selling

Definition

Encouraging customers to upgrade to higher-value products (upselling) or add complementary items (cross-selling) can increase the average transaction value.

Strategies

  1. Strategic Product Placement:Highlight premium products or upgrades during the purchasing process.
  2. Bundle Offers:Create packages that encourage customers to buy additional items at a discounted rate.
  1. Data-Driven Decision-Making

Definition

We are utilizing data analytics to make informed pricing, marketing, and product development decisions.

Strategies

  1. Customer Analytics:Analyze customer behavior to understand preferences and anticipate needs.
  2. Sales Forecasting:Use historical data to predict future sales trends and plan accordingly.
  3. Dynamic Inventory Management:Adjust inventory levels based on real-time demand data.
  1. Subscription-Based Models

Definition

Implementing subscription-based models creates predictable, recurring revenue streams.

Strategies

  1. Tiered Subscription Plans:Offer different subscription tiers with varying levels of service or access.
  2. Free Trials:Provide free trial periods to entice potential subscribers.
  3. Auto-Renewal Options:Simplify the renewal process to encourage ongoing subscriptions.

Common Misconceptions about Revenue

As a fundamental financial metric, revenue is often subject to misconceptions that can influence decision-making and strategy development. Clarifying these misconceptions is crucial for businesses to make informed financial decisions. Let’s delve into the details of some common misconceptions about revenue.

Misconception 1: Revenue Equals Profit

Explanation

Contrary to common belief, revenue and profit are distinct financial metrics. Revenue represents the total income generated by a business, while profit is the amount that remains after deducting all expenses, including the cost of goods sold, operating fees, and taxes.

Clarification

Understanding the difference between revenue and profit is essential for accurate financial analysis. A high revenue figure doesn’t necessarily indicate profitability, as it needs to account for expenses.

Misconception 2: High Revenue Guarantees Success

Explanation

While high revenue is often associated with success, it doesn’t guarantee a company’s financial health. Success should be evaluated based on factors like profitability, cash flow, and return on investment.

Clarification

A company with high revenue but low-profit margins may struggle with profitability, indicating potential operational inefficiencies. Evaluating various financial metrics provides a more comprehensive picture of success.

Misconception 3: Revenue Growth is Always Positive

Explanation

While revenue growth is generally desirable, it’s essential to assess the quality of that growth. Rapid but unsustainable growth or growth without corresponding profitability can lead to long-term challenges.

Clarification

Sustainable revenue growth considers factors like customer retention, efficient operations, and profitability. Blind pursuit of top-line growth without these considerations can lead to instability.

Misconception 4: All Revenue is Good Revenue

Explanation

Not all revenue is created equal. Some income may come with high acquisition costs, low-profit margins, or a high customer churn, making it less desirable.

Clarification

Quality revenue is sustainable, profitable, and aligns with a company’s long-term goals. Evaluating the overall health of revenue streams ensures a more strategic approach to business development.

Misconception 5: Revenue and Cash Flow are Interchangeable

Explanation

While revenue contributes to cash flow, they are distinct concepts. Revenue is an accounting metric, reflecting income earned, while cash flow represents the actual movement of cash in and out of a business.

Clarification

A company can have high revenue but still need cash flow challenges if there are delays in receiving payments from customers or if there are significant upfront expenses.

Misconception 6: Revenue is the Sole Indicator of Customer Satisfaction

Explanation

Associating revenue solely with customer satisfaction overlooks other factors that contribute to customer loyalty, such as service quality, brand reputation, and overall customer experience.

Clarification

While revenue can indicate customer engagement, it is not the sole indicator of customer satisfaction. A holistic approach, including customer feedback and retention rates, provides a more accurate assessment.

Misconception 7: Revenue Growth Solves All Problems

Explanation

While revenue growth is positive, it only automatically addresses underlying operational inefficiencies, high expenses, or strategic misalignments.

Clarification

Sustainable growth requires a comprehensive approach that addresses internal processes, cost management, and strategic planning. Only pursuing growth with addressing these factors can lead to future challenges.

Conclusion

In conclusion, understanding revenue dynamics is fundamental for businesses aiming for financial stability and strategic growth. As we navigate the complexities of revenue management, it becomes evident that a proactive approach, coupled with technological advancements and ethical considerations, is critical to sustained success.

]]>
Taperinghttps://www.5paisa.com/finschool/finance-dictionary/tapering/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Mon, 14 Nov 2022 10:35:00 +0000https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?post_type=finance-dictionary&p=32626<![CDATA[ […] implemented to boost the economy, are modified through tapering. A country’s central bank may purchase asset-backed securities from its member banks as part of a quantitative easing program to pump cash into the economy and speed up recovery. Once quantitative easing has stabilized the economy, tapering is started, which may involve adjusting the reserve […] ]]><![CDATA[

A central bank’s monetary expansion policies, which were implemented to boost the economy, are modified through tapering. A country’s central bank may purchase asset-backed securities from its member banks as part of a quantitative easing program to pump cash into the economy and speed up recovery.

Once quantitative easing has stabilized the economy, tapering is started, which may involve adjusting the reserve requirements or discount rate. The Federal Reserve will decrease its asset holdings in the US as well.

When central banks implement an expansionary strategy to boost an economy during a downturn, they commit to undoing such strategies once the economy has recovered. Once a recession has ended, continuing to stimulate the economy with cheap credit can result in inflation and asset price bubbles that are driven by monetary policy.

The process of either slowing down or withdrawing from a monetary stimulus program that has already been implemented and judged successful begins with tapering. Setting expectations for the market and lowering market uncertainty are two benefits of being transparent with investors about the direction of central bank policy and upcoming initiatives.

In the case of quantitative easing, the central bank would declare its intentions to scale back asset purchases and let assets age or be sold off, therefore lowering the overall amount of assets held by the central bank and the money supply.

Due to “taper tantrums,” where investors and the financial markets overreact to a reduction in stimulus from the central bank, central banks may be hesitant to scale back their QE initiatives.

]]>
ERPhttps://www.5paisa.com/finschool/finance-dictionary/erp/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Wed, 23 Nov 2022 14:33:51 +0000https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?post_type=finance-dictionary&p=34077<![CDATA[ […] the operations needed to run a business can be integrated with ERP software. Over time, ERP results have changed, and numerous of them are now frequently web-grounded programs that druggies can pierce from anywhere. One source of information, precise, real-time data reporting, and open communication across business units are many advantages of ERP. A […] ]]><![CDATA[

All of the operations needed to run a business can be integrated with ERP software.

Over time, ERP results have changed, and numerous of them are now frequently web-grounded programs that druggies can pierce from anywhere.

One source of information, precise, real-time data reporting, and open communication across business units are many advantages of ERP.

A business can elect from hundreds of ERP programs, and the maturity can be altered.

Still, it may not be effective, If a business does not emplace an ERP system precisely.

The use of ERP results also improves communication and information sharing between the colorful departments and the rest of the business. It gathers data on the exertion and condition of colorful divisions and makes it accessible to other portions so that they can make effective use of it.

By connecting data regarding manufacturing, finance, distribution, and mortal coffers, ERP results can prop a company is getting more tone- apprehensive. An ERP result can avoid precious duplications and inharmonious technology since it connects the numerous technologies employed by each division of an establishment.

]]>
Guide To Fund Your Financial Planshttps://www.5paisa.com/finschool/course/https-www-5paisa-com-finschool-course-mutual-funds-financial-planning-course/funding-your-financial-plans/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Mon, 30 May 2022 14:23:02 +0000https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?post_type=markets&p=24348<![CDATA[ […] home, they wanted to send the not-yet-born kiddies to college, and they definitely wanted to retire by age 65. And so it was resolved: A serious investment program must begin right away. Tomorrow, they’d fill out two applications for mutual fund companies that the financial planner had distributed to them. Within a week, they’d […] ]]><![CDATA[

Chapters

  • Introduction To Mutual Funds
  • Funding Your Financial Plans
  • Reaching Your Financial Goals
  • Understanding Money Market Fund
  • Understanding Bond Funds
  • Understanding Stock Funds
  • Know What Your Fund Owns
  • Understanding The Performance Of Your Fund
  • Understand The Risks
  • Know Your Fund Manager
  • Assess The Cost
  • Monitoring Your Portfolio
  • Mutual Fund Myths
  • Important Documents In A Mutual Fund

View Chapters

2.1 Financial Plans

Akansha and Abhijeet, both in their 20s, recently married and excited about planning their life together, heard about a free financial-planning seminar taking place at the local hotel. A local financial planner taught the seminar. One of his points was, "If you want to retire by the age of 65, you need to save at least 12 percent of your income every single year between now and retirement . . . the longer you wait to start saving, the more painful it’ll be."

For the couple, the seminar was a wake-up call. On the drive home, they couldn’t stop thinking and talking about their finances and their future. They had big plans: They wanted to buy a home, they wanted to send the not-yet-born kiddies to college, and they definitely wanted to retire by age 65. And so it was resolved: A serious investment program must begin right away. Tomorrow, they'd fill out two applications for mutual fund companies that the financial planner had distributed to them.

Within a week, they'd set up accounts in five different mutual funds at two firms. No more 3-percent-return bank savings accounts - the funds they chose had been returning 10 or more percent per year! Unlike most of their 20-something friends who didn't own funds or understand what funds were, they believed they were well on their way to realizing their dreams.

Although I have to admire Akansha and Abhijeet's initiative (that's often the biggest hurdle to starting an investment program), I must point out the mistakes they made by investing the way they did. The funds themselves weren't poor choices - in fact, the funds they chose were solid: Each had competent managers, good historic performance, and reasonable fees

2.2 Mistakes Made

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (38)

The following points are the biggest mistakes they made:

  • They completely neglected investing in their employers' Provident Fund plans. They missed out on making tax-deductible contributions. By investing in mutual funds outside provident fund and tax saving funds, they received no tax deductions.
  • They were steered into funds that didn't fit their goals. They ended up with bond funds, which were decent funds as far as bond funds go. But bond funds are designed to produce current income, not growth. Justine and Max, looking to a retirement decades away, were trying to save and grow their money, not produce more current income
  • To add tax insult to injury, the income generated by their bond funds was fully taxable because the funds were held outside of tax-sheltered funds. The last thing Akansha and Abhijeet needed was more taxable income, not because they were rolling in money - neither Akansha nor Abhijeet had a high salary - but because, as a two-income couple, they already paid significant taxes.
  • They didn't adjust their spending habits to allow for their increased savings rate. In their enthusiasm to get serious about their savings, they made this error - probably the biggest one of all. Akansha and Abhijeet thought they were saving more - 12 percent of their income was going into the mutual funds versus the 5 percent they'd been saving in a bank account. However, as the months rolled by, their outstanding balances on credit cards grew. In fact, when they started to invest in mutual funds, Akansha and Abhijeet had Rs.100000 of revolving debt on a credit card at a 14 percent interest rate. Six months later, their debt had grown to Rs.200000. The extra money for investment had to come from somewhere - and in Akansha and Abhijeet's case, it was coming from building up their credit card debt. But, because their investments were highly unlikely to return 14 percent per year, Justine and Max were actually losing money in the process. No real additional saving was going on - just borrowing from Visa to invest in the mutual funds.
    This story is not to discourage you but to caution you against buying mutual funds in haste or out of fear before you have your own financial goals in mind.
  • One thing to remember before you dive in: Don't become obsessed with making, saving, and investing money that you neglect what money can't buy: your health, friends, family, and exploration of career options and hobbies

2.3. Plan Before Investing

The single biggest mistake that mutual fund investors make is investing in funds before they're even ready to. It's like trying to build the walls of a house without a proper foundation. You have to get your financial ship in shape - sailing out of port with leaks in the hull is sure to lead to an early, unpleasant end to your journey. And you have to figure out what you're trying to accomplish with your investing.

Some Important Point:

A. Payoff Debt- Consumer debts include balances on such items as credit cards and auto loans. If you carry these types of debts, do not invest in mutual funds until these consumer debts are paid off. I realize that investing money may make you feel like you're making progress; paying off debt, on the other hand, just feels like you're treading water. Shatter this illusion. Paying credit card interest at 14 or 18 percent while making an investment that generates only an 8 percent return isn't even treading water; it's sinking.

You won't be able to earn a consistently high enough rate of return in mutual funds to exceed the interest rate you're paying on consumer debt. Although some financial gurus claim that they can make you 15 to 20 percent per year, they can't - not year after year. Besides, in order to try and earn these high returns, you have to take great risk. If you have consumer debt and little savings, you're not in a position to take that much risk. Not only should you delay any investing until your consumer debts are paid off, but also you should seriously consider tapping into any existing savings (presuming you'd still have adequate emergency funds at your disposal) to pay off your debts.

B. Figure out your financial goals- Mutual funds are goal-specific tools (, and humans are goal-driven animals, which is perhaps why the two make such a good match. Most people find that saving money is easier when they save with a purpose or goal in mind - even if their goal is as undefined as a "rainy day." Because mutual funds tend to be pretty specific in what they're designed to do, the more defined your goal, the more capable you are to make the most of your mutual fund money.

Granted, your goals and needs will change over time, so these determinations don't have to be carved in stone. But unless you have a general idea of what you're going to do with the savings down the road, you won't really be able to thoughtfully choose suitable mutual funds. Common financial goals include saving for retirement, a home purchase, an emergency reserve, and stuff like that.
Another benefit of pondering your goals is that you better understand how much risk you need to take to accomplish your goals. Seeing the amount you need to save to achieve your dreams may encourage you to invest in more growth-oriented funds. Conversely, if you find that your nest egg is substantial, given what your aspirations are, you may scale back on the riskiness of your fund investments.

Analyse Savings

The vast majority of Indian's haven't a clue what their savings rate is. By savings rate, I mean, over a calendar year, how did your spending compare with your income? For example, if you earned Rs. 4,00,000 last year, and 3,80,000 of it got spent on taxes, food, clothing, rent, insurance, and other fun things, you saved Rs.20,000. Your savings rate then would be 5 percent (Rs20,000 of savings divided by your income of Rs.400000). If you already know that your rate is low, nonexistent, or negative, you can safely skip this step because you also already know that you need to save much more. But figuring out your savings rate can be a real eye-opener and wallet closer.

To save more, reduce your spending, increase your income, or both. This isn't rocket science, but it's easier said than done.

2.4.Access the risk you're comfortable with

Think back over your investing career. You may not be a star money manager, but you've already made some investing decisions. For instance, leaving your excess money in a bank savings or checking account is a decision - it may indicate that you're afraid of volatile investments.

How would you deal with an investment that dropped 10 to 50 percent in a year? Some of the more aggressive mutual funds that specialize in volatile securities like growth stocks, small company stocks, emerging market stocks, and long-term and low-quality bonds can quickly fall. If you can't stomach big waves in the financial markets, don't get in a small boat that you'll want to bail out of in a big storm. Selling after a big drop is the equivalent of jumping into the frothing sea at the peak of a pounding storm.

You can invest in the riskier types of securities by selecting well-diversified mutual funds that mix a dash of riskier securities with a healthy helping of more stable investments. For example, you can purchase an international fund that invests the bulk of its money in companies of varying sizes in established economies and that has a small portion invested in riskier, emerging economies. That would be safer than investing the same chunk in a fund that invests solely in small companies that are just in emerging countries.

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (41)

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (42)

]]>
Earned Incomehttps://www.5paisa.com/finschool/finance-dictionary/earned-income/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Mon, 17 Apr 2023 07:17:33 +0000https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?post_type=finance-dictionary&p=41187<![CDATA[Any revenue obtained through a job or self-employment is considered earned income. Earned income might consist of wages, salaries, commissions, bonuses, and tips. Investment and government benefit program revenue would not be regarded as earned income. Taxation on earned income differs from that on unearned income. Lower-income working taxpayers may be eligible for the […] ]]><![CDATA[

Any revenue obtained through a job or self-employment is considered earned income.

Earned income might consist of wages, salaries, commissions, bonuses, and tips.

Investment and government benefit program revenue would not be regarded as earned income.

Taxation on earned income differs from that on unearned income.

Lower-income working taxpayers may be eligible for the earned income tax credit (EITC).

Earned income is defined as any money you receive from work you have performed for an employer or your own business for tax reasons.

Government benefits, such as payments from the Temporary Assistance for Needy Families program (commonly referred to as welfare), unemployment, workers’ compensation, and Social Security, are examples of income that isn’t considered earned income. Disbursem*nts from non-deferred pensions and retirement plans, alimony, capital gains, interest from bank accounts, dividends from stocks, interest from bonds, passive income from rental property, and salaries provided to prisoners who labor in prison are all excluded.

]]>
Ronnie Screwvala Success Story: Journey from UTV to upGradhttps://www.5paisa.com/finschool/ronnie-screwvala-success-story-journey-from-utv-to-upgrad/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Thu, 18 Apr 2024 17:07:52 +0000<![CDATA[What's Brewing]]>https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?p=53106<![CDATA[ […] the sport division arm of Unilazer Ventures, has now forayed into another sports playground- football. The company owned by Screwvala has launched a football training and academic programme ‘U-Dream’, to help develop Indian football players who are promising enough to place India on the professional football circuit. With collaborative guidance of Bundesliga, U Sports […] ]]><![CDATA[

Ronnie Screwvala – Biography

  • Ronnie Screwvala full name Rohintan Soli Screwvala is an Indian Entrepreneur and film producer. He co-founded upGrad which is an online education in the higher education and specialization sector.
  • Apart from this he Ronnie pioneered cable television, built a Media and Entertainment Conglomerate (UTV Software Communications) that partnered with News Corp, 20th Century Fox, The Walt Disney Company and Bloomberg.
  • From 2013 onwards, he and his wife scaled their Non-Profitthe Swades Foundationwhose goal is to work with a million people in rural India.
  • He also built a Sports company (U Sports) spanningFootball/E SportsandKabaddi,re-entered the media content space to build a creative content company in Movies and Digital Content (RSVP), authored a Book titledDream with Your Eyes Openand through his investment companyUnilazer Ventureshe has been a significantprivate equityinvestor in Indian start-ups with early stage investment and significant minority stakes.

Early Life and Education of Ronnie Screwvala

  • Ronnie Screwvala was born and brought up in Mumbai, India.He belongs to the Parsi family. His father worked as an executive in the firm of British J L Morrison and Smith& Nephew.
  • Ronnie completed his schooling and then started college at Cathedral John Coonon School and Sydenham College in Mumbai.
  • During his schooling life, Screwvala showed a keen interest in theatres. He also started playing in some professional plays conducted in the Bombay Theatre as a hobby. Some of the notable roles had been played by Ronnie Screwvala in Death of a Salesman and Othello by Shakespeare.

Ronnie Screwvala Struggle Story: Cable Guy to Media Giant

  • Ronnie Screwvala began as an entrepreneur, initially as a toothbrush manufacturing company. His first foray into entertainment industry was in the year 1981.
  • In this year he pioneered cable TV in India and this was a significant move at a time when the country had only one terrestrial channel i.e. Doordarshan. In 1990, Screwvala founded UTV Software Communications which made him leading media Conglomerate.

Ronnie Screwvala – UTV Group

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (44)

  • In 1990 he co-founded UTV along with his wife ZarinaScrewvala and DevenKhoteand become first independent production house in Indian Entertainment industry. Initially UTV started producing advertisem*nts and corporate films and soon started producing quiz shows and short films for Doordarshan. He is a self-made man and an iconic figure in the networking media industry.
  • Soon UTV started producing shows for broader audiences, it is credited for first reality show in India named SaanpSeedi and first daily soap opera Shanti in Indian television. His channel UTV featured Japanese animated shows and other regional language shows.
  • He has launched many other television channels such as UTV Bindass, UTV Action, UTV World Movies, UTV Movies, etc. In 2007, his company also undertook making of gaming software and content. He has co-produced movies like ‘I Think I Love My Wife’, ‘The Happening’ and ‘The Namesake’. These made huge success.

Ronnie Screwvala – Life as an Entrepreneur

  • Ronnie Screwvala’s childhood was at Grant Road, next to Novelty Cinema, also he belonged to lower-middle-class—they weren’t wealthy, but they had what they needed. They lived in an apartment situated on the first floor of the five-storey Arsiwalla building, nearly a century old and in constant need of repair.
  • It had one long corridor with three rooms that held his brother, parents, two aunts and grandparents. The apartment’s sleeping area was indistinguishable from its other rooms. He lived there until the age of sixteen, privileged enough to go to a school where most of his classmates came in cars while he waited forty-five minutes for the B.E.S.T. bus to arrive.
  • Instead of undermining his confidence, his childhood instilled in him the philosophies and ways of thinking that stuck with him later when opportunities kicked into warp speed. Risk was a word he knew, but couldn’t define. He was keen to observe adults who traded goods on the street every day, shouting offers back-and-forth. Ideas washed over me like the July monsoons.
  • That ecosystem spurred his first entrepreneurial experience. All the local kids from the building got together and hung a drop curtain, and, with handbills, invited audiences for the four play-cum-concerts they put on in the evenings, rotating the performances in our various living areas. He enjoyed bonding with his friends, and their parents were thrilled to have their kids doing something productive. Everybody in the building paid to watch us. And at the age of ten, he earned his first round of money.
  • Those first shows led to other projects, each a little more complex than the last. His family’s small veranda overlooked the cinema—at that time one of the city’s top movie halls. Because no one had television then, red-carpet premieres were a huge spectacle.
  • Bollywood advertised its films by gathering everyone for twice-a-month events and waiting for the stars to come out. Newspapers did the rest, splashing flashy front- page photos of the industry’s most glamourous personalities—Amitabh Bachchan, Jitendra, Rajesh Khanna, Sharmila Tagore, Helen, Nutan, Manoj Kumar, Waheeda Rehman and a host of others.
  • The roads around their apartment were chock-a-block for every premiere, and their veranda was the ideal vantage point for anyone who wanted to see the glory of Bollywood. Realizing that there was a market for the balcony seats, he sold tickets to people who wanted to gawk and point at their favourite stars and snap pictures they’d proudly show their family and friends.
  • He was tempted to make more money by offering snacks. His grandparents frowned upon food service, the first setback in his entrepreneurial career as a ten-year-old. Still, his parents humoured him and were pleased by his ambition—even if they drew the line at fifteen strange people on their veranda. These moments shaped his entrepreneurial spirit.

Unilazer Ventures

  • Unilazer Ventures is a Mumbai-based private equity and venture capital firm founded in the year 1991 and specialized in early- and late-stage investments. Unilazer Ventures is a uniquely positioned Investor with deep experience in the fast growing Indian Consumer, Services and High Impact Sectors.
  • The Venture is interested in any business that is part of the India Consumption Story which can build Brand and Scale, as well as high Impact Sectors like Agriculture, Health Care, Micro Finance and Education. Unilazer is promoted by First Generation Entrepreneur – Ronnie Screwvala.

RSVP Movies

  • RSVP is a production house that has set itself up to be a tight unit of driven professionals that seek to make entertaining and substantive movies and digital content. RSVP Moviesis an Indianfilm productionand distribution company established byRonnie Screwvalain 2017.
  • In 2017, Ronnie Screwvala entered the entertainment business with RSVP after his exit from UTV Motion Pictures and produced Love per Square Foot which was digitally released on Netflix in 2018. With a focus on content-driven cinema, RSVP Films has delivered hits like “Uri: The Surgical Strike,” “Sonchiriya,” and “Kedarnath.” Screwvala’s keen eye for talent and storytelling, coupled with his passion for cinema, has earned RSVP Films a reputation for delivering high-quality and socially relevant films that resonate with audiences.

U Sports

  • After owning the Kabaddi franchise U-Mumba, in the first edition of the Pro Kabaddi League, Ronnie Screwvala owned U Sports, which is the sport division arm of Unilazer Ventures, has now forayed into another sports playground- football.
  • The company owned by Screwvala has launched a football training and academic programme ‘U-Dream’, to help develop Indian football players who are promising enough to place India on the professional football circuit. With collaborative guidance of Bundesliga, U Sports has partnered with TSG 1889 Hoffenheim for the first edition of U-Dream football.
  • The programme plans to encourage participation from talented football players of 13 or 14 years of age, in the first year where the focus is to transform young talent into a pro-team of Under-17 footballers. However, the search will widen to Under-13, Under-15 and Under-17 categories from the year 2016 onwards.
  • According to U Sports CEO Supratik Sen with over 20,000 football players across the globe earning more than $ 1 million a year, suggests that there are very few careers as exceptional as a professional footballers.

upGrad

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (45)

  • upGrad – started in 2015, is a pioneer in the online education revolution, focused on powering career success for a global workforce of over 1.3 billion.
  • It is one of the few Integrated Life Long Learning Tech Companies in the world, spanning the college learner to the working professional from the age group of 18 to 55+ years and across undergrad courses, campus & job-linked programs, studying abroad, short form to executive programs to Degrees, Master’s and Doctoral, with a learner base of over 3 million across 100+ countries and over 300 university partners and robust enterprise business with a client base of 1000 companies worldwide.
  • As the founder of upGrad, he has revolutionized online learning in India, empowering thousands of learners to upskill and thrive in the digital age.

The Swades Foundation

  • The Swades Foundation aims to bring positive changes in the way of life in rural villages by implementing projects on education, water & sanitation, health & nutrition and economic development.
  • It believes in partnering with the villages to make them independent and then encouraging the community to chart out its own path of development. Ronnie Screwvala and his wife Zarina Screwvala non-profit, Swades Foundation, has been providing grassroots interventions related to education, skilling, health care, water security and livelihoods to the people

Ronnie Screwvala Net Worth and Investments

  • Ronnie Screwvala’s net worth stands at a staggering $1.55 billion, making him the richest man in the Indian film industry and a beacon of inspiration for entrepreneurs and dreamers alike. His legacy is one of ambition, resilience, and innovation, and his impact on Indian cinema and entrepreneurship will be felt for generations to come.

Ronnie Screwvala Family

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (46)

  • Screwvala is married toZarina Mehta, is his second wife. Zarina has been a co-founder in the media company UTV they founded, and now is the co-Trustee of their Philanthropic foundation-The Swades Foundation. They live inBreach Candy, South Mumbai.
  • His first wife,Manjula Nanavatiand Screwvala have one daughter,Trishya Screwvala.

Ronnie Screwvala Personal and Professional Achievements

Ronnie Screwvala’s achievements include:

  • Named on Esquire’s List of the 75 Most Influential People of the 21st Century.
  • Ranked 78 among the 100 most influential people in the world on the Time 100 (2009).
  • Listed among 25 Asia’s Most Powerful by Fortune Magazine.
  • Titled the Jack Warner of India by Newsweek.
  • Featured at cover page of Forbes magazine (Oct 2020 edition).
  • Nominated for BAFTA Award for Best Non-English Film for Rang De Basanti.
  • Won Best Popular Film Providing Wholesome Entertainment at National Film Awards (2007) for Rang De Basanti.
  • Won Best Film by Film fare Awards (2007, 2009, and 2013) and IIFA Awards (2007, 2009, and 2013) for various films.

Ronnie Screwvala – Investments besides UTV

The latest to join the list of investments from Screwvala is the celebrity fan engagement portal TrueFan. The six-month-old start-up founded by Nimish Goel, Nevaid Aggarwal, and Devender Bindal has raised $4.3 million in seed funding by investors like Ronnie Screwvala, Mayfield India, and Saama Capital. Ronnie Screwvalahas invested in8rounds.Their most recent investment was inWithout(Angel Round)on Feb 20, 2024

  • Some notable companies in their investment portfolio includeLenskart,TrueFanandLido
  • Their investments are primarily in Consumer, Retail and 6 more sectors
  • Their investment portfolio includes companies in India and United Kingdom

Date

Company

Sector

Round

Round Amount

Co-Investors

Feb 20, 2024

Without

Consumer

Angel

$90.3K

Peyush Bansal

Jan 01, 2021

Lido

EdTech

Series C

$13.4M

Unilazer Ventures,Rohinton Screwavalaand36more

Oct 31, 2020

insurejoy.com

FinTech

Angel

$5.22M

Chetan Juthani

Mar 05, 2020

TrueFan

Consumer

Seed

$4.34M

Mayfield,Vishal Kashyap Mahadeviaand14more

Ronnie Screwvala – Shark Tank India

  • Ronnie Screwvala joined the panel of sharks for Season 3 of Shark Tank India. Screwvala brings his wealth of experience and insights to the illustrious panel ofSharks.
  • RonnieScrewvalahas completed the powerhouse panel of Shark Tank India Season 3, which includesAman Gupta(Co-Founder and CMO of boAt), Amit Jain (CEO and Co-founder of CarDekho Group, InsuranceDekho.com), Anupam Mittal (Founder and CEO of Shaadi.com – People Group), Namita Thapar (Executive Director of Emcure Pharmaceuticals LTD),Vineeta Singh(Co-Founder and CEO of SUGAR Cosmetics), Peyush Bansal (Co-founder and CEO of Lenskart.com).
  • It also includes Ritesh Agarwal (Founder and CEO of OYO Rooms), Deepinder Goyal (Founder and CEO of Zomato), Azhar Iqubal (Co-Founder and CEO of Inshorts),Radhika Gupta(MD & CEO of Edelweiss Mutual Fund), and Varun Dua (Founder and CEO of ACKO).

Lessons from Ronnie Screwvala’s Journey

  1. Embrace failure: “Failure is just a temporary pause, not the end.”
  2. Stay curious: “Be curious, ask questions, and never stop learning.”
  3. Adapt to change: “Change is the only constant. Adapt or perish.”
  4. Focus on the long term: “Short-term gains should never compromise long-term vision.”
  5. Build relationships: “Networking and relationship building are key to business success.”
  6. Empower your team: “A strong, motivated team can move mountains.”
  7. Be innovative: “Innovation is the lifeblood of business.”
  8. Be persistent: “Persistence pays off, no matter how long it takes.”
  9. Keep your ego in check: “Ego can be your worst enemy or your best ally.”
  10. Stay humble: “Success is temporary, humility is forever.”

Conclusion

Ronnie Screwvala’s bold stance is a reminder that success is not just about accumulating wealth but also about using that wealth to drive positive change and make a meaningful impact. As he continues to push the boundaries of what’s possible, Ronnie Screwvala’s legacy will remain a testament to the power of ambition, innovation, and relentless pursuit of excellence.

Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs)

Ronnie Screwvala is one of the biggest personalities in the Bollywood circuit. He is the founder and CEO of the famous UTV Group

After selling his entire stake of 70% in UTV Software to Disney by 2011 for a coolRs 2,000 crore, Ronnie Screwvala exited the company he had founded

Ronnie Screwvala co-founded upGrad, which is one of the largest Online Education companies in India – focused on the higher Education and Specialization sector.

Some notable companies in their investment portfolio includeLenskart,TrueFanandLido

Ronnie Screwvala is a renowned Angel Investor in India and an Entrepreneur. He is the Co-Founder and Chairman of an Edu-Tech platform upGrad.com, Founder at Swades Foundation, Founder at Unilazer Ventures and Founder at UTV, a creative content company in Movies and Digital Content.

Ronnie Screwvala is married to Zarina Mehta.

RSVP Movies is an Indian film production and distribution company established byRonnie Screwvalain 2017.

Zarina Screwvala is a Co-founder of the Swades Foundation and works full time as its Managing Trustee/Director. The foundation, earlier known as Society to Heal, Aid, Restore, and Educate (SHARE) had been in operation since1983. In 2013, the Screwvalas renamed the organization the Swades Foundation

]]>
Harmonic Patterns: Meaning, Type, Advantage & Disadvantagehttps://www.5paisa.com/finschool/harmonic-patterns/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Tue, 06 Jun 2023 09:44:46 +0000<![CDATA[What's New]]><![CDATA[Learn Basics]]>https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?p=43094<![CDATA[ […] analysis. Fibonacci projections, Fibonacci Fans, Fibonacci Arcs, Fibonacci Time Zones, and Fibonacci Price and Time Clusters are a few examples of uses. The majority of trading software programs feature capabilities for generating Fibonacci sequences that can display projections, extensions, and retracements. Fibonacci numbers may also be used in trading to determine “time” and “price.” […] ]]><![CDATA[

Introduction

  • Harmonic patterns are chart patterns that are a component of a trading technique. By anticipating future market moves, they enable traders to identify price trends. In order to spot possible price shifts or trend reversals, they use Fibonacci numbers to generate geometric price patterns. These patterns may be recognized by traders, who can then utilize them to guide their upcoming trading choices.
  • There are several chart patterns available, and each one may be utilized to identify a certain trend. To always be able to make the finest – and quickest – trading decisions, it is crucial to remember that before implementing any pattern, you should have faith in your capacity to do your own technical analysis.
  • By using Fibonacci numbers to pinpoint exact turning points, harmonic price patterns elevate geometric price patterns to a new level. Harmonic trading, in contrast to other more popular trading strategies, aims to forecast future moves.

Why do patterns form?

  • Harmonic patterns are mostly useful for forecasting price changes.
  • Day traders can attempt to predict the future movement of financial instruments like stocks, options, and more by identifying patterns of various magnitudes and durations and applying Fibonacci coefficients to them.
  • Finding reversals requires an understanding of harmonic patterns. They are a very accurate tool that can identify very exact price fluctuations.

What is Harmonic patterns

  • M. Gartley developed the idea of harmonic patterns in 1932. In his book Profits in the Stock Market, Gartley discussed a 5-point pattern known as Gartley. In his book Fibonacci Ratios with Pattern Recognition, Larry Pesavento enhanced this pattern using Fibonacci ratios and created guidelines for trading the “Gartley” pattern.
  • There are a few other authors who have contributed to this pattern theory, but to my knowledge, Scott Carney’s “Harmonic Trading” volumes include the greatest work. The trading patterns “Crab,” “Bat,” “Shark,” and “5-0” were also created by Scott Carney, who also provided a significant depth of understanding to their trading rules, viability, and risk/money management.
  • The fundamental principle underlying harmonic patterns is based on price/time movements that follow the symmetry of the Fibonacci ratios in markets. Any market may benefit from Fibonacci ratio research, and any period chart can be used.
  • These ratios are mostly used to locate significant turning points, retracements, and extensions as well as a string of swing high and swing low points. Key price levels for Targets or Stops will be determined by projections and retracements obtained utilizing these swing points (Highs and Lows).
  • Fibonacci sequences are used by harmonic patterns to create geometric pattern structures (retracement and projection swings/legs). These harmonic patterns, which have been defined as specific harmonic patterns, provide traders a variety of possibilities, including prospective price movements and significant turning or trend reversal points.
  • Because harmonic patterns try to offer extremely reliable information on price entrances, stops, and targets, this element gives traders an advantage. This might make a significant difference in how other indicators/oscillators operate.

Examples of Harmonic patterns

  • Prices on the market consistently display trend, consolidation, and re-trend tendencies. They seldom shift from a prior trend on a single bar, reversing their trends and transitional phases instead. They go through trading ranges and price swings throughout this transitory stage.
  • Identifiable price patterns are defined by this range activity. Sometimes, before they develop, these consolidation stages support existing trends and continue them in that direction.
  • These patterns are known as “continuation” patterns. Flags, Cup and Handle, and Symmetrical Triangle are a few examples of these designs. Some phases lead to a continuation of the new direction while reversing the previous tendency. Reversal patterns are what we name them. These designs, such as Head and Shoulders, Double Bottoms, and Broadening Patterns, are examples.

List of Harmonic patterns

  • ABC Bullish/Bearish
  • AB=CD Bullish/Bearish
  • 3-Drives Bullish/Bearish
  • Gartley Bullish/Bearish
  • Butterfly Bullish/Bearish
  • Bat Bullish/Bearish
  • Crab Bullish/Bearish
  • Shark Bullish/Bearish
  • Cypher Bullish/Bearish

Types of Harmonic patterns

  1. The ABCD Schema

  • The ABCD (or AB=CD) pattern has three motions and four points, and is possibly the simplest of all. Prior to the corrective movement (BC), the impulsive movement (AB) is made, which is subsequently followed by another impulsive movement (DC) in the same direction.
  • Using the AB leg as a reference, the BC leg should precisely reach 0.618. The time it takes for the price to travel from point A to point B should be the same as the time it takes for the price to move from point C to point D, and the CD line will be of equal length to the AB line.
  • The Potential Reversal Zone (PRZ), which is defined as the area at the C point, is where traders may put their entry orders. Alternatively, they can wait until the full pattern is formed before opening a long or short position from the D point.
  1. BAT Pattern

  • The completed bat-shaped item is where the BAT design gets its name. The BAT pattern, identified as a PRZ by Scott Carney in 2001, is made up of certain components.
  • Compared to the ABCD pattern, it features one more leg and an additional point named X. There will be a BC retracement after the first leg (XA). You’re looking at a BAT pattern if the retracement to point B stops at 50% of the original XA movement. The CD extension can go up to 2.618 times the BC keg but must be at least 1.618 times. The figure is invalid if the CD extension is smaller than the BC extension.
  • By virtue of the end point (D) of the PRZ, traders have the option of opening positions to trade either a bullish price reversal or a negative price inversion.
  1. The Gartley Method

The two basic rules of the Gartley pattern, created by HM Gartley, are:

  • The retracement at Point B must be 0.618 of XA.
  • The retracement of the XA movement at Point D must be 0.786.

Similar to the BAT pattern, the XA leg results in a BC retracement; however, point B’s retracement must be precisely 0.618 of XA. Point X is usually used as the stop-loss point and point C as the take-profit point.

  1. Pattern of the ButterflySearch Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (49)

  • In order to find probable retracements, Bryce Gilmore combined several Fibonacci ratios and came up with the butterfly pattern. It has four legs that are reversal patterns with the labels X-A, A-B, B-C, and C-D.
  • The most crucial ratio to determine is the XA leg’s 0.786 retracement. As a result, it is easier to map point B, which makes it easier for traders to locate the PRZ.
  1. The Crab Pattern

  • Another Scott Carney discovery, The Crab, allows traders to join the market at extremely high or low prices by following an X-A, A-B, B-C, and C-D pattern. The most crucial aspect of the crab pattern is the 1.618 extension of the XA movement that establishes the PRZ.
  • In the bullish version of the Crab, the first leg develops when the price rapidly increases from point X to point A. The AB leg repeats XA by 38.2% to 61.8%. The extreme projection of BC (2.618, 3.14, and 3.618) that follows reveals a probable location for pattern completion and trend reversal.

6. Fibonacci discussion

  • Fibonacci numbers must be mentioned in any discussion of harmonic patterns since these patterns heavily rely on these ratios. The cosmos is filled with Fibonacci numbers, which were first discovered by Leonardo Fibonacci. The Golden Ratio is the fundamental Fibonacci ratio, or “Fib ratio.” (1.618). Each number in a fibonacci number sequence is calculated by adding the two preceding numbers.
  • Fib Numbers start off as 1, 1, 2, 3, 5, 8, 13, 21, 34, 55, 89, 144, 233, 317, 610.
  • The idea behind how these numbers appear in nature and the financial world is well-documented in a variety of publications and books. Below is a list of the most significant Fibonacci ratios, which are obtained by squaring, square-rooting, and repeating the real Fibonacci sequence.
  • Fibonacci ratios used in trading include: 0.382, 0.618, 0.786, 1.0, 1, 1, 2.0, 2.62, 3.62, and 4.62.
  • 236, 0.886, 1.13, 2.236, 3.14, and 4.236 are further Fibonacci-derived ratios used in trading.
  • The Fibonacci sequence is used extensively in technical analysis. Fibonacci projections, Fibonacci Fans, Fibonacci Arcs, Fibonacci Time Zones, and Fibonacci Price and Time Clusters are a few examples of uses.
  • The majority of trading software programs feature capabilities for generating Fibonacci sequences that can display projections, extensions, and retracements. Fibonacci numbers may also be used in trading to determine “time” and “price.”

Advantages and disadvantages of Harmonic patterns

Advantages:

  • Act as leading indicators by providing forward-looking forecasts and stops.
  • Regular, consistent, dependable, and produces high-probability configurations
  • Fibonacci ratios are used to fairly standardize trading procedures.
  • Perform well by following the guidelines for Measured Moves, Symmetry, and the Market Context
  • Work across all market instruments and timeframes.
  • They can be utilized in conjunction with other indicator theories (CCI, RSI, MACD, DeMark, etc.).

Disadvantages:

  • It’s complicated and quite technical, making it challenging to comprehend
  • Harmonic pattern recognition and automation (coding) correctly is challenging.
  • Finding reversal or projection zones can be challenging when there are conflicting Fibonacci retracements or projections.
  • When competing patterns develop from either the same swings or separate swings/timeframes, complexity results.
  • Non-symmetric and low-ranked patterns have relatively low risk/reward ratios.

How to trade Harmonic patterns

Pattern identification

  • When using Fibonacci tools, harmonic patterns are reasonably simple to see if a trader understands the pattern structure. Harmonic patterns can be a little difficult to notice with the naked eye. The most common harmonic patterns are 5-point patterns, including Gartley, Butterfly, Crab, Bat, Shark, and Cypher. Three-point (ABC) or four-point (ABCD) patterns are incorporated in these patterns. All price fluctuations between these places are connected and feature Fibonacci-based harmonic ratios. In the case of 3-drives, patterns are either developing or have finished “M” or “W”-shaped structures, or mixtures of “M” and “W.” Harmonic patterns (5-point) consist of a crucial origin (X), an impulse wave (XA), a corrective wave, and an eye (B) that completes the AB leg.
  • Next came a trend wave (BC), and finally a corrective leg brought everything to a close. (CD). A pattern’s name and whether it is extension- or retracement-based are determined by the crucial harmonic ratios between these legs. (Gartley, Butterfly, Crab, Bat, Shark, and Cypher). The fact that all 5-point and 4-point harmonic patterns have embedded ABC (3-Point) patterns is one of the key things to keep in mind.
  • Gartley, Butterfly, Crab, Bat, Shark, and Cypher are all examples of 5-point harmonic patterns. Even though they have different leg-length ratios and critical node positions (X, A, B, C, and D), if you get one pattern, it will be rather simple to comprehend the others. Instead of using their eyes alone to search for or force patterns, traders may find it helpful to employ an automatic pattern recognition program to recognize these patterns.

Trade identification

  • When the first three legs of a harmonic pattern setup are finished, a trade is recognized. (in 5-point patterns). For instance, if the XA, AB, and BC legs of the Gartley Bullish pattern are finished and the CD leg is beginning to develop, you would know a possible trade may be in the works. In order to locate a probable Pattern Completion Zone (PCZ) and D point of the pattern, we may form a price cluster using the projections and retracements of the XA and BC legs as well as the Fibonacci ratios.

Pattern completion zone

There are designated Pattern Completion Zones for each harmonic pattern. (PCZ). The completed swing (legs) convergence of Fibonacci extensions, retracements, and price predictions results in these PCZs, also called as price clusters. In the PCZ, the patterns often finish their CD leg before reversing. In this area, trades are expected and opened in response to a price reversal.

The Pattern Completion Zone (PCZ) for the Bullish Gartley pattern, for instance, is created using the Fibonacci projections and extensions shown below:

0.78 XA

1.27 BC

1.62 BC

AB = CD

Market context conditions

  • The majority of technical traders place trades using chart analysis and market context ideas. Indicators’ performance in relation to historical price conditions (such as oversold, overbought), where/how patterns are developing in the current timeframe or multiple timeframes, etc. are all examples of the market context concept.
  • Pivots, support and resistance levels, moving averages, and other levels are examples of current price reacting to certain levels. Each trader creates a unique market setting in which to operate. By using a Fibonacci Grid structure, market context may be defined in an attractive way. Fibonacci bands, pivot levels, and market structures make up the Fibonacci Grid, which displays price response and trending information. (to show potential turning points).
  • To determine how the current price is responding to the Fibonacci bands, whether the price is exhausted, whether it is trading above or below the extreme bands, and whether it is responding to the support and resistance levels indicated by pivots, a Fibonacci Grid layout is plotted on any trading chart.
  • A trader may make a wise choice based on the convergence of these Fibonacci Grid levels, evolving pattern structure, and pattern target/stop levels.
  • Trading patterns are particularly exact since each pattern has unique entry/stop and target rules. Harmonic pattern analysis and market context provide traders a significant advantage. Harmonic patterns have a chance of failing, but those chances are well-defined and are understood in advance of the transaction. Thus, compared to other trading strategies, harmonic pattern trading offers a lot more advantages.
  • Divergence, Multiple Timeframes, Fibonacci Bands, Andrew’s Pitchfork Analysis, Moving Averages, Pivots, Channels, Trendlines, Volume, and Volatility are additional market context/confirmation conditions and indicators.

Trade entries and stop

  • Instead of trading harmonic patterns blindly at retracement levels or reversal zones as is recommended by harmonic trading experts, this author prefers to trade them with calculated entry levels.
  • Most harmonic traders seek to trade these patterns in the “reversal zone” because they believe the pattern will reverse, but they usually wind up taking contrarian (against the trend) trades. I prefer confirmation of reversal price action together with a reversal trend change from the “reversal zones” before entering a trade.
  • The “D” position in the reversal zone is where most harmonic pattern trade entry happen. It may be a Sell (in patterns that are bearish) or a Buy. (in bearish patterns).
  • The “reversal zone,” often known as “D,” is typically recognized by a convergence of projections, retracements, and extensions of previous swings (legs).
  • My opinion is that as prices started to move into this area, it was suggesting a prospective trading opportunity rather than a signal to start trading right now.
  • Other elements including present volatility, underlying trend, volume structure inside the pattern, and market internals, among others, influence the entry criterion and pattern validity.
  • If the pattern is legitimate and the market internals and underlying trend support the harmonic pattern reversal, entry levels (EL) can be determined using price ranges, volatility, or a mix of both. Stop is positioned above or below the most recent major pivot (in 5 and 4-Point patterns it is below D for the bullish pattern, above D for bearish patterns).

Target zones

  • Target zones for harmonic patterns are calculated using Fibonacci ratios, impulse/corrective swing extensions, and retracements from the pattern’s action point. For instance, the target zones in the Gartley bullish pattern are calculated using the XA leg from the trade action point. (D).
  • Fibonacci ratios, such as 62% or 78.6% of the XA leg, are used to calculate the projections, which are then added to the action point. (D). For conceivable target levels, extension ratios such as 1., 1.27, 1.62, 2., 2.27, or 2.62 are computed.
  • The major target zones are calculated from D, with the first target zone being 62%-78.6% of the XA leg and the second target zone being 127%-162%.

Zone 1 of the target: (D + XA*0.62 to (D+XA*.786)

(D + XA*1.27) to (D+XA*1.62) is the Target Zone 2.

  • It is crucial to remember that prospective target zones in harmonic patterns are calculated probabilistically rather than with certainty.
  • Any pattern trading success requires a thorough understanding of the pattern, as well as strong money and risk management principles.

Conclusions

  • Traders employ harmonic patterns to forecast future market moves. Traders might have a bullish or a bearish stance. A likely market decline is indicated by bearish harmonic patterns. Bullish harmonic patterns suggest that the market may be about to turn up. By creating a trading account, you may engage in harmonic pattern trading.
  • Harmonic trading is an exact and quantitative method of trading, but learning the patterns requires a lot of study, practice, and effort. The basic metrics are only the start. Movements that are out of sync with the proper pattern measures invalidate the pattern and put traders in danger.
  • The most well-known patterns that traders search for are the Gartley, butterfly, bat, and crab patterns. Entry is made in the probable reversal zone and stop losses are set just below or above a long entry, just above a short entry, or alternatively outside the pattern’s furthest projection when price confirmation shows a reversal.
]]>
Deficithttps://www.5paisa.com/finschool/finance-dictionary/deficit/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Mon, 13 Jun 2022 14:15:34 +0000https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?post_type=finance-dictionary&p=25514<![CDATA[ […] A budget deficit occurs when a government’s expenditures exceed revenues in a fiscal year. This deficit arises due to various factors, such as increased spending on public programs, reduced tax revenues, or economic downturns. Budget deficits can have short-term and long-term consequences, impacting the government’s ability to invest, manage debt, and stimulate economic growth. […] ]]><![CDATA[

Introduction

Deficit is a term widely used in various fields to describe a lack or insufficiency of something. From economics to psychology, deficits play a significant role in understanding and analyzing different aspects of our lives. In this article, we will delve into the meaning of deficit, explore its implications in other contexts, and discuss its various types and their significance. So let’s dive in and explore the intriguing concept of deficit!

What is Deficit?

A deficitrefers to a situation where the quantity or amount of something falls short of the required or expected level.

Deficit is a versatile term that can be applied to different domains. It signifies a deficiency or shortage of a particular criterion. Whether it’s a fiscal deficit in the government’s budget or a trade deficit between countries, deficits have far-reaching implications. They can impact economies, individuals, and even personal relationships. Let’s further explore the concept of deficit and gain a better understanding of its diverse applications.

Content Defining What is Deficit

The deficit, in its essence, represents an inadequacy or shortfall. It arises when there is a discrepancy between what is available or expected and what is needed or desired. This term finds relevance in numerous fields, including economics, psychology, and social sciences. Understanding deficits is crucial to comprehend their challenges and developing strategies to address them effectively.

Understanding Deficits

Deficits can manifest in various forms and have distinct patterns. To comprehend their implications fully, it is essential to explore their underlying nature. By analyzing the patterns and causes of deficits, we can gain valuable insights into their effects and devise appropriate measures to mitigate their impact.

Types of Deficits in India

The following are the various types of deficits and the way to arrive at them.

Revenue deficit:Revenue expenditure is defined as the excess of total revenue expenditure over the total revenue receipts. In other words, the shortfall of revenue receipts as compared to that of the revenue expenditure is known as revenue deficit

Revenue deficit signals to the economists that the revenue earned by the government is insufficient to meet the requirements of the expenditures required for the essential government functions.

The formula for revenue deficit can be expressed as follows:

Revenue deficit = Total revenue expenditure – Total revenue receipts

Impact of Revenue Deficit

Revenue deficit has the following impacts on the economy.

  1. Reduction in assets: For meeting the shortfall in the form of revenue deficit, the government has to sell some assets.
  2. It leads to the conditions of inflation in the economy.
  3. A large amount of borrowing leads to a greater debt burden on the economy.

Types of Government Deficits

Government deficits play a significant role in shaping the economic landscape of a country. These deficits occur when the government’s expenditures surpass its revenues. They are often measured as a percentage of the country’s Gross Domestic Product (GDP) and can have significant economic and stakeholder implications.

Budget Deficit

A budget deficit occurs when a government’s expenditures exceed revenues in a fiscal year. This deficit arises due to various factors, such as increased spending on public programs, reduced tax revenues, or economic downturns. Budget deficits can have short-term and long-term consequences, impacting the government’s ability to invest, manage debt, and stimulate economic growth.

Trade Deficit

A trade deficit is when a country imports more goods and services than it exports. It represents a negative trade balance, indicating that the value of imports exceeds the value of exports. Trade deficits can occur for several reasons, including differences in production costs, exchange rates, and consumer preferences. While trade deficits are not necessarily detrimental, they can impact a country’s competitiveness and economic performance.

Other Deficit Terms

Other terms are relevant in specific domains besides budget and trade deficits. These terms signify shortcomings or imbalances in different contexts. Some notable examples include:

  • Skills deficit: Refers to a lack of specific skills or competencies required for a particular job or task.
  • Knowledge deficit: Denotes an insufficiency or gap in knowledge on a specific subject or topic.
  • Attention deficit: Describes difficulties in sustaining attention or focusing, often associated with Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD).
  • Memory deficit: Indicates impaired memory function, resulting in difficulties in acquiring, retaining, or retrieving information.

Understanding these deficit terms enables us to identify and address specific challenges within their respective domains, leading to targeted interventions and solutions.

Benefits of Running a Deficit

Running a deficit, whether at an individual or government level, is often a topic of debate and contention. While deficits can have negative implications, there are instances where running a deficit can be beneficial. Let’s explore some potential benefits of running a deficit.

Running a deficit allows governments to:

  • Stimulate economic growth: By increasing government spending during economic downturns, deficits can help boost demand, stimulate investments, and create employment opportunities.
  • Invest in infrastructure: Deficits can enable governments to invest in important infrastructure projects that contribute to long-term economic development and enhance the quality of life for citizens.
  • Address social challenges: Deficits can be utilized to fund social welfare programs, healthcare initiatives, and education reforms, addressing societal inequalities and improving overall well-being.

It is important to note that while deficits can offer benefits, they should be managed responsibly to avoid unsustainable levels of debt and adverse long-term consequences.

Remedial Measures for Revenue Deficit

The following remedial measures can be taken by the government in reducing the revenue deficit.

  1. By reducing unnecessary spending
  2. By raising the rate of taxes and applying new taxes wherever possible

Primary Deficit

Primary deficitis said to be the fiscal deficit of the current year subtracted by the interest payments that are pending on previous borrowings. In other words, the primary deficit is the requirement of borrowing without the interest payment.

Primary deficit, therefore, shows the expenses that government borrowings are going to fulfil while not paying for the income interest payment.

A zero deficit shows that there is a requirement for availing credit or borrowing for clearing the interest payments pending.

The formula for the primary deficit is expressed as follows:

Primary deficit = Fiscal deficit – Interest payments

Measures to reduce the primary deficit can be similar to the steps taken to reduce the fiscal deficit as the primary deficit is any borrowings that are above the existing deficit or borrowings.

Fiscal Deficit

Fiscal deficitis defined as the excess of total expenditures over the total receipts, excluding the borrowings in a year. In other words, this can be defined as the amount that the government needs to borrow in order to meet all expenses.

The more the fiscal deficit, the more will be the amount borrowed. Fiscal deficit helps in understanding the shortfall that the government faces while paying for the expenditures in the absence of lack of funds.

The formula for calculating fiscal deficit is as follows:

Fiscal deficit = Total expenditures – Total receipts excluding borrowings

Impact of Fiscal Deficit

The following impacts of fiscal deficit should be kept in mind.

  1. Unnecessary expenditure: A high fiscal deficit leads to unnecessary expenditure done by the government that leads to potential inflationary pressure on the economy.
  2. Printing more currency by RBI for meeting the deficit, also known as deficit financing, leads to the availability of more money in the market, leading to inflation.
  3. Borrowing more will hinder the future growth of the economy, as most of the revenue will be utilised towards meeting debt payments.

Remedial Measures for Fiscal Deficit

Fiscal deficit can be reduced by the following ways:

  1. Reduced public expenditure
  2. Reduction in bonus, leave encashments, and subsidies
  3. Increase tax to generate revenue
  4. Disinvestment of public sector units

In terms of finance, deficit refers to a shortfall of certain economic resources, mostly money. Since deficit implies a shortage of funds or an excess of cash outflows over inflows, it does not present a favorable situation for an entity. Therefore, experts consider deficits to be highly unsustainable and detrimental to long-term economic stability. Fiscal deficits and trade deficits are among the most important kinds of government deficits.

]]>
Private Bankinghttps://www.5paisa.com/finschool/finance-dictionary/private-banking/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Wed, 05 Jan 2022 12:41:02 +0000https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?post_type=finance-dictionary&p=16109<![CDATA[ […] retaining the most qualified professionals. Some of the steps that banks have taken to improve retention rates among their private banking staff include better compensation packages, incentive programs, and developing and launching succession programs for banking relationship managers. Benefits of private banking- Privacy- Customer dealings/transactions and services offered to HNWIs typically remain anonymous. Banks […] ]]><![CDATA[

Private banking involves providing banking, investment, tax management, and other financial services to high-net-worth individuals (HNWIs). Unlike mass-market retail banking, private banking focuses on providing more personalized financial services to its clients, through banking personnel specifically dedicated to providing such individual services.

How private banking works-

Private banking includes common financial services like checking and savings accounts, but with a more personalized approach: A “relationship manager” or “private banker” is assigned to each customer to handle all matters. The private banker handles everything from involved tasks, like arranging a jumbo mortgage, to the mundane like paying bills. However, private banking goes beyond CDs and safe deposit boxes to address a client’s entire financial situation. Specialized services include investment strategy and financial planning advice, portfolio management, customized financing options, retirement planning, and passing wealth on to future generations.

While an individual may be able to conduct some private banking with $50,000 or less in investable assets, most financial institutions set a benchmark of six figures’ worth of assets, and some exclusive entities only accept clients with at least $1 million to invest.

Retaining Private Banking Professionals

Private banking is built on personal relationships between high-net-worth individuals and their advisors or relationship managers. However, since the financial crisis, private banking’s experienced a high turnover rate. It is partly due to the more restrictive regulatory framework. Banks now focus more intently on talent recruitment, training, and increasingly on retaining the most qualified professionals.

Some of the steps that banks have taken to improve retention rates among their private banking staff include better compensation packages, incentive programs, and developing and launching succession programs for banking relationship managers.

Benefits of private banking-
  • Privacy- Customer dealings/transactions and services offered to HNWIs typically remain anonymous. Banks provide their private banking clients with proprietary products that they keep confidential in order to prevent competitors from attempting to sell similar products to the same clients.

High-net-worth individuals are attracted to the culture of privacy in private banking because it offers them the ability to conceal personal information that, if publicly known, might give their business rivals an undue advantage. They may also simply have a desire to keep their personal financial dealings as private as possible. HNWIs are sometimes subjected to lawsuits involving their investments. Keeping such information confidential gives them a greater sense of security.

  • High Investment Returns- Banks often allocates their best-performing personnel to their private banking division to manage the accounts of HNWIs. The practice typically translates to higher investment returns for clients. The rate of return from private banking investments usually ranges between 7% and 13%, and may sometimes go as high as 30%.

It is possible because, due to their extensive resources, wealthy clients can get exclusive access to investment vehicles such as top-performing hedge funds, through their affiliation with the bank. The client also gets professional advice from an experienced investment professional on the best investment options offering a high rate of return.

Drawback of private bank-
  • Limited Product Offerings- In terms of investments, a client might be limited to the bank’s proprietary products. Also, while the various legal, tax, and investment services offered by the bank are doubtlessly competent, they may not be as creative or as expert as those offered by other professionals that specialize in various types of investments. For example, small regional banks might provide stellar service that beats out the larger institutions. However, the investment choices at a smaller, regional bank might be far less than a major player such as JPMorgan Chase & Company (JPM).

  • Bank Employee Turnover- Employee turnover rates at banks tend to be high, even in the elite private banking divisions. There may also be some concern over conflicts of interest and loyalty: The private banker is compensated by the financial institution, not the client—in contrast to an independent money manager.

Private Banking vs. Wealth Management

Private banking and wealth management are closely related but differ in the kind of services they offer. Wealth management involves taking into account the client’s risk tolerance levels and investing assets according to their financial goals. Private banking, on the other hand, involves providing personalized financial and banking services to high net worth individuals. The bank assigns specific staff members in the private banking division to manage client accounts.

Private banking differs from wealth management in that private banking does not necessarily involve investing a client’s assets for them. Private bankers manage the client’s account, handling everything from cashing a check, to transferring large volumes of cash between accounts, to making payments on behalf of the client.

Although they advise their clients on possible investment options, private bankers typically do not actually make or manage investments for their clients (although in some instances they may – usually just as a courtesy service for the client). Private bankers basically provide whatever financial services a client desires. If that includes making and managing investments for a client, then the private banker will do so.

]]>
Financial Advisorhttps://www.5paisa.com/finschool/finance-dictionary/financial-advisor/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Tue, 09 May 2023 08:19:42 +0000https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?post_type=finance-dictionary&p=41894<![CDATA[ […] for their clients in the market. Advisors provide individualized financial plans that are designed to help clients reach their financial objectives using their knowledge and experience. These programs cover tax, budget, insurance, and savings methods in addition to investments. Additionally, advisors regularly check in with their customers to reassess their present circ*mstances and future […] ]]><![CDATA[

A financial advisor’s duties frequently extend beyond simply placing trades for their clients in the market. Advisors provide individualized financial plans that are designed to help clients reach their financial objectives using their knowledge and experience.

These programs cover tax, budget, insurance, and savings methods in addition to investments. Additionally, advisors regularly check in with their customers to reassess their present circ*mstances and future aspirations and make the necessary plans. We don’t have to be wealthy to take advantage of a financial advisor’s services.

The financial consultant doubles as a teacher. The advisor’s job includes assisting you in comprehending the requirements for achieving your long-term objectives. Financial themes may receive in-depth guidance as part of the educational process. Budgeting and saving may be among of the issues you discuss early on in your relationship. As your knowledge grows, the advisor will help you comprehend complicated tax, insurance, and investment issues.

]]>
Bootstrappinghttps://www.5paisa.com/finschool/finance-dictionary/bootstrapping/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Thu, 19 Oct 2023 10:10:16 +0000https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?post_type=finance-dictionary&p=47251<![CDATA[ […] or implementing technology can improve efficiency and reduce costs over time. Customer Retention:Focus on retaining existing customers, as acquiring new ones can be more expensive. Offer loyalty programs or incentives. Regular Financial Reviews: Consistently review your financial statements and projections to make informed decisions: Monthly Reviews:Conduct monthly financial reviews to assess your budget, cash […] ]]><![CDATA[

Introduction

“Bootstrapping” has gained significant attention in the ever-evolving entrepreneurship landscape. In this comprehensive guide, we will explore the concept of bootstrapping, its significance, and how it can be a game-changer for startups and small businesses. Let’s delve into the bootstrapping world and uncover strategies to help your business thrive without hefty external investments.

What is Bootstrapping?

In startups and businesses, bootstrapping refers to building and growing a company with little to no external funding. Entrepreneurs who choose this path rely on their resources, revenue generated by the business, and creative financing methods to sustain and expand their ventures.

Advantages of Bootstrapping:

  1. Financial Independence: Bootstrapping allows entrepreneurs to maintain full control of their business without the influence of external investors. Decisions are made autonomously, leading to a more robust and personalized vision.
  2. Retained Equity: Since no external investors exist, founders retain 100% business ownership. This means they don’t have to share profits or decision-making authority.
  3. Focused Growth: Bootstrapped businesses prioritize sustainable growth over rapid expansion. This approach allows them to build a solid foundation, refine their products or services, and establish a loyal customer base.
  4. Lean Operations: Bootstrappers operate efficiently and cost-effectively. They’re motivated to find innovative solutions and avoid unnecessary expenses.
  5. Creative Control: Entrepreneurs can make creative and strategic decisions without the pressure to meet investor expectations. This freedom can lead to unique and innovative solutions.
  6. No Debt: Bootstrapping eliminates the need to take on debt, which can significantly appeal to those averse to financial risk. Without loans or interest payments, the business remains financially flexible.

Disadvantages of Bootstrapping:

  1. Limited Resources: Bootstrapped businesses often need more access to capital, hindering their ability to scale quickly. They may need help to invest in marketing, technology, or talent acquisition.
  2. Slower Growth: With substantial external funding, growth can be faster than businesses receiving investment. This can lead to missed opportunities and a longer path to profitability.
  3. Risk of Burnout: Entrepreneurs who bootstrap may take on multiple roles within the company due to resource constraints. This can lead to burnout and decreased overall productivity.
  4. Competitive Disadvantage: In competitive markets, bootstrapped businesses may need help keeping up with rivals with more substantial financial backing.
  5. Limited Innovation: Resource constraints can limit a business’s ability to invest in research and development, potentially hindering innovation.
  6. Reduced Marketing Budget: Marketing and advertising efforts may be limited, making it challenging to reach a broader audience or compete effectively with well-funded competitors.
  7. Cash Flow Challenges: Managing cash flow can be more challenging for bootstrapped businesses, as they rely on revenue generated from operations. This requires meticulous financial planning and management.

Getting Started with Bootstrapping

Getting started with bootstrapping your business is an exciting endeavor that requires the right mindset and strategic planning. Let’s explore the key steps to embark on your bootstrapping journey:

Bootstrapping Mindset:

Before diving into the practical aspects of bootstrapping, it’s crucial to adopt the right mindset:

  • Embrace Resourcefulness:You’ll need to maximize what you have. Instead of viewing limitations as obstacles, see them as opportunities to innovate.
  • Persistence is Key:Expect challenges and setbacks along the way. Stay committed to your vision and be prepared to adapt and overcome obstacles.
  • Long-Term Focus:Bootstrapping often involves gradual growth. Keep your long-term goals in mind, even when faced with short-term challenges.

Identifying Viable Ideas:

Not all business ideas are suitable for bootstrapping. To set yourself up for success, choose a venture with the following characteristics:

  • Low Initial Capital Requirement:Opt for a business idea that doesn’t require a significant upfront investment in infrastructure, inventory, or technology.
  • Scalability:Ensure that your business has the potential to grow organically. Look for opportunities to expand without the need for massive capital injections.
  • Market Demand:Conduct thorough market research to identify a product or service that addresses a genuine need or problem in the market.

Building a Solid Business Plan:

A well-structured business plan is your roadmap to success. Here’s what it should include:

  • Clear Goals:Define your short-term and long-term objectives. What do you aim to achieve in the next year, three years, and beyond?
  • Strategies:Outline the strategy you’ll use to achieve your goals. This includes marketing, sales, and operational strategy.
  • Financial Projections:Create detailed financial projections, including revenue forecasts, expense estimates, and cash flow projections.
  • Risk Assessment:Identify potential risks and challenges and develop contingency plans for addressing them.

Testing the Waters:

Before fully committing to your bootstrapped venture, consider testing the waters:

  • Minimum Viable Product (MVP):Develop a minimal version of your product or service to gauge interest and gather feedback from potential customers.
  • Proof of Concept:Demonstrate that your idea has merit and can generate revenue even on a small scale.
  • Initial Traction:Try to secure your first few customers or clients to validate your business concept.

Building a Support Network:

Starting a bootstrapped business can be a lonely journey, but you don’t have to go it alone:

  • Mentorship:Seek guidance from experienced entrepreneurs who have successfully bootstrapped their businesses. Their insights can be invaluable.
  • Networking:Connect with others in your industry or entrepreneurial community. You may find collaborators, supporters, or even potential customers.
  • Online Communities:Join online forums, groups, or platforms where entrepreneurs share knowledge and experiences.

Commitment and Perseverance:

Bootstrapping requires dedication and resilience. You may encounter challenges that test your resolve, but remember that many successful businesses began with limited resources.

Financing Your Startup

Financing your startup through bootstrapping means relying on your resources and creative financing methods to sustain and grow your business. Let’s delve into various financing options and strategies tailored for bootstrapped entrepreneurs:

Personal Savings:

One of the most common ways to kickstart your bootstrapped business is using your savings. This demonstrates your commitment and belief in your venture. Here’s how to make the most of your funds:

  • Set a Budget:Calculate how much of your savings you will invest in your startup and establish a strict budget to manage expenses.
  • Emergency Fund:Ensure you have a personal emergency fund separate from your business funds to cover unexpected personal expenses.
  • Pay Yourself Sparingly:Limit personal withdrawals to ensure your business has the capital it needs to grow.

Revenue from Operations:

Generating revenue from your product or service is a fundamental aspect of bootstrapping. Here’s how to optimize this revenue stream:

  • Pricing Strategy:Set competitive and profitable prices for your offerings to maximize revenue.
  • Customer Acquisition:Invest time and resources in marketing and sales to attract and retain customers.
  • Reinvestment:Reinvest a significant portion of your revenue into the business to fuel growth.

Friends and Family:

Consider seeking support from friends and family who believe in your vision. When approaching loved ones for funding:

  • Be Transparent:Communicate the risks and potential for returns or losses.
  • Document Agreements:Formalize agreements and terms to avoid misunderstandings in the future.
  • Professionalism:Treat investments from friends and family with the same level of professionalism as you would with external investors.

Crowdfunding:

Crowdfunding platforms provide an alternative way to raise capital from a broad audience. Here’s how to run a successful crowdfunding campaign:

  • Compelling Pitch:Craft a persuasive campaign with a clear value proposition and engaging storytelling.
  • Rewards:Offer enticing rewards to backers, such as early access to your product or exclusive perks.
  • Promotion:Promote your campaign through various channels, including social media and email marketing, to reach a wider audience.
  • Fulfillment Plan:Have a solid plan for timely delivering rewards to backers.

Bootstrapper’s Hustle:

As a bootstrapper, you’ll often need to get creative with financing:

  • Bartering and Partnerships:Explore opportunities for barter arrangements or partnerships where both parties benefit.
  • Use Free or Low-Cost Tools:Use free or low-cost software and services to minimize overhead.
  • Bootstrap Marketing:Utilize cost-effective marketing strategies like content marketing and social media to reach your audience.
  • Free Trials and Beta Testing:Offer free trials or beta versions of your product to attract initial users and gather feedback.
  • Leverage Your Skills:If you have specialized skills, offer consulting or freelancing services to generate income for your startup.

Managing Finances Effectively

Managing finances effectively is a critical aspect of bootstrapping your startup. With limited resources, making every dollar count and ensuring your business remains financially stable is essential. Here are crucial strategies for managing your finances effectively:

Budgeting:

Creating and sticking to a budget is foundational for financial management:

  • Expense Tracking:Closely monitor your expenses, categorize them, and use accounting software or spreadsheets to keep organized records.
  • Fixed vs. Variable Costs:Distinguish between fixed expenses (e.g., rent, salaries) and variable expenses (e.g., marketing, utilities) to identify areas where you can cut costs if necessary.
  • Emergency Fund:Maintain an emergency fund to cover unexpected expenses or downturns in revenue without jeopardizing your business.

Cost-Cutting Strategies:

Identify opportunities to reduce costs without compromising the quality of your product or service:

  • Negotiate Contracts:Negotiate with suppliers, landlords, and service providers to secure favorable terms and lower prices.
  • Remote Work:Consider remote work arrangements to reduce office expenses if feasible.
  • Outsourcing:Outsource non-core functions, such as accounting or customer support, to freelancers or agencies to save on overhead.
  • Energy Efficiency:Implement energy-efficient practices to reduce utility bills, such as turning off lights and equipment when not in use.

Cash Flow Management:

Maintaining healthy cash flow is crucial for sustainability:

  • Invoice Promptly:Send invoices to customers promptly and follow up on overdue payments to ensure a steady income stream.
  • Manage Inventory:Avoid overstocking inventory, as it ties up cash. Use just-in-time inventory management to minimize holding costs.
  • Flexible Payment Terms:Negotiate with suppliers for extended payment terms to better align with your cash flow.

Bartering and Partnerships:

Leverage partnerships and barter arrangements to reduce costs and access resources:

  • Strategic Alliances:Collaborate with other businesses in your industry to share resources or co-market products and services.
  • Bartering:Exchange goods or services with other businesses instead of making cash payments.

Investment Prioritization:

Allocate funds strategically to areas that will have the most significant impact on your business:

  • Prioritize Revenue Generation:Invest in marketing, sales, and product development to drive revenue growth.
  • Invest in Efficiency:Identify areas where streamlining processes or implementing technology can improve efficiency and reduce costs over time.
  • Customer Retention:Focus on retaining existing customers, as acquiring new ones can be more expensive. Offer loyalty programs or incentives.

Regular Financial Reviews:

Consistently review your financial statements and projections to make informed decisions:

  • Monthly Reviews:Conduct monthly financial reviews to assess your budget, cash flow, and expenses. Adjust your strategy as needed.
  • Seek Professional Advice:Consider consulting with a financial advisor or accountant to ensure you’re making sound financial decisions.

Conclusion

Bootstrapping is a viable path for entrepreneurs who seek financial independence, creative control, and sustainable growth for their startups. By embracing the bootstrapping mindset and implementing effective strategies, you can navigate the challenges and build a successful business from the ground up.

]]>
Adjusted Gross Incomehttps://www.5paisa.com/finschool/finance-dictionary/adjusted-gross-income/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Wed, 16 Nov 2022 13:07:57 +0000https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?post_type=finance-dictionary&p=32843<![CDATA[ […] is calculated by deducting deductions from their adjusted gross income (AGI). Other income metrics, such as modified AGI (MAGI), are also used by the IRS for some programs and retirement funds. The amount of income tax we owe for the entire year is calculated by the IRS using our adjusted gross income (AGI). Our […] ]]><![CDATA[

The Internal Revenue Service (IRS) utilizes our adjusted gross income (AGI) amount to calculate our annual income tax liability. It is determined by deducting specific adjustments from gross income, including company costs, student loan interest costs, and other costs. A taxpayer’s taxable income is calculated by deducting deductions from their adjusted gross income (AGI).

Other income metrics, such as modified AGI (MAGI), are also used by the IRS for some programs and retirement funds.

The amount of income tax we owe for the entire year is calculated by the IRS using our adjusted gross income (AGI).

Our gross income for the year is totaled to get our AGI. From there, a few income adjustments are subtracted.

Our eligibility to contribute to some types of retirement plans, such as a Roth individual retirement account, as well as the magnitude of our tax deductions, can both be impacted by our AGI (Roth IRA).

Our AGI is modified adjusted gross income (MAGI), which includes some otherwise permitted deductions. AGI and MAGI will frequently be the same for many folks.

Alimony payments and educator costs are among the things deducted from your gross income when determining your AGI.

]]>
Budget Deficithttps://www.5paisa.com/finschool/finance-dictionary/budget-deficit/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Sat, 24 Sep 2022 06:44:47 +0000https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?post_type=finance-dictionary&p=30978<![CDATA[ […] by boosting economic processes through fiscal policies like spending cuts and tax increases. Faster tax revenue, lower unemployment rates, and increased process lessen the need for government-funded programs like unemployment insurance and begin, hence budget deficits as a proportion of GDP may come by times of economic boom. Budget deficits are classified into three […] ]]><![CDATA[

When spending surpasses receipts, a deficit occurs, and it indicates a country’s financial health. The govt., rather than enterprises or individuals, refers to expenditure as a deficit. The debt is made from accrued deficits. When expenses exceed the quantity of incomes collected via normal operations in circ*mstances, a deficit is discovered. Countries that wish to chop back its deficit may must cut back spending, expand revenue-generating activities, or do both.

A budget surplus is the opposite of a deficit. When revenue exceeds current expenses, a favourable surplus occurs within the budget, resulting in funds which can be allocated as desired. A budget is one within which the inflows and outflows are equal.

Inflation, or the constant rise in price levels, is one in every of the key threats of a budget imbalance. A deficit within the US can prompt the Fed to pump extra cash into the economy, feeding inflation. Year after year, budget shortfalls may end up in inflationary monetary policy. Countries can reduce budget deficits by boosting economic processes through fiscal policies like spending cuts and tax increases.

Faster tax revenue, lower unemployment rates, and increased process lessen the need for government-funded programs like unemployment insurance and begin, hence budget deficits as a proportion of GDP may come by times of economic boom.

Budget deficits are classified into three categories which are:

  • Revenue Deficit
  • Fiscal Deficit
  • Primary Insufficiency

Budget Deficit = Government’s Total Expenditures – Government’s Total Income.

]]>
ESOPhttps://www.5paisa.com/finschool/finance-dictionary/esop/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Wed, 23 Nov 2022 14:12:19 +0000https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?post_type=finance-dictionary&p=34062<![CDATA[ […] distributions to vesting, which gradually grants employees access to employer-provided assets. It’s crucial to study your ESOP’s agreements because they may vary and contain different regulations. Direct-purchase programs, stock options, restricted stock, phantom stock, and stock appreciation rights are further forms of employee ownership. An ESOP is typically created to make succession planning in […] ]]><![CDATA[

An employee benefit plan known as an employee stock ownership plan (ESOP) provides employees with shares of stock that represent ownership in the business.

Employee stock ownership plans (ESOPs) motivate staff to work hard since they benefit financially when the business succeeds.

Additionally, they support employees in feeling more valued and well-paid for the work they undertake.

Most businesses link plan distributions to vesting, which gradually grants employees access to employer-provided assets.

It’s crucial to study your ESOP’s agreements because they may vary and contain different regulations.

Direct-purchase programs, stock options, restricted stock, phantom stock, and stock appreciation rights are further forms of employee ownership.

An ESOP is typically created to make succession planning in a privately owned firm easier by giving employees the chance to purchase shares of the company’s equity.

ESOPs are established as trust funds and can be financed in a number of ways by businesses, including by issuing freshly issued shares into them, paying cash to purchase existing shares, or borrowing funds through the corporation to do so. Companies of diverse sizes, including several sizable publicly traded enterprises, use ESOPs.

]]>
GAAPhttps://www.5paisa.com/finschool/finance-dictionary/gaap/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Fri, 19 Jan 2024 08:59:18 +0000https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?post_type=finance-dictionary&p=50978<![CDATA[ […] in internal processes and accounting practices. Resistance to change from employees accustomed to existing methods can take time and effort. Overcoming this resistance requires effective communication, training programs, and a commitment to a smooth transition. Conclusion In conclusion, the Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) are an indispensable guide in financial reporting, providing a standardized […] ]]><![CDATA[

Introduction

In the dynamic financial reporting realm, adherence to standardized guidelines is paramount, and at the heart of this regulatory landscape stands the Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP). As the bedrock for compiling and presenting financial statements, GAAP plays a pivotal role in ensuring consistency, transparency, and reliability in the financial information disclosed by companies. GAAP is a universal language, allowing stakeholders such as investors, creditors, and regulators to decipher and evaluate financial statements confidently. In this intricate dance of numbers and principles, GAAP provides a structured framework that spans the historical evolution of accounting standards to the nuanced principles guiding contemporary financial reporting. This introduction sets the stage for exploring the multifaceted world of GAAP, where we will delve into its history, principles, components, and the challenges and benefits associated with its implementation. Understanding GAAP is not just a matter of compliance; it’s a strategic imperative for businesses seeking to foster trust, credibility, and financial integrity in an ever-evolving economic landscape.

History of GAAP

The history of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles is fascinating journey that traces the evolution of standardized accounting practices. GAAP originated in the early 20th century when the need for consistent financial reporting became evident. Establishing the Committee on Accounting Procedure (CAP) in 1939 marked a crucial milestone, laying the groundwork for codifying accounting principles. However, the creation of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) in 1973 significantly shaped the modern GAAP landscape. FASB took over from the CAP, introducing a more structured approach to standard-setting. Over the years, GAAP has undergone numerous updates and refinements to adapt to the complexities of an ever-changing business environment. Each modification reflects the ongoing effort to enhance the relevance and reliability of financial reporting. Today, GAAP stands as a comprehensive framework, continually evolving to meet the challenges of contemporary accounting practices while preserving the core principles that underpin its historical significance.

Principles of GAAP

At the core of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) lies a set of fundamental accounting principles that serve as the guiding light for financial reporting. These principles form the bedrock of the standardized framework companies adhere to when compiling and presenting their financial statements. One of the foundational principles is thematching principle,which dictates that expenses should be recognized in the same period as the revenues they help generate. Another critical principle is therevenue recognition principle,which emphasizes identifying revenue when it is earned and realizable. Other fundamental principles include theconsistency principle,promoting uniformity in accounting methods over time, and thehistorical cost principle,advocating for using original transaction prices for recording assets and liabilities. Theentire disclosure principleensures that all relevant information is disclosed in financial statements, fostering transparency. Collectively, these principles provide a comprehensive and standardized approach to financial reporting, offering a reliable and consistent foundation for businesses in navigating the complexities of accounting practices.

Components of GAAP

GAAP is a comprehensive set of guidelines encompassing various components. GAAP leaves no stone unturned, from basic accounting concepts like accrual accounting to specific guidelines for crafting financial statements. Each component is crucial in maintaining consistency and reliability in financial reporting.

  1. Fundamental Accounting Concepts:GAAP encompasses fundamental accounting concepts that are the cornerstone for accurate financial reporting. These include thebusiness entity concept,which separates the finances of a business from its owners; thegoing concern concept,assuming a company will continue to operate indefinitely; and themonetary unit concept,requiring all financial transactions to be recorded in a standard monetary unit for clarity and consistency.
  2. Specific Guidelines for Financial Statements:Within the realm of GAAP, specific guidelines govern the preparation of financial statements. This involves adherence to theincome statement,detailing revenues and expenses over a specified period; thebalance sheet,presenting a snapshot of an entity’s financial position at a given moment; and thecash flow statement,tracking the movement of cash within an organization. These components comprehensively overview a company’s financial health and performance.
  3. Accrual Accounting:GAAP mandatesaccrual accounting,wherein revenues and expenses are recorded when earned or incurred, not necessarily when the cash is paid or received. This ensures a more accurate representation of an entity’s financial activities, capturing economic events rather than when the associated cash transactions occur.
  4. Materiality and Consistency:Materiality and consistency are integral components of GAAP, emphasizing the importance of relevance and uniformity in financial reporting. Themateriality principledictates that only significant information that could influence decision-making needs to be disclosed. Meanwhile, theconsistency principleunderscores the need for companies to apply consistent accounting methods over time, promoting comparability and reliability in financial statements.
  5. Depreciation and Amortization Policies:In the realm of GAAP, businesses must adhere to specific guidelines regarding thedepreciation of assetsand theamortization of intangible assets.These policies ensure that the costs of long-term investments are allocated over their useful lives, reflecting a more accurate portrayal of a company’s financial health.
  6. Revenue Recognition Criteria:GAAP provides clear criteria for recognizing revenue, ensuring uniformity across different entities. Revenue recognition is contingent on factors such as the transfer of ownership or services rendered, contributing to the reliability and comparability of financial statements.

GAAP vs. IFRS

The comparison between Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and the International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) is a critical aspect of the global financial landscape.

Key Differences:One fundamental difference lies in their geographical application. GAAP is primarily used in the United States, while IFRS is recognized and adopted by most countries worldwide. This divergence in adoption creates challenges for multinational corporations, which may need to reconcile financial statements prepared under different standards.

Standards and Rules:GAAP is rule-based, providing detailed guidelines for various accounting scenarios. In contrast, IFRS is more principles-based, offering a broader framework for interpretation and judgment. Some see this flexibility under IFRS as an advantage in adapting to different business environments.

Treatment of Inventory Costs:Another notable difference pertains to the treatment of inventory costs. GAAP generally follows the Last In, First Out (LIFO) method, whereas IFRS prefers the First In, First Out (FIFO) method. This variance can impact reported profits and tax liabilities for companies operating in different jurisdictions.

Research and Development Costs:P tends to be more conservative. Research and development costs often require immediate expensing of research costs, while IFRS permits capitalization under certain circ*mstances. This disparity can influence financial statements, affecting profitability metrics.

Lease Accounting:The standards also differ in their approach to lease accounting. GAAP traditionally utilized operating and capital leases, while recent updates converged these into a single lease accounting model. Conversely, IFRS has maintained a dual-model approach, potentially leading to variations in reported assets and liabilities.

Impairment of Assets:The treatment of impairment of assets is another area of distinction. GAAP evaluates impairment based on the recoverability of undiscounted cash flows, whereas IFRS assesses impairment based on the recoverability of discounted future cash flows. This difference can impact the valuation of assets, influencing financial ratios and decision-making.

Benefits of GAAP

Embracing the Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) offers myriad benefits to businesses, contributing to the integrity and transparency of financial reporting.

  1. Enhanced Financial Transparency:One of the primary advantages of GAAP is the promotion of enhanced financial transparency. By adhering to standardized accounting principles, companies provide stakeholders, including investors and creditors, with a clear and consistent view of their financial health. This transparency fosters trust and confidence in the reliability of the presented financial information.
  2. Credibility and Trust in Financial Statements:GAAP-compliant financial statements carry credibility beyond mere compliance with regulatory requirements. Adhering to established accounting principles signals a commitment to accuracy and reliability, instilling stakeholder trust. This credibility is invaluable in attracting investors and maintaining positive relationships with creditors and regulatory bodies.
  3. Consistency in Reporting:GAAP ensures consistency in financial reporting practices across different companies and industries. This consistency allows for meaningful comparisons between entities, facilitating better investor and stakeholder decision-making. Standardized reporting practices make it easier for analysts to assess a company’s performance over time.
  4. Regulatory Compliance:Adherence to GAAP is often a legal requirement, especially for publicly traded companies. Meeting regulatory standards is essential for avoiding legal consequences and demonstrates a commitment to ethical business practices. This compliance safeguards companies against financial irregularities and fraudulent activities.
  5. Facilitation of Capital Acquisition:Companies following GAAP standards often find it easier to raise capital. Investors and lenders are likelier to engage with businesses that provide financial statements prepared by universally accepted principles. GAAP compliance enhances a company’s ability to attract investments and secure loans for expansion or strategic initiatives.
  6. Improved Decision-Making:GAAP-compliant financial statements offer decision-makers, such as management and investors, a reliable basis for making informed choices. Consistent accounting practices enable a clearer understanding of a company’s financial position and performance, empowering stakeholders to make strategic decisions confidently.
  7. Stakeholder Communication:Clear and consistent financial reporting under GAAP strengthens communication with stakeholders. Whether communicating with shareholders, regulators, or the general public, companies benefit from a standardized framework that facilitates effective communication. This transparency helps in managing expectations and building positive relationships with diverse stakeholders.
  8. Access to Global Markets:GAAP compliance opens doors to international markets in an increasingly globalized business environment. Many multinational companies and investors prefer dealing with entities that follow recognized accounting standards, and GAAP provides a familiar and widely accepted framework for global financial reporting.

Challenges in Implementing GAAP

While Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) provide a standardized framework for financial reporting, implementing these principles comes with challenges for businesses.

  1. Complexity in Application:One of the primary challenges in implementing GAAP lies in the complexity of its application. The principles cover a wide range of financial transactions, and interpreting and applying them correctly can be intricate. Companies, especially those engaged in complex financial transactions, may face challenges in ensuring compliance with the nuanced requirements of GAAP.
  2. Updates and Modifications:The dynamic nature of business and evolving financial practices necessitates regular updates and modifications to GAAP. Staying abreast of these changes can be a significant challenge for companies, requiring continuous education and adaptation of internal accounting practices. Failure to keep up with updates may lead to non-compliance and potential financial reporting errors.
  3. Resource Intensity:Implementing GAAP often requires substantial resources, both in terms of personnel and technology. Smaller businesses may need help to allocate the necessary resources for training staff, updating accounting systems, and maintaining compliance. This resource intensity can strain budgets and divert attention from core business activities.
  4. Industry-Specific Challenges:Certain industries face unique challenges in implementing GAAP due to the specialized nature of their operations. For instance, industries with complex revenue recognition models, such as technology and pharmaceuticals, may struggle need to help align their practices with GAAP standards. Adapting GAAP to suit diverse industry needs requires a nuanced understanding of principles and industry-specific nuances.
  5. Interpretation Variability:GAAP still allows for some interpretation while providing a standardized framework. This flexibility can lead to variability in how companies interpret and apply the principles. Such interpretation variability may result in inconsistencies in financial reporting, making it challenging for stakeholders to compare entities accurately.
  6. Transition Costs:Transition costs are involved when a company transitions to GAAP from a different accounting framework or adopts new GAAP standards. This includes the costs associated with system upgrades, staff training, and potential disruptions to regular business operations. The initial transition period can be challenging as organizations navigate these changes.
  7. Balancing Act with Industry-Specific Regulations:Companies must comply with GAAP and industry-specific regulations in specific industries. Navigating this dual compliance requirement can be complex, as industry-specific regulations may have different reporting standards or timelines. Striking a balance between GAAP compliance and industry-specific regulations becomes a delicate task.
  8. Internal Resistance to Change:Implementing GAAP often requires changes in internal processes and accounting practices. Resistance to change from employees accustomed to existing methods can take time and effort. Overcoming this resistance requires effective communication, training programs, and a commitment to a smooth transition.

Conclusion

In conclusion, the Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) are an indispensable guide in financial reporting, providing a standardized framework that fosters transparency, consistency, and credibility. The historical evolution, fundamental principles, and specific components of GAAP contribute to its significance in ensuring accurate and reliable financial information. While businesses reap the benefits of enhanced transparency, credibility, and global market access through GAAP compliance, challenges in implementation persist. Companies grapple with complexities, resource intensity, and the need for continuous adaptation to updates. Despite these challenges, the commitment to GAAP remains crucial for navigating the intricate landscape of financial reporting, building trust with stakeholders, and making informed decisions in an ever-evolving business environment. As a cornerstone of financial integrity, GAAP continues to shape how businesses communicate their economic narratives to the world.

]]>
Cost Accountinghttps://www.5paisa.com/finschool/finance-dictionary/cost-accounting/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Mon, 27 Nov 2023 08:48:54 +0000https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?post_type=finance-dictionary&p=49026<![CDATA[ […] new technologies, leading to challenges in successfully implementing technological advancements. Mitigation: Conduct thorough cost-benefit analyses to assess the long-term advantages of implementing new technologies. Provide comprehensive training programs to employees to ease the transition to technological advancements. Conclusion Cost accounting is a cornerstone in financial management, offering invaluable insights into costs, revenues, and decision-making. […] ]]><![CDATA[

Introduction

Cost accounting is a crucial component in finance, providing insights into the intricate world of expenditures and financial decision-making. This article explores various industries’ evolution, key concepts, methods, and diverse cost accounting applications. From its inception to modern-day practices, cost accounting has evolved significantly. Milestones in its development have shaped its role in financial management, making it an indispensable tool for businesses.

Key Concepts

Cost accounting, a fundamental aspect of financial management, revolves around several key concepts essential for effectively understanding and managing an organization’s costs.

  1. Direct and Indirect Costs

Definition:

Direct costs are expenses directly tied to the production of goods or services. These costs can be easily traced to a specific product or service. In contrast, indirect costs are not directly attributable to a particular product or service but contribute to the overall production process.

Example:

  • Direct costs: Raw materials labor for manufacturing a specific product.
  • Indirect costs: Factory rent, utilities, or management salaries not directly involved in production.
  1. Fixed and Variable Costs

Definition:

Fixed costs remain constant regardless of the level of production or sales, while variable prices fluctuate with the volume of goods or services produced.

Example:

  • Fixed costs: Rent, insurance, and salaries of permanent staff.
  • Variable costs: Raw materials labor directly tied to production.
  1. Overhead Costs

Definition:

Overhead costs encompass indirect expenses necessary for business operations but not directly tied to a specific product or service. These costs are crucial for maintaining the overall functioning of the organization.

Example:

  • Administrative salaries, facility maintenance, and depreciation of equipment.

Understanding these key concepts allows businesses to make informed decisions about pricing, production levels, and overall financial strategy. Cost accountants play a vital role in categorizing and analyzing these costs, providing valuable insights for effective financial management.

Methods of Costing

Costing methods are crucial in determining how costs are assigned to products or services within an organization. Different industries and business structures may adopt specific costing methods based on their operational needs. Here, we explore three primary ways: job order costing, process costing, and activity-based costing.

  1. Job Order Costing

Definition:

Job order costing is a method used when products or services are customized or unique. It assigns costs to each specific job or order, allowing for precise tracking of expenses associated with individual projects.

Process:

  • Costs are accumulated for each job separately.
  • Direct materials, direct labor, and overhead costs are tracked for each job.
  • Ideal for industries such as custom manufacturing, construction, or printing.

Advantages:

  • Provides detailed cost information for each job.
  • Useful for businesses with diverse and customized product lines.

Challenges:

  • It may be time-consuming and complex for organizations with high production volumes of similar items.
  1. Process Costing

Definition:

Process costing is suitable for industries producing large quantities of hom*ogeneous products through continuous production. Costs are averaged over the entire show, and each unit is assigned the exact average price.

Process:

  • Costs are accumulated for each production process or department.
  • Total costs are divided by the number of units produced.
  • Common in industries like chemicals, food processing, and textiles.

Advantages:

  • Efficient for mass production scenarios.
  • Simplifies cost calculation for identical products.

Challenges:

  • It may need to provide detailed information about individual products.
  • Assumes uniform production costs per unit, which may not always be accurate.
  1. Activity-Based Costing (ABC)

Definition:

Activity-based costing is a method that identifies activities within an organization and assigns costs to products or services based on the actual consumption of resources.

Process:

  • Identifies cost drivers (activities) that consume resources.
  • Allocates costs based on the specific activities related to each product or service.
  • Common in service industries and those with diverse product lines.

Advantages:

  • Offers more accurate product costs by considering the specific activities that drive prices.
  • Useful for businesses with complex operations.

Challenges:

  • Implementation can be resource-intensive.
  • Requires a thorough understanding of all activities and their cost implications.

Role in Financial Decision-Making

Cost accounting is pivotal in financial decision-making, providing insights and information that guide organizations in making informed choices related to costs, revenues, and overall financial strategy. Here, we delve into three key aspects where cost accounting significantly influences financial decision-making.

  1. Cost-Volume-Profit (CVP) Analysis

Definition:

CVP analysis examines the relationships between costs, production volume, sales, and profits. It helps organizations understand the impact of various factors on their financial performance.

Process:

  • Break-Even Analysis:Determines the point at which total revenue equals total costs.
  • Contribution Margin Analysis:Evaluates how changes in sales volume affect contribution margins and, subsequently, profits.
  • Profit Planning:Assists in setting sales targets and pricing strategies to achieve desired profit levels.

Importance:

  • Enables organizations to set realistic sales targets and pricing strategies.
  • Provides insights into the profitability of products or services.
  1. Budgeting and Forecasting

Definition:

Cost accounting contributes significantly to the budgeting and forecasting processes, allowing organizations to plan for the future and allocate resources efficiently.

Process:

  • Budget Preparation:This involves estimating future costs and revenues for a specified period.
  • Variance Analysis:Compares actual performance against budgeted figures.
  • Forecasting:Predicts future expenses and revenues based on historical data and market trends.

Importance:

  • Facilitates effective resource allocation.
  • Identifies areas where costs may deviate from planned values.
  1. Pricing Strategies

Definition:

Cost accounting assists in determining the optimal pricing strategies for products or services, considering both internal costs and external market conditions.

Process:

  • Cost-Plus Pricing:Sets prices by adding a markup to the cost of production.
  • Target Costing:Determines the desired profit margin and adjusts production costs accordingly.
  • Competitive Pricing:Considers market conditions and competitor pricing.

Importance:

  • Ensures pricing aligns with production costs and desired profit margins.
  • It helps organizations remain competitive in the market.

Importance in Different Industries

Cost accounting holds paramount significance across diverse industries, providing valuable insights into financial performance, aiding decision-making, and enhancing overall operational efficiency. Let’s explore how cost accounting is crucial in various sectors.

  1. Manufacturing Sector

Importance:

  • Cost Control:Helps track and control manufacturing costs, ensuring efficient production processes.
  • Product Pricing:Enables accurate pricing strategies by considering all direct and indirect costs associated with production.
  • Inventory Management:Facilitates optimal inventory levels, preventing overstocking or shortages.
  • Profitability Analysis:Assists in evaluating the profitability of different product lines and identifying areas for improvement.
  1. Service Sector

Importance:

  • Resource Allocation:Guides the allocation of resources to various service offerings, ensuring cost-effectiveness.
  • Service Pricing:Aids in determining service prices, considering direct and indirect costs.
  • Performance Evaluation:Evaluates the profitability of different services, enabling strategic decision-making.
  • Budgeting:Facilitates budgeting for service-related expenses, contributing to financial planning.
  1. Retail Industry

Importance:

  • Inventory Valuation:Essential for accurately valuing inventory, especially in industries with fast-moving consumer goods.
  • Pricing Strategies:Guides retailers in setting competitive prices while maintaining profitability.
  • Cost of Goods Sold (COGS):Helps calculate the cost of goods sold, a key metric for retail businesses.
  • Promotion Analysis:Assists in evaluating the cost-effectiveness of marketing and promotional activities.
  1. Healthcare Sector

Importance:

  • Cost of Patient Care:Enables healthcare organizations to determine the cost of medical services.
  • Budgeting and Planning:Supports financial planning by estimating medical treatment and service costs.
  • Resource Utilization:Aids in optimizing the utilization of medical resources reducing wastage.
  • Insurance Pricing:Guides the calculation of insurance premiums based on the cost of healthcare services.
  1. Construction Industry

Importance:

  • Project Costing:Essential for estimating and tracking costs associated with construction projects.
  • Bid Preparation:Assists in preparing competitive and accurate bids considering all project-related expenses.
  • Profitability Analysis:Evaluates the profitability of construction projects, informing future business decisions.
  • Resource Management:Guides the efficient allocation of resources such as labor, materials, and equipment.

Technological Advancements in Cost Accounting

Cost accounting has undergone significant transformations with the integration of advanced technologies. These innovations have revolutionized traditional methods, enhancing accuracy, efficiency, and the overall effectiveness of cost accounting practices. Here’s an in-depth exploration of the technological advancements shaping the field.

  1. Software and Automation

Impact:

  • Precision and Speed:Advanced accounting software automates repetitive tasks, reducing the likelihood of errors and speeding up the overall accounting process.
  • Real-time Data:Automation allows for continuously updating financial data, providing real-time insights into costs and revenues.
  • Integration with Other Systems:Software integration with enterprise resource planning (ERP) systems ensures a seamless data flow across different departments.

Example:

  • Implement cloud-based accounting software like QuickBooks, SAP, or Oracle, streamlining cost data management.
  1. Data Analytics

Impact:

  • In-Depth Analysis:Data analytics tools enable thorough examination of large datasets, uncovering patterns and trends that might be overlooked.
  • Predictive Analysis:Predictive modeling helps forecast future costs and identify potential cost-saving opportunities.
  • Enhanced Decision-Making:Data-driven insights empower organizations to make informed decisions based on comprehensive analyses.

Example:

  • Use data analytics platforms like Tableau or Microsoft Power BI to visualize and analyze cost data.
  1. Blockchain Technology

Impact:

  • Transparency and Security:Blockchain ensures transparency and security in financial transactions, reducing the risk of fraud.
  • Streamlined Auditing:Smart contracts and decentralized ledgers simplify auditing processes, ensuring accuracy in cost records.
  • Traceability:Blockchain facilitates the traceability of costs throughout the supply chain, enhancing accountability.

Example:

  • Integrating blockchain in supply chain management to track goods’ production and transportation costs.
  1. Artificial Intelligence (AI)

Impact:

  • Automated Decision-Making:AI algorithms automate decision-making processes, optimizing cost allocation and resource utilization.
  • Pattern Recognition:AI identifies cost patterns and anomalies, contributing to more accurate cost predictions.
  • Personalization:AI-driven systems adapt to organizational needs, providing tailored cost management solutions.

Example:

  • Implementing AI-powered cost prediction models to anticipate future expenditures based on historical data.

Challenges in Cost Accounting

While essential for effective financial management, cost accounting faces several challenges that organizations must navigate. Understanding and addressing these challenges is crucial for maintaining the accuracy and reliability of cost accounting practices. Here’s an in-depth exploration of the key challenges:

  1. Cost Control and Management

Challenge:

  • Dynamic Business Environment:Rapid changes in market conditions, technology, and regulations make controlling and managing costs challenging.
  • Unforeseen Expenses:Unexpected events, such as economic downturns or global crises, can lead to unforeseen costs that are difficult to predict and manage.

Mitigation:

  • Regularly review and update cost control strategies to adapt to changes in the business environment.
  • Implement contingency plans to address unforeseen expenses and mitigate their impact on overall costs.
  1. Ethical Considerations

Challenge:

  • Pressure for Desired Results:Cost accountants may face pressure to manipulate figures or adopt unethical practices to meet financial targets.
  • Conflicts of Interest:Balancing the interests of different stakeholders, such as management and shareholders, may lead to ethical dilemmas.

Mitigation:

  • Establish a solid ethical framework within the organization, emphasizing the importance of honesty and integrity in financial reporting.
  • Provide regular training on ethical practices to employees involved in cost accounting.
  1. Integration with Other Accounting Disciplines

Challenge:

  • Communication Gaps:Lack of seamless communication between cost, financial, and managerial accounting can lead to inconsistencies in financial reporting.
  • Misalignment of Objectives:Each accounting discipline may have different objectives, creating challenges in aligning their practices for a comprehensive financial view.

Mitigation:

  • Implement integrated software systems allowing real-time data sharing between different accounting functions.
  • Foster collaboration and communication between teams responsible for various accounting disciplines.
  1. Technological Advancements

Challenge:

  • Implementation Costs:Integrating advanced technologies such as automation, AI, and blockchain requires significant upfront investments.
  • Resistance to Change:Employees may resist adopting new technologies, leading to challenges in successfully implementing technological advancements.

Mitigation:

  • Conduct thorough cost-benefit analyses to assess the long-term advantages of implementing new technologies.
  • Provide comprehensive training programs to employees to ease the transition to technological advancements.

Conclusion

Cost accounting is a cornerstone in financial management, offering invaluable insights into costs, revenues, and decision-making. Its dynamic nature and technological advancements ensure its continued significance in shaping the economic landscape.

]]>
Fixed Assethttps://www.5paisa.com/finschool/finance-dictionary/fixed-asset/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Wed, 29 Nov 2023 12:13:43 +0000https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?post_type=finance-dictionary&p=49090<![CDATA[ […] Goodwill:The intangible value associated with a company’s reputation, brand, and customer relationships. Intellectual Property:Patents, trademarks, copyrights, and trade secrets that contribute to a company’s competitive advantage. Software:Computer programs and applications developed or purchased for business use. Customer Relationships:The value derived from long-term customer associations and loyalty. Licenses and Permits:Legal rights granted for specific business […] ]]><![CDATA[

Introduction:

Welcome to the definitive guide on Fixed Assets—a cornerstone in finance. In this article, we delve deep into the intricacies of Fixed Assets, exploring their types, valuation, and the pivotal role they play in maintaining financial stability.

Definition of Fixed Asset:

Fixed assetrefers to any long-term tangible property a business owns, with a life exceeding one accounting period. These assets play a pivotal role in the financial health of an organization.

Importance in Finance:

Discover Fixed Assets’ critical role in bolstering a company’s financial standing. From enhancing credibility to serving as collateral, their significance is unparalleled.

Types and Characteristics of Fixed Assets

Fixed assets are a cornerstone in financial accounting, representing long-term investments contributing to a company’s value. Understanding the types and characteristics of fixed assets is crucial for effective financial management. Let’s explore these aspects in detail.

Types of Fixed Assets

Tangible Fixed Assets:

Tangible fixed assets are physical assets with a definite shape and form. These include:

  1. Buildings:Real estate properties owned by the company for operational or investment purposes.
  2. Machinery and Equipment:Tools and apparatus used to produce or provide goods and services.
  3. Land:Parcels of earth owned by the company, often utilized for operational purposes or future development.
  4. Furniture and Fixtures:Movable items such as desks, chairs, and shelving used in business operations.
  5. Vehicles:Company-owned cars, trucks, or other vehicles essential for business activities.
Intangible Fixed Assets:

Intangible fixed assets lack a physical presence but hold substantial value. These include:

  1. Goodwill:The intangible value associated with a company’s reputation, brand, and customer relationships.
  2. Intellectual Property:Patents, trademarks, copyrights, and trade secrets that contribute to a company’s competitive advantage.
  3. Software:Computer programs and applications developed or purchased for business use.
  4. Customer Relationships:The value derived from long-term customer associations and loyalty.
  5. Licenses and Permits:Legal rights granted for specific business operations.

Characteristics of Fixed Assets

Durability:

Fixed assets are durable and have a significant lifespan. Whether it’s a building, machinery, or intellectual property, these assets are expected to provide value over an extended period.

Longevity:

Fixed assets are long-term investments, often held for several accounting periods. Unlike short-term assets, they aren’t easily converted into cash and are essential for the company’s operations.

Future Economic Benefits:

One of the critical characteristics of fixed assets is their ability to generate future economic benefits. These assets contribute to the company’s overall financial well-being through revenue generation or cost savings.

Value Appreciation or Depreciation:

Tangible fixed assets may experience depreciation over time, reflecting their wear and tear. On the other hand, intangible assets might appreciate in value as the company’s reputation and market presence grow.

Contribution to Operations:

Fixed assets play a vital role in a company’s day-to-day operations. These assets are integral to success, from manufacturing processes facilitated by machinery to the utilization of software for efficient business management.

Acquisition and Valuation of Fixed Assets

The acquisition and valuation of fixed assets are critical components of financial management, shaping a company’s balance sheet and influencing strategic decision-making. Let’s delve into how businesses acquire and value their fixed assets.

Acquisition of Fixed Assets

Capital Expenditure vs. Revenue Expenditure:
  1. Capital Expenditure:This involves investments in assets that provide long-term benefits to the company. Examples include purchasing machinery, acquiring real estate, or developing software. Capital expenditures are capitalized on the balance sheet and depreciated over time.
  2. Revenue Expenditure:These are day-to-day operational expenses necessary to maintain existing fixed assets. Routine repairs and maintenance costs fall into this category. Unlike capital expenditures, these costs are expensed immediately and don’t contribute to the asset’s value over time.
Due Diligence in Acquisition:
  1. Market Research:Before acquiring fixed assets, companies conduct thorough market research to identify the best options that align with their operational needs and budget constraints.
  2. Cost-Benefit Analysis:Companies assess the long-term benefits of acquiring a fixed asset against its initial and ongoing costs, ensuring a positive return on investment.
  3. Vendor Negotiation:Negotiating with vendors is a crucial aspect of acquisition. Companies aim to secure the best deal, considering the purchase cost and additional expenses like installation and maintenance.
  4. Legal Compliance:Ensuring the acquisition meets legal and regulatory requirements is paramount. This includes obtaining necessary permits and approvals.

Valuation of Fixed Assets

Depreciation Methods:
  1. Straight-Line Depreciation:This method evenly distributes the asset’s cost over its useful life, providing a consistent depreciation expense each year.
  2. Declining Balance Method:This approach front-loads depreciation, with higher expenses in the early years. It’s suitable for assets that experience more significant wear and tear initially.
  3. Units of Production:Particularly applicable to assets like machinery, this method links depreciation to the asset’s output or usage. The more the asset is used, the higher the depreciation.
Fair Market Value:
  1. Appraisals:Independent appraisers may be engaged to determine a fixed asset’s fair market value, especially in acquisitions or financial reporting cases.
  2. Comparable Sales:For real estate, similar sales in the market serve as a benchmark for determining the fair market value of a property.
Impairment Testing:
  1. Regular Assessment:Companies regularly assess the carrying value of fixed assets to identify any impairment where the asset’s value may have decreased below its book value.
  2. Adjustments:If impairment is identified, adjustments are made to reflect the fair market value, ensuring the balance sheet accurately represents the asset’s current worth.

Accounting and Management of Fixed Assets

Effectively accounting for and managing fixed assets is fundamental to maintaining accurate financial records and ensuring optimal utilization of resources. In this section, we’ll explore how businesses handle their fixed assets’ accounting and management aspects.

Accounting for Fixed Assets

Recognition and Measurement:
  1. Initial Recognition:Fixed assets are initially recognized at cost, including all expenditures necessary to acquire and prepare the asset for its intended use.
  2. Subsequent Measurement:After initial recognition, fixed assets are typically measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses.
Depreciation:
  1. Recording Depreciation:Companies systematically allocate the cost of a fixed asset over its useful life through depreciation. This reflects the asset’s consumption over time.
  2. Methods of Depreciation:Common methods include straight-line, declining balance, and units of production. The choice of method depends on the nature of the asset and industry practices.
Impairment:
  1. Impairment Recognition:Companies assess its recoverable amount if indications indicate that a fixed asset may be impaired. If this amount is less than the carrying amount, impairment is recognized.
  2. Reversal of Impairment:If conditions that led to impairment improve, companies can reverse impairment losses, but only to the extent the asset’s carrying amount does not exceed what it would have been without impairment.

Importance of Tracking Fixed Assets

Asset Tracking Systems:
  1. Barcode and RFID Systems:Utilizing technology like barcodes and RFID tags allows companies to efficiently track and manage their fixed assets, minimizing the risk of loss or theft.
  2. Asset Registers:Maintaining detailed asset registers provides a comprehensive overview of all fixed assets, including their location, acquisition date, and current condition.
Strategic Decision-Making:
  1. Replacement Decisions:Accurate tracking enables informed decisions regarding the repair, maintenance, or replacement of fixed assets, ensuring optimal functionality.
  2. Financial Reporting:Timely and accurate fixed asset tracking contributes to precise financial reporting, promoting transparency and compliance with accounting standards.

Impact on Financial Statements

Balance Sheet:
  1. Asset Valuation:The balance sheet reflects the current value of fixed assets, considering their original cost, accumulated depreciation, and any impairments.
  2. Long-Term Investment:Fixed assets are categorized as long-term investments, showcasing their enduring value to the company.
Income Statement:
  1. Depreciation Expenses:The income statement reflects periodic depreciation expenses, providing a realistic portrayal of the cost of using fixed assets in the business operations.
  2. Impairment Losses:Any impairment losses are also reflected in the income statement, influencing the company’s overall profitability.

Challenges in Managing Fixed Assets

Technological Obsolescence:
  1. Regular Updates:With technology advancing rapidly, companies face the challenge of managing fixed assets to avoid obsolescence. Regular updates and upgrades are necessary.
  2. Strategic Planning:Strategic planning is essential to anticipate technological changes and ensure the continued relevance of fixed assets.
Regulatory Compliance:
  1. Ever-Changing Regulations:Keeping up with evolving regulations related to fixed assets requires vigilance to avoid legal complications.
  2. Documentation and Audits:Maintaining thorough documentation and preparing for regular audits are crucial for compliance.

Impact, Risks, and Best Practices

Managing fixed assets goes beyond recording transactions; it involves understanding the impact, mitigating risks, and implementing best practices for optimal financial health. This section will explore the far-reaching effects, potential risks, and recommended best practices for managing fixed assets.

Impact on Financial Statements

Balance Sheet:

  1. Asset Base:Well-managed fixed assets contribute to a robust asset base, reflecting the company’s financial strength positively.
  2. Investor Confidence:A healthy balance sheet enhances investor confidence, signaling the company’s capacity for sustained operations and growth.

Income Statement:

  1. Accurate Depreciation:Proper management ensures accurate depreciation, aligning the income statement with the actual costs of asset use.
  2. Strategic Decision-Making:Transparent financial statements aid in strategic decision-making, guiding the company’s future investments and operational decisions.

Risks Associated with Fixed Assets

Depreciation Challenges:

  1. Inaccurate Estimates:Incorrect depreciation estimates can distort financial statements, impacting profitability assessments.
  2. Tax Implications:Mismanagement of depreciation may lead to unfavorable tax implications, affecting the company’s bottom line.

Technological Obsolescence:

  1. Decreased Asset Value:Rapid technological advancements may lead to the devaluation of fixed assets, affecting their usefulness and market value.
  2. Competitive Disadvantage:Please update assets to avoid a competitive disadvantage, especially in technology-driven industries.

Best Practices in Fixed Asset Management

Regular Audits:
  1. Periodic Physical Verification:Regularly verify assets to ensure alignment with records and detect discrepancies.
  2. Internal and External Audits:Internal audits foster ongoing compliance, while external audits provide an independent evaluation, enhancing credibility.
Strategic Planning:
  1. Lifecycle Assessments:Conduct lifecycle assessments to anticipate the optimal usage period for each asset, facilitating timely replacements or upgrades.
  2. Forecasting Technological Changes:Stay abreast of technological advancements, enabling strategic planning to mitigate risks associated with obsolescence.
Documentation and Compliance:
  1. Comprehensive Records:Maintain detailed records of acquisitions, valuations, and disposals to support accurate financial reporting.
  2. Adherence to Regulations:Keep abreast of regulatory changes and ensure compliance, minimizing legal risks and potential financial penalties.
Technology Integration:
  1. Asset Management Systems:Implement advanced asset management systems for efficient tracking and maintenance, including RFID and barcode technologies.
  2. Data Analytics:Utilize data analytics to derive insights from asset management data, supporting informed decision-making and predicting potential issues.

Fixed Asset Management Turnover Ratio

Understanding the Ratio:
  1. Operational Efficiency:The turnover ratio indicates how efficiently a company utilizes its fixed assets to generate revenue.
  2. Benchmarking:Regularly assessing the turnover ratio allows companies to benchmark their operational efficiency against industry standards.
Impact on Financial Statements:
  1. Profitability Indicator:A high turnover ratio is generally seen as favorable, indicating effective asset utilization and contributing to overall profitability.
  2. Operational Challenges:A low turnover ratio may suggest operational challenges, prompting a closer look at asset management strategies.

Conclusion

In conclusion, effective management of fixed assets is pivotal for financial success. Understanding the impact, mitigating risks, and implementing best practices ensure accurate financial reporting and contribute to strategic decision-making and sustained profitability. By adopting a proactive approach, companies can navigate challenges, maximize asset value, and foster a stable financial future.

]]>
Payment Firms Revaluates Their Revenue Model As UPI Transactions Are Now Freehttps://www.5paisa.com/finschool/payment-firms-revaluates-their-revenue-model-as-upi-transactions-are-now-free/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Wed, 29 Nov 2023 17:46:38 +0000<![CDATA[What's Brewing]]>https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?p=49111<![CDATA[ […] contribute to funding robust security measures, advanced technologies, and monitoring systems that safeguard against unauthorized transactions, ensuring trust and reliability in the payment ecosystem. Rewards and Benefits:Cashback programs, loyalty points, travel rewards, and other incentives are often funded by the interchange fees paid by merchants. These rewards not only attract consumers but also promotecard […] ]]><![CDATA[

Major Payment Firms like Google Pay and Phone Pay are revaluating their revenue models as UPI transactions are now free. Google Pay has now introduced conveyance fees for mobile recharges which was earlier provided at free of cost. Paytm and PhonePe have already implemented charges for specific transactions. The conveyance fees levied ranges between Rs 1 and Rs 3. The charges are applicable to recharges of Rs 100 or more made through the app’s unified payment interface (UPI) service. This change in Google Pay’s policy follows a trend set by other payment service providers such as Paytm and PhonePe. Similar charges have been implemented by various online services for tasks like ordering food or booking movie tickets.

UPI Market Share

  • NPCI showed Phone Pe accounted for 46% of UPI transaction volume in October 2023, Google Pay for 36% and Paytm another 13 per cent. Collectively Phone Pe, Google Pay, and Paytm accounted for 94 per cent of UPI transactions by volume and 96 per cent by value in March 2023.

Why UPI transactions are Important in Today’s World

  • UPI is currently the most preferred and the most used payment system in India that allows users to transfer money from between bank accounts instantly using their mobile phones. The Prepaid Payment Instruments are digital wallets that allow users to store money and make payments. PhonePe, Google Pay and Paytm are PPIs of India. NPCI has now permitted the PPI wallet to be part of interoperable Unified Payment Ecosystem. The interchange charges introduced are only applicable for the PPI merchant transactions and there no charges for bank to bank based UPI transactions
  • In recent times, UPI has emerged as the preferred mode of digital payment by offering free, fast, secure and seamless experience. Traditionally, the most preferred method of UPI transactions is linking the bank account in any UPI-enabled app for making payments, which contribute over 99.9 per cent of total UPI transactions.
  • The volume of UPI transactions has increased manifold from 0.45 crore in January 2017 to 804 crore in January this year. The value of UPI transactions has increased from just ₹1,700 crore to ₹12.98 lakh crore during the same period.

Will Payment Firms Charge Users for UPI transactions??

  • The answer to this question is No. The users are unlikely to be charged for UPI transactions. The new charges introduced will be applicable to merchants who accepts payment over Rs 2000 using this Prepaid Payment Instruments such as mobile wallets.
  • UPI transactions are currently for smaller amounts. The NPCI believes incentivizing PPI providers is needed to promote UPI transactions for higher amounts. With this the average transaction value of UPI transactions can be increased, and the overall cost of payment systems in India might reduce. According to the NPCI, the proposed interchange fee is in line with the recommendations of the Committee on Payments and Market Infrastructures and the World Bank, which suggest an interchange fee of up to 1.15 per cent for UPI transactions.

What is Interchange Fee ?

  • An interchange fee can be described as the fee that is charged by the receiver bank/payment service provider to the merchant. It is levied to cover the costs of accepting, processing, and authorizing transactions. The charges are being introduced to increase revenue of banks and payment service providers who have been struggling with the high cost of UPI transactions.

What is PPI?

  • Prepaid payment instruments include mobile/payment wallets (such as Paytm Wallet, Amazon Pay Wallet, PhonePe Wallet), smart cards, stripe cards, paper vouchers, etc. With the use of of PPIs, a person can send and receive money without any physical exchange of cash or card.

How will this benefit the payment services providers such as Paytm, PhonePe, and Amazon Pay?

  • This decision is expected to bring in much-needed revenue for payment service providers, who have been struggling to maintain profitability due to the low-transaction fees on UPI transactions.

Which transactions will NOT attract NPCI’s interchange fees?

  • The interchange fee would not be applicable on peer-to-peer (P2P) and peer-to-peer-merchant (P2PM) transactions between a bank account and a PPI wallet. Therefore, no charges for normal customer transactions or the bank account to bank account-based UPI payments. NPCI in a tweet said: “UPI is free, fast, secure and seamless. Every month, over 8 billion transactions are processed free for customers and merchants using bank-accounts.”

NPCI proposal

  • The NPCI has clarified that the proposed interchange fee is in line with the recommendations of the Committee on Payments and Market Infrastructures and the World Bank, which suggest an interchange fee of up to 1.15 per cent for UPI transactions.
  • The fee now awaits the Reserve Bank of India’s (RBI) approval. If given a nod, the new fee structure will have a significant impact on PPI providers and merchants.
  • PPI providers may rejig their fee structures to account for the interchange fee, and merchants may face higher costs for accepting UPI payments.
  • Last year in August, the Union Finance Ministry clarified that UPI is a digital public good and that it was not considering levying any charges on transactions made through it. UPI is a digital public good with immense convenience for the public and productivity gains for the economy. There is no consideration in Govt to levy any charges for UPI services. The concerns of the service providers for cost recovery have to be met through other means.

Who will pay these charges?

  • For example, if a buyer is making a PPI payment via UPI (Paytm or Google Pay) at a store or online, and the QR code is that of PhonePe, then PhonePe will receive the applicable interchange fee from the merchant.
  • In the case of UPI transactions, the interchange fee is paid by the bank of the merchant (the person or business receiving the payment) to the bank of the payer (the person making the payment).

Why are Interchange fees necessary?

  • Transaction Processing:By charging interchange fees, payment networks can sustain the infrastructure to facilitate seamless electronic payments. Interchange fees cover the costs associated with processing credit and debit card transactions.
  • Risk Mitigation:Interchange fees also help mitigate the risks involved in card-based transactions. These fees contribute to funding robust security measures, advanced technologies, and monitoring systems that safeguard against unauthorized transactions, ensuring trust and reliability in the payment ecosystem.
  • Rewards and Benefits:Cashback programs, loyalty points, travel rewards, and other incentives are often funded by the interchange fees paid by merchants. These rewards not only attract consumers but also promotecard usageandcard acceptance, stimulating economic activity and driving customer loyalty.
  • Innovation and Technological Advancement:Interchange fees are vital in driving innovation within the payments industry. They enable the introduction of innovative payment solutions, improved transaction speed, enhanced security measures, and expanded acceptance networks, which benefit businesses and consumers.
]]>
Return on Investmenthttps://www.5paisa.com/finschool/finance-dictionary/return-on-investment/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Thu, 28 Dec 2023 11:37:06 +0000https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?post_type=finance-dictionary&p=49964<![CDATA[ […] adjustments for improved ROI. Focus on Customer Retention:Acquiring new customers is essential, but retaining existing ones can be even more cost-effective. Customer retention strategies, such as loyalty programs and personalized services, contribute to repeat business, positively impacting ROI over time. Invest in Employee Training and Development:Human capital is a valuable asset. Investing in employee […] ]]><![CDATA[

Understanding and optimizing Return on Investment, crucial for success in today’s fast-paced business landscape. Whether you’re a small startup or a multinational corporation, comprehending the impact of your investments is the key to making informed decisions that drive growth. In this article, we’ll delve into the intricacies of ROI, explore its significance in various sectors, and discuss strategies to maximize returns.

Introduction

In the dynamic landscape of modern business, understanding and optimizing Return on Investment (ROI) is paramount for sustained success. ROI is not a financial metric; it’s a strategic tool that empowers businesses to gauge the effectiveness of their investments and make informed decisions that propel growth. In this article, we’ll delve into the intricacies of ROI, starting with a comprehensive definition and exploring why it holds such profound significance in the business world.

Defining ROI

What is ROI?

Return on investment, commonly abbreviated as ROI, a financial metric that measures the profitability of investment relative to its cost. The formula for calculating ROI is straightforward: (Net Gain / Cost of Investment) x 100. This percentage provides a clear picture of the returns generated, offering businesses a tangible way to assess the efficiency of their financial decisions.

Why ROI Matters

  • The Strategic Importance

ROI matters because it serves as a compass for businesses navigating the complexities of decision-making. ROI is a crucial benchmark in a world driven by data and results. It goes beyond mere financial analysis, offering a holistic view of the value generated by investments. By understanding ROI, businesses can allocate resources judiciously, identifying and strengthening areas that contribute most to the bottom line.

  • Informed Decision-Making

Without ROI analysis, decision-making becomes akin to navigating uncharted waters without a map. ROI provides that map, guiding businesses toward investments that promise monetary returns and strategic advantages. It empowers decision-makers to distinguish between assets that yield substantial gains and those that might drain resources without commensurate benefits.

  • Resource Optimization

Businesses operate in resource-constrained environments, and optimizing these resources is imperative. ROI analysis allows companies to identify and prioritize investments that promise the best returns, ensuring that each dollar spent contributes significantly to overall profitability.

  • Risk Mitigation

Understanding the return on investment is inherently tied to risk assessment. By comprehending the potential returns and risks associated with an acquisition, businesses can make informed decisions that mitigate risks and maximize rewards. This risk-aware approach fosters resilience and adaptability in an ever-changing business landscape.

Calculating ROI

The Formula

Return on Investment, a fundamental metric that quantifies the profitability of an investment. The formula for calculating ROI is straightforward and provides a clear numerical representation of the returns generated relative to the initial investment. Here’s the basic recipe:

ROI = (Net Gain / Cost of Investment) x 100

Breaking it down:

  • Net Gain:This encompasses the profits generated from the investment. It includes any increase in value, income, or savings from the acquisition.
  • Cost of Investment:This includes all expenses associated with the investment. It covers the initial investment cost and any additional costs incurred during the investment period.

By dividing the Net Gain by the Cost of Investment and multiplying the result by 100, you get the ROI percentage. This percentage indicates the efficiency and success of the investment. A positive ROI percentage signifies a profitable investment, while a negative rate suggests a loss.

Types of Investments and Their ROI

Investments come in various shapes and sizes, each with a risk and return profile. Short-term investments may offer quick gains, while long-term investments provide stability. Analyzing ROI in stocks, real estate, and other sectors is essential for making informed investment choices aligned with business goals.

Short-Term vs. Long-Term Investments:

In investments, the dichotomy between short-term and long-term plays a crucial role in shaping the Return on Investment (ROI). Short-term investments typically involve assets held for brief periods, such as stocks or bonds, and are characterized by quicker returns but higher volatility. On the other hand, long-term investments, like real estate or retirement funds, require patience and commitment but often offer more stability and potential for substantial returns over an extended period.

ROI in Stocks, Real Estate, and Other Sectors:

Different types of investments yield varied ROIs, each influenced by the nature of the asset. Stocks, for instance, are renowned for their potential high returns but come with inherent risks due to market fluctuations. Real estate investments offer long-term appreciation and rental income but demand significant capital and commitment. Exploring ROI in diverse sectors, including technology, healthcare, and commodities, allows investors to diversify portfolios and manage risk effectively.

Factors Affecting ROI Calculation

Data Accuracy and Quality:

Ensuring the accuracy and quality of data is a fundamental factor influencing ROI calculation. Only accurate or complete data can distort the precise picture of returns and costs, leading to flawed calculations. Businesses must implement robust data collection processes, validate the accuracy of information, and address any discrepancies to enhance the reliability of ROI assessments.

Time Horizon and Measurement Period:

The choice of time horizon and measurement period significantly impacts ROI calculation. Short-term gains may provide immediate results, but a myopic view can overlook long-term returns. Businesses need to align the timeframes with the nature of the investment, considering factors such as industry dynamics, project timelines, and overall business objectives for a comprehensive evaluation.

Comprehensive Cost Identification:

Identifying and quantifying all costs associated with an investment is crucial for accurate ROI calculation. Beyond direct expenses, businesses must consider indirect costs, hidden expenditures, and opportunity costs. A comprehensive understanding of the full spectrum of costs ensures a more realistic representation of the investment’s impact on the bottom line.

Market Fluctuations and External Factors:

The dynamic nature of markets introduces a layer of complexity in ROI calculation. Fluctuations in economic conditions, shifts in consumer behavior, and external factors like geopolitical events can influence the performance of investments. Businesses must factor in these uncertainties and build flexibility into their ROI assessments to adapt to changing market dynamics.

Attribution Modeling for Complex Campaigns:

Attribution modeling is essential in marketing, where multiple channels contribute to customer interactions. Understanding the contributions of each touchpoint in the customer journey ensures a fair distribution of value. Businesses should employ sophisticated attribution models to accurately assign credit to various marketing efforts and avoid misjudging the impact of individual channels.

Qualitative Factors and Intangibles:

Quantifying qualitative factors and intangible benefits poses a challenge in ROI calculation. Brand perception, employee satisfaction, and customer loyalty contribute significantly to overall success but are challenging to express numerically. Developing methodologies to capture and integrate qualitative data is essential for a holistic understanding of the actual value of an investment.

Significance of ROI

Return on Investment (ROI) holds immense significance in the business realm, acting as a compass that guides decision-making and shapes the overall strategic direction of a company. Its importance extends beyond being a mere financial metric, playing a pivotal role in various business operations. Let’s delve into the detailed significance of ROI:

  1. Performance Measurement:ROI is a powerful tool for evaluating the performance of investments. It provides a tangible measure of success, allowing businesses to assess which endeavors contribute most effectively to their bottom line. This performance measurement goes beyond monetary gains, encompassing strategic value and overall business impact.
  2. Informed Decision-Making:Businesses need a reliable guide to make informed decisions in a landscape saturated with choices. ROI acts as that guide, offering a structured method for evaluating potential investments. By understanding the anticipated returns and associated risks, decision-makers can make choices that align with the overarching goals and objectives of the organization.
  3. Resource Allocation:Operating in a resource-constrained environment, businesses must optimize their use of capital, time, and workforce. ROI analysis enables precise resource allocation by identifying high-yield investments. It ensures that resources are directed toward endeavors that promise the most significant returns, fostering efficiency and sustainability.
  4. Risk Mitigation:Every investment carries inherent risks, and understanding these risks is essential for prudent business management. ROI analysis provides a risk-aware approach, helping businesses assess potential downsides and devise strategies to mitigate risks. This proactive stance enhances resilience, allowing enterprises to navigate uncertainties with confidence.
  5. Strategic Planning:ROI is integral to strategic planning. It guides the development of long-term strategies by emphasizing investments that align with the company’s vision. Strategic planning backed by ROI insights ensures businesses survive and thrive in competitive markets, adapting to evolving trends and emerging opportunities.
  6. Performance Accountability:Accountability is paramount in a results-oriented business environment. ROI establishes a clear accountability framework by quantifying the success of investments. This transparency fosters a culture of responsibility and continuous improvement, encouraging teams to learn from successes and setbacks.
  7. Continuous Improvement:Pursuing excellence requires a commitment to continuous improvement. ROI serves as a feedback mechanism, allowing businesses to assess the outcomes of their strategies. With this feedback, organizations can refine their approaches, discard ineffective practices, and adopt innovations that drive sustained improvement.

Risks and Challenges in ROI

While Return on Investment (ROI) is a valuable metric for assessing the success of investments, it is not without its inherent risks and challenges. Navigating these hurdles is crucial for businesses aiming to achieve optimal returns and maintain financial health. Let’s delve into the risks and challenges associated with ROI:

  1. Market Volatility:The ever-changing nature of markets introduces an element of uncertainty. Economic fluctuations, changes in consumer behavior, and unforeseen global events can significantly impact the success of investments. Businesses must remain vigilant, adapting strategies to navigate market volatility and mitigate potential losses.
  2. External Factors Affecting ROI:Beyond internal considerations, external factors such as political changes, regulatory shifts, and technological advancements can influence ROI. Businesses operating in diverse markets must contend with varying external influences, requiring adaptability and a proactive approach to minimize negative impacts.
  3. Misaligned Investments:Investing in projects or initiatives that don’t align with the overall business strategy can lead to suboptimal ROI. Misalignment may occur due to a lack of strategic clarity or insufficient evaluation of how an investment fits the broader organizational goals. Businesses must ensure that every acquisition aligns with their overarching objectives.
  4. Inadequate Risk Assessment:Conducting a thorough risk assessment before investing is a common pitfall. Businesses need to identify potential risks associated with a buy and develop contingency plans to mitigate these risks. Inadequate risk assessment can lead to unforeseen challenges that impact the anticipated returns.
  5. Overlooking Long-Term Sustainability:Pursuing short-term gains at the expense of long-term sustainability can hinder overall ROI. Businesses should consider the enduring impact of investments and avoid strategies that prioritize immediate returns but may not be sustainable over time. Balancing short-term gains with a focus on long-term success is crucial.
  6. Lack of Flexibility and Adaptability:Rigidity in business strategies can impede ROI optimization. Markets evolve, and businesses must be agile, adapting to changing circ*mstances. A lack of flexibility can result in missed opportunities or an inability to mitigate risks effectively, affecting investments’ overall success.
  7. Incomplete Data and Analysis:Inaccurate or incomplete data can lead to flawed ROI analysis. Businesses need reliable data to make informed decisions. Inadequate analysis may result in inaccurate projections, hindering the ability to optimize returns. Robust data collection and analysis processes are essential for effective ROI management.
  8. Implementation Challenges:Even with a well-thought-out strategy, challenges during the implementation phase can impact ROI. Poor execution, delays, or unforeseen complications can hinder the success of an investment. Businesses should anticipate potential implementation challenges and have contingency plans in place.

Strategies for Enhancing ROI

Achieving optimal Return on Investment (ROI) requires a strategic and proactive approach. Businesses can implement various strategies to enhance ROI, ensuring that every investment contributes significantly to overall profitability. Here are key strategies for maximizing returns:

  1. Diversification:Diversifying investments across different assets or markets helps spread risk and minimizes the impact of poor performance in a single area. A well-balanced and diversified portfolio can enhance overall ROI resilience.
  2. Cost-Cutting Measures:Identifying and implementing cost-cutting measures without compromising quality is essential. Streamlining operations, negotiating better deals with suppliers, and optimizing internal processes contribute to increased profitability.
  3. Continuous Monitoring and Analysis:Regularly monitoring the performance of investments and analyzing relevant data is critical. Implementing robust analytics tools allows businesses to identify trends, assess the effectiveness of strategies, and make timely adjustments for improved ROI.
  4. Focus on Customer Retention:Acquiring new customers is essential, but retaining existing ones can be even more cost-effective. Customer retention strategies, such as loyalty programs and personalized services, contribute to repeat business, positively impacting ROI over time.
  5. Invest in Employee Training and Development:Human capital is a valuable asset. Investing in employee training and development enhances workforce skills and improves productivity and efficiency. The resulting increase in employee performance contributes to overall ROI improvement.

Conclusion

In conclusion, Return on Investment (ROI) is a universal metric that transcends industries, guiding businesses through the intricate maze of decision-making. This article has delved into the multifaceted aspects of ROI, from its fundamental definition and calculation to its profound significance in diverse industries. We explored how SEO plays a pivotal role in maximizing ROI, identified risks and challenges businesses face, and outlined strategies for enhancing returns. Recognizing that ROI varies across sectors, we examined its manifestation in finance, manufacturing, healthcare, technology, retail, and more. As businesses navigate the complexities of their respective industries, understanding the unique dynamics that influence ROI is paramount. The continuous evolution of market trends, the influence of technology, and the global interconnectedness of economies all contribute to the dynamic landscape in which ROI strategies must be crafted. By embracing innovation, implementing robust analytics, and staying attuned to industry-specific nuances, businesses can position themselves to measure success effectively and drive sustained growth and resilience. As we conclude this exploration into the world of ROI, it’s evident that optimizing returns requires a harmonious blend of strategic planning, adaptability, and a relentless commitment to delivering value in an ever-changing business environment.

Understanding and optimizing Return on Investment, crucial for success in today’s fast-paced business landscape. Whether you’re a small startup or a multinational corporation, comprehending the impact of your investments is the key to making informed decisions that drive growth. In this article, we’ll delve into the intricacies of ROI, explore its significance in various sectors, and discuss strategies to maximize returns.

]]>
Can Digital Rupee and Cryptocurrency Co-exist?https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/can-digital-rupee-and-cryptocurrency-co-exist/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Tue, 23 Nov 2021 17:19:28 +0000<![CDATA[What's Brewing]]>https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?p=13985<![CDATA[ […] as a claim on the central bank or government. Central Bank Digital Currency In India The Reserve Bank of India may launch its first digital currency trial programs by December2021 named DIGITAL RUPEE .The RBI is studying various aspects of a digital currency including its security, impact on India’s financial sector as well as […] ]]><![CDATA[

The word currency has taken a new form in today’s world. Originally money was in the form of receipts which was later on replaced with metals which became a symbol to represent a value and also basis for trade. These forms of currencies was again replaced with Paper notes and then Banknotes which became accepted as a legal tender. As technology improved and the world moved towards Digitization a new form of currency has become popular and became the latest trend which is now called “ Digital Currency”.

What Is Digital Currency?

Digital Currency is a form of currency that is available only in digital or electronic form. It is a money like asset which can be primarily managed stored or exchanged on digital computer systems with the help of internet. Digital currency does not have a physical form unlike currencies printed as banknotes and coins. Digital currency is not issued by a government body and are not considered as legal tender. Digital Currencies can be centralized (i.e. Fiat currency- issued by government but not backed by any commodity such as Gold) or decentralized (Cryptocurrency Like Bitcoin, Litecoin, Ethereum).

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (52)

Why Digital Currency Gained Popularity?

Digital Currency has improved the process of monetary transactions and eliminates the physical storage and safeguarding it. Cross border transfers have become faster and easier compared to standard money. This form of money will streamline the process of monetary policy and implementation for central banks. One aim of the Digital currency is to reduce the time lag and operating costs which banks are now charging for the digital transactions which are already in use. This can be done with the help of Distributed Ledger Technology. Digital Currency can be Centralized as well as decentralized.

Central Bank Digital Currency – CBDC

Central Bank Digital Currency also known as CBDCs is a legal tender in digital form, and are essentially the online version of their respective fiat currencies. In India’s case, that would be the Digital Rupee. In simpler terms, CBDC is an electronic form of central bank money that citizens can use to make digital payments and store value. The history of central bank digital currencies (CBDCs) is a short, recent history. CBDCs are still in a conceptual stage, with many countries exploring the possible implementation of them.The present concept of “central bank digital currency” may have been partially inspired by Bitcoin and similar Blockchain based Cryptocurrencies.

If a country issues a CBDC, its government will consider it to be legal tender, just like fiat currencies; both CBDC and physical cash would be legally acknowledged as a form of payment and act as a claim on the central bank or government.

Central Bank Digital Currency In India

The Reserve Bank of India may launch its first digital currency trial programs by December2021 named DIGITAL RUPEE .The RBI is studying various aspects of a digital currency including its security, impact on India’s financial sector as well as how it would affect monetary policy and currency in circulation, according to the governor. Central banks stepped up their efforts looking into digital currencies over the past year following a decline in cash usage and growing interest in cryptocurrencies like bitcoin.

Advantages

  • Efficient and Potential payment System
  • A large portion of population is unbanked so CBDC can prove helpful.
  • Helpful for Financial Inclusion as bank account is not necessary.
  • CBDC and cash would be considered as legal tender during currency unavailability.
  • A central bank digital currency increases the safety and efficiency of both wholesale and retail payment systems.

Disadvantages

  • Central Bank may be required to provide additional liquidity to the Banks as there would be demand and this might lead to credit risk
  • Citizens can withdraw huge money from banks and invest in CBDCs , resulting in bank run.
  • Cyber-security issues can be faced.
Decentralised Currency

Another types of digital money are decentralized. They eliminate the function of central authorities to oversee production and intermediaries needed to distribute the currency. Cryptography is used. Blind signatures hide the identity of transacting parties, and zero-knowledge proofs encrypt transaction details. Examples of this type of digital money are cryptocurrencies like Bitcoin and Ethereum.

What Is Cryptocurrency?

Cryptocurrencies are decentralized digital assets maintained on a public, permission less blockchain network that anyone may access. Cryptocurrencies can be used for both financial transactions and speculation. There is no central authority that can regulate their use. Cryptocurrencies are systems that allow for secure payments online which are denominated in terms of virtual “tokens,” which are represented by ledger entries internal to the system. “Crypto” refers to the various encryption algorithms and cryptographic techniques that safeguard these entries, such as elliptical curve encryption, public-private key pairs, and hashing functions. Any investor can purchase cryptocurrency through crypto exchanges like Coinbase, Cash app, and more.

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (53)

Advantages

  • Efficient and Potential payment System
  • A large portion of population is unbanked so CBDC can prove helpful.
  • Helpful for Financial Inclusion as bank account is not necessary.
  • CBDC and cash would be considered as legal tender during currency unavailability.

Disadvantages

  • Central Bank may be required to provide additional liquidity to the Banks as there would be demand and this might lead to credit risk
  • Citizens can withdraw huge money from banks and invest in CBDCs , resulting in bank run.
  • Cyber-security issues can be faced.

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (54)

Will Digital Rupee And Cryptocurrency Co-Exist?
  • As there are two sides of the same coin Currency in the new Digital version has advantages and disadvantages. Digital Rupee overcomes the problems of cash and makes payment faster and cheaper at the same time it has attendant problems of technology as it can be hacked and erode privacy.
  • Government-backed coins and private cryptocurrencies will coexist for a while, despite rising regulatory walls set by the government to counter virtual coins. Noting that cryptocurrencies and digital currencies by governments are “two different animals,” they will coexist for now partly because current cryptocurrencies are not actually solving payment problems.This form of digital money could well coexist with a central bank digital currency. It will require a licensing arrangement and a set of regulations to fulfil public policy objectives, including operational resilience, consumer protection, market conduct and contestability, data privacy, and even prudential stability.
  • In India, The Supreme Court, in March 2020, had struck down the Reserve Bank of India’s restrictions on banks to stop providing services to crypto trading platforms. This led to uncertainty about the status of virtual currencies in India. The new legislation will clear the government’s stand on cryptocurrencies.
  • In May 2021, the RBI permitted banks to facilitate cryptos. “There are no differences between the central bank and the finance ministry,” RBI Governor Shaktikanta Das had said.
  • Some experts say India cannot be as a laggard when the world is rapidly moving ahead with blockchain technology. This has led to reports that crypto as an asset class might be allowed in India but the government will not accept it as legal tender as yet.
  • Nobody is yet certain about the government’s stance in the bill, but adds: “Legislation without a blanket ban would undoubtedly boost the crypto ecosystem in India.”
]]>
Drawing Accounthttps://www.5paisa.com/finschool/finance-dictionary/drawing-account/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Mon, 01 Apr 2024 11:54:52 +0000https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?post_type=finance-dictionary&p=52622<![CDATA[ […] ensure the security of the Drawing Account. Educating Stakeholders Educating business owners, partners, and employees about Drawing Account management is crucial for fostering accountability and compliance. Training programs or informational sessions can help stakeholders understand their roles and responsibilities regarding personal withdrawals and adherence to established policies. Leveraging Technology Utilizing accounting software or financial […] ]]><![CDATA[

The Drawing Account is a pivotal component within the financial framework of a business, offering a means to meticulously track and manage withdrawals made by its owners or partners for personal use. Functioning as a specialized ledger, it serves the fundamental purpose of segregating personal finances from business transactions, ensuring clarity and transparency in financial records. The Drawing Account serves as a repository for documenting any cash withdrawals, checks written for personal expenses, or transfers of business assets for personal use. By meticulously recording these transactions, businesses can effectively delineate between the capital invested in the business and the personal finances of its stakeholders. Furthermore, the Drawing Account is crucial in budgeting, tax compliance, and financial planning, empowering business owners to make informed decisions and maintain a robust financial standing. Thus, understanding the mechanics and significance of the Drawing Account is paramount for fostering economic stability and accountability within the business realm.

What is a Drawing Account?

A Drawing Account serves as a specialized financial record businesses use to monitor and track withdrawals made by owners or partners for personal purposes. It acts as a distinct ledger within the business’s accounting system, dedicated explicitly to documenting any cash withdrawals, checks issued for personal expenses, or transfers of business assets for personal use. By segregating these transactions from the general business operations, the Drawing Account ensures clarity and transparency in financial reporting, enabling stakeholders to differentiate between business expenses and personal withdrawals. This separation is crucial for maintaining accurate financial records, facilitating budgeting and financial planning, and ensuring compliance with tax regulations. In essence, the Drawing Account serves as a mechanism to manage personal finances within the broader context of business operations, providing a clear framework for tracking and accounting for personal withdrawals while maintaining the integrity of the business’s financial statements.

Importance of Drawing Accounts in Business

The Drawing Account is essential in business finance as it maintains transparency, accountability, and financial stability. By segregating personal withdrawals from business transactions, the Drawing Account ensures that owners or partners can accurately track and monitor their finances without conflating them with the company’s financial activities. This distinction is crucial for budgeting, financial planning, and tax compliance, as it enables stakeholders to delineate between business expenses and personal withdrawals. Additionally, the Drawing Account facilitates effective cash flow management by providing insights into the amount of capital withdrawn for personal use, allowing businesses to make informed decisions regarding their financial resources. Furthermore, by maintaining accurate records of personal withdrawals, the Drawing Account fosters trust and confidence among stakeholders, including investors, creditors, and regulatory authorities, thereby enhancing the overall credibility and integrity of the business. The Drawing Account is a cornerstone of sound financial management, empowering businesses to maintain financial clarity, adhere to regulatory requirements, and sustain long-term success.

Understanding the Mechanics of a Drawing Account

Definition and Purpose

The Drawing Account is a specialized financial instrument designed to track withdrawals made by business owners or partners for personal use. Its primary purpose is to segregate personal finances from business transactions, ensuring clarity and transparency in financial records.

How Drawing Accounts Work

When a business owner or partner withdraws funds for personal use, the corresponding amount is debited from the business’s cash or bank account and credited to the Drawing Account. This transaction reduces the owner’s equity or capital in the industry, reflecting the withdrawal of personal funds.

  • Types of Transactions Recorded

Transactions recorded in a Drawing Account typically include cash withdrawals, checks written for personal expenses, or transfers of business assets for personal use. By meticulously documenting these transactions, businesses can accurately track and monitor the movement of individual funds within the broader context of business operations.

  • Importance of Accurate Recording

Accurate recording of transactions in the Drawing Account is paramount for maintaining financial transparency and ensuring compliance with accounting principles and tax regulations. It allows stakeholders to differentiate between business expenses and personal withdrawals, facilitating budgeting, financial planning, and tax reporting.

  • Reconciliation and Monitoring

Regular reconciliation and monitoring of the Drawing Account are essential to promptly identifying discrepancies, errors, or fraudulent activities. By comparing the recorded transactions with bank statements and other financial records, businesses can ensure the integrity and accuracy of their financial reporting.

  • Impact on Financial Statements

The Drawing Account directly influences the business’s balance sheet and income statement. Withdrawals recorded in the Drawing Account reduce the owner’s equity, affecting the business’s financial position and profitability. Proper management of the Drawing Account is crucial for maintaining accurate financial statements and assessing the business’s overall economic health.

  • Regulatory Compliance and Tax Implications

Business owners must adhere to regulations and tax laws governing Drawing Account transactions. Failure to do so can result in penalties, fines, or legal consequences. Consulting with a financial advisor or tax professional can help ensure compliance and mitigate risks associated with Drawing Account management.

Differences Between Drawing Account and Capital Account

The differences between a Drawing Account and a Capital Account lie in their respective functions and purposes within a business’s financial structure. A Drawing Account primarily records withdrawals made by owners or partners for personal use, essentially serving as a ledger for tracking personal expenses separate from the business’s operations. On the other hand, a Capital Account represents the owner’s or partner’s equity investment in the business, encompassing initial contributions, additional assets, and retained earnings. While both accounts affect the owner’s equity in the business, they serve distinct purposes: the Drawing Account tracks withdrawals for personal use, reducing the owner’s equity, whereas the Capital Account reflects the owner’s total investment and stake in the business. Therefore, while the Drawing Account focuses on personal finances and withdrawals, the Capital Account is integral for assessing the business’s overall financial position and ownership structure. Understanding these differences is crucial for accurate financial reporting, budgeting, and decision-making within the business.

How to Maintain a Drawing Account

Maintaining a Drawing Account requires establishing clear policies and procedures governing personal withdrawals. These guidelines outline the permissible uses of funds, withdrawal limits, and the process for recording transactions. By setting clear expectations, businesses can ensure consistency and compliance with financial management practices.

  • Recording Transactions

Accurate recording of transactions is essential for maintaining the integrity of the Drawing Account. Each withdrawal for personal use should be meticulously documented, including the date, amount, purpose, and withdrawal method. This information enables businesses to track personal expenses and reconcile accounts effectively.

  • Monitoring and Reconciliation

Regular monitoring and reconciliation of the Drawing Account are critical for promptly identifying discrepancies and errors. Businesses should compare the recorded transactions with bank statements and other financial records to ensure accuracy. Reconciling the Drawing Account monthly or quarterly helps maintain financial transparency and integrity.

  • Establishing Controls

Internal controls are essential for safeguarding against fraud or misuse of funds in the Drawing Account. Businesses can establish procedures such as requiring dual authorization for large withdrawals, conducting periodic audits, and restricting access to authorized personnel only. These controls help mitigate risks and ensure the security of the Drawing Account.

  • Educating Stakeholders

Educating business owners, partners, and employees about Drawing Account management is crucial for fostering accountability and compliance. Training programs or informational sessions can help stakeholders understand their roles and responsibilities regarding personal withdrawals and adherence to established policies.

  • Leveraging Technology

Utilizing accounting software or financial management tools can streamline the process of maintaining a Drawing Account. These technologies automate transaction recording, facilitate reconciliation, and provide real-time insights into account activity. By leveraging technology, businesses can improve efficiency and accuracy in managing their Drawing Accounts.

Examples of Drawing Account Transactions

Examples of Drawing Account transactions encompass a range of financial activities where business owners or partners withdraw funds for personal use. These transactions are recorded in the Drawing Account to accurately track the movement of personal finances separate from business operations. Some common examples include:

  1. Cash Withdrawals:Business owners or partners withdraw cash from the business’s bank account for personal expenses such as groceries, utility bills, or entertainment.
  2. Checks Written for Personal Expenses:Owners or partners write checks from the business’s checking account to cover personal bills, including rent or mortgage payments, insurance premiums, or tuition fees.
  3. Transfers of Business Assets for Personal Use:Business assets such as vehicles, equipment, or inventory may be transferred to owners or partners for personal use. The asset’s fair market value is recorded as a withdrawal from the business in the Drawing Account.
  4. Reimbursem*nts for Personal Expenses:In some cases, owners or partners may use personal funds to cover business expenses and subsequently seek reimbursem*nt. These reimbursem*nts are recorded as withdrawals from the business in the Drawing Account.
  5. Cash Payments to Owners or Partners:Business profits may be distributed to owners or partners through cash payments. These distributions are recorded as withdrawals from the business in the Drawing Account, reducing the owner’s equity.

Advantages of Maintaining a Drawing Account

Maintaining a Drawing Account offers several advantages for businesses and their stakeholders:

  1. Financial Transparency:Separating personal withdrawals from business transactions enhances transparency in financial reporting. Owners and partners can easily track personal expenses, ensuring clarity of company financial records.
  2. Budgeting and Planning:By tracking personal withdrawals separately, businesses can effectively budget and plan for personal and business finances. This separation allows for better management of cash flow and allocation of resources.
  3. Tax Compliance:Maintaining accurate records of personal withdrawals facilitates tax compliance. Owners and partners can accurately report their taxable income, deductions, and credits, minimizing the risk of tax errors or audits.
  4. Ownership Clarity:The Drawing Account helps clarify ownership interests in the business. By tracking personal withdrawals, owners and partners can determine their respective equity stakes and contributions to the company.
  5. Accountability:A dedicated account for personal withdrawals promotes accountability among owners and partners. They are accountable for their expenses and can easily reconcile their withdrawals with their financial statements.
  6. Financial Planning:Owners and partners can use the Drawing Account to assess their financial health and plan for future expenses or investments. This visibility into personal finances enables better financial planning and decision-making.

Disadvantages of Drawing Account

While there are several advantages to maintaining a Drawing Account, there are also some disadvantages that businesses should consider:

  1. Risk of Overdrawing:Without proper monitoring, owners or partners may inadvertently overdraw from the business, leading to cash flow problems and financial instability. Overdrawing from the Drawing Account can strain the company’s finances and hinder its ability to meet operational expenses.
  2. Complexity in Accounting:Managing Drawing Account transactions can add complexity to accounting processes, especially in partnerships with multiple owners. Keeping track of personal withdrawals alongside business transactions may require additional time and resources, increasing the risk of errors or discrepancies in financial records.
  3. Tax Implications:Mishandling Drawing Account transactions can result in tax implications for owners or partners. Failure to accurately report personal withdrawals or distinguish them from business expenses can lead to tax errors, penalties, or audits by tax authorities.
  4. Potential for Disputes:In partnerships, disagreements may arise regarding the allocation of personal withdrawals among owners or partners. Differences in spending habits or financial needs may lead to disputes over the distribution of profits and the management of the Drawing Account.
  5. Confusion in Financial Analysis:Mixing personal withdrawals with business transactions can obscure the actual financial performance of the business. Economic analysis and decision-making may be compromised if personal expenses are not accurately accounted for or distinguished from business expenses.

Strategies for Managing Drawing Accounts Effectively

To manage Drawing Accounts effectively, businesses can implement the following strategies:

  1. Set Clear Guidelines:Establish clear policies and procedures regarding personal withdrawals. Define permissible uses of funds, withdrawal limits, and the process for recording transactions. Clear guidelines help ensure consistency and compliance among owners or partners.
  2. Regular Reconciliation:Conduct regular reconciliations of the Drawing Account to identify discrepancies and errors promptly. Compare recorded transactions with bank statements and other financial records to ensure accuracy and integrity.
  3. Educate Owners:Educate owners or partners about the importance of proper Drawing Account management. Provide training on recording transactions accurately, adhering to established policies, and reconciling accounts effectively.
  4. Establish Internal Controls:Implement internal controls to safeguard against fraud or misuse of funds. Require dual authorization for large withdrawals, conduct periodic audits, and restrict access to the Drawing Account to authorized personnel only.
  5. Utilize Technology:Leverage accounting software or financial management tools to streamline Drawing Account management. These tools automate transaction recording, facilitate reconciliation, and provide real-time insights into account activity, improving efficiency and accuracy.
  6. Monitor Activity:Regularly monitor activity in the Drawing Account to detect any unusual or unauthorized transactions. Monitor spending patterns and review transaction logs to ensure compliance with established policies and procedures.
  7. Review and Adjust Policies:Periodically review and adjust Drawing Account policies and procedures to reflect changes in business operations or regulations. Solicit feedback from owners or partners to identify areas for improvement and make necessary adjustments accordingly.

Common Mistakes to Avoid with Drawing Accounts

Avoiding common mistakes is crucial for effectively managing Drawing Accounts. Here are some key pitfalls to steer clear of:

  1. Mixing Personal and Business Expenses:One of the most significant errors is distinguishing between personal withdrawals and business expenses. Mixing these transactions can lead to inaccurate financial reporting and compliance issues.
  2. Failure to Reconcile:Neglecting regular reconciliation of the Drawing Account can result in unnoticed errors or discrepancies. Disc discrepancies may go unresolved without proper oversight, potentially leading to financial inaccuracies.
  3. Ignoring Tax Implications:Mishandling Drawing Account transactions can have tax implications. Failing to report personal withdrawals accurately or distinguish them from business expenses can result in tax errors, penalties, or audits.
  4. Lack of Documentation:Inadequate documentation of Drawing Account transactions can lead to confusion and disputes. Please record transactions promptly and accurately to make tracking personal withdrawals and reconciling accounts easier.
  5. Overdrawing:Careless withdrawals exceeding available funds in the Drawing Account can strain the business’s finances and disrupt cash flow. Overdrawing can lead to financial instability and difficulty meeting operational expenses.

Conclusion

In conclusion, effectively managing a Drawing Account is essential for maintaining financial transparency, accountability, and stability within a business. By implementing clear policies and procedures, accurately recording transactions, and regularly reconciling accounts, companies can ensure the integrity of their financial records and comply with regulatory requirements. Additionally, educating stakeholders about the importance of proper Drawing Account management and leveraging technology to streamline processes can enhance efficiency and accuracy. However, businesses must remain vigilant to avoid common pitfalls such as mixing personal and business expenses, neglecting reconciliation, ignoring tax implications, needing more documentation, and overdrawing. By avoiding these mistakes and following best practices, companies can maximize the benefits of the Drawing Account, including financial transparency, budgeting and planning, tax compliance, ownership clarity, accountability, and financial planning. Effective management of the Drawing Account contributes to the overall success and sustainability of the business.

]]>
Falling Windowhttps://www.5paisa.com/finschool/falling-window/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Wed, 24 Jan 2024 07:24:22 +0000<![CDATA[What's New]]><![CDATA[Trading Different Chart Patterns]]>https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?p=51150<![CDATA[ […] to curb excessive market volatility. On the other hand, fiscal policies involve government actions to influence the economy, such as interest rate adjustments, stimulus packages, and bailout programs for struggling industries. By injecting liquidity into the financial system or implementing measures to support economic recovery, governments aim to mitigate the severity of Falling Windows […] ]]><![CDATA[

The world of finance is a complex and ever-evolving landscape where investors navigate myriad uncertainties and opportunities. In this dynamic environment, the term “Falling Window” emerges as a significant phenomenon with profound implications for stock prices and investment portfolios. A Falling Window is not just a market event; it’s a financial occurrence that demands a comprehensive understanding of its origins, impacts, and strategic responses. This article aims to unravel the layers surrounding Falling Windows, providing investors with valuable insights into the causes behind this phenomenon, its immediate and long-term effects on stock prices, and practical strategies to navigate and mitigate risks. As we delve into the intricacies of Falling Windows, we’ll explore real-world case studies, industry-specific vulnerabilities, and the role of government interventions.

Additionally, we’ll tap into the expertise of financial analysts and investment gurus to glean insights that can empower investors to make informed decisions amidst the challenges posed by Falling Windows. Buckle up as we embark on a journey to demystify Falling Windows and equip investors with the knowledge needed to thrive in the ever-changing world of finance.

Causes of Falling Windows

  • Falling Windows in the realm of finance are often precipitated by a confluence of factors that collectively substantially impact stock prices. Economic downturns are a primary catalyst, with recessionary pressures influencing investor sentiment and market dynamics. Market volatility, characterized by abrupt and unpredictable price movements, contributes significantly to the occurrence of Falling Windows, as it introduces a heightened level of uncertainty.
  • Company-specific factors, such as poor financial performance, leadership issues, or adverse events, can trigger a Falling Window for a particular stock. These causes are interlinked, creating a cascading effect reverberating across the financial landscape. Investors, therefore, need to discern and analyze these multifaceted elements to comprehend the root causes of Falling Windows, enabling them to formulate effective strategies to navigate and mitigate the associated risks.

Impact on Stock Prices

  • The impact of Falling Windows on stock prices is a critical aspect that significantly influences investment decisions and portfolio performance. A Falling Window often leads to an immediate decline in stock prices due to heightened selling pressure and reduced investor confidence. The abrupt and substantial price drop can trigger panic among investors, leading to a cascade of sell-offs and further exacerbating the downward trend.
  • Beyond the immediate effects, Falling Windows can have long-term consequences, reshaping a stock’s value trajectory and influencing its performance over an extended period. Investors who fail to anticipate or respond effectively to Falling Windows may experience significant portfolio losses. Recognizing the nuanced impact on stock prices during Falling Windows is paramount for investors seeking to make informed decisions, implement risk mitigation strategies, and position themselves advantageously in the ever-changing landscape of financial markets.

Strategies for Investors

  • Investors facing the challenges of Falling Windows can employ various strategies to navigate and mitigate risks effectively. One critical approach is risk mitigation through diversified portfolios. By spreading investments across different asset classes and industries, investors can reduce the impact of a Falling Window on their overall portfolio. Portfolio diversification is a safeguard, ensuring that the adverse effects on one sector or asset do not disproportionately affect the entire investment portfolio.
  • Another strategy involves implementing risk management techniques, such as setting stop-loss orders. These orders automatically sell a security when its price falls to a predetermined level, helping investors limit potential losses. Analyzing fundamental indicators, including a company’s financial health and market position, is crucial for making informed investment decisions during Falling Windows.
  • By understanding the underlying factors driving a Falling Window, investors can position themselves strategically, whether adjusting their portfolio allocations or identifying undervalued opportunities amid market turbulence. These proactive strategies empower investors to navigate the uncertainties associated with Falling Windows and make well-informed decisions aligned with their financial goals.

Recognizing Falling Windows

  • Recognizing Falling Windows is a skill that sets astute investors apart in the dynamic world of finance. Technical analysis plays a pivotal role in this process, involving the study of price charts, patterns, and various indicators. Patterns like “gaps” in stock prices, especially downward gaps, can be early signals of a potential Falling Window. Additionally, trendlines and moving averages can provide valuable insights into the prevailing market sentiment.
  • Indicators such as the Relative Strength Index (RSI) and Moving Average Convergence Divergence (MACD) offer quantitative measures of market momentum and potential trend reversals. Investors adept at recognizing these visual and quantitative cues can position themselves strategically, adjusting their portfolios, hedging against potential losses, or seizing opportunities during market downturns.
  • By staying vigilant and incorporating technical analysis into their decision-making processes, investors enhance their ability to navigate the complexities of Falling Windows and respond promptly to changing market conditions.

Mitigating Risks in a Falling Window

  • Mitigating risks in a Falling Window is crucial for investors seeking to safeguard their portfolios during market turbulence. One effective strategy involves the implementation of stop-loss orders. By setting predetermined price levels at which assets are automatically sold, investors can limit potential losses and protect their investments from further declines. Monitoring economic indicators is another crucial aspect of risk mitigation during Falling Windows.
  • Staying informed about macroeconomic factors, such as interest rates, inflation, and geopolitical events, allows investors to anticipate potential market shifts and adjust their portfolios accordingly. Seeking professional advice from financial experts and advisors can provide valuable insights tailored to individual investment goals and risk tolerances. Maintaining a diversified portfolio is essential, as it helps spread risk across different assets and sectors.
  • Additionally, remaining disciplined and avoiding impulsive decisions driven by market sentiment can contribute to a more resilient investment strategy during challenging market conditions. A combination of proactive measures, informed decision-making, and a disciplined approach is essential for effectively mitigating risks in a Falling Window scenario.

Investor Psychology during Falling Windows

  • Understanding investor psychology during Falling Windows is crucial for navigating the emotional complexities in turbulent financial markets. The emotional impact on investors can be significant, often triggering fear, panic, and impulsive decision-making. As stock prices experience sharp declines, the natural human instinct may lead investors to sell assets hastily to avoid further losses. Behavioral finance perspectives shed light on how cognitive biases, such as loss aversion and herd mentality, can amplify market volatility during Falling Windows.
  • Recognizing and managing these emotional responses is essential for investors to make rational decisions. Maintaining a level-headed approach, focusing on long-term goals, and avoiding knee-jerk reactions are vital strategies. Additionally, staying informed about market fundamentals and the underlying reasons for a Falling Window can help investors differentiate between short-term market fluctuations and more profound, systemic issues.
  • By acknowledging and addressing the psychological aspects of investing during Falling Windows, investors can develop a resilient mindset, making more informed and strategic decisions that align with their overall financial objectives.

Industries Prone to Falling Windows

  • Specific industries are more prone to the impacts of Falling Windows, making it imperative for investors to assess sector-specific risks. Sensitive sectors, such as technology and finance, are often particularly vulnerable due to their exposure to rapid market changes, technological disruptions, and economic downturns. In the technology sector, companies reliant on innovation and rapid growth may experience heightened volatility during Falling Windows, especially if market sentiment sours.
  • Financial industries, including banking and investment services, can be affected by economic downturns, interest rate fluctuations, and regulatory changes, contributing to Falling Windows. Global events, such as geopolitical tensions or public health crises, can also disproportionately impact specific industries, leading to market disruptions and Falling Windows.
  • Investors must remain vigilant and consider sector-specific factors when constructing and adjusting their portfolios, recognizing that different sectors may exhibit varied levels of susceptibility to Falling Windows based on their unique dynamics and external influences.

Government Interventions

  • Government interventions play a significant role in mitigating the impacts of Falling Windows and stabilizing financial markets. Governments often deploy regulatory measures and fiscal policies during economic turmoil to restore investor confidence and prevent systemic risks. Regulatory measures may include temporary trading halts, circuit breakers, and increased oversight to curb excessive market volatility.
  • On the other hand, fiscal policies involve government actions to influence the economy, such as interest rate adjustments, stimulus packages, and bailout programs for struggling industries. By injecting liquidity into the financial system or implementing measures to support economic recovery, governments aim to mitigate the severity of Falling Windows and restore stability.
  • However, the effectiveness of government interventions can vary, and investors need to closely monitor policy developments to anticipate potential impacts on financial markets. Understanding the role of government interventions provides investors with valuable insights for making informed decisions during market uncertainty and Falling Windows.

Preparation for Potential Falling Windows

  • Preparation for potential Falling Windows is a proactive and essential step for investors to fortify their portfolios against unexpected market downturns. Stress testing portfolios is a fundamental aspect of this preparation, involving assessing how different assets within a portfolio may perform under adverse conditions. By simulating hypothetical scenarios and evaluating the resilience of their investments, investors can identify vulnerabilities and make informed adjustments to enhance overall portfolio robustness.
  • Contingency planning is equally crucial, as it involves establishing predetermined strategies for responding to Falling Windows, setting clear objectives, and outlining specific actions to be taken in various market scenarios. This preparedness allows investors to act swiftly and decisively, reducing the likelihood of emotional decision-making during financial stress.
  • Additionally, staying informed about economic indicators, global events, and market trends facilitates a proactive approach, enabling investors to make timely adjustments to their portfolios based on emerging market conditions. In essence, thorough preparation equips investors with the tools and mindset to navigate Falling Windows with resilience and strategic agility.

Conclusion

  • In conclusion, understanding and navigating Falling Windows in the dynamic landscape of finance is paramount for investors seeking long-term success. These unpredictable market events can profoundly affect stock prices, portfolios, and investor sentiment. From recognizing the root causes and impacts of Falling Windows to implementing strategic measures for risk mitigation, investors are empowered to make informed decisions and navigate the challenges posed by market volatility.
  • Diversifying portfolios, setting stop-loss orders, and staying attuned to economic indicators are crucial elements of a resilient strategy. Moreover, acknowledging and managing investor psychology during Falling Windows is essential to avoid impulsive decisions driven by fear or panic. As industries vary in susceptibility, recognizing sector-specific risks is vital when constructing portfolios. Government interventions and fiscal policies also play a role in stabilizing markets during turbulent times.
  • By preparing for potential Falling Windows through stress testing, contingency planning, and staying informed, investors can position themselves strategically, turning market uncertainties into opportunities. In a world where financial landscapes are ever-evolving, the ability to navigate Falling Windows emerges as a critical skill for investors to weather storms and emerge more vital in the aftermath.
]]>
Interim Budget 2024-2025https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/interim-budget-2024-2025/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Sat, 03 Feb 2024 17:06:22 +0000<![CDATA[What's Brewing]]>https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?p=51375<![CDATA[ […] a ‘broader roadmap’ will be discussed in July after a new government is sworn in. And so the Finance Minister did not introduce any significant new spending programs or expansion of schemes that could be categorized as populist measures. The Vote on Account, outlined in Article 116 of the Indian Constitution, allows the government […] ]]><![CDATA[

The much awaited Interim Budget 2024-2025 was presented by Finance Minister Mrs. Nirmala Sitharaman on 1st February 2024. This was the sixth Budget presented by Mrs. Sitharaman which included announcements ranging from railways, tourism, healthcare, technology, aviation, green energy, aquaculture, housing and more. The tax slab was untouched meanwhile the startups and investments made by sovereign wealth or pension funds were given an extended tax exemption till 31st March 2025. Let us understand What Interim Budget 2024-2025 is all about.

What is Interim Budget??

  • An Interim Budget is presented by the government in the Parliament if it does not have time to present a full budget, or if the general elections are around the corner. If the case of elections are nearing, it is only correct that the incoming government frame the full budget.
  • In case, the government is not able to present a full budget before the end of the financial year, it will require parliamentary approval for incurring expenditure in the new financial year until a new budget is passed.
  • Until the Parliament discusses the budget and passes through the interim budget, the government passes a vote on account which will allow the government to meet its expenses of administration.

How is an Interim Budget different from the Regular Budget??

  • Interim Budget is a budget presented by the Central Government just before the General elections. In the Interim Budget Vote on the account is passed without discussion in Lok Sabha.
  • Interim Budget is during the election year, for a duration of approximately 2 to 4 months of the fiscal year.
  • The Interim Budget has only a summary of the expenses and income of the previous year. It will not have the component of income through the collection of taxes. In the Interim Budget, the income and expenses of the previous year will be mentioned.
  • It also mentions the expenses for a few months till the charge is taken over by the next Government. However, most importantly the sources of income will not be detailed in the Interim Budget. Whereas Union Budget is an annual budget presented by the Central Government in the Parliament.
  • The Union Budget has 2 different parts, one part is related to the expenses and income of the previous year and the other part is the plan of the Government to raise funds through taking various measures and how it would be utilized for the development of the nation. Union Budget is passed after complete discussions inLok Sabha.
  • The Union Budget will have a component on spending funds for various social welfare measures for the development of a country and describe the ways of raising funds through taxes.

What items are included in the interim Budget?

  • The interim Budget includes estimates for government expenditure, revenue, fiscal deficit, and financial performance for a few months, but cannot include major policy announcements.
  • An interim budget usually covers the immediate financial needs and allocations for the next few months until the new government can present a complete budget for the entire fiscal year. Generally, interim budgets focus on maintaining continuity and do not introduce major policy changes.
  • However, they may include some policy adjustments and new initiatives if there is an urgent need or if they are in line with the ongoing government’s priorities.

Why Finance Minister of India presented Interim Budget 2024-2025??

  • India’s Union Finance Minister Mrs. Nirmala Sitharaman unveiled the much-anticipated interim budget as scheduled on February 1, with key announcements for selected sectors. The overall mood of this budget announcement was astatement of progress, comparing the Indian economy’s performance over the last 10 years – under two consecutive terms of the Narendra Modi government. The budget speech was among the shortest in recent years.
  • Modi government appears confident of its position ahead of the general elections, and a ‘broader roadmap’ will be discussed in July after a new government is sworn in. And so the Finance Minister did not introduce any significant new spending programs or expansion of schemes that could be categorized as populist measures.
  • The Vote on Account, outlined in Article 116 of the Indian Constitution, allows the government to access funds from the Consolidated Fund of India temporarily, usually for a few months, to cover essential expenses until a full budget is approved.
  • This provision is crucial during transitional periods, such as before general elections, when the existing government might be in a caretaker role, limiting its ability to implement new policies or budgetary measures. The Vote on Account ensures the continuity of government operations by sustaining routine expenditures until a new government takes office.

20 Key Points of Budget 2024-2025

  1. Sabka Saath , Sabka Vikas and Sabka Vishwas for Viksit Bharat 2047

  • Finance Minister Nirmala Sitharaman initiated the speech for Budget 2024-2025 by describing how India has witnessed profound positive transformation in the past 10 years of Modi Government. Also people of India are now looking ahead with a positive hope and optimism for a better India.
  • With “Sabka Saath Sabka Vikas” mantra and dynamic leadership of Prime Minister Narendra Modi Government was able to overcome the challenges faced in right earnest. Structural Reforms were undertaken, Pro-People Programmes were formulated and implemented promptly. The country got a new sense of purpose and hope as more employment opportunities were created.
  • In the second term of Government the responsibilities were doubled and the mantra was changed to “Sabka Saath, Sabka Vikas and Sabka Vishwas”. The development philosophy of the Government included all elements of inclusivity namely, social inclusivity through coverage of all strata of the society and geographical inclusivity through development of all regions.
  • With the whole nation approach of “Sabka Prayas” the country overcame the challenge of pandemic, took long strides towards Aatmanirbhar Bharat, committed to Panch Pran and laid foundations for the Amrit Kaal. Finance Minister further stated that the Government expects to be blessed again by the people to serve again with a resounding mandate.
  • Development programmes, in the last ten years, have targeted each and every household and individual, through ‘housing for all’, ‘har ghar jal’, electricity for all, cooking gas for all, bank accounts and financial services for all.
  • The worries about food have been eliminated through free ration for 80 crore people. Minimum support prices for the produce of ‘Annadata’ are periodically increased appropriately. These and the provision of basic necessities have enhanced real income in the rural areas. Their economic needs could be addressed, thus spurring growth and generating jobs.
  • Government is working with an approach to development that is all-round, all-pervasive and all-inclusive (सर्वांगीण, सर्वस्पर्शी और सर्वसमवर्ेर्शी). It covers all castes and people at all levels.
  • Focus will be for four major castes. They are, ‘Garib’ (Poor), ‘Mahilayen’ (Women), ‘Yuva’ (Youth) and ‘Annadata’ (Farmer). Their needs, their aspirations, and their welfare are our highest priority. The country progresses, when they progress. All four require and receive government support in their quest to better their lives. Their empowerment and well-being will drive the country forward.
  1. Garib Kalyan, Desh ka Kalyan

  • ‘Direct Benefit Transfer’ of ` 34 lakh crore from the Government using PM-Jan Dhan accounts has led to savings of ` 2.7 lakh crore for the Government. This has been realized through avoidance of leakages prevalent earlier. The savings have helped in providing more funds for ‘Garib Kalyan’.
  • PM-SVANidhi has provided credit assistance to 78 lakh street vendors. From that total, 2.3 lakh have received credit for the third time.
  • PM-JANMAN Yojana reaches out to the particularly vulnerable tribal groups, who have remained outside the realm of development so far. PM-Vishwakarma Yojana provides end to end support to artisans and craftspeople engaged in 18 trades. The schemes for empowerment of Divyangs and Transgender persons reflect firm resolve of our Government to leave no one behind.
  • Farmers are our ‘Annadata’. Every year, under PM-KISAN SAMMAN Yojana, direct financial assistance is provided to 11.8 crore farmers, including marginal and small farmers. Crop insurance is given to 4 crore farmers under PM Fasal Bima Yojana. These, besides several other programmes, are assisting ‘Annadata’ in producing food for the country and the world.
  • Electronic National Agriculture Market has integrated 1361 mandis, and is providing services to 1.8 crore farmers with trading volume of ` 3 lakh crore.
  • The sector is poised for inclusive, balanced, higher growth and productivity. These are facilitated from farmer-centric policies, income support, coverage of risks through price and 6 insurance support, promotion of technologies and innovations through start-ups.
  1. Amrit Peedhi-The Yuva

  • The Skill India Mission has trained 1.4 crore youth, upskilled and reskilled 54 lakh youth, and established 3000 new ITIs. A large number of new institutions of higher learning, namely 7 IITs, 16 IIITs, 7 IIMs, 15 AIIMS and 390 universities have been set up.
  • PM Mudra Yojana has sanctioned 43 crore loans aggregating to Rs 22.5 lakh crore for entrepreneurial aspirations of our youth. Besides that, Fund of Funds, Start Up India, and Start Up Credit Guarantee schemes are assisting our youth. They are also becoming ‘rozgardata’.
  • The country is proud of our youth scaling new heights in sports. The highest ever medal tally in Asian Games and Asian Para Games in 2023 reflects a high confidence level. Chess prodigy and our Number-One ranked player Praggnanandhaa put up a stiff fight against the reigning World Champion Magnus Carlsson in 2023. Today, India has over 80 chess grandmasters compared to little over 20 in 2010.
  • The empowerment of women through entrepreneurship, ease of living, and dignity for them has gained momentum in these ten years.
  • Thirty crore Mudra Yojana loans have been given to women entrepreneurs. Female enrolment in higher education has gone up by twenty-eight per cent in ten years. In STEM courses, girls and women constitute forty-three per cent of enrolment – one of the highest in the world. All these measures are getting reflected in the increasing participation of women in workforce.
  • Making ‘Triple Talaq’ illegal, reservation of one-third seats for women in the Lok Sabha and State legislative assemblies, and giving over seventy per cent houses under PM Awas Yojana in rural areas to women as sole or joint owners have enhanced their dignity. Exemplary Track Record of Governance, Development and Performance (GDP).
  • India assumed G20 Presidency during very difficult times for the world. The global economy was going through high inflation, high interest rates, low growth, very high public debt, low trade growth, and climate challenges. The pandemic had led to a crisis of food, fertilizer, fuel and finances for the world, while India successfully navigated its way. The country showed the way forward and built consensus on solutions for those global problems.
  • The recently announced India-Middle East-Europe Economic Corridor is a strategic and economic game changer for India and others. In the words of Hon’ble Prime Minister, the corridor “will become the basis of world trade for hundreds of years to come, and history will remember that this corridor was initiated on Indian soil”. Vision for ‘Viksit Bharat’. With confidence arising from strong and exemplary track record of performance and progress earning ‘Sabka Vishwas’, the next five years will be years of unprecedented development, and golden moments to realize the dream of developed India @ 2047.
  • The trinity of demography, democracy and diversity backed by ‘Sabka Prayas’ has the potential to fulfill aspirations of every Indian. Guided by the principle ‘Reform, Perform, and Transform’, the Government will take up next generation reforms, and build consensus with the states and stakeholders for effective implementation. For meeting the investment needs Modi Government will prepare the financial sector in terms of size, capacity, skills and regulatory framework.
  • For Aspirational Districts Programme Modi Government stands ready to assist the states in faster development of aspirational districts and blocks, including generation of ample economic opportunities. Despite the challenges due to COVID, implementation of PM Awas Yojana (Grameen) continued and we are close to achieving the target of three crore houses.
  • Two crore more houses will be taken up in the next five years to meet the requirement arising from increase in the number of families. Rooftop solarization and muft bijli. Through rooftop solarization, one crore households will be enabled to obtain up to 300 units free electricity every month.
  1. Benefits expected

  • Savings up to fifteen to eighteen thousand rupees annually for households from free solar electricity and selling the surplus to the distribution companies;
  • Charging of electric vehicles; Entrepreneurship opportunities for a large number of vendors for supply and installation;
  • Employment opportunities for the youth with technical skills in manufacturing, installation and maintenance; Housing for middle class, Government will launch a scheme to help deserving sections of the middle class “living in rented houses, or slums, or chawls and unauthorized colonies” to buy or build their own houses, Medical Colleges.
  • Several youth are ambitious to get qualified as doctors. They aim to serve people through improved healthcare services. Modi Government plans to set up more medical colleges by utilizing the existing hospital infrastructure under various departments. A committee for this purpose will be set.
  1. Maternal and Child Health Care

  • Various schemes for maternal and child care will be brought under one comprehensive programme for synergy in implementation. Upgradation of Anganwadi centres under “Saksham Anganwadi and Poshan 2.0” will be expedited for improved nutrition delivery, early childhood care and development.
  • The newly designed U-WIN platform for managing immunization and intensified efforts of Mission Indradhanush will be rolled out expeditiously throughout the country.
  1. Ayushman Bharat

  • Healthcare cover under Ayushman Bharat scheme will be extended to all ASHA workers, Anganwadi Workers and Helpers. Agriculture and food processing.
  • The efforts for value addition in agricultural sector and boosting farmers’ income will be stepped up. Pradhan Mantri Kisan Sampada Yojana has benefitted 38 lakh farmers and generated 10 lakh employment. Pradhan Mantri Formalization of Micro Food Processing Enterprises Yojana has assisted 2.4 lakh SHGs and sixty thousand individuals with credit linkages.
  • Other schemes are complementing the efforts for reducing postharvest losses, and improving productivity and incomes. For ensuring faster growth of the sector, our Government will further promote private and public investment in post-harvest activities including aggregation, modern storage, efficient supply chains, primary and secondary processing and marketing and branding.
  1. Nano DAP

  • After the successful adoption of Nano Urea, application of Nano DAP on various crops will be expanded in all agro-climatic zones under Atmanirbhar Oil Seeds Abhiyan.
  • Building on the initiative announced in 2022, a strategy will be formulated to achieve ‘atmanirbharta’ for oil seeds such as mustard, groundnut, sesame, soybean, and sunflower.
  • This will cover research for high-yielding varieties, widespread adoption of modern farming techniques, market linkages, procurement, value addition, and crop insurance.
  1. Dairy Development

  • A comprehensive programme for supporting dairy farmers will be formulated. Efforts are already on to control foot and mouth disease. India is the world’s largest milk producer but with low productivity of milch-animals.
  • The programme will be built on the success of existing schemes such Rashtriya Gokul Mission, National Livestock Mission, and Infrastructure Development Funds for dairy processing and animal husbandry. Matsya Sampada.
  • It was our Government which set up a separate Department for Fisheries realizing the importance of assisting fishermen. This has resulted in doubling of both inland and aquaculture production. Seafood export since 2013-14 has also doubled. Implementation of Pradhan Mantri Matsya Sampada Yojana (PMMSY) will be stepped up to:

(1) enhance aquaculture productivity from existing 3 to 5 tons per hectare,

(2) double exports to ` 1 lakh crore and

(3) generate 55 lakh employment opportunities in near future. Five integrated aqua parks will be setup.

  1. Lakhpati Didi

  • Eighty-three lakh SHGs with nine crore women are transforming rural socio-economic landscape with empowerment and self-reliance. Their success has assisted nearly one crore women to become Lakhpati Didi already.
  • They are an inspiration to others. Their achievements will be recognized through honoring them. Buoyed by the success, it has been decided to enhance the target for Lakhpati Didi from 2 crore to 3 crore. Technological Changes.
  • New age technologies and data are changing the lives of people and businesses. They are also enabling new economic opportunities and facilitating provision of high-quality services at affordable prices for all, including those at ‘bottom of the pyramid’.
  • Opportunities for India at the global level are expanding. India is showing solutions through innovation and entrepreneurship of its people. Research and Innovation for catalyzing growth, employment and development.
  1. Jai Jawan Jai Kisan

  • Prime Minister Shastri gave the slogan of “Jai Jawan Jai Kisan”. Prime Minister Vajpayee made that “Jai Jawan Jai Kisan Jai Vigyan”. Prime Minister Modi has furthered that to “Jai Jawan Jai Kisan Jai Vigyan and Jai Anusandhan”, as innovation is the foundation of development.
  • For our tech savvy youth, this will be a golden era. A corpus of rupees one lakh crore will be established with fifty-year interest free loan. The corpus will provide long-term financing or refinancing with long tenors and low or nil interest rates. This will encourage the private sector to scale up research and innovation significantly in sunrise domains. We need to have programmes that combine the powers of our youth and technology.
  • A new scheme will be launched for strengthening deep-tech technologies for defence purposes and expediting ‘atmanirbharta’. Infrastructure Development.
  • Building on the massive tripling of the capital expenditure outlay in the past 4 years resulting in huge multiplier impact on economic growth and employment creation, the outlay for the next year is being increased by 11.1 per cent to eleven lakh, eleven thousand, one hundred and eleven crore rupees (` 11,11,111 crore). This would be 3.4 per cent of the GDP.
  1. Railways

Three major economic railway corridor programmes will be implemented. These are:

(1) energy, mineral and cement corridors,

(2) port connectivity corridors, and

(3) high traffic density corridors. The projects have been identified under the PM Gati Shakti for enabling multi-modal connectivity. They will improve logistics efficiency and reduce cost.

  • The resultant decongestion of the high-traffic corridors will also help in improving operations of passenger trains, resulting in safety and higher travel speed for passengers.
  • Together with dedicated freight corridors, these three economic corridor programmes will accelerate our GDP growth and reduce logistic costs. Forty thousand normal rail bogies will be converted to the Vande Bharat standards to enhance safety, convenience and comfort of passengers.
  1. Aviation Sector

  • The aviation sector has been galvanized in the past ten years. Number of airports have doubled to 149. Roll out of air connectivity to tier-two and tier-three cities under UDAN scheme has been widespread. Five hundred and seventeen new routes are carrying 1.3 crore passengers.
  • Indian carriers have pro-actively placed orders for over 1000 new aircrafts. Expansion of existing airports and development of new airports will continue expeditiously. Metro and NaMo Bharat.
  • Metro Rail and NaMo Bharat can be the catalyst for the required urban transformation. Expansion of these systems will be supported in large cities focusing on transit-oriented development.
  1. Green Energy

Towards meeting our commitment for ‘net-zero’ by 2070, the following measures will be taken.

  • Viability gap funding will be provided for harnessing offshore wind energy potential for initial capacity of one giga-watt. Coal gasification and liquefaction capacity of 100 MT will be set up by 2030.
  • This will also help in reducing imports of natural gas, methanol, and ammonia. Phased mandatory blending of compressed biogas (CBG) in compressed natural gas (CNG) for transport and piped natural gas (PNG) for domestic purposes will be mandated.
  • Financial assistance will be provided for procurement of biomass aggregation machinery to support collection.
  1. Electric Vehicle Ecosystem

  • Modi government will expand and strengthen the e-vehicle ecosystem by supporting manufacturing and charging infrastructure. Greater adoption of e-buses for public transport networks will be encouraged through payment security mechanism. Bio-manufacturing and Bio-foundry.
  • For promoting green growth, a new scheme of bio-manufacturing and bio-foundry will be launched. This will provide environment friendly alternatives such as biodegradable polymers, bio-plastics, bio-pharmaceuticals and bio-agri-inputs. This scheme will also help in transforming today’s consumptive manufacturing paradigm to the one based on regenerative principles.
  1. Blue Economy 2.0

  • For promoting climate resilient activities for blue economy 2.0, a scheme for restoration and adaptation measures, and coastal aquaculture and mariculture with integrated and multi-sectoral approach will be launched.
  • The success of organizing G20 meetings in sixty places presented diversity of India to global audience. Our economic strength has made the country an attractive destination for business and conference tourism. Our middle class also now aspires to travel and explore.
  • Tourism including spiritual tourism, has tremendous opportunities for local entrepreneurship. States will be encouraged to take up comprehensive development of iconic tourist centres, branding and marketing them at global scale.
  • A framework for rating of the centres based on quality of facilities and services will be established. Long-term interest free loans will be provided to States for financing such development on matching basis.
  • To address the emerging fervour for domestic tourism, projects for port connectivity, tourism infrastructure, and amenities will be taken up on our islands, including Lakshadweep. This will help in generating employment also. The FDI inflow during 2014-23 was USD 596 billion marking a golden era. That is twice the inflow during 2005-14. For encouraging sustained foreign investment, we are negotiating bilateral investment treaties with our foreign partners, in the spirit of ‘first develop India’.
  1. Reforms in the States for Viksit Bharat

  • Many growth and development enabling reforms are needed in the states for realizing the vision of ‘Viksit Bharat’. A provision of seventy-five thousand crore rupees as fifty-year interest free loan is proposed this year to support those milestone-linked reforms by the State Governments.
  • The Government will form a high-powered committee for an extensive consideration of the challenges arising from fast population growth and demographic changes. The committee will be mandated to make recommendations for addressing these challenges comprehensively in relation to the goal of ‘Viksit Bharat’.
  • Amrit Kaal as Kartavya Kaal. Modi government stands committed to strengthening and expanding the economy with high growth and to create conditions for people to realize their aspirations.
  • The Revised Estimate of the total receipts other than borrowings is Rs 27.5 6 lakh crore, of which the tax receipts are Rs 23.24 lakh crore. The Revised Estimate of the total expenditure is Rs 44.90 lakh crore.
  • The revenue receipts at Rs 30.03 lakh crore are expected to be higher than the Budget Estimate, reflecting strong growth momentum and formalization in the economy. 81.
  • The Revised Estimate of the fiscal deficit is 5.8 per cent of GDP, improving on the Budget Estimate, notwithstanding moderation in the nominal growth estimates.
  1. Budget Estimates for Fiscal Deficit

  • Coming to 2024-25, the total receipts other than borrowings and the total expenditure are estimated at Rs 30.80 and Rs 47.66 lakh crore respectively. The tax receipts are estimated at Rs 26.02 lakh crore.
  • The scheme of fifty-year interest free loan for capital expenditure to states will be continued this year with total outlay of `Rs 1.3 lakh crore. We continue on the path of fiscal consolidation, as announced in my Budget Speech for 2021-22, to reduce fiscal deficit below 4.5 per cent by 2025-26.
  • The fiscal deficit in 2024-25 is estimated to be 5.1 per cent of GDP, adhering to that path. The gross and net market borrowings through dated securities during 2024-25 are estimated at ` 14.13 and 11.75 lakh crore respectively. Both will be less than that in 2023-24.
  • Now that the private investments are happening at scale, the lower borrowings by the Central Government will facilitate larger availability of credit for the private sector.
  1. Direct Taxes

  • The Government has reduced and rationalized tax rates. Under the new tax scheme, there is now no tax liability for tax payers with income up to ₹ 7 lakh, up from ₹ 2.2 lakh in the financial year 2013-14. The threshold for presumptive taxation for retail businesses was increased from ₹ 2 crore to ₹ 3 crore.
  • Similarly, the threshold for professionals eligible for presumptive taxation was increased from ₹ 50 lakh to ₹ 75 Lakh. Also, corporate tax rate was decreased from 30 per cent to 22 per cent for existing domestic companies and to 15 per cent for certain new manufacturing companies.
    . In the last five years, our focus has been to improve tax-payer services.
  • The age-old jurisdiction-based assessment system was transformed with the introduction of Faceless Assessment and Appeal, thereby imparting greater efficiency, transparency and accountability.
  • Introduction of updated income tax returns, a new Form 26AS and prefilling of tax returns have made filing of tax returns simpler and easier. Average processing time of returns has been reduced from 93 days in the year 2013-14 t o a mere ten days this year, thereby making refunds faster.
  1. Indirect Taxes

  • By unifying the highly fragmented indirect tax regime in India, GST has reduced the compliance burden on trade and industry. The industry has acknowledged the benefits of GST. According to a recent survey conducted by a leading consulting firm, 94 per cent of industry leaders view the transition to GST as largely positive.
  • According to 80 per cent of the respondents, it has led to supply chain optimization, as elimination of tax arbitrage and octroi has resulted in disbanding of check posts at state and city boundaries. At the same time, tax base of GST more than doubled and the average monthly gross GST collection has almost doubled to ₹ 1.66 lakh crore, this year.
  • States too have benefited. States’ SGST revenue, including compensation released to states, in the post-GST period of 2017-18 to 2022-23, has achieved a buoyancy of 1.22. In contrast, the tax buoyancy of State revenues from subsumed taxes in the pre-GST four-year period of 2012-13 to 2015-16 was a mere 0.72. The biggest beneficiaries are the consumers, as reduction in logistics costs and taxes have brought down prices of most goods and services.
  • The Government has taken a number of steps in Customs to facilitate international trade. As a result, the import release time declined by 47 per cent to 71 hours at Inland Container Depots, by 28 per cent to 44 hours at air cargo complexes and by 27 per cent to 85 hours at sea ports, over the last four years since 2019, when the National Time Release Studies were first started.
  • Tax proposals in keeping with the convention, The Finance Minister did not propose any changes relating to taxation and propose to retain the same tax rates for direct taxes and indirect taxes including import duties.
  • However, certain tax benefits to start-ups and investments made by sovereign wealth or pension funds as also tax exemption on certain income of some IFSC units are expiring on 31.03.2024. To provide continuity in taxation, the Finance Minister proposed to extend the date to 31.03.2025.
  • Moreover, in line with Modi government’s vision to improve ease of living and ease of doing business, the Modi Government wishes to make an announcement to improve tax payer services. There are a large number of petty, non-verified, non-reconciled or disputed direct tax demands, many of them dating as far back as the year 1962, which continue to remain on the books, causing anxiety to honest tax payers and hindering refunds of subsequent years.
  • The Finance Minister also proposed to withdraw such outstanding direct tax demands up to twenty-five thousand rupees (₹ 25,000) pertaining to the period up to financial year 2009-10 and up to ten-thousand 28 rupees (₹ 10,000) for financial years 2010-11 to 2014-15. This is expected to benefit about a crore tax-payers.
  1. Economy Then and Now

  • In 2014 when Modi government assumed the reins, the responsibility to mend the economy step by step and to put the governance systems in order was enormous. The need of the hour was to give hope to the people, to attract investments, and to build support for the much-needed reforms. The Government did that successfully following our strong belief of ‘nation-first’.
  • The crisis of those years has been overcome, and the economy has been put firmly on a high sustainable growth path with all-round development. It is now appropriate to look at where we were then till 2014 and where we are now, only for the purpose of drawing lessons from the mismanagement of those years. The Government will lay a White Paper on table of the House.
]]>
Non Farm Payrollhttps://www.5paisa.com/finschool/finance-dictionary/non-farm-payroll/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Mon, 15 Apr 2024 16:05:43 +0000https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?post_type=finance-dictionary&p=53079<![CDATA[ […] all affect employment levels. For instance, changes in tax policies or regulatory reforms may incentivize or disincentive businesses from hiring or expanding their workforce. Similarly, government spending programs aimed at job creation or infrastructure development can directly impact employment levels in certain industries. Overall, government policies and regulations play a critical role in shaping […] ]]><![CDATA[

Non-farm payroll (NFP) is a significant economic indicator that measures the total number of paid workers in the United States, excluding farm employees, government employees, private household employees, and employees of nonprofit organizations. This article delves into the intricacies of NFP, its components, interpretation, significance in financial markets, and strategies for trading it effectively.

Introduction to Non-Farm Payroll (NFP)

  • Non-farm payroll (NFP) is a crucial economic indicator that holds significant importance in understanding the health and performance of the United States labor market. It encompasses the total number of paid workers across various industries, excluding specific sectors like agriculture, government, private households, and nonprofit organizations. NFP data is released every month by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, typically on the first Friday of each month. This data provides insights into the overall employment trends, reflecting whether jobs have been added or lost within the economy over a specific period.
  • Understanding NFP figures helps economists, policymakers, investors, and analysts gauge the strength of the labor market, assess the current state of the economy, and predict potential future trends. Positive NFP reports, indicating a significant increase in employment, often correlate with economic expansion, increased consumer spending, and potential inflationary pressures.
  • Conversely, negative NFP figures, suggesting a decline in employment, may signal economic contraction, reduced consumer confidence, and potential deflationary risks. As such, Non-Farm Payroll serves as a critical tool for decision-making in financial markets, influencing investor sentiment, monetary policy decisions, and overall economic outlooks.

Components of Non-Farm Payroll

  • The components of Non-Farm Payroll (NFP) encompass various metrics that collectively provide a comprehensive overview of the U.S. labor market. One key component is the employment data, which reflects the net change in the number of paid workers across all non-agricultural sectors. This data indicates whether jobs have been added or lost within the economy during a specific period, offering insights into employment trends and the overall health of the labor market.
  • Another essential component is average hourly earnings, which measure the average wage levels of non-farm workers. Changes in average hourly earnings can signal shifts in labor market dynamics, such as increases in wages due to strong demand for labor or conversely, stagnation or declines in wages due to economic downturns or labor market slack. Additionally, the unemployment rate is a critical component of NFP, representing the percentage of the labor force that is actively seeking employment but unable to find work.
  • A low unemployment rate typically indicates a tight labor market with ample job opportunities, while a high unemployment rate may suggest labor market challenges and potential economic weakness. Overall, these components of Non-Farm Payroll provide essential data points for economists, policymakers, investors, and analysts to assess the state of the labor market, make informed decisions, and anticipate potential economic trends.

Importance of Non-Farm Payroll in Financial Markets

  • The importance of Non-Farm Payroll (NFP) in financial markets cannot be overstated, as it serves as a crucial indicator of the health and performance of the U.S. economy. NFP data provides valuable insights into the state of the labor market by revealing changes in employment levels across non-agricultural sectors.
  • As one of the most closely watched economic indicators, NFP releases have a significant impact on financial markets, influencing investor sentiment, asset prices, and monetary policy decisions. Positive NFP reports, indicating robust job growth and declining unemployment rates, often lead to bullish market reactions. Investors interpret such data as a sign of economic expansion, increased consumer spending, and potential inflationary pressures, prompting them to invest in riskier assets like stocks and commodities.
  • Conversely, negative NFP figures, suggesting weak job growth or rising unemployment, can trigger bearish sentiment in financial markets, leading investors to sell off riskier assets and seek safe-haven investments like bonds or gold.
  • Moreover, NFP data plays a crucial role in shaping monetary policy decisions by central banks, such as the Federal Reserve. Policymakers closely monitor NFP releases to assess the health of the labor market and determine the appropriate course of action regarding interest rates and other monetary policy tools. Overall, Non-Farm Payroll is instrumental in providing valuable insights into the strength of the economy, guiding investment decisions, and shaping financial market dynamics.

Factors Affecting Non-Farm Payroll

Economic Indicators Influencing Non-Farm Payroll

Various economic indicators can influence Non-Farm Payroll (NFP) data, providing insight into the overall health of the labor market. Key indicators include:

  1. Gross Domestic Product (GDP): The GDP growth rate reflects the overall economic performance and can impact employment levels. Strong GDP growth often correlates with increased hiring by businesses to meet rising demand for goods and services.
  2. Consumer Spending: Consumer spending drives economic activity and affects businesses’ hiring decisions. High levels of consumer spending can lead to increased job creation across various industries, while weak spending may result in layoffs and reduced hiring.
  3. Business Investment: Investments by businesses in equipment, technology, and infrastructure can stimulate job growth. Increased business investment often indicates confidence in future economic prospects and can lead to expanded hiring initiatives.
  4. International Trade: The performance of international trade can impact domestic employment levels, particularly in industries heavily reliant on exports or imports. Changes in trade policies, tariffs, or currency exchange rates can influence hiring decisions by businesses involved in global trade.

Seasonal Adjustments

Non-Farm Payroll data undergoes seasonal adjustments to account for regular fluctuations in employment patterns throughout the year. Seasonal factors, such as holidays, weather conditions, and industry-specific cycles, can affect hiring and employment levels. For example, industries like retail and tourism may experience seasonal fluctuations in hiring during peak holiday seasons or summer months. By applying seasonal adjustments to NFP data, economists can provide a more accurate depiction of underlying employment trends, excluding temporary variations caused by seasonal factors.

Government Policies and Regulations

Government policies and regulations can have significant impacts on Non-Farm Payroll data by influencing businesses’ hiring decisions and labor market dynamics. Policies related to taxation, trade, healthcare, labor regulations, and fiscal stimulus measures can all affect employment levels. For instance, changes in tax policies or regulatory reforms may incentivize or disincentive businesses from hiring or expanding their workforce. Similarly, government spending programs aimed at job creation or infrastructure development can directly impact employment levels in certain industries. Overall, government policies and regulations play a critical role in shaping the environment in which businesses operate and consequently influence Non-Farm Payroll data.

How to Interpret Non-Farm Payroll Reports

Interpreting Non-Farm Payroll (NFP) reports requires a nuanced understanding of the data and its implications for the economy and financial markets. Several key factors should be considered when analyzing NFP releases:

  1. Headline Number: The headline number represents the total change in non-farm payrolls during a specific period, usually the previous month. A positive number indicates an increase in employment, while a negative number suggests a decrease. Analysts pay close attention to whether the actual figure meets, exceeds, or falls short of market expectations, as this can impact market sentiment and asset prices.
  2. Revisions: NFP data is often subject to revisions in subsequent releases as more accurate information becomes available. Analysts scrutinize revisions to previous data to assess the accuracy of initial reports and identify trends in employment growth or contraction over time.
  3. Unemployment Rate: In addition to changes in employment levels, the unemployment rate provides valuable insights into the overall health of the labor market. A declining unemployment rate suggests improved job market conditions, while an increasing rate may indicate rising unemployment and economic challenges.
  4. Participation Rate: The labor force participation rate measures the percentage of the population that is actively participating in the labor force by either working or actively seeking employment. Changes in the participation rate can impact the overall unemployment rate and reflect shifts in labor market dynamics.
  5. Industry Breakdown: NFP reports often include breakdowns of employment changes by industry sector. Analyzing industry-specific data can provide insights into which sectors are driving overall job growth or decline and identify trends in specific areas of the economy.

Interpreting NFP reports requires considering the broader economic context, including factors such as GDP growth, inflation, consumer spending, and monetary policy. Positive NFP figures, indicating strong job growth and declining unemployment, may signal economic expansion and potentially higher inflationary pressures, which could influence central bank decisions regarding interest rates. Conversely, weak NFP data may prompt concerns about economic slowdowns or recessions, leading policymakers to adopt accommodative monetary policies to stimulate growth.

Strategies for Trading Non-Farm Payroll Releases

Strategies for trading Non-Farm Payroll (NFP) releases require careful planning and execution due to the significant impact these reports can have on financial markets. Here are several strategies that traders often employ:

  1. Preparation: Before the NFP release, traders typically analyze economic data, market trends, and central bank statements to gauge expectations for the report. They may also consider historical NFP data and market reactions to previous releases to anticipate potential outcomes.
  2. Trading the Initial Reaction: As NFP data is released, there is often a sharp and immediate reaction in financial markets. Traders may choose to execute trades based on the initial market response, taking advantage of short-term price movements in currencies, stocks, or commodities. This approach requires quick decision-making and the ability to react swiftly to market volatility.
  3. Volatility Strategies: Given the increased volatility surrounding NFP releases, traders may employ volatility-based trading strategies, such as straddles or strangles. These strategies involve simultaneously buying both call and put options to profit from significant price movements, regardless of the direction of the market.
  4. Trend Following: Some traders adopt trend-following strategies, which involve identifying and trading in the direction of prevailing market trends following the NFP release. This approach aims to capitalize on sustained price movements resulting from the report’s impact on market sentiment and economic outlook.
  5. Range Trading: Range trading strategies involve identifying key support and resistance levels in financial instruments following the NFP release. Traders may look for opportunities to buy near support levels and sell near resistance levels, profiting from price fluctuations within a defined trading range.

Risks Associated with Trading Non-Farm Payroll

Trading Non-Farm Payroll (NFP) releases carries inherent risks due to the potential for significant market volatility and unpredictable price movements. Here are some key risks associated with trading NFP:

  1. Volatility Spikes: NFP releases often lead to sharp and sudden movements in financial markets as traders react to the new information. The heightened volatility during this period can result in rapid price fluctuations, making it challenging to execute trades at desired prices and increasing the risk of slippage.
  2. Overreaction and False Signals: Traders may overreact to NFP data, leading to exaggerated market movements that deviate from the underlying fundamentals. These overreactions can create false trading signals, causing traders to enter positions based on short-term price fluctuations rather than sound analysis, which can result in losses when the market corrects.
  3. Liquidity Risk: During periods of high volatility surrounding NFP releases, market liquidity may decrease as market participants become more cautious. Reduced liquidity can lead to wider bid-ask spreads and increased transaction costs, making it more challenging to enter and exit positions efficiently, especially for large orders.
  4. Risk of Missed Expectations: If the actual NFP figures deviate significantly from market expectations, traders who positioned themselves based on consensus forecasts may face unexpected losses. Missed expectations can trigger rapid market reactions as traders scramble to adjust their positions, exacerbating volatility and increasing the risk of losses.
  5. Data Revisions: NFP data is often subject to revisions in subsequent releases as more accurate information becomes available. Traders who base their decisions solely on initial NFP reports may be caught off guard by revisions, leading to unexpected outcomes and potential losses.

Conclusion

  • In conclusion, Non-Farm Payroll (NFP) reports play a crucial role in financial markets, providing valuable insights into the health of the U.S. labor market and influencing investor sentiment, asset prices, and monetary policy decisions. The components of NFP, including employment data, average hourly earnings, and the unemployment rate, offer a comprehensive view of employment trends and labor market dynamics.
  • Traders and investors must interpret NFP reports accurately, considering factors such as revisions, historical trends, and broader economic context to make informed decisions. While trading NFP releases offers opportunities for profit, it also carries inherent risks, including volatility spikes, overreaction, liquidity challenges, and uncertainty surrounding market reactions. To mitigate these risks, traders should employ sound risk management strategies, maintain discipline, and stay adaptable to changing market conditions. Overall, Non-Farm Payroll reports serve as a vital tool for understanding economic trends, guiding investment decisions, and navigating financial markets effectively.
]]>
Varun Dua – Success Story of Founder and CEO of Acko Insurancehttps://www.5paisa.com/finschool/varun-dua-success-story-of-founder-and-ceo-of-acko-insurance/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Fri, 19 Apr 2024 16:31:35 +0000<![CDATA[What's Brewing]]>https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?p=53109<![CDATA[ […] Insurance provides complete value and has removed retail costs which are the factors that the competitors relied on. ACKO’s digital only approach and variety of customer friendly programs have helped ACKO to get over 4.5 crore customers. Acko provides excellent customer service and thus they are able to gain clients confidence. ACKO is a […] ]]><![CDATA[

Varun Dua – Biography

  • Varun Dua- Founder and CEO of ACKO General Insurance Company is India’s first Digital Insurance Company. Well there are so many insurance companies in India but what made ACKO stand out and how Varun Dua managed to build up successful brand in such a short period of time, Let us understand the success journey in detail.

Varun Dua – Early Life and Education

  • Varun Dua was born on 25th February 1981. He was born in Delhi but currently he is staying in Mumbai. His father’s name is Chander Mohan Dua. Varun Dua has more than ten years of experience in Insurance sector. He was in charge of marketing analytical for direct business accession and technology for effective customer service.
  • He completed his bachelor’s degree from University of Mumbai and pursued a Master’s Degree at MICA, Ahmedabad which is a prestigious business school in India. Varun’s academic excellence laid the groundwork for his future.
  • He worked as a trainee at Leo Burnett Advertising for less than a year after graduating. He subsequently went on to work for TATA AIG Life Insurance and Franklin Templeton Investments as a marketing manager.
  • Varun founded ACKO Insurance as he had the complete knowledge about the insurance products and digital medium was the best option for him as there was hassle free paperwork with best results. His previous records were very good so he managed to raise $ 30 million from investors for the ACKO project.

Varun Dua Net Worth and Investments

Varun Dua with the help of his knowledge raised $30 million for his Acko Insurance Company. Currently Acko Insurance company net worth is estimated around $ 1 Billion. Varun Duahas invested in9rounds.Their most recent investment was inTohands(Angel Round)on Mar 01, 2024

  • Some notable companies in their investment portfolio includeDezerv,KuveraandBNC
  • Their investments are primarily inRetail, Consumerand 10 moresectors

Sr. No

Company

Sector

Round

Round Amount

Co-Investors

1

Tohands

Retail

Angel

$72.4K

Radhika Gupta

2

Moxie Beauty

Retail

Seed

$669K

Amplify Partners,OTP Ventures Partner

3

Infinyte Club

FinTech

Series A

$3.52M

Elevation Capital,Well-found

4

Vaaree

Retail

Seed

$581K

Kunal Shah,Ghazal Alagh

Varun Dua Family

Varun Dua Father’s name is Chander Mohan Dua. His mother’s name is Rashmi Dua. His wife name is Sapna Rana.

Varun Dua – Acko

  • ACKO insurance was started with the motto –“Insurance made easy: Zero Commission. Zero Paperwork”. To make the concept eye catching the company started the campaign with the phrase “Full Paisa Wasool”.
  • Acko Insurance provides complete value and has removed retail costs which are the factors that the competitors relied on. ACKO’s digital only approach and variety of customer friendly programs have helped ACKO to get over 4.5 crore customers.
  • Acko provides excellent customer service and thus they are able to gain clients confidence. ACKO is a Mumbai based unicorn. ACKO Provides General Insurance as well as Life Insurance.

Varun Dua – Challenges Faced

ACKO Faced a basic challenge in his insurance journey that was trust. Because there are many insurance companies and false claims and premium settlement failures was the biggest drawback and ACKO faced lack of trust in the initial stage. And that’s why Varun tried his level best to provide all comfort to his customers to make insurance a simple and easy process.

Varun Dua Personal and Professional Achievements

  • Through its promising business outline and revenue streams, Acko has been able to bag an aggregate funding of $458 million over 6 consecutive rounds of funding.
  • The latest round offundingvalued at $255 million was led by General Atlantic andMultiples Alternate Asset Management Private Limitedand resulted in the start-up being valued at a whopping $1.1 billion thereby acclaiming the status of a unicorn.
  • Since its inception in 2018, the digital insurance app has proclaimed numerous achievements. In June 2019, the start-up bagged the ‘Golden Peaco*ck Innovative Product Award’ for its contextual micro insurance product.
  • Moreover, the company was felicitated with the ‘Most Innovative Insurer Category in Non-Life Segment’ at the FICCI Insurance Industry Awards 2020. The most recent accomplishment of the insurtech start-up includes the award of ‘Best Insutech Company’ at the BW Festival of Fintech received in February 2021.
  • Ever since the company laid down its foundation stones, it has observed an upward trajectory ofgrowthand revenue. Starting from the year 2019 when the company administered a premium of Rs. 41.56 crores to becoming a unicorn at a valuation of $1.1 billion post a funding round, the company has exhibited its strong presence in the market.
  • The insurance start-up has experienced a 120% growth in sales of insurance policies for automobiles in FY 22 along with a 3.5 time growth in its consumer base since previous year.
  • The website currently observes customer traffic of 4 million which is a 161% increase since the last year. Furthermore, the platform has also collaborated with prominent industry players like Urban Company, Ola, Amazon, Bajaj Finance and more to diversify its portfolio.
  • While the start-up has come a long way since inception, it is yet far away from reaching its mission and objective.
  • Looking ahead, the company intends to scale up its product offerings in the future. Moreover, the company would also consider foraying into the health insurance domain as well as add more employees to its pre-existing team.

Varun Dua – Investments besides Acko

As an angel investor, Varun Dua invests personal money into promising companies, typically in exchange for equity. Varun Dua has made numerous investments in companies likeByBuy,Vaaree, andDezervwithin the Business/Productivity Software, Specialty Retail, and Financial Services industries. Varun Dua’s latest investment was on 01-Mar-2024 inByBuy, a company within the Business/Productivity Software industry.

Varun Dua – Shark Tank India

Varun Dua joined the panel of Shark Tank India. He is hosting the show along with other sharks . Varun Dua presence brings financial resources but also invaluable entrepreneurial experience and insights to the show. By mentoring and investing in aspiring entrepreneurs Varun Dua helps to create more jobs, and contribute to the economic growth. Through this show he is shaping the future of Indian Start-ups.

Conclusion

Thus Varun Dua being a middle class person born in Mumbai , dreamt to bring in change in the existing insurance business just by his innovative thoughts. He faced lots of challenges for achieving his goal but he was determined and persistent to overcome all the difficulties. He is a true example of a person who saw a gap in the existing insurance industry and took opportunity and changed it in to a successful business with his entrepreneurial skills.

Frequently Asked Questions(FAQs)

Varun Dua is the owner of Acko Insurance Company.

Varun Dua graduated from MICA, Ahmedabad, and has extensive experience in the insurance industry spanning over 10 years.

Varun Dua is an entrepreneur and the CEO of Acko, a prominent figure in India’s finance and insurance industry.

Acko, founded in 2016 isa digital-first direct-to-consumer company that builds and operates technology and services platforms.

ACKO is not an insurance agent or middleman. They are a tech-first insurance company registered with the IRDAI. They create their own insurance products and sell directly to the customer, instead of going through platforms or through dealers and agents

Founder and CEO of ACKO, Varun Dua’s estimated net worth is Rs 107 crores.

Originally from Mumbai, Varun Dua tied the knot withSapna Ranain 2012.

As per the management of Acko,60% of the auto portfolio is already profitable with expectation of becoming fully profitable (auto segment) in the next 18 months.

]]>
Step by Step Guide on How to Buy Stocks Online Onlinehttps://www.5paisa.com/finschool/how-to-buy-stocks-online-a-step-by-step-guide/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Mon, 13 Dec 2021 18:32:30 +0000<![CDATA[What's New]]><![CDATA[Investment]]>https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?p=14678<![CDATA[ […] Asked Questions (FAQs): – Where to Buy Shares Online in India? There are several online platforms in India where you can buy shares. Some popular options include Zerodha, Upstox, ICICI Direct, HDFC Securities, and 5Paisa. These platforms offer user-friendly interfaces, online account opening, and access to a wide range of stocks and investment options. […] ]]><![CDATA[

How do I Buy Shares Online in India? The Basics of Buying Shares Online Explained

Introduction

Investing in stock market is a thrilling way to grow wealth. With the convenience of online trading platforms, buying shares has become more accessible than ever before, especially in India. This article will explore the fundamental steps to buying shares online in India, including obtaining a PAN card, opening a Demat and trading account, registering with a broker, and considering important factors before making investment decisions.

How do I buy shares online in India? The Basics of Buying Shares Online in India

  • Getting a PAN Card: Before you embark on your stock market journey, obtaining a Permanent Account Number (PAN) card is essential. The Indian Income Tax Department issues the PAN card, a ten-digit alphanumeric identification number. It is necessary for various financial transactions, including buying and selling shares. To apply for a PAN card, visit the website of the Income Tax Department and follow the registration process.
  • Open a Demat Account: A demat account, short for dematerialized account, is a digital repository where your shares and securities are held electronically. It eliminates the need for physical share certificates and makes trading more convenient and secure. To open a demat account, choose a depository participant (DP) registered with the Securities and Exchange Board of India and submit the required documents, such as proof of identity, address, and PAN card.
  • Open a Trading Account: Once you have a Demat account, you need a trading account to execute buy and sell orders in the stock market. A trading account acts as a connection between your Demat account and the stock exchange. To open a trading account, select a stockbroker or brokerage firm that suits your needs. They will guide you through the account opening process and provide you with a unique trading ID.
  • Register with a Broker or Brokerage Platform: To buy shares online, you must register with a licensed stockbroker or a brokerage platform. Choose a reputable broker with a user-friendly online trading platform, competitive brokerage charges, and a wide range of investment options. Research different brokers, compare their features, and consider reviews from other investors before deciding. Once you have chosen a broker, complete the registration process by providing the necessary personal and financial details.
  • The Need for a Bank Account: To facilitate seamless fund transfers and transactions, you must link your bank account with your trading and demat accounts. Ensure you have an active savings account with a trusted bank. Linking your bank account will enable you to transfer funds for buying shares and receive dividends or proceeds from stock sales.
  • Get your unique identification number (UIN): To trade in the Indian stock market, it is mandatory to get a unique identification number from the Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI). This number helps in tracking and preventing fraudulent activities. You can apply for a UIN through your broker, who helps you through the process and submits the important documents on your behalf.

Factors to Consider When Buying Stocks Online

When investing in stocks online, it is crucial to consider several factors to make informed decisions. Below are some factors to keep in mind:

  • Company Details:Before buying shares of a particular company, research its background, financial performance, management team, and growth prospects. Analyse the company’s business model, competitive advantage, and market position. This information will help you assess the company’s potential and make an informed investment decision.
  • Beta:Beta measures a stock’s volatility compared to the overall market. A beta of 1 show that the stock tends to move in line with the market, while a beta greater than 1 suggests higher volatility. Consider the beta value to understand the risk associated with a particular stock and align it with your risk tolerance.
  • P/E Ratio:The price-to-earnings (P/E) ratio is a valuation metric that compares a company’s stock value to its earnings per share (EPS). It helps investors gauge whether a stock is overvalued or undervalued. A lower P/E ratio indicates a potentially undervalued stock, while a higher ratio may suggest an overvalued stock. Compare the P/E ratios of different companies within the same industry to make informed investment choices.
  • Dividend pay-outs:If you seek regular income from your investments, consider stocks offering consistent dividend pay-outs. Dividends are chunks of a company’s profits distributed to shareholders. Evaluate the company’s dividend history, dividend yield, and playout ratio to assess its ability to generate steady income.

Conclusion

Buying shares online in India has become an accessible and convenient way to participate in the stock market. You can make well-informed investment decisions by following the steps mentioned above and considering crucial factors such as company details, beta, P/E ratio, and dividend pay-outs. Conduct thorough research, diversify your portfolio, and consult with financial advisors if needed. Happy investing!

Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs): -

There are several online platforms in India where you can buy shares. Some popular options include Zerodha, Upstox, ICICI Direct, HDFC Securities, and 5Paisa. These platforms offer user-friendly interfaces, online account opening, and access to a wide range of stocks and investment options.

To buy shares in India as a beginner, follow these steps: open a demat and trading account with a stockbroker, complete the necessary documentation and verification process, fund your trading account, research and select the desired stocks, place an order through the broker’s online platform, and monitor your investments. It’s advisable to educate yourself about the stock market and seek guidance from professionals or experienced investors.

]]>
Brokerhttps://www.5paisa.com/finschool/finance-dictionary/broker/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Sat, 24 Sep 2022 06:40:28 +0000https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?post_type=finance-dictionary&p=30972<![CDATA[ […] range of monetary products, full-service brokers provide several services like market research, investment advice, and retirement planning. As a result, brokers may expect greater commissions on their trades. Fee-based investment solutions, like managed investment accounts, are getting increasingly popular among brokers. Upstox, Zerodha, 5 paisa, grow, Angel one are some of the brokers in India.]]><![CDATA[

A broker may be a person or company who works as a link between an investor and a securities exchange.

Generally Individual traders and investors require the services of exchange members because securities exchanges only accept orders from persons or organisations who are the members of the exchange.

Brokers provide that service and are paid in an exceedingly style of methods, including commissions, fees, and payments from the exchange itself.

Brokers may provide investors with research, investment ideas, and market knowledge additionally to executing client orders. they’ll also cross-sell additional financial products and services offered by their brokerage business, like access to a non-public client offering that gives high-net-worth clients customised solutions.

Discount brokers arose due to the increase of online brokerage, allowing investors to trade at a lesser cost but without receiving customised advice.

Discount brokers can make a range of trades on a client’s behalf, and their low fees are supported by volume and lower costs. Brokers are normally paid a salary instead of a fee, and they don’t provide investing advice.

An increasing number of self-directed investors are drawn to the web trading platforms offered by most bargain brokers.

On top of a broad range of monetary products, full-service brokers provide several services like market research, investment advice, and retirement planning. As a result, brokers may expect greater commissions on their trades.

Fee-based investment solutions, like managed investment accounts, are getting increasingly popular among brokers.

Upstox, Zerodha, 5 paisa, grow, Angel one are some of the brokers in India.

]]>
High-Frequency Trading (HFT): Meaning, History & Strategieshttps://www.5paisa.com/finschool/finance-dictionary/high-frequency-trading-hft/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Wed, 05 Jan 2022 12:08:41 +0000https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?post_type=finance-dictionary&p=16063<![CDATA[ […] algorithms execute trades within microseconds, taking advantage of even the smallest price differentials. What is algorithmic trading? Algorithmic Trading is a subset of High-Frequency Trading involving pre- programmed instructions or algorithms to execute trades automatically. These algorithms are designed to follow predefined rules and criteria to make trading decisions. Algorithmic Trading enables traders to […] ]]><![CDATA[

High-frequency trading (HFT) is algorithmic trading characterized by high-speed trade execution, an extremely large number of transactions, and a very short-term investment horizon. HFT leverages special computers to achieve the highest speed of trade execution possible. It is very complex and, therefore, primarily a tool employed by large institutional investors such as investment banks and hedge funds.

Complex algorithms that are used in high-frequency trading analyse individual stocks to spot emerging trends in milliseconds. It will result in hundreds of buy orders to be sent out in a matter of seconds, given the analysis finds a trigger.

History of HFT

Interestingly, the phenomenon of ‘fast information’ delivery goes back to the 17th century. Here, an interesting anecdote is about Nathan Mayer Rothschild who knew about the victory of the Duke of Wellington over Napoleon at Waterloo before the government of London did. How did that happen? Well, a simple answer is a combination of “Human Intelligence & Technology”! So it is said that Julius Reuter, the founder of Thomson Reuters, in the 19th century used a combination of technology including telegraph cables and a fleet of carrier pigeons to run a news delivery system. This way, the information reached Julius Reuter much before anyone else.

Many years after the 17th century, in 1983 NASDAQ introduced full-fledged electronic trading which prompted the computer-based High-Frequency Trading to develop gradually into its advanced stage. In the early 2000s high-frequency trading accounted for less than 10% of equity orders, but this has grown rapidly.

By the year 2001, High-Frequency Trading had an execution time of several seconds which kept improving further. Between 2005 and 2009, according to NYSE, high-frequency trading volume grew by 164%. By 2010, this had shrunk to milliseconds and later in the year went to microseconds. And subsequently, each trade started getting executed within nanoseconds in 2012.

What is high-frequency trading (HFT)?

High-Frequency Trading (HFT) is a trading method that uses sophisticated technology and algorithms to conduct rapid trading transactions. It relies on speed and automation to capitalize on minor price discrepancies in the market. HFT traders aim to profit from these fleeting opportunities by executing trades at lightning-fast speeds.

How does high-frequency trading work?

High-Frequency Trading operates on the principle of speed and efficiency. HFT firms employ cutting-edge technology and powerful computers to analyze vast market data in real-time. These systems identify patterns, trends, and price disparities that can be exploited for profit. Once a profitable opportunity is detected, automated algorithms execute trades within microseconds, taking advantage of even the smallest price differentials.

What is algorithmic trading?

Algorithmic Trading is a subset of High-Frequency Trading involving pre-programmed instructions or algorithms to execute trades automatically. These algorithms are designed to follow predefined rules and criteria to make trading decisions. Algorithmic Trading enables traders to remove human emotions and biases from the trading process, relying solely on data-driven analysis.

Advantages of high-frequency trading

  • Liquidity provision: HFT contributes to market liquidity by executing many trades quickly, ensuring there are buyers and sellers for various securities.
  • Reduced bid-ask spreads: The high trading volumes executed by HFT firms can narrow bid-ask spreads, benefiting individual investors.
  • Efficient price discovery: HFT enhances the efficiency of price discovery by quickly incorporating new information into asset prices.
  • Increased market efficiency: HFT promotes overall market efficiency by swiftly identifying and correcting market anomalies.

Strategies of high-frequency trading

  • Market Making:

Market Making is a strategy employed by HFT firms, providing liquidity by continuously quoting both buy and sell prices for specific securities. By constantly being willing to buy or sell, they ensure a liquid market and profit from the bid-ask spread.

  • Quote Stuffing:

Quote Stuffing is a technique HFT traders use to overwhelm a trading venue with many buy or sell orders quickly. This tactic aims to create confusion in the market and disrupt the decision-making process of other market participants.

  • Tick Trading:

Tick Trading is a strategy where HFT firms take advantage of small price movements or “ticks” in a security’s price. They aim to profit from these small price differentials by executing many trades rapidly.

  • Statistical Arbitrage:

Statistical Arbitrage is a strategy that involves identifying and exploiting pricing inefficiencies between related financial instruments. HFT firms analyze historical data and statistical models to identify patterns and correlations, executing trades when these patterns deviate from their expected values.

Disadvantages of high-frequency trading

  • Market instability: The rapid and automated nature of HFT can contribute to market volatility and instability, as large-scale trades executed within milliseconds can trigger sudden price swings.
  • Unequal access: HFT firms with significant financial resources and cutting-edge technology have an advantage over individual investors, potentially creating an uneven playing field.
  • Increased systemic risk: The interconnectedness of HFT systems can lead to the rapid spread of disruptions or errors, potentially causing widespread market failures.

Risks of high-frequency trading

High-Frequency Trading is associated with several risks, including:

  • Operational risks: Technical glitches, system failures, or connectivity issues can result in significant financial losses.
  • Regulatory risks: HFT activities are closely monitored and regulated to prevent market manipulation and unfair practices. Non-compliance with regulations can lead to legal consequences and reputational damage.
  • Model risks: HFT strategies rely heavily on complex algorithms and models. Inaccurate or flawed models can result in substantial losses.

Ethics and market impact

High-Frequency Trading has raised ethical concerns and sparked debates regarding its impact on the market. Critics argue that HFT may lead to an unfair advantage for well-resourced firms, potentially harming individual investors. It is essential to strike a balance between market efficiency and the financial system’s integrity while ensuring fair and transparent trading practices.

Conclusion

High-Frequency Trading (HFT) is a trading strategy that utilizes advanced technology, algorithms, and high-speed execution to capitalize on minor price discrepancies in the market. While it offers advantages such as increased liquidity and efficient price discovery, it also presents risks and potential disadvantages. Striking a balance between technological advancements and market integrity is crucial for fostering a fair and efficient trading environment.

]]>
Vineeta Singh: Success Story of Sugar Cosmetic CEO & Shark Tank Judgehttps://www.5paisa.com/finschool/success-story-of-vineeta-singh/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Fri, 12 Apr 2024 12:50:22 +0000<![CDATA[What's Brewing]]>https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?p=52879<![CDATA[ […] of building customer relationships. Sugar Cosmetics ensures that their customers receive prompt and helpful support through email, phone, and social media channels. They also offer a loyalty program called “Sugar Circle,” which allows customers to earn reward points on purchases and redeem them for discounts and exclusive offers. Revenue Streams Sugar Cosmetics’ primary revenue […] ]]><![CDATA[

Vineeta Singh – A woman for whom even sky is not the limit has shown the world what importance does beauty products have and how it boosts confidence among women who aspire for good looks and personality. Sugar Cosmetics which is one of the top cosmetic brands in India is founded by Vineeta Singh. Today Sugar Cosmetics is the choice for strong, independent women. The design is strong and quality is very high. Sugar cosmetics is committed in creating products that are perfect fit for every Indian skin tone throughout all seasons and throughout calendar. Let us understand Vineeta Singh and her success Journey in detail.

Vineeta Singh – Biography

Vineeta Singh Success story is full about her persistence and resilience. She was only 23 when she declined Rs 1 crore job offer from an investment bank just to start her entrepreneurial journey. Now she owns a brand $ 85.5 million in funding and Rs 500 crore annualized revenue. She is one of the most loved Judges in Shark Tank India show because of her leadership skills and consistent efforts to achieve success. While chasing terrifying goals, Vineeta Singh is motivated to create a successful empire doing what she is passionate about-building the best company for women to work at.

Early Life and Education of Vineeta Singh

Vineeta Singh was born in Delhi, India in 1991. She finished her schooling at the Delhi Public School, R.K. Puram in Delhi. Vineeta received her undergraduate degree in the course of Electrical Engineering from the Indian Institute of Technology Madras in 2005. Later she got herself into IIM Ahmedabad to pursue her MBA in 2007.

Vineeta Singh Net Worth and Investments

Vineeta Singh is a terrific example for aspiring female entrepreneurs. She has not only earned success for herself but she serves as an inspiration to many aspiring founders. She appears in Shark Tank India as Shark and has invested in the following few start-ups.

Sr. No

Company

1

Skippi Ice Popsicles

2

CosIQ

3

BluePine Foods

4

Booz

5

NOCD

6

Heart Up My Sleeves

7

Sunfox Technologies

8

The Quirky Naari

9

Humpy A2 Milk & Organic Farms

10

Wakao

11

Kabaddi Adda

12

Jain Shikanji Masala

13

Nomad Food Project

14

Get-A-Whey

Vineeta Singh Family

  • Vineeta Singh was born in the year 1983. She is 40 years old. She was born and raised in Delhi. Her mother holds a Ph.D. while her father Tej Singh is a biophysicist at the All India Institutes of Medical Sciences. Vineeta Singh met her husband Kaushik Mukherjee when she was pursuing MBA at IIM. The couple got married in 2011.
  • Kaushik serves as the CEO of Sugar Cosmetics. This fact might surprise many readers. But Vineeta had a mind-set of a businesswoman from her childhood. As a child, she made a magazine together with her friend and sold the magazine from one door to another for Rs 3.

Vineeta Singh Career

  • Vineeta Singh is the co-founder and CEO of Sugar and Fab Bag. FabBags is a grooming subscription service and was established in the year 2012. Her first summer job at Deutsche Bank was as a student in 2006. With her experience in banking and financial industry has earned her position of Director for Quetzal Verify Private Limited. She continued in that position for five years.
  • Vineeta Singh founded Sugar after failing to launch two previous firms and turning down a job offer of “one crore” from a multinational investment company. Vineeta Singh founded her third start up Sugar Cosmetics with her husband Kaushik Mukherjee.
  • In the year 2012 when sugar cosmetics was created, defeating a slew of national and global competitors to become India’s fastest growing cosmetics brand in just five years. The company has over 2500 locations in over 130 cities and generates more than Rs 100 crores as revenue through its sales.

Vineeta Singh Story of Sugar Cosmetics

  • In the year 2010 Vineeta and Kaushik start their first business, a fashion e-commerce company but fails due to lack of funding and experience. In the year 2011 they started their second business a consulting firm , but that too failed due to lack of clients.
  • In the year 2012 they decided to start cosmetics Brand Company and founded Sugar Cosmetics. They bootstrapped the business with their own savings and took a loan from Vineeta’s father. In the year 2013, Sugar Cosmetics launched its first product line, a range of crayon lipsticks which was hit with customers and the company started to gain traction. Sugar started achieving profitability.
  • But the company still faced many challenges such as competing with the already established brands. In the year 2015, Sugar Cosmetics raised its first round of funding from a group of Angel Investors. The company used its funds for expanding its product line and marketing efforts. In the year 2016 Sugar Cosmetics partnered with Nykka and Amazon to sell its products.
  • The company also launched its e-commerce platform. In the year 2017, Sugar Cosmetics raised its second round of funding from a group of venture capitals. In the year 2018, the company launched its first offline store in Mumbai. The company expanded its product line to include skincare and haircare products. In the year 2019, its third round of funding from a group of private equity investors.
  • The company used the funds to expand,, marketing efforts and launched new product lines. In the year 2020, Sugar Cosmetics became one of the popular cosmetic brand among Indian Millennials. The Company also launched its first International store in Dubai.
  • Sugar Cosmetics raised its fourth round of funding from a group of global investors. In the year 2022, Sugar Cosmetics becomes one of the leading cosmetic company in Asia and its first flagship store in New Delhi.

Sugar Cosmetics – Name, Tagline and Logo

  • The company began its journey as an online supplier of Natural, Paraben free cosmetics. Due to the extraordinary black and white colour combination the visual identity of an Indian cosmetic business is beautiful and refined while also seeming bold and confident.
  • The company’s logo is made up of a wordmark with an emblem on left side which serves as the brand signifier and appears on all of the company cosmetics. The Slogan of the Company says “Rule The World, One Look At A Time!!!”

Sugar Cosmetics – Business Model

Sugar Cosmetics Operates as Direct to Consumer(D2C) Business Model. It uses Omni channel approach for running its business. By using this strategy Sugar cosmetics takes advantage of other e-commerce market places such as Amazon and Nykaa to increase its accessibility and reach. The brand emphasizes its global presence through a variety of revenue streams, including both domestic sales in India and international export sales.

Sugar Cosmetics’ business model using these nine building blocks.

  1. Customer Segments
  • Sugar Cosmetics identified a significant gap in the market for high-quality, affordable, and cruelty-free makeup products catering to young, urban women. Their primary target audience consists of millennials and Gen Z consumers who are conscious of their product choices, and are likely to prioritize ethical and environmentally friendly products.
  • By focusing on this customer segment, Sugar Cosmetics has positioned itself as a brand that understands and caters to the unique preferences of its target market.
  1. Value Propositions
  • Sugar Cosmetics’ value proposition revolves around offering high-quality makeup products that are affordable, cruelty-free, and vegan. The brand emphasizes innovation, using customer feedback to continually improve and expand its product offerings.
  • In addition, Sugar Cosmetics is committed to staying on top of the latest beauty trends, ensuring that its customers have access to the most up-to-date makeup options.

Some of the key value propositions that set Sugar Cosmetics apart from competitors include:

  • Cruelty-free and vegan products
  • Affordable pricing
  • High-quality, long-lasting makeup
  • On-trend product offerings
  • A comprehensive range of makeup products

Channels

Sugar Cosmetics utilizes a multi-channel approach to reach its customers. The brand’s products are available through various channels, including:

  • Online: Sugar Cosmetics’ official website, as well as popular e-commerce platforms such as Amazon, Nykaa, and Myntra.
  • Offline: The brand has also established a presence in brick-and-mortar stores, partnering with retailers like Lifestyle, Shoppers Stop, and Health & Glow. They also operate their own exclusive kiosks in shopping malls.
  • This omni-channel approach allows Sugar Cosmetics to be accessible to a wide range of customers, catering to their varying shopping preferences and ensuring that their products are easily available to their target market.

Customer Relationships

  • Sugar Cosmetics has built strong customer relationships through effective communication, customer support, and community engagement. The brand uses social media platforms such as Instagram, Facebook, and YouTube to share product information, beauty tips, and tutorials. This helps them establish a connection with their audience and keep them engaged with the brand.
  • Customer support is another crucial aspect of building customer relationships. Sugar Cosmetics ensures that their customers receive prompt and helpful support through email, phone, and social media channels.
  • They also offer a loyalty program called “Sugar Circle,” which allows customers to earn reward points on purchases and redeem them for discounts and exclusive offers.

Revenue Streams

  • Sugar Cosmetics’ primary revenue stream comes from the sale of its makeup products, both online and offline. The company generates revenue through its official website, as well as through partnerships with e-commerce platforms and brick-and-mortar retailers. In addition, the brand’s exclusive kiosks also contribute to its overall revenue.

Key Resources

  • Sugar Cosmetics’ key resources include its product development team, supply chain, and marketing efforts. The company relies on a strong product development team to create innovative, high-quality makeup products that meet the needs of its target audience.
  • The supply chain, which involves sourcing cruelty-free and vegan ingredients and manufacturing the products, is another critical resource for the brand.
  • Additionally, the company’s marketing efforts play a significant role in building brand awareness and driving sales. Sugar Cosmetics invests in digital marketing, social media campaigns, and influencer partnerships to reach its target audience and promote its products effectively.

Key Activities

Some of the key activities carried out by Sugar Cosmetics include:

  • Product development: Designing and creating innovative, high-quality makeup products that cater to the needs of their target audience.
  • Marketing: Implementing marketing strategies to build brand awareness, engage with customers, and drive sales.
  • Supply chain management: Managing the sourcing, production, and distribution of products to ensure the highest quality and ethical standards.
  • Customer support: Providing prompt and helpful support to customers through various channels to address their concerns and queries.
  • Continuous improvement: Using customer feedback and market research to identify areas for improvement and expansion, ensuring that the brand stays relevant and competitive.

Key Partnerships

Sugar Cosmetics has established key partnerships to help them grow and expand their business. Some of their key partners include:

  • E-commerce platforms: The brand has partnered with popular e-commerce platforms such as Amazon, Nykaa, and Myntra to increase product visibility and sales.
  • Retailers: Sugar Cosmetics has formed partnerships with retail stores like Lifestyle, Shoppers Stop, and Health & Glow to make their products more accessible to customers.
  • Influencers: Collaborating with beauty influencers and bloggers has played a significant role in promoting the brand and its products to a wider audience.
  • Manufacturers and suppliers: Ensuring that they work with ethical manufacturers and suppliers who share the brand’s commitment to cruelty-free and vegan products.

Cost Structure

  • Sugar Cosmetics’ cost structure includes expenses related to product development, manufacturing, marketing, and distribution. The company invests in research and development to create innovative products and ensure they meet the highest quality standards.
  • Manufacturing costs include sourcing cruelty-free and vegan ingredients, as well as production expenses. Marketing and distribution costs involve promoting the brand and its products and delivering them to customers through various channels.
  • Sugar Cosmetics has successfully disrupted the beauty industry with its unique business model that prioritizes innovation, accessibility, and ethical production. By using Alexander Osterwalder’s Business Model Canvas, we can see how the brand has strategically aligned its resources, activities, and partnerships to deliver a compelling value proposition to its target customer segment.
  • The company’s focus on cruelty-free, vegan, and affordable products has resonated with its audience, contributing to its rapid growth and expansion.
  • As Sugar Cosmetics continues to evolve, it is crucial for the brand to remain agile and adaptable, anticipating market trends and customer preferences. By staying true to its core values and leveraging the Business Model Canvas framework, Sugar Cosmetics can maintain its competitive edge and continue to make a significant impact in the beauty industry.

Sugar Cosmetics – Revenue Model

  • The Sugar Cosmetics operating income climbed by 22% during the course of the same fiscal year, rising from Rs 103.71 crore to Rs 126.36 crore. Domestic sales which accounted for 93.1% of the company’s sales and increased by 34.1% from 87.7 crore to Rs 117.61 crores during FY21 were in charge of the company’s overall collections.
  • However Sugar Cosmetics export by 45.4% as a result of the pandemic related travel and freight interruptions that the company experienced.
  • The crew was able to obtain eyeliner and a kohl pencil from a German manufacturer despite having limited budget. The ‘ Made in Germany’ emblem gave customers peace of mind and helped SUGAR launch successfully. SUGAR at that time decided differently and created a matte version because it thought its customers would prefer a product they could use every day. This turned out to be successful. Throughout pandemic SUGAR Cosmetics built few new brand owned retail locations, prioritising hygiene and safety for its customers. The company is concentrating on growing its mobile app which has more than 1M app installations is less than a year, in order to boost its direct to consumer channels.

Sugar Cosmetics – Challenges Faced

  • Unlike, its brand name the road for Sugar was not sweet initially. Juggling between new motherhood and her entrepreneurial dream Vineeta led to a hectic schedule. Business and entrepreneurship generally perceived as male domain hindered Vineeta to source funds.
  • Once she met an investor who refused to talk to her since he wanted to have the business talk with a ‘man’. There were several sleepless nights when one hand had office files and the other held a new-born baby. Like every other retail or e-commerce brand, Sugar Cosmetics too faced the problem of managing the credit cycle since it is the key to keeping the working capital cycle to a bare minimum to ensure efficient capital use and rotation.
  • They had set up a separate unit that monitored the credit cycle daily to manage finances efficiently. These struggles were part of the venture’s success that rose to become the best lipstick brand. It took 5 years for Sugar Cosmetics to build a team of 1500 of which 75 percent constitute women

Sugar Cosmetics – Funding and Investors

DATE

ROUND

AMOUNT

LEAD INVESTORS

Sep 3, 2022

Angel Round

Ranveer Singh

May 30, 2022

Series D

$50 million

L Catterton

Oct 21, 2020

Debt Financing

$2 million

Stride Ventures

Oct 21, 2020

Series C

$21 million

A91 Partners, Elevation Capital, India Quotient, Stride Ventures

Mar 8, 2019

Series B

$12 million

A91 Partners, Anicut Capital, India Quotient

Jun 1, 2017

Series A

$2.5 million

India Quotient, RB Investments Pte. Ltd.

Sugar Cosmetics – Mergers and Acquisitions

The brand is set to venture into new categories, with an imminent entry into the hair care segment following its acquisition ofENN Beauty. Additionally, Singh shares the company’s vision of filing for anIPOby2024 or 2025

Sugar Cosmetics – Products and Launch

The “FAB BAG”

  • Kaushik Mukherjee and Vineeta Singh founded the cosmetic subscription service “FAB BAG” in 2012, offering a monthly surprise beauty box for Rs 599. Each box contained a curated mix of five products from the categories of cosmetics, bath and body, skincare, haircare, and fragrances, predominantly featuring new and lesser-known brands sourced internationally.
  • The FAB BAG concept provided the team with valuable insights, creating an environment to discern and understand their target market. SUGAR, a brand associated with FAB BAG, aimed to establish itself as a premium brand. The company’s growth strategy relied on enticing mass consumers to upgrade while simultaneously encouraging luxury clients to explore more cost-effective options.

Premium Products

  • Despite operating on a constrained budget, the team at SUGAR strategically acquired their initial products—an eyeliner and a kohl pencil—from a reputable German producer. The ‘Made in Germany’ label instilled confidence in customers, contributing to a successful launch for SUGAR.
  • During a time when glossy eyeliners dominated the market, SUGAR opted to introduce a matte version, anticipating that their clientele would prefer a product suitable for everyday use. This eyeliner marked the beginning of several successful product launches for
  • Recognizing the influential role of Instagram in beauty industry marketing, SUGAR leveraged popular trends such as ‘unwrapping videos’ and ‘before and after’ makeovers to enhance brand awareness.
  • The brand’s approach to Instagram influencers is well-balanced, with notable instances like featuring Anmol Rodriguez, an acid attack survivor, in one of their impactful videos. Presently, SUGAR boasts an impressive following of over 5 million on Instagram, surpassing competitors like Color bar.

Unique Packaging

  • SUGAR initially embraced a fully digital strategy, entrusting design partner opposite with the mission of crafting attention-grabbing packaging. Opposite opted for a distinctive graphic approach, utilizing low-poly drawings to set SUGAR apart from the prevailing minimal and predominantly black design trend in the industry.
  • In August 2023, SUGAR Cosmetics introduced ‘Sugar Play, ‘an innovative makeup range specifically tailored for pre-teens and teens. This pioneering line combines vibrant colors with formulas curated for sensitive, youthful skin.

E-commerce Expansion: Shopify and Mobile App

  • In 2015, SUGAR embraced e-commerce by launching a Shopify store, a platform it still actively operates. The company further expanded its digital presence with a successful app release in November 2019, garnering over 1 million downloads and an impressive 5-star rating on both Android and iOS. Social advertisem*nts remain a key focus for SUGAR’s online customer acquisition strategy.

Sugar Cosmetics – Partnerships

Strategic Collaborations: Amazon Prime Exclusive Kit

  • In August 2023, coinciding with the highly anticipated second season of “Made in Heaven” on Amazon Prime, SUGAR Cosmetics proudly introduces the exclusive “SUGAR x Made in Heaven” cosmetics kit through a strategic partnership, offering customers a unique beauty experience.

Media Synergy: OMP India Partnership

  • InJuly 2023, SUGAR Cosmetics entered into a collaboration withOMP India, entrusting the Mumbai-based agency with the comprehensive management of its media strategy. This partnership signifies a strategic move towards enhancing the cosmetic brand’s media presence and outreach.

Celebrity Alliance: Kareena Kapoor Khan Investment

  • Renowned Bollywood icon Kareena Kapoor Khan has not only invested an undisclosed amount in Quench Botanics but also joined forces with Vineeta Singh and Kaushik Mukherjee, co-founders of Sugar Cosmetics.
  • Becoming a co-owner of this new venture, Khan’s alliance aims to leverage Singh and Mukherjee’s expertise in the beauty e-commerce sector for the scaling of the emergingKorean skincare brand.

Sugar Cosmetics – Advertisem*nts and Social Media Campaigns

  • In the#ShukarHainSUGARHain campaign, the story unfolds with Ranveer Singh nervously introducing his girlfriend Tamannaah Bhatia to his family. Tamannaah gives Ranveer a peck right before the family opens the door, capturing a touching and realistic moment in relationships.
  • This endearing story deftly highlights SUGAR’s dedication to long-lasting, smudge-proof cosmetics while also fitting in with the brand’s USP of transfer-proof lipsticks. The advertisem*nt successfully draws in viewers on an emotional level while emphasizing how long-lasting SUGAR’s makeup is.

Sugar Cosmetics – Competitors

The top ten rivals in SUGAR Cosmetics’competitive groupcan be listed as:

Sr. No

Name

1

Marico

2

Lakme

3

Maybelline

4

Lotus Herbals

5

Blue Heaven Cosmetics

6

Nykaa

7

Plum

8

NewU

9

Emami

10

Purplle

Sugar Cosmetics – Future Plans

Global Expansion and Offline Presence

  • SUGAR Cosmetics has successfully ventured beyond India, establishing a physical presence in Russia and an online footprint in the United States. The brand, founded in 2015, is committed to amplifying its offline standalone locations, aiming to surpass its existing 100 outlets.
  • Recognizing that95%of trading in India still occursoffline,SUGAR Cosmeticsstrategically plans to leverage this market trend. The brand aims to expand and enhance its retail base, emphasizing improvedretail marketing and visual merchandising experiences.

Resilient Expansion Amidst Challenges

  • During the pandemic, SUGAR Cosmetics prioritized safety and sanitation, opening five new brand-owned retail stores. The brand’s resilience is evident in its strategic focus on strengthening direct-to-consumer (D2C) channels, particularly by expanding its mobile app, which has garnered over 1 million installations in under a year

Vineeta Singh Shark Tank India

  • Vineeta Singh became a household name after her appearances on Shark Tank India. She joined the show in Season 1 and continued to appear in Seasons 2 and 3. Apart from being a smart investor on the show, Vineeta gained attention for her resemblance to “Raju ki Maa” from the popular movie 3 Idiots. This led to many memes spreading on social media, which initially saddened Vineeta, but she later took it supportively.
  • She also won hearts with her humor and playful mimicry of other sharks at different events. Throughout the show, Vineeta made several strategic investments, further enhancing her reputation as a savvy entrepreneur

Vineeta Singh Personal and Professional Achievements

  • Established in 2015, SUGAR Cosmetics has risen as one of India’s leading cosmetic brands. Despite facing numerous challenges along the way, the brand has continuously evolved to achieve its current success.
  • Vineeta’s unwavering dedication, resilience, and hard work have propelled her to become a successful female entrepreneur, earning her recognition through various awards. In addition to her entrepreneurial pursuits, Vineeta is also a sports enthusiast. She has actively participated in several marathons, securing medals for her accomplishments in the sporting arena.

Personal Achievements

2001-05

2 Gold and 2 Silver medals for IIT Madras during the 4 Inter IIT Sports Meets attended

2019

Start-up of the year award by Entrepreneur Awards

2021

W-Power Award by Forbes India

2021

BW Disrupt 40 Under 40 Award by Business world

2021

Fortune’s 40 Under 40

2022

World Economic Forum’s Young Global Leadership list

Lessons to Learn From Vineeta Singh

  • Two failed ventures have not stopped Vineeta from starting SUGAR cosmetics as her third venture. Vineeta`s entrepreneurial journey is a motivational story that can motivate anyone to get up and work. She always believed in herself, which eventually led her to where she is now, running one of thebiggest cosmetic brands in India.
  • Vineeta has been featured on the cover of various business magazines. She was on the cover ofForbes as the Most Powerful Women in Business.In 2020 Vineeta Singh was named one of thetop 100 mindful women in the worldby The Economic Times 40 Under Forty.

Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs)

Vineeta Singh, the CEO of Sugar Cosmetics, brings her entrepreneurial flair and a net worth of Rs 300 crore to Shark Tank.

The brand Sugar Cosmetics is nearing unicorn status with an estimated valuation of more than half a billion and with a retail footprint of over 45,000 retail outlets.

In 2015, armed with experience and a definitive vision, Vineeta, alongside husband Kaushik Mukherjee, launched SUGAR Cosmetics.

SUGAR Cosmetics is acruelty-free makeup brandthat is high on style and higher on performance. The brand is inspired by and targeted towards bold, independent women who refuse to be stereotyped into roles.

Yes, Sugar Cosmetics isone of the top cosmetic brands in India

Vineeta Singhfounded her third start up Sugar Cosmetics with her husband Kaushik Mukherjee

Vineeta Singh is a co-founder of 2 companies; Sugar Cosmetics & Fab Bags.

Vineeta Singhis an Indian entrepreneur and CEO and co-founder of Sugar Cosmetics.

]]>
Unique Ids For Indians Boon Or Bane For The Citizens?https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/unique-ids-for-indians-boon-or-bane-for-the-citizens/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Wed, 26 Jan 2022 13:18:22 +0000<![CDATA[What's Brewing]]>https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?p=17572<![CDATA[ […] ID for vaccination and health-related data. Besides, there is a driving license and bank account number. This is besides the mobile phone number. Sypnosis The UNIQUE IDENTIFICATION PROGRAM is the first step towards creating the infrastructure for e-Government services in India. The goal should be no less than aiming to be in the top […] ]]><![CDATA[

Central Government and State Governments have been launching various Unique IDs to bring transparency and curb leakages in the system. The government has been consolidating initiatives and attempting to bring additional schemes under the Aadhaar umbrella. According to an analysis of ministry-level data, 312 initiatives were connected to Aadhaar. Twenty of these belonged to the Ministry of Labour and Employment, while 41 belonged to the Ministry of Agriculture and Farmers Welfare. 70% of linked schemes were accounted for by ten ministries. The above list excludes state-sponsored schemes.

Before We Begin Lets Understand The Unique Ids In India

What Are The Unique Ids Launched By The Central Government?

  • AADHAAR: It is a 12-digit random number issued by the UIDAI (“Authority”) to the residents of India after satisfying the verification process laid down by the Authority. Around 312 schemes were linked to Aadhaar, and ten ministries accounted for 70% of linked schemes.
  • PAN CARD: PAN is an abbreviation of Permanent Account Number. It is an alphanumeric, 10-digit unique number issued to every taxpayer by the Income Tax Department of India.
  • Other Unique IDs : Voter ID for election, unique health ID for vaccination and health-related data, a unique ID for persons with disabilities, a unique ID for property across 12 states, a corporate ID for each company and one unique ID for migrant workers.

What Are The Unique Ids Launched By The State Governments?

  • Haryana government has launched the PARIVAR PEHCHAN PATRA SCHEME. The scheme will accord a unique eight-digit ID to each family and link all state government schemes on subsidy, pension and insurance.
  • BHAMASHAH YOJANA is a scheme introduced by the Government of Rajasthan to transfer financial and non-financial benefits of governmental schemes directly to women recipients in a transparent way.
  • MADHYA PRADESH PROVIDES SAMAGRA IDS and passwords for its residents to register themselves and avail themselves the government benefits.
    Aadhaar was expected to encompass everything, but given security and privacy protocols, it hasn’t achieved that. A person has a PAN number for tax purposes, a voter ID for election, and a unique health ID for vaccination and health-related data. Besides, there is a driving license and bank account number. This is besides the mobile phone number.

Sypnosis
The UNIQUE IDENTIFICATION PROGRAM is the first step towards creating the infrastructure for e-Government services in India. The goal should be no less than aiming to be in the top 10 countries on the UN e-Government readiness index which will have a positive effect on not only the economy but also on human development in India. The core task for the Unique Identification Authority of India is to assign a unique identification number to each resident in the country and to eliminate the need for multiple identification mechanisms. This unique number will be the basis for a positive and accurate identification of citizens on which e-Governance platforms and services can be built around.
• The Narendra Modi administration has said in the past that it saved Rs 6,250 on every fake ration cardholder it eliminated after Aadhar-based verification followed by direct cash transfers into bank accounts. This, according to the government, would save the country Rs 100 billion every year.

• Linking of AADHAR Cards with Voters Identity Cards in all states of the nation can also save a very big amount of Government Funds including wastage of stationery and manpower used in the manual revision of electoral rolls. This will benefit all the citizens of India who are harassed by maintaining different identity cards viz. PAN Card, AADHAR CARD, VOTERS IDENTITY CARD, RATION CARD, SOCIAL SECURITY CARD etc. with different offices either of State Government or Government of India.

• Shri Narendra Modi launched the indigenously- developed National Common Mobility Card (NCMC) based on One Nation One Card Model. This will allow users to pay charges across multiple kinds of transport including metros and other transport systems across the country. These are bank-issued cards on Debit/Credit/Prepaid card product platform.

• Now there should be a slogan like “One Nation – One Identity Card” and the Government of India should implement it with immediate effect. Not a single political party will oppose this Amendment Bill and it will surely pass in Lok Sabha as well as in Rajya Sabha in its first attempt.

• Citizens of India are waiting for “One Nation- One Identity Card” under Digital India Mission. Narendra Modi Government will act on it speedily in its upcoming Parliament session and amend the Representative of Peoples Act, 1951 to link AADHAR with Voters ID with legal backing.

]]>
Inflation Record Reached Peak in Indiahttps://www.5paisa.com/finschool/inflation-record-reached-peak-in-india/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Thu, 20 Oct 2022 13:20:27 +0000<![CDATA[What's Brewing]]>https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?p=31572<![CDATA[ […] Price Index, analyzes the retail inflation of goods and services in the economy across 260 commodities. The data is collected separately by the Ministry of Statistics and Program Implementation and the Ministry of Labour. The WPI, which refers to the Wholesale Price Index, analyzes the inflation of only goods across 697 commodities. The WPI-based […] ]]><![CDATA[

Inflation accelerated to five month high of 7.41% in September from 7%. Is RBI failing to combat Cost pulls? Let’s first understand Inflation and its impacts on India.

Inflation in India
  • Inflation is a crucial factor which determines a country’s purchasing power. In other words, it is the measure that causes price rise in the goods and services over a period of time and the buyers start feeling the pinch about the same.
  • For example you have purchased an essential item for Rs 500 but the same has become costly let’s say Rs 1000. So here you might rethink of buying the same product again or would find replacement for the same. This price rise is linked to various factors which creates an instability in consumption. This situation is called Inflation.
  • Economist suggest that controlling price rise that’s moderate to drive consumption creates a baseline in the economy. However higher inflation indicates that economy is in to trouble. So you might be thinking low inflation is good for the economy? No, that’s not the case! That situation is called Deflation which is equally worrisome.
  • RBI had published the minutes of Monetary Policy Committee meeting on September 28th The minutes suggested that opinions are beginning to diverge within MPC for finding a best way forward for monetary policy interventions.
  • The annual inflation increased to a five month high of 7.41% in September 2022 from 7% in August 2022, which was above market forecast 7.3%
  • Prices of food increased drastically and erratic rainfall impacted all local crops. Also Russia Ukraine War has hit supply chain. Not only that, but also it has effected transportation and communication, health and education sector also.
  • The Central Bank is cautious about the rising prices despite all corrective actions. We have seen a rate hike of 140 basis points indicating the uncertainties.

How is Inflation Calculated?

  • There are two indices that are used tomeasure inflation in India— the consumer price index (CPI) and the wholesale price index (WPI). These two measure inflation on a monthly basis taking into account different approaches to calculate the change in prices of goods and services.
  • The study helps the government and the Reserve Bank of India to understand the price change in the market and thus keep a tab on inflation.
  • The CPI, which refers to the Consumer Price Index, analyzes the retail inflation of goods and services in the economy across 260 commodities. The data is collected separately by the Ministry of Statistics and Program Implementation and the Ministry of Labour.
  • The WPI, which refers to the Wholesale Price Index, analyzes the inflation of only goods across 697 commodities. The WPI-based wholesale inflation considers the change in prices at which consumers buy goods at a wholesale price or in bulk from factory, mandis.

So what is causing the Price Rise?

  1. Crude Oil Prices

The high inflation is primarily due to rise in prices of crude oil, petroleum, and natural gas, mineral oil, basic metals owing to disruption in the global supply chain caused by Russia Ukraine Conflict. The rate of price rise in fuel and light category in the retail inflation basket has quickened to 10.80%.

  1. Russia Ukraine war

The war in Ukraine and the associated problems through higher prices of crude oil are a significant contributor.The recent spike in inflation was due to rising prices of crude oil and other commodities due to disruption in the global supply chain in the wake of the Russia-Ukraine war.

  1. Rising prices of essential food items

The retail inflation rose mainly on account of rising prices of essential food items like oils and fats, vegetables, meat and fish. This was due to the geopolitical crisis resulting from Russia-Ukraine war which has pushed edible oil prices higher.

How to Beat Price Rise?

  • The government, in the past, has announced a series of measures to ease cost rise like — cut the excise duty on petrol and diesel, reduce import duty on key raw materials and crude edible oils.
  • On the other hand, one way the RBI tries to control inflation is by increasing the repo rate in order to control and supply and demand of goods and services. Simultaneously, the increase in repo rates compels banks toincrease interest rates on loansanddeposit rates.
  • Hence, it is important to ensure that you’re financially disciplined, not just about your spending and buying habits but about your savings and investments too.
  • Choosing the right investment instrument is the one way to remain financially safe, which not only suits your personal finance needs given the risk you are willing to take, but also allows your savings to grow enough to beat inflation.

What is India doing to Combat Inflation?

To bring down the prices, the government has taken the following steps:

  • The government announced an excise tax cut of Rs. 8 per litre onpetroland Rs 6 per litre ondiesel. The government will bear a shortfall of Rs 1 lakh crore due to the excise duty cut on petrol and diesel.
  • Taking a cue from Centre. Three states – Kerala, Rajasthan and Maharashtra – also announced reduction in state taxes. The reduction in pump prices of petrol and diesel will bring down the logistics cost for the industry.
  • The government also reduced the import duty on key raw materials and inputs for the steel and plastic industry.
  • The government has levied export duty on some steel products and raised it on iron ore and concentrates. Together with the import duty cut, the price of steel will come down.
  • During the current and next financial year, the government has permitted duty-free imports of 20 lakh tonnes of crude soya bean and crude sunflower oil.
  • Under the Ujjwala Yojana, the government has also granted Rs 200 per cylinder subsidy. This will benefit around nine crore beneficiaries.
  • The government set a limit of 100 lakh tonnes on sugar exports to ensure that there is adequate stock when the sugar season begins in October to cover three months’ worth of consumption.
  • The Centre has also regulated sugar exports to maintain adequate stocks in the country. From June 1, only 10 million tonnes of sugar can be exported in the current marketing year which ends in September.
  • India slapped a ban on wheat exports to maintain food security and cool prices. Over and above Rs 1 lakh crore budgeted for the current fiscal, the government will provide an additional fertiliser subsidy of Rs 1.1 lakh crore to farmers.

Conclusion

  • India’s retail inflation basket needs to be revised to improve the efficacy of monetary policy.
  • Higher the weightage of food in overall CPI, the more cumbersome it will be for monetary policy to contain inflation
]]>
Different Types of Investmenthttps://www.5paisa.com/finschool/different-types-of-investment-2/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Thu, 24 Nov 2022 14:02:54 +0000<![CDATA[What's New]]><![CDATA[Trading]]>https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?p=34338<![CDATA[ […] on the secondary market at the next price. Public Provident Fund (PPF) The Public Provident Fund is one in all the National Savings Institute’s post office savings programmes. Some private and government-owned banks, however, are permitted to just accept PPF investments. The scheme’s returns are assured because it’s backed by the Indian government. As […] ]]><![CDATA[

The process of obtaining an asset with the goal of creating money from it’s called investment. The expansion within the asset’s value over time is understood as appreciation. When an asset is purchased for investment purposes, the investor doesn’t keep it. Instead, the investor will put it to good use to form money. The first goal of investing is to get an asset today and sell it at a greater price later. In the market, there are many alternative styles of assets to decide on from. All differs in terms of the returns it provides, the extent of risk it entails, the duration of the investment, taxation, and whether the returns are guaranteed, or market linked.

There are several styles of investments available within the market, which we’ve got divided into three groups. They really are:

Investing in fixed income: These investments provide a gradual stream of income within the kind of interest. These are investments with an occasional probability of failure. Some of the simplest fixed-income investments are listed here.

Investing within the stock market: Market related investments are those who don’t provide a guarantee of returns and are subject to plug fluctuations. These investments are considered high-risk. When the market rises, though, the returns on these investments are likewise high.

Other investments are people who don’t fall within the categories of fixed income or market-linked investments. Alternative investments are another name for them.

  • Fixed-income investments

Banks and financial organizations frequently provide fixed deposits, also referred to as FDs. FDs are the foremost popular investment form in India because they supply assured returns. They may be hired for anywhere from seven days to 10 years. The interest rates on fixed deposits range from 3% to 7%. Senior citizens also are given a better rate of interest on their FD deposits. The rate of interest on a bank account is not up to the rate on a hard and fast deposit. Interest is paid monthly, quarterly, half-yearly, annually, or at maturity, according to the investor’s preference.

  • Bonds

Bonds are fixed-income products that pay investors a hard and fast rate of interest in exchange for his or her money. Investors lend money to the government and corporations in exchange for normal interest payments. Borrowers who raise money publicly or privately for various projects are referred to as bond issuers. A bond could be a financial instrument that contains information on the rate of interest, the date, the due date, and the terms of the bond. Bondholders are paid the complete amount when the bond matures (upon maturity). Investors can potentially earn by selling the bond before it matures on the secondary market at the next price.

  • Public Provident Fund (PPF)

The Public Provident Fund is one in all the National Savings Institute’s post office savings programmes. Some private and government-owned banks, however, are permitted to just accept PPF investments. The scheme’s returns are assured because it’s backed by the Indian government. As a result, they’re thought to be low-risk investments. Additionally, PPF investments have a 15-year lock-in term. Additionally, if the investor wants to increase the program, they will do so in 5-year increments. Additionally, one might invest in PPF to avoid wasting money on taxes.

  • Stocks

A stock investment is observed as an equity investment. Purchasing stocks or shares entitles investors to some of the company’s ownership. Stocks are purchased with the goal of generating regular income within the variety of dividends additionally as capital appreciation. Investors can exploit selling shares as stock prices climb.

  • Mutual funds

Mutual funds are financial entities that combine money from multiple individuals to speculate in a very sort of assets, including equities and debt. An open-end fund deliberately invests in stocks, government bonds, corporate bonds, and other assets. The open-end investment company is managed by a portfolio manager or fund manager appointed by the fund house.

  • Exchange-Traded Funds (ETFs) (ETF)

The exchange-traded fund (ETF) could be a kind of passive investment that tries to match the performance of the underlying index. In other words, an ETF’s portfolio closely resembles the makeup of an Index. An exchange-traded fund (ETF) replicates and follows the index’s performance. As a result, ETFs aren’t managed by a portfolio manager. In addition, exchange-traded funds don’t try to outperform their underlying index.

  • National Pension (NPS)

The National Pension Scheme (NPS) could be a retirement savings plan. NPS may be a good option for those that desire a steady income after retirement while still saving money on taxes. Because they’re backed by the government, they’re considered low-risk investments. After retirement, the scheme allows the investor to withdraw a percentage of the accrued funds.

  • Gold

For Indians, gold has always been a go-to asset or investment. It’s also a highly emotional and socially asset. Purchasing gold coins, bars, biscuits, and jewellery on auspicious days has been a long-standing custom in India. An object with such emotive worth has gained popularity in a variety of ways. Gold bonds and gold ETFs, for example, have recently gained appeal.

Gold is used as a hedge to safeguard one’s investment portfolio from market risk. Investing in gold does not yield a consistent stream of income in the form of dividends or interest. It is, however, a very liquid asset that can provide returns that outperform inflation.

  • Purchasing Real Estate

Real estate investing entails the acquisition, ownership, and management of physical assets. To put it another way, any investment in land, a building, a plant, a property, or anything else is termed a real estate investment. The primary goal of real estate investing is to either sell the asset at a better price in the future or to create consistent income through rent.

Land and property prices do not fluctuate significantly in the short term. As a result, investors with long-term objectives should choose real estate. Before investing in real estate, investors should exercise caution and conduct market research, as well as having the seller’s documents validated by legal specialists.

]]>
New Issuehttps://www.5paisa.com/finschool/finance-dictionary/what-is-a-new-issue/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Wed, 01 Dec 2021 15:19:10 +0000https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?post_type=finance-dictionary&p=14190<![CDATA[ […] in the form of Treasury securities in order to raise funds for government operations. Example of a New Issue Say a new IT company has developed a program to make cash exchanges easily available worldwide. It has been successful in both generating revenues and garnering interest from the venture capital community. To grow, however, […] ]]><![CDATA[
New Issue

Companies can also raise capital by selling stocks in the primary and secondary markets. Investors who buy the stocks of the company get to own a piece of the company depending on the number of shares they own. A new issue refers to a stock or bond offering that is made for the first time. Most new issues come from privately held companies that become public, presenting investors with new opportunities.

Understanding a New Issue

A new issue is conducted as a means of raising capital for a company. Firms have two main choices issuing debt or issuing equity in the form of stock (i.e., selling a portion). Regardless of which route they take, they will be making a new issue when those securities are offered for sale. Governments will also create new issues of sovereign debt in the form of Treasury securities in order to raise funds for government operations.

Example of a New Issue

Say a new IT company has developed a program to make cash exchanges easily available worldwide. It has been successful in both generating revenues and garnering interest from the venture capital community. To grow, however, it believes it needs more capital, approximately Rs.30 million, which it doesn’t have on hand. As such, it needs to raise this capital through external sources. That’s when they decide to go a merchant banker and start the process of new issuance- which is called as an IPO (Initial Public Offer)

Advantages

  • Less expensive: Selling stocks to the public does not add more debt to the company. Instead, it allows investors to become owners of the company and get a share of the annual profits. The investors also participate in the decision-making process of the company.

  • No stellar credit rating: Start-ups and other companies without a known track record may be unable to access credit facilities that are available to successful companies. This is because lenders may view them as too risky and deny them the needed capital. However, with equity, these companies can attract investors who are willing to wait and grow their investments in the company. The investors become real owners of the business and get to participate in dividend and profit sharing.

Disadvantages

  • Dilute ownership: Every time a company makes a new issue of stock, it dilutes the ownership of the existing shareholders. The current shareholders’ ownership stakes and voting powers decrease as new members join as shareholders and acquire ownership interests in the company.

]]>
Cryptocurrencyhttps://www.5paisa.com/finschool/finance-dictionary/what-is-cryptocurrency/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Mon, 20 Dec 2021 06:37:35 +0000https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?post_type=finance-dictionary&p=15405<![CDATA[ […] payment system based on cryptographic proof instead of trust.” That cryptographic proof comes in the form of transactions that are verified and recorded in a form of program called a blockchain. Understanding Blockchain A blockchain is an open, distributed ledger that records transactions in code. In practice, it’s a little like a checkbook that’s […] ]]><![CDATA[

Cryptocurrency is a medium of exchange that is digital, encrypted and decentralized. Unlike the U.S. Dollar or the Euro, there is no central authority that manages and maintains the value of a cryptocurrency.

Instead, these tasks are broadly distributed among a cryptocurrency’s users via the internet.

Bitcoin was the first cryptocurrency, first outlined in principle by Satoshi Nakamoto in a 2008 paper titled “Bitcoin: A Peer-to-Peer Electronic Cash System.” Nakamoto described the project as “an electronic payment system based on cryptographic proof instead of trust.”

That cryptographic proof comes in the form of transactions that are verified and recorded in a form of program called a blockchain.

Understanding Blockchain

A blockchain is an open, distributed ledger that records transactions in code. In practice, it’s a little like a checkbook that’s distributed across countless computers around the world.

Transactions are recorded in “blocks” that are then linked together on a “chain” of previous cryptocurrency transactions.

“Imagine a book where you write down everything you spend money on each day,” says Buchi Okoro, CEO and co-founder of African cryptocurrency exchange Quidax.

“Each page is similar to a block, and the entire book, a group of pages, is a blockchain.”

With a blockchain, everyone who uses a cryptocurrency has their own copy of this book to create a unified transaction record.

Software logs each new transaction as it happens, and every copy of the blockchain is updated simultaneously with the new information, keeping all records identical and accurate.

To prevent fraud, each transaction is checked using one of two main validation techniques: proof of work or proof of stake.

Value of Cryptocurrency

At the root of it all, any type of currency is valuable because it is accepted as a store of value.

The more people accept this, the more valuable the money becomes. Additionally, more acceptance leads to more stability in the value of the money.

Additionally, both fiat money and cryptocurrencies solve the issue of the double coincidence of wants.

Furthermore, cryptocurrency runs on blockchain technology.

This new and ingenious technological concept increases the security of the currency and allows for the verification of transactions in the currency.

Finally, cryptocurrency is infinitely divisible.

Whereas the smallest amount in US Dollars one can receive is a cent – or $0.01 – you can receive 0.00000000000001 Bitcoin if need be.

Examples of Cryptocurrency
  • Bitcoin

  • Ethereum

  • Ripple

  • Dash

  • Litecoin

  • Dogecoin

How to Invest in Cryptocurrency

Cryptocurrency can be purchased on peer-to-peer networks and cryptocurrency exchanges, such as Coinbase and Bitfinex. Keep an eye out for fees, though, as some of these exchanges charge what can be prohibitively high costs on small crypto purchases. Coinbase, for instance, charges a fee of 0.5% of your purchase plus a flat fee of $0.99 to $2.99 depending on the size of your transaction.

More recently, the investing app Robinhood started offering the ability to buy several of the top cryptocurrencies, including Bitcoin, Ethereum and Dogecoin, without the fees of many of the major exchanges.

How to Mine Cryptocurrency?

Mining is how new units of cryptocurrency are released into the world, generally in exchange for validating transactions.

While it’s theoretically possible for the average person to mine cryptocurrency, it’s increasingly difficult in proof of work systems, like Bitcoin.

“As the Bitcoin network grows, it gets more complicated, and more processing power is required,” says Spencer Montgomery, founder of Uinta Crypto Consulting.

“The average consumer used to be able to do this, but now it’s just too expensive. There are too many people who have optimized their equipment and technology to outcompete.”

And remember: Proof of work cryptocurrencies require huge amounts of energy to mine.

It’s estimated that 0.21% of all of the world’s electricity goes to powering Bitcoin farms. That’s roughly the same amount of power Switzerland uses in a year.

It’s estimated most Bitcoin miners end up using 60% to 80% of what they earn from mining to cover electricity costs.

While it’s impractical for the average person to earn crypto by mining in a proof of work system, the proof of stake model requires less in the way of high-powered computing as validators are chosen at random based on the amount they stake.

It does, however, require that you already own a cryptocurrency to participate. (If you have no crypto, you have nothing to stake.)

]]>
Cash Balance Pension Planhttps://www.5paisa.com/finschool/finance-dictionary/cash-balance-pension-plan/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Mon, 26 Sep 2022 06:12:52 +0000https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?post_type=finance-dictionary&p=31049<![CDATA[A defined-benefit programme with a lifetime annuity option is remarked as a “cash balance program.” In an exceedingly cash balance plan, the employer deposits a predetermined portion of the participant’s annual salary into their account together with interest fees. The defined-benefit criteria function as the muse for the financing restrictions, funding requirements, and investment […] ]]><![CDATA[

A defined-benefit programme with a lifetime annuity option is remarked as a “cash balance program.” In an exceedingly cash balance plan, the employer deposits a predetermined portion of the participant’s annual salary into their account together with interest fees.

The defined-benefit criteria function as the muse for the financing restrictions, funding requirements, and investment risk.

The employer owns all gains and losses within the portfolio, and changes to the portfolio don’t have any impact on the participant’s final payments after retirement or termination.

Cash balance employer contributions for rank-and-file employees often total 6.9 percent of pay when paired with a concept, as opposed to the 4.7 percent contributions that are typical of plans solely.

Each year, participants are given an interest credit. This credit will be established at a variable rate, just like the 30-year Treasury rate, or a set rate, like 5%. Participants have the choice to withdraw a lump payment at retirement or an annuity supporting their account balance, which may then be rolled into an IRA or another employer’s plan.

However, there’s a drawback. Compared to standard employer-sponsored retirement savings plans, cash balance pension plans are frequently costlier. That’s because to ensure that these pension systems are appropriately financed, certification is required.

Cash plans typically feature higher initial expenses, yearly administration fees, and somewhat high maintenance fees. the categories of fees and amounts for every might vary.

]]>
Important Documents In A Mutual Fundhttps://www.5paisa.com/finschool/course/https-www-5paisa-com-finschool-course-mutual-funds-financial-planning-course/important-documents-in-a-mutual-fund/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Mon, 30 May 2022 16:14:16 +0000https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?post_type=markets&p=24438<![CDATA[ […] This information can assist the investor in making optimal financial decisions if his / her financial objectives align with that of the mutual fund company and its program. 14.4. Key Information Memorandum KIM is a summarized version of the Offer Document (OD).As per SEBI regulations, every application form is to be accompanied by the […] ]]><![CDATA[

Chapters

  • Introduction To Mutual Funds
  • Funding Your Financial Plans
  • Reaching Your Financial Goals
  • Understanding Money Market Fund
  • Understanding Bond Funds
  • Understanding Stock Funds
  • Know What Your Fund Owns
  • Understanding The Performance Of Your Fund
  • Understand The Risks
  • Know Your Fund Manager
  • Assess The Cost
  • Monitoring Your Portfolio
  • Mutual Fund Myths
  • Important Documents In A Mutual Fund

View Chapters

14.1 Important Documents

Ankita, 27, stares at the TV screen. The screen flashes an advertisem*nt for a mutual fund scheme. The advertisem*nt ends with a disclaimer, 'Mutual fund investments are subject to market risks; read all scheme-related documents carefully'. Ankita has been watching the advertisem*nt without really paying attention to it. However, when she hears this, she suddenly becomes alert.

She realizes that she signed a mutual fund application form the previous day based on a recommendation from a mutual fund distributor who usually makes rounds at her office to sell mutual fund schemes to the employees. The distributor asked Ankita a number of questions pertaining to her finances, her affinity towards investment risk and her demographics (e.g. age, income). However, on her part, Ankita was not really bothered to check anything about the scheme. She invested in it purely on this distributor's recommendation. She decides to check out the investment documents the very next day.

There are 3 important documents that Ankita will have to check:

Key Information Memorandum (KIM),

Scheme Information Document (SID) and

Statement of Additional Information (SAI).

These are prepared by the Asset Management Company (AMC) about a particular scheme, and submitted to the Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI) for approval.

14.2. Scheme Information Document

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (67)

Type of scheme: This section indicates whether the scheme is open-ended or close-ended and whether it's an equity, debt, hybrid or other type of scheme. While open-ended schemes can be redeemed with the mutual fund itself at any time, close-ended schemes can only be redeemed (with the mutual fund) after the defined period or sold on the stock exchange where they are listed. Equity funds carry a higher return potential, though with higher risk; debt funds have a lower return potential than equity, but also carry a lower amount of risk. Hybrid funds (part equity and part debt) carry moderate risk-return potential.

Investment objective: The investment objective of a scheme states the main aim of the scheme. Some examples of different investment objectives adopted by mutual fund schemes are:

  • tax benefit
  • long-term capital appreciation
  • consistent returns, etc.

This section also tells investors how the scheme plans to achieve the stated objectives. By looking at a scheme's investment objective, investors can gauge whether it is in alignment with their personal investment goals. In case a scheme's objective is modified, the fund house has to mandatorily update the SID for the same.

Scheme Suitability

This section explains what kind of investors should consider the scheme. For instance, for an open-ended equity scheme, it will state that the scheme is suitable for investors who seek long-term capital appreciation and investments in high-growth companies along with the liquidity of an open-ended scheme through investments primarily in equities. This helps you decide whether you will be comfortable investing in the scheme based on its objectives and risks.

Riskometer

To enable investors to take informed decision regarding their investments, a pictorial representation of the risk to the principal invested in a mutual fund product is depicted using a 'Riskometer'. The riskometer will categorize the risk in the scheme at one of five levels of risk, as shown in the picture below.

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (68)

The above riskometer indicates that investors should understand that their principal will be at moderate risk. There is also a written statement of the risk to the principal below the 'Riskometer'.

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (69)

Percentage asset allocation

The scheme information document states the portion (in percentage) of the fund's pool that will be allocated to different asset classes, like equity, debt, gold, etc. Under normal market conditions, the fund has to maintain the percentage of allocation as stated in the SID.

A small-cap fund, for instance, has to invest a minimum 80% of its assets in equity belonging to small-cap companies. The remaining can be invested in other areas such as large caps, debt or money market instruments. A fund that allocates a larger portion of its pool to riskier asset categories like mid-caps and small-caps may be highly exposed to market volatilities. This information can help investors judge the scheme's risk profile before making an investment.

Benchmark index:

The index to which the performance of the scheme will be compared is stated here. For instance, for an equity fund, the benchmark index may be the Standard & Poor's Bombay Stock Exchange (S&P BSE) Sensex or the Nifty 500. This will help you assess the scheme's performance vis-a-vis a suitable index as a benchmark.

Investment amount and related details

The SID includes information like:

  • The minimum amount for various scheme-related transactions
  • Investment amount for Systematic Investment Plan (SIP) option
  • Investment amount for lump-sum transactions
  • Minimum redemption amount
  • Minimum transaction amount for
    • Switching of funds
    • Systematic Transfer Plan (STP) and
    • Systematic Withdrawal Plan (SWP)

In this section of SID, investors can also find details such as fees and expenses that are applicable to the scheme, such as:

  1. Expense ratio,
  2. Exit load,
  3. Transaction charges, etc.

A scheme with a lower expense ratio can allow higher net returns in the hands of investors. However, while taking an investment decision, investors must consider other factors in combination with the expense ratio instead of solely focusing on expense ratio.

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (70)

14.3. Statement of Additional Information

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (71)

The Statement of Additional Information (SAI) is a supplementary document provided along with the mutual fund's prospectus. The document contains additional information about the mutual fund. It also contains multiple disclosures regarding the functionality of the mutual fund. The document is not a mandatory attachment and does not need to be sent to prospective investors except upon request.

The statement of additional information helps the mutual funds expand on the details about the funds that are not disclosed within the prospectus. Regular updates take place within the Statement of Additional Information.

The SAI carries the following information:

  • Definitions, abbreviations
  • Information about the mutual fund (e.g. constitution of the fund, sponsor, trustee, asset management company)
  • How to apply for schemes of the mutual fund
  • Rights of unit holders
  • How securities are valued by the fund
  • Tax, legal and other information

Thus, it is a handy document that the mutual fund companies provide. The document extends the details mentioned in the prospectus and gives detailed and additional information about the same. The investors could find multiple information about the mutual fund in the Statement of Additional Information. This information can assist the investor in making optimal financial decisions if his / her financial objectives align with that of the mutual fund company and its program.

14.4. Key Information Memorandum

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (72)

KIM is a summarized version of the Offer Document (OD).As per SEBI regulations, every application form is to be accompanied by the KIM. The first time investor should read detailed offer document, once he has gained familiarity with the AMC, he can just refer to KIM.

It specifically provides the following information:

  • Scheme suitability
  • Riskometer
  • Investment objective
  • Asset allocation pattern
  • Investment strategy
  • Risk factors and risk mitigation factors
  • Plans and options
  • Minimum investment
  • Dividend policy
  • Information about the fund manager/s
  • Historical performance of the scheme
  • Expenses of the scheme
  • Scheme's portfolio - top 10 holdings as a percentage of the net asset value (NAV)
  • NAV reporting information
  • Contact for investor grievance
  • Other information that applies to unit holders, such as loads on bonus/dividend reinvestment, commissions to distributors, taxes, depository information, transaction charges and account statements

14.5. Fund Factsheet

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (73)

The factsheet is a document that puts up all the information related to a fund/scheme. By and large, everything that you need to know before investing in a particular fund is available in the fund fact sheet. Fund factsheets are published on a monthly basis by mutual funds. The fund factsheet contains the basic information of each scheme such as the inception date, corpus size (AUM), current NAV, benchmark and a pictorial depiction of the fund's style of managing the fund. The fund's performance relative to the benchmark is provided for the different periods along with the benchmark returns, as required by SEBI's regulations. The factsheet also provides the SIP returns in the scheme, portfolio allocation to different sectors and securities.

However, some fund houses do not disclose the entire portfolio but only the top 10 holdings. In the factsheet, security wise as well as sector wise allocation is provided for equity schemes. Some factsheets also disclose the derivatives exposure taken by the mutual fund schemes. In the debt funds, the factsheet discloses the rating profile of the various securities, and a snapshot of exposure of the scheme to various rating baskets.

Portfolio features such as the price-earnings ratio (PE), Beta and other risk measures such as standard deviation and Sharpe ratio (in case of equity funds), credit rating profile, average maturity and duration (in case of debt funds) are also available in the factsheet. The factsheet also provides investment details such as the minimum investment amount, the plans and options available in the scheme, the loads and expenses and systematic transaction facilities available in the fund.

Summarising the parameters captured in a fund factsheet are:

  • About the scheme in brief
  • Scheme type
  • Investment objective
  • Product suitability and riskometer
  • Scheme returns over different time periods - 1 year, 3 years, 5 years and since inception. Returns are computed as compound annual growth rate (CAGR) returns (annualized returns). Returns of the scheme are compared to the scheme's benchmark index
  • NAV of the scheme
  • Scheme's portfolio: This is presented in the form of a list of securities invested in and in the form of sector-wise breakup (in case of an equity fund)
  • Fund managers of the scheme: Names of the scheme's fund managers and number of years of experience of each fund manager
  • Investment options available: Dividend payout, dividend reinvestment, growth
  • Minimum subscription amount and multiples
  • Minimum additional investment and multiples; minimum SIP amounts and multiples, as well as SIP frequency
  • Exit load on redemption/switch-out
  • Dividend history
  • Total expense ratio

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (74)

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (75)

]]>
Financial Modelling: Complete Guide To Learn Financial Modellinghttps://www.5paisa.com/finschool/financial-modelling/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Mon, 26 Dec 2022 15:50:42 +0000<![CDATA[What's New]]><![CDATA[Trading]]>https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?p=37252<![CDATA[ […] loans or other types of financing. Budgeting and forecasting.Budget and forecasting models help finance understand the company’s performance based on input from its various components. As each program, department and business unit creates its own budget, they can then roll them up into a single overall financial model for the entire business to be […] ]]><![CDATA[

What Is Financial Modelling?

Financial modelling is the process of estimating the financial performance of a project or business by taking into account all relevant factors, growth and risk assumptions, and interpreting their impact. It enables the user to acquire a concise knowledge of all the variables involved in financial forecasting.

Financial modelling is the task of building an abstract representation, called financial models, of a real-world financial situation. It is a mathematical model constructed to denote a simplified version of the performance of a financial asset or portfolio of a business, project, or any other investment. Financial models are activities that prepare a model representing a real-world financial situation. They are intended to be used as decision-making tools.

What Is a Financial Model Used for?

Financial models are useful for many applications. Businesses commonly use them for:

  • Valuations and raising capital.If you’re aiming to go public, for example, bankers will run financial models to determine how much the company is worth. You might also need toprovide models in order to get venture capital funding, loans or other types of financing.
  • Budgeting and forecasting.Budget and forecasting models help finance understand the company’s performance based on input from its various components. As each program, department and business unit creates its own budget, they can then roll them up into a single overall financial model for the entire business to be used to allocate resources and predict financial results for the coming year.
  • Measuring possible outcomes of management decisions.You might use a financial model to predict changes in revenue if you were to, say, raise the price of your top-selling product next year.
  • Credit analysis.Investors will use financial models to determine the likelihood of your business repaying its debts, if they are to lend you funds.

Why Are Financial Models Important?

  • Financial models are the simplest way to compute performance and express projected outcomes for your company.
  • Depending on the specific model, they can advise you regarding the grade of risk associated with implementing certain decisions.
  • Financial models can also be used to devise an effective financial statement that reflects the finances and operations of company.
  • This is important for pitching investors, securing loans or calculating insurance needs.
  • The applications are virtually limitless, but the basic idea is that they help you understand where your company stands now, how it has performed historically and what to expect in the future.

Who Uses Financial Models?

  • Anyone with an interest in the financial performance and outlook of a company could use a financial model, and there are courses for developing the skill.
  • However, professionals in business development, accounting, financial planning and analysis ,equity research, private equity and investment banking frequently develop models in the course of their usual duties.
  • Each of these analysts use different types of models depending on the focus of their business.

Objectives of Financial modelling:

  • Financial models help in steering historical analysis of a company, projecting a company’s financial performance used in various fields.
  • These financial models are predominantly used by financial analysts and are constructed for many purposes.
  • Financial modelling supports the management in the decision-making and the preparation of financial analysis by creating financial models.

The following are the objectives of creating financial models:

  • Valuing a business
  • Raising capital
  • Growing the business
  • Making acquisitions
  • Selling or divesting assets and business units
  • Capital allocation
  • Budgeting and forecasting

The best financial models offer a set of basic assumptions. For example, one commonly forecasted line item is sales growth.

Sales growth is documented as the increase, or decrease, in gross in the most recent quarter compared to the previous quarter. For financial modelling, these are the only two inputs financial models need to calculate sales growth.

Financial modelling will create one cell for the prior year’s sales, cell A, and one cell for the current year’s sales, cell B. The third cell, cell C, would be used for a formula that divides the difference between cell A and B by cell A.

This will be the growth formula. Cell C, the formula, would be embedded into the model. Cells A and B are input cells that can be changed by the user. In this case, the purpose of financial modelling and creating financial models is to estimate sales growth if a certain action is taken or a possible event occurs.

What Are The Different Types Of Financial Models Used In Financial Modelling?

In practice, there are many different types of financial models. We have outlined the 10 most commonly used financial models used by financial modelling professionals.

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (78)

1. Three-Statement Model

  • A three-statement model links the income statement, balance sheet, and cash flow statement into one dynamically connected financial model. These financial models are the basis on which more advanced financial models are built such as discounted cash flow DCF models, merger models, leveraged buyout LBO models, and various other types of financial models.
  • It falls under both the categories of financial models: Reporting models and Integrated financial statement models.

2. Discounted Cash Flow (DCF) Model

  • These types of financial models fall under the category of Valuation models and are typically, though not exclusively, used in equity research and other areas of the capital markets.
  • A DCF model is a specific type of financial model used to value a business. DCF model is a forecast of a company’s unlevered free cash flow discounted back to today’s value, which is called the Net Present Value (NPV).
  • The basic building block of a DCF model is the three-statement financial model, which links the financials together.
  • The DCF model takes the cash flows from the three-statement financial model, makes some adjustments where necessary, and then uses the XNPV function in Excel to discount them back to today at the company’s Weighted Average Cost of Capital (WACC).

3. Merger Model (M&A)

  • The M&A model also falls under the Valuation category of financial models.
  • As the title suggests, this type of financial modelling is towards a more advanced model applied to assess the pro forma accretion/dilution of a merger or acquisition.
  • It’s common to use a single tab model for each company, where the consolidation is represented as Company A + Company B = Merged Co.
  • The level of complexity can vary widely and is most commonly used in investment banking and/or corporate development.

4. Initial Public Offering (IPO) Model

  • Like the previous two type to financial models, the IPO model is also a Valuation model.
  • Financial professionals like investment bankers develop IPO financial models in Excel to value their business just before going public.
  • These financial models equate company analysis with regards to an assumption about how much investors would be willing to pay for the company in contention.
  • The valuation in an IPO model includes an IPO discount to ensure the stock trades well in the secondary financial market.

5. Leveraged Buyout (LBO) Model

  • A leveraged buyout (LBO) is a transaction where a company is acquired using debt as the main source of consideration.
  • These transactions typically occur when a private equity (PE) firm borrows as much as they can from a variety of lenders and funds the balance with their own equity.
  • An LBO transaction typically requires financial modelling with debt schedules and are an advanced form of financial models.
  • An LBO is often one of the most detailed and challenging of all types of financial models as they many layers of financing create circular references and require cash flow waterfalls.
  • These types of models are not very common outside of private equity or investment banking.
  • When it comes to an LBO transaction, the required financial modelling can get complex.
  • The added complexity comes from the following unique elements of an LBO:
  • High degree of leverage
  • Multiple tranches of debt financing
  • Complex bank covenants
  • Issuing of Preferred shares
  • Management equity compensation
  • Operational improvements targeted in the business.

6. Sum of the Parts Model

  • Another type of financial model that belongs to the Valuation category of financial models, this model is developed by taking in account a number of DCF financial models and adding them together.
  • Further, any sundry factors of the business that may not be apt for a DCF analysis are added to that value of the business.
  • So, for example, you would sum up, that’s why ‘Sum of the Parts’, the value of business unit A, business unit B, and investments C, minus liabilities D to arrive at the NAV for the company.

7. Consolidation Model

  • The Consolidation Model belongs to Reporting Model category of financial models.
  • It includes several business units added into one single model for financial modelling and further analysis.
  • Typically, each business unit is its own tab, with consolidation tab that simply sums up the other business units.
  • This is similar to a Sum of the Parts exercise where Division A and Division B are added together and a new, consolidated worksheet is created.

8. Budget Model

  • The Budget model is used to do financial modelling in financial planning & analysis to get the budget together for the next few years, typically in the range of one, three and five years.
  • Budget financial models are meant to be based on monthly or quarterly figures and rely strongly on the income statement.
  • This is one more model belonging to the Reporting model category of financial models.

9. Forecasting Model

  • Similar to the budget model, the forecasting model is also used in FP&A to come up with a forecast that compares to the budget model.
  • Since it is similar to the forecasting model, it also belongs to the Reporting model category of financial models.
  • The budget and the forecast models are represented one combined workbook and sometimes they are totally separate.

10. Option Pricing Model

  • As the name suggests, this model is part of the Pricing model category of financial models.
  • Binomial tree and Black-Sholes are the two main option pricing financial models and are based purely on mathematical financial modelling rather than specific standards and therefore are an upfront calculator built into Excel.

Financial Modeling Examples

  • To get a better picture of a financial model in use, imagine a bakery is acquiring a candy company.
  • The bakery could use a complex financial model for mergers and acquisitions to add the valuation of both companies together and present the new valuation of the combined entity.
  • When pitching to an investor, your company might prepare models that demonstrate the growth investors could expect to see based on your company’s projected sales or improvements in overhead due to economies of scale.
  • Or, if your print shop is seeking to build a new store with financing from a loan, the bank will use models to determine your company’s creditworthiness and the likelihood that your new location will be successful.

Why Is Financial Modeling so Important?

  • The possibility of a financial model’s outputs perfectly matching reality is very low.
  • After all, financial models are based upon a narrow set of assumptions from a range of possible inputs.
  • With so much uncertainty, why should business owners bother themselves with building a financial model?
  • And why do investors care so much about it? Improved finance skills can lead to significantly increased opportunities of success and thus founders should invest in improving these skills.
  • There are several reasons why founders should devote significant resources to building their model, which can be perceived as a manifestation of finance skills. Two of these reasons include:

a. A financial model gives direction on where the company is going.

In other words, it can reveal the main business drivers and, in the case of significant deviation, provides insight on where the company should focus in order to manage or hedge risks.

b. It is a strong indication to investors that the founders know what they are doing and that they understand the business.

The various assumptions and reasoning behind the financial model demonstrate whether the founders are reasonable thinkers or not, meanwhile providing a necessary tool for the company’svaluation.

Conclusion

Though financial modelling is a generic term that means different things to different users, the reference usually relates either to accounting and corporate finance applications, or to quantitative finance applications.

Want To Learn More About Financial Modelling Learn with our course on Valuation Methodology.

]]>
Radhika Gupta Success Story-The Girl With the Broken Neckhttps://www.5paisa.com/finschool/radhika-gupta-success-story-the-girl-with-the-broken-neck/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Fri, 15 Dec 2023 17:47:49 +0000<![CDATA[What's Brewing]]>https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?p=49663<![CDATA[ […] abroad and make that quantum leap so that she could enable future generations to accomplish further. Educational Background Radhika Gupta is a graduate of the Jerome Fisher Program in Management and Technology from the University of Pennsylvania. She did her Bachelor of Science in Engineering in Computer Science from the University of Pennsylvania School […] ]]><![CDATA[

Radhika Gupta is the Managing Director and CEO of Edelweiss Mutual Fund has proved that Disability is a matter of perception. Radhika Gupta is known as “the girl with the broken neck”. Let us take a look at her journey in detail

Radhika Gupta’s Early Life

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (79)

  • Gupta was born to a diplomat name Yogesh Gupta who was an Indian Foreign Service official. She has moved across continents along with her family. Radhika was born in Pakistan where she had complications at her birth and she ended up with broken neck.
  • Radhika’s mothers name is Arti Gupta who is a school principal. Radhika got married to Nalin Moniz and the couple is blessed with a child Remy Gupta Moniz. Radhika Gupta owes the credit for her success to her father who inspired her to aim for the sky.
  • She mentioned her father as her inspiration, who was born and brought up in a village in UP and ranked 7th in his civil service examinations. Her father’s piece of advice to her was that to come out of poverty, every generation has to make a quantum leap. He motivated her to study abroad and make that quantum leap so that she could enable future generations to accomplish further.

Educational Background

  • Radhika Gupta is a graduate of the Jerome Fisher Program in Management and Technology from the University of Pennsylvania. She did her Bachelor of Science in Engineering in Computer Science from the University of Pennsylvania School of Engineering and Applied Science and Bachelor of Science degree in Economics from the University of Pennsylvania –The Wharton School in 2005.

Radhika Gupta Career Journey

  • Radhika Gupta stated that at age of 22, she got rejected from her 7th Job application and she decided to commit suicide due to which she was wheeled in to a psychiatric ward and diagnosed as depressed. After this incident she bagged a job at McKinsey and her life fell at track. At the age of 25 she moved to India and started her own Asset Management Firm with her husband and friend in the year 2009.
  • The firm name was Forefront Capital Management which was later on acquired by Edelweiss Financial Services Limited in the year 2014. In 2016, Radhika Gupta assisted the acquisition of Ambit Alpha Fund and acquisition of the onshore business of JPMorgan Asset Management. Radhika Gupta headed Edelweiss Multi Strategy Funds Management Pvt Ltd. and was responsible for setting the strategic direction, overseeing investments, sales and distribution.
  • Later in the year 2017, she replaced Vikaas Sachdeva and became CEO of Edelweiss Asset Management Co. She also has been influential figure on the board of the Association of Mutual Funds (AMFI) and served as Vice Chairperson for the two consecutive terms from 2021 to 2023. Her insights and leadership aided the industrial growth and innovation.
  • In the year 2023, Radhika Gupta joined the Shark Tank India Season 03 series where she shared her passion for entrepreneurship and invested in emerging businesses. She tweeted that Shark Tank Show gave her excitement and commitment to support new ventures in a personal capacity. Her authenticity and storytelling made a profound impact online, as her video “The Girl with a broken Neck” which amassed over 301k views.

Leadership at Edelweiss Asset Management

  • Radhika assumed the role of CEO at Edelweiss Asset Management when she was 34 years old. She launched Bharat Bond ETF in 2019 which is India’s first corporate Bond ETF. Edelweiss also achieved a notable growth in Assets Under Management (as of 31st March 2017) to over ₹ 1.20 lakh crore (as of 30th November 2023).
  • Also in the year 2017, JP Morgan Mutual Fund integrated seamlessly to Edelweiss and she was instrumental in carving out the niche for Edelweiss as a robust retail financial brand.
  • Radhika Gupta’s emphasis on creating innovative and customer centric solutions have not only resonated in the marketplace but also helped Edelweiss Mutual Fund’s place as a top tier performer, soaring to the 13th position by September 2023 from the 30th rank in March 2017.

Accepting Myself as Imperfect But Beautiful- Embracing the Disability

  • In her new book,Limitless: The Power of Unlocking Your True Potentialpublished by Hachette, one of the most pertinent chapters is titled:TGIF: Thank God I’m Flawed. “You have to accept that you’re not unique in being flawed because it really makes you very normal,” “If you can use your flaws to your advantage, why not? Out of all the things I thought I’d get half well known for, a slightly crooked neck was the least. So, if you can make an edge out of your flaws, [do it] by all means.” These are the words said by Radhika Gupta when interviewed about her disability.
  • Growing up, Gupta couldn’t participate in traditional hobbies that her classmates did – sports or otherwise. She found “identity and solace” in academia, particularly during her schooling years in Nigeria where she felt like a “gross misfit” studying alongside daughters of warlords in the late 1990s. Radhika Gupta was born with a permanent tilt to her neck due to certain birth complications. While it was not evident in the early years of her childhood, the tilt became prominent as she started to shed her baby fat.
  • Radhika admitted in many of her interviews that she was extremely self-conscious about her ‘weird tilt’ and her self esteem took a beating. At one point in her life, she was afraid of losing weight as it would reveal the tilt prominently. But over time, she learned to embrace her flaws. Radhika saw her tilt from a different lens and realized it was one of the things that made her unique. It also inspired her for doing things differently.
  • While in Nigeria, Radhika Gupta studied at the American International School. Her school classmates hailed from rich families who engaged in expensive hobbies such as horse riding etc. When she expressed her desire to inculcate a hobby, her parents insisted that she learn bridge. She described herself as a simple girl who studied very hard and played bridge since the age of 13.
  • While applying to Ivy League colleges in America, she realized that her humble background may not be particularly helpful in fetching an admission. When she asked her mother what she would say, considering the fact that she wasn’t an Olympic medalist, a musical award winner or unlike any of the typical students admitted into Ivy Leagues, her mother advised her to stay true to herself. Her honesty and simplicity came off as a breath of fresh air and Radhika was offered admission into the prestigious Wharton Business school.
  • In an interview, she revealed that when she was being interviewed for a job at Mckinsey by a senior partner that conversation lasted for 90 minutes during which she spoke about Bridge for 85 minutes. Turns out the senior partner Diane was herself a bridge champion who had participated in numerous tournaments. Fascinated by a young girl who played bridge since age 13, she was hired immediately. Radhika always insists on being true to oneself because there will always be some interested in our story.

Lessons We Can Learn From Radhika Gupta

Despite her disability Radhika Gupta has shown her capabilities and set an example. She used her weakness and accepted her flaws and this itself became her biggest strength. Truth and Honesty are the qualities which aided her for her growth. In her book named “ Limitless” in which she has thrown light on her hardships, how she braved multiple rejections and ignored the crushing comments. So instead of being depressed about disabilities follow your dreams and also learn from Real life examples of such great personalities. Here are six important messages She gave through her life

  • Start taking no for an answer; it will probably do you good
  • Embrace feedback and work towards improving yourself
  • Begin taking risks, or else you’ll lose yourself to the everyday grind
  • Kickstart conversations that you want to have; without doubting yourself
  • Admit if you don’t know something and reach out for help
  • Strive for work-life integration instead of making work-life ‘perfect’
]]>
Learn Basics of Mutual Funds From Stock Market Coursehttps://www.5paisa.com/finschool/course/stock-market-basics-course/mutual-funds/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Tue, 19 Oct 2021 20:11:20 +0000https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?post_type=markets&p=11755<![CDATA[A mutual fund is an investment program that is professionally managed and diversified in its investments.]]><![CDATA[

Chapters

  • Investment Basics
  • Securities
  • Primary Market
  • IPO Basics
  • Secondary Market
  • Products In Secondary Market
  • Learn What Are Derivatives From Stock Market Course
  • Depositories
  • Mutual Funds

View Chapters

9.1 Mutual Funds

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (82)

A mutual fund is an investment program that is professionally managed and diversified in its investments.

The process involves professionals using the funds of retail investors to invest in a carefully selected set of investment products to build a diversified portfolio. The professionals who are responsible for managing a mutual fund are known as fund managers.

A fund manager is an expert who is well versed with how the stock market works. He / She aims to build a portfolio that performs a certain market index.

Suppose you wanted to buy a pizza, but you have money that's worth half the cost of the pizza. The only solution here would be to find another person, who is interested in buying the other half of the pizza with you.

Why? Because -

  1. The pizza shop will not sell you only half a pizza; and
  2. Doing so will get you the exact amount of pizza you wanted, at the exact amount of money you wanted to spend.

Advantages of Mutual Fund

  • Simple Concept

The concept and management of a mutual fund investment is very simple. You choose the fund and invest in it, and the rest of the decisions will be handled by the fund managers

  • Variety of Products

The mutual fund industry offers a huge number of schemes. They are built to cater to the different types of investors present in the market on the basis of time duration of investments, and the risk appetite of investors

  • Diversifying our Portfolios

A mutual fund is a set of different types of investment products. When we put money in a mutual fund, it automatically diversifies your portfolio.

  • Professional Fund Management

The biggest advantage of putting our money in a mutual fund comes from the professional management that our investment receives

9.2 What Is The Regulatory Body For Mutual Funds?

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (83)

As far as mutual funds are concerned, SEBI formulates policies, regulates and supervises mutual funds to protect the interest of the investors. SEBI notified regulations for mutual funds in 1993. Thereafter, mutual funds sponsored by private sector entities were allowed to enter the capital market. The regulations were fully revised in 1996 and have been amended thereafter from time to time. SEBI has also issued guidelines through circulars to mutual funds from time to time to protect the interests of investors.

All mutual funds whether promoted by public sector or private sector entities including those promoted by foreign entities are governed by the same set of Regulations. There is no distinction in regulatory requirements for these mutual funds and all are subject to monitoring and inspections by SEBI

Association of Mutual Funds in India (AMFI)

AMFI is an industry-standard organization for all mutual funds of the country. It is a not-for-profit organization that aims to spread investor awareness about the mutual funds industry

Objectives of AMFI

  • To outline the ethical and uniform professional standards for every mutual fund operating under the association;
  • To encourage its members and investors to maintain ethical business practices and regulations;
  • To get AMCs, agents, distributors, advisories and other bodies involved in the capital market to comply with their guidelines;
  • To help investors to air their grievances and register complaints against a fund manager or the fund house;
  • To distribute information on Mutual Fund Sector and conduct research and workshops on various funds; and
  • To spread awareness about the regulations regarding safe mutual fund investments throughout the country

How Is A Mutual Fund Set Up?

  • A mutual fund is set up in the form of a trust, which has sponsor, trustees, Asset Management Company (AMC) and custodian. The trust is established by a sponsor or more than one sponsor who is like promoter of a company. The trustees of the mutual fund hold its property for the benefit of the unitholders. AMC approved by SEBI manages the funds by making investments in various types of securities.
  • Custodian, who is required to be registered with SEBI, holds the securities of various schemes of the fund in its custody. The trustees are vested with the general power of superintendence and direction over AMC.
  • They monitor the performance and compliance of SEBI Regulations by the mutual fund. SEBI Regulations require that at least two-thirds of the directors of trustee company or board of trustees must be independent i.e. they should not be associated with the sponsors. Also, 50% of the directors of AMC must be independent. All mutual funds are required to be registered with SEBI before they launch any scheme.

9.3 What Is NAV?

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (84)

  • The performance of a particular scheme of a mutual fund is denoted by Net Asset Value (NAV). Mutual funds invest the money collected from investors in securities markets. In simple words, NAV is the market value of the securities held by the scheme. Since market value of securities changes every day, NAV of a scheme also varies on day to day basis
  • The NAV per unit is the market value of securities of a scheme divided by the total number of units of the scheme on any particular date. For example, if the market value of securities of a mutual fund scheme is INR 200 lakh and the mutual fund has issued 10 lakh units of INR 10 each to the investors, then the NAV per unit of the fund is INR 20 (i.e.200 lakh/10 lakh). NAV is required to be disclosed by the mutual funds on a daily basis

What Are Net Assets Of A Mutual Fund And How Are They Valued?

The net assets of a mutual fund include all the resources that have been invested into the stocks of the mutual fund scheme.

The Net Assets of a mutual fund are calculated as follows:

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (85)

How Frequently Is The NAV Calculated?

The NAV of every fund is calculated at the end of every market day (business day), on the basis of the closing market prices of the securities that the fund or scheme is invested in. Any changes in the NAV indicate a rise or a dip in the prices of assets of the mutual fund scheme.

9.4 Risks Involved In Mutual Funds

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (86)

"Mutual Funds are subjected to market risk. Read all scheme related documents carefully." This line is so popular. As we all have heard this in tv ads. So, what this tells us is- Yes, Mutual Funds are subjected to not only market risks but other various types of risks.

Below are some risks involved in Mutual Funds: -

Market Risks

The most known and normal danger for any speculation vehicle is market risk. Market risk is essentially the likelihood that the market or the economy will decrease, making individual speculations lose esteem paying little heed to the exhibition.

Inflation Risks

The danger that increasing financing costs will make your shared assets decrease in esteem. At the point when financing costs rise, security costs decrease and security common assets may likewise decay subsequently. In basic terms, if your shared assets make 10% each year and the typical cost for basic items increases 6% you are simply left with 4% as net returns from your ventures.

Volatility Risk

The risk of losses due to the changes of prices of securities due to the change in the volatility of the market instruments. Market volatility indicates the degree of change of the price of an instrument being traded on the market.

Interest Rate Risks

The risk of the value of fixed-income securities going down due to a rise in the interest rates is known as the interest rate risk.

How Do We Measure The Risks Involved In A Mutual Fund?

  • Alpha

Alpha is the excess returns relative to market benchmark for a given amount of risk taken by the scheme. Put simply, it measures how much better a fund has performed as compared to its benchmark index. For instance, if the NIFTY 50 index delivered 10% in the past year and the fund benchmarked against the NIFTY 50 delivered 11%, then the Alpha is +1%. And if the fund underperformed and achieved only 8%, then the Alpha is -2%.

Therefore, actively managed funds can have positive or negative Alpha depending on how well the fund manager runs the fund. In fact, creating positive Alpha is the entire essence behind someone investing in an actively managed fund. Index Funds, on the other hand, will not produce any Alpha.

  • Beta

Beta is a commonly used risk measure and calculates the relative volatility of a stock or Mutual Fund's returns as against its benchmark. So, Beta merely explains the relative riskiness of an asset and does not give the inherent risk of the asset itself.

Beta is measured against a benchmark. In other words, the default Beta of the stock market or the benchmark will always be the numeric value 1. Since the Mutual Fund returns are measured against the benchmark, the value of Beta can be anything.

For example, if the Beta of a Mutual Fund scheme is 1, it means the fund moves in line with the benchmark. So if the NIFTY 50 moves up by 1%, the fund is likely to go up by 1%. To put it in another way, Index Funds have a Beta of 1.

Likewise, say the Beta of a fund is higher than 1. Assume it is 1.5. So, if the NIFTY 50 jumps by 1%, the fund benchmarked against NIFTY 50 is likely to go up by 1.5%. A similar pattern is followed where the Beta is lower than 1 as well.

Standard Deviation

  • The standard deviation measures the dispersion of data from its mean. And from a Mutual Fund perspective, it represents the volatility or riskiness of the fund.
  • For instance, let's say a Mutual Fund delivers 10% average returns over a period of time. But as expected, this fund has had some good months and also some bad months with returns moving between +20% and -15%.
  • This up and down trajectory of returns in the Mutual Fund NAV is what standard deviation captures and presents as an annualized number.
  • For instance, let's say this fund that delivers a 10% average return & has a standard deviation of 3%. As a rule of thumb, this means 68% of the time. You can expect the fund's returns to be between a lower value of 7% (10%-3%) and a higher value of 13% (10% + 3%).
  • As a rule, the higher the standard deviation, the more volatile the Mutual Fund on a historical basis. Typically, the Sectoral Funds or Thematic Funds like Banking and Infrastructure Funds and even Small Cap Funds would have a high standard deviation due to the high volatility in annual returns with these funds.

9.5 What Are The Different Types Of Mutual Funds?

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (87)

Schemes According To Maturity Period

A mutual fund scheme can be classified into open-ended scheme or close-ended scheme depending on its maturity period.

  • Open-ended Fund/Scheme

An open-ended fund or scheme is one that is available for subscription and repurchase on a continuous basis. These schemes do not have a fixed maturity period. Investors can conveniently buy and sell units at Net Asset Value (NAV) per unit which is declared on a daily basis. The key feature of open-end schemes is liquidity.

  • Close-ended Fund/Scheme

A close-ended fund or scheme has a stipulated maturity period e.g. 3-5 years. The fund is open for subscription only during a specified period at the time of launch of the scheme. Investors can invest in the scheme at the time of the new fund offer and thereafter they can buy or sell the units of the scheme on the stock exchanges where the units are listed. In order to provide an exit route to the investors, some close-ended funds give an option of selling back the units to the mutual fund through periodic repurchase at NAV related prices. SEBI Regulations stipulate that at least one of the two exit routes is provided to the investor i.e. either repurchase facility or through listing on stock exchanges

Schemes according to Investment Objective

A scheme can also be classified as growth scheme, income scheme or balanced scheme considering its investment objective. Such schemes may be open-ended or close-ended schemes as described earlier.

  • Growth/Equity Oriented Scheme

The aim of growth funds is to provide capital appreciation over the medium to long- term. Such schemes normally invest a major part of their corpus in equities. Such funds have comparatively high risks. These schemes provide different options to the investors like dividend option, growth, etc. and the investors may choose an option depending on their preferences. The investors must indicate the option in the application form. The mutual funds also allow the investors to change the options at a later date. Growth schemes are good for investors having a long-term outlook seeking appreciation over a period of time.

  • Income/Debt Oriented Scheme

The aim of income funds is to provide regular and steady income to investors. Such schemes generally invest in fixed income securities such as bonds, corporate debentures, Government securities and money market instruments. Such funds are less risky compared to equity schemes. However, opportunities of capital appreciation are also limited in such funds. The NAVs of such funds are affected because of change in interest rates in the country. If the interest rates fall, NAVs of such funds are likely to increase in the short run and vice versa. However, long term investors may not bother about these fluctuations.

  • Balanced/Hybrid Scheme

The aim of balanced schemes is to provide both growth and regular income as such schemes invest both in equities and fixed income securities in the proportion indicated in their offer documents. These are appropriate for investors looking for moderate growth. They generally invest 40-60% in equity and debt instruments. These funds are also affected because of fluctuations in share prices in the stock markets. However, NAVs of such funds are likely to be less volatile compared to pure equity funds.

Money Market or Liquid Schemes

These schemes are also income schemes and their aim is to provide easy liquidity, preservation of capital and moderate income. These schemes invest exclusively in short-term instruments such as treasury bills, certificates of deposit, commercial paper and inter-bank call money, government securities, etc. Returns on these schemes fluctuate much less compared with other funds. These funds are appropriate for corporate and individual investors as a means to park their surplus funds for short periods.

Gilt Funds

These funds invest exclusively in government securities. Government securities have no default risk. NAVs of these schemes also fluctuate due to change in interest rates and other economic factors as is the case with income or debt-oriented schemes.

Index Funds Index

Funds replicate the portfolio of a particular index such as the BSE Sensitive index (Sensex), NSE 50 index (Nifty), etc. These schemes invest in the securities in the same weightage comprising of an index. NAVs of such schemes would rise or fall in accordance with the rise or fall in the index, though not exactly by the same percentage due to some factors known as "tracking error" in technical terms. Necessary disclosures in this regard are made in the offer document of the mutual fund scheme.

9.6 What Are The Rights That Are Available To Mutual Funds Holders In India?

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (88)

As per SEBI Regulations on Mutual Funds, an investor is entitled to:

  1. Receive Unit certificates or statements of accounts confirming your title within 6 weeks from the date your request for a unit certificate is received by the Mutual Fund.
  2. Receive information about the investment policies, investment objectives, financial position and general affairs of the scheme
  3. Receive dividend within 30 days of their declaration and receive the redemption or repurchase proceeds within 10 days from the date of redemption or repurchase.
  4. The trustees shall be bound to make such disclosures to the unit holders as are essential in order to keep them informed about any information, which may have an adverse bearing on their investments.
  5. 75% of the unit holders with the prior approval of SEBI can terminate the AMC of the fund.
  6. 75% of the unit holders can pass a resolution to wind-up the scheme.
  7. An investor can send complaints to SEBI, who will take up the matter with the concerned Mutual Funds and follow up with them till they are resolved.

9.7 What Is A Fund Offer Document?

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (89)

The first and foremost document of a mutual fund is standard scheme offer document. The purpose of a scheme offer document is to provide essential information about the scheme in a way that will assist investors in making informed decisions about whether to purchase the units being offered. These Offer document consists of two parts:

Scheme Information Document (SID)

SID carries important information about the scheme(s) such as their investment objective, asset allocation pattern, investment strategies, risk involved, benchmark indices for respective scheme(s), who will manage the scheme(s), fees & expenses; amongst a host of others for making an informed investment decision.

Statement of Additional Information (SAI)

SAI contains all statutory information of the Mutual Fund house.

  • Both SID and SAI are prepared in a format prescribed by the security market regulator SEBI and submitted to it. The content of the document needs to flow in the sequence prescribed in the format.
  • In addition, the mutual fund is permitted to add any disclosure which it feels is material for the investor. The other information in SID are dividends and distributions, Inter scheme transfers, Associate transactions, Borrowing by the mutual fund, NAV and Valuation of assets of the scheme, Redemption or repurchase, Accounting policies, Tax treatment, and Investors rights and services are other important aspects.

9.8 What Is Active Fund Management?

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (90)

  • Active management is the use of human capital to manage a portfolio of funds. Active managers rely on analytical research, personal judgment, and forecasts to make decisions on what securities to buy, hold, or sell.
  • Active management is an investment strategy that tries to create excess returns through the recognition, anticipation, and exploitation of short-term investment trends.
  • The main intention of extensive activity of buying and selling of assets or securities is to outdo the markets collectively. Active management of investments is targeted at making the most out of the market situation, especially when the markets are on the upward movement.
  • Active management of mutual funds involves fund managers juggling across various debt or equity instruments in pursuit of making good profits. However, this is beneficial when the markets are fluctuating.

9.9 What Is Passive Fund Management?

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (91)

  • Passive management of investments is a method in which the fund managers or the investors implement a laidback approach. This involves tracking a benchmark index to replicate its performance. The primary intention of the passive way of managing investments is to generate returns similar to a benchmark index.
  • This can be done by investing in the same securities that the benchmark index is made up of. The idea here is not to outdo the benchmark but to generate returns that are in line with it. Unlike investments that are actively managed, the passively managed investments don't need a team of experts who regularly track market performance. This is because the securities and assets don't change frequently.
  • The most popular examples of passively managed investments are index mutual funds and exchange-traded funds(ETFs). Here, the fund manager does nothing more than replicating the performance of the benchmark indices being tracked.

9.10 What Is An ETF?

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (92)

  • ETFs are mutual fund units that investors can buy or sell at the stock exchange. This is in contrast to a normal mutual fund unit that an investor buys or sells from the AMC (directly or through a distributor). In the ETF structure, the AMC does not deal directly with investors or distributors.
  • Units are issued to a few designated large participants called Authorised Participants (APs).
  • The APs provide buy and sell quotes for the ETFs on the stock exchange, which enable investors to buy and sell the ETFs at any given point of time when the stock markets are open for trading. ETFs therefore trade like stocks and experience price changes throughout the day as they are bought and sold. Buying and selling ETFs requires the investor to have demat and trading accounts

9.11 Must Know Concepts

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (93)

Expense Ratio

  • Expense ratio is the fee that is charged by an Asset Management Company for managing the assets to manage the funds of the investors.
  • For instance: An investor invests Rs 100000 and the expense ratio is 2%, then Rs 2000 is used for the expenses involving the management of the fund. The investment companies incur various costs for managing the funds. Some of these include advertisem*nt and promotion costs, fund manager fees, etc.

AUM stands for assets under management

  • A particular fund house has multiple schemes. Every scheme has investors who have invested their money into this. The total of all the investors in all schemes put together is termed as assets under management. It is the total market value of assets that an investment company manages on behalf of its investors

Exit Load

  • Exit load refers to that fee which an investor has to pay for leaving the scheme before a predetermined period. For instance: Suppose, the exit load is 1% for 1 year. It means that the investor will have to shell out 1% of his total investment value if he plans to withdraw his fund before 1 year. After 1 year, no exit load is charged.
  • This is basically enacted to ensure that the investor invests for the long term and does not pull out his funds immediately.

Factsheet

  • A factsheet is a document which gives an overview of a mutual fund. It contains the list of securities that the fund has invested in and also contains other data such as 1 year, 3-year, 5 year and since inception returns.
  • It also contains the different ratios for example, the sharpe ratio, the point to point returns etc. An investor can go through this sheet to ascertain whether he is invested in the right scheme based on the holdings of that particular fund.

Benchmark

  • A benchmark is a standard against which the performance of a security, a mutual fund or a fund manager can be ascertained. It is a preset list of securities which is used for the comparison with an actual portfolio. Benchmarks are usually broad market indices like BSE Sensex, CNX Nifty which are used to compare the different mutual funds

Total Return Index

  • It is a type of equity index which tracks the capital gains of a group of stocks and assumes that the dividends are added back to the index.
  • When we assume this, it means that the dividends that are received from the stock are reinvested back into the same stock from which dividend has been received.

SIP

  • An SIP, or a Systematic Investment Plan is the process of investing periodically be it weekly, fortnightly, monthly or quarterly.
  • Here the investment is done irrespective of whether the markets are up or down. In case the NAV is down, more units are purchased and in case the NAV is up, lesser units are bought. This helps in investing over the long term after taking into account the bull run and the bear run.
  • It is like an EMI where installments accrue for a specific wealth creation goal. An investor might choose multiple SIPs for different goals. The biggest benefit is that in this one does not need to time the markets.

SWP

  • A Systematic Withdrawal Plan (SWP) w.r.t. to a mutual fund scheme allows an individual to withdraw funds periodically by selling off the proportionate units of the scheme.
  • An individual might need monthly cash inflows when he retires or even for other necessary expenses which he incurs on a monthly basis. Therefore, when he puts his money in a mutual fund, and then sets up an SWP on that fund, he will
  • receive periodical payments through deductions from the fund. This can serve as an alternate source of income for investors.

STP

  • An STP, short for Systematic Transfer Plan, is a scheme that allows an investor to transfer funds or units from one scheme to another offered by the same mutual fund house.
  • An investor can use this system to maintain a balance between their investments in two different segments of the market. This ensures diversification of funds and protects investors from concentration risk as well.

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (94)

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (95)

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (96)

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (97)

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (98)

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (99)

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (100)

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (101)

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (102)

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (103)

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (104)

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (105)

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (106)

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (107)

]]>
Mutual Funds – Types & Benefits of investing in MF | Portfolio Diversification | FinSchool by 5paisa<![CDATA[Mutual fund is a professionally managed investment scheme, where investors invest money in stocks, bonds and other securities.In our video know about two typ...]]>nonadult
Zomato Gets Unpaid GST Notice of Rs 400 crorehttps://www.5paisa.com/finschool/zomato-gets-unpaid-gst-notice-of-rs-400-crore/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Fri, 29 Dec 2023 14:15:11 +0000<![CDATA[What's Brewing]]>https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?p=49998<![CDATA[ […] a perennial point of contention for Swiggy and Zomato, has been a tale marked by disputes and controversies. Zomato, in a strategic move, introducedZomato Gold, a loyalty program designed to offset delivery fees through a monthly subscription. Swiggy responded in kind withSwiggy One, adopting a similar approach. While both platforms charge an average of […] ]]><![CDATA[

Who is actually liable to pay GST?? The Online delivery Platform or its Delivery Agent?? Zomato has raised these questions as it receives Rs 400 crore notice for not paying GST.

  • In a stock exchange filing on December 27th 2023, Zomato said that they received a show cause notice from the Director General of GST Intelligence, Pune Zonal Unit as to why an alleged tax liability of Rs 401.7 crore along with interest and penalty for the period from October 29,2019 to March 2022.
  • Zomato has received this notice under section 74(1) of the Central Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017. Zomato however asserted that it is not liable to pay the amount as delivery charges are collected by it on behalf of the delivery partners.

Why Zomato Got such Notice???

  • DGGI has taken on the matter is “Food delivery is a service, so Zomato is liable to pay GST on service at 18% rate.” On the other hand, industry is of a view that Zomato is a platform, and they hire gig workers on a per delivery basis and Zomato is just collecting these fees as a total amount which gets paid to the gig worker.
  • These gig workers are providing the service thus, it is on them to pay GST. But, since each gig worker is below the ₹20 Lakh threshold they are exempt from GST.” Simply put, as of now, food delivery platforms have to pay 5% GST on their food orders and not the restaurants.
  • In addition to the food bill, they collect certain charges for delivery, which is passed onto the gig workers. The contention is that delivery is a service provided directly by service delivery personnel to the customer and the platform is not required to collect GST on the same. In most cases, these delivery personnel would be below the GST threshold and hence not required to pay GST.
  • The GST authorities are contending that food delivery platforms are required to pay GST on these charges. Experts say that the real question, therefore, is whether this service is by the platform or by the delivery personnel directly.

Zomato ‘s Response

  • In response, Zomato said that it is not liable to pay any tax since the “delivery charges” are collected by the company on behalf of the delivery partners. Additionally, the delivery partners have also provided service to the customers and not the company. “This is also supported by opinions from our external legal and tax advisors,” Zomato said in an exchange filing, adding that it will file an appropriate response to the notice.
  • However, the company has highlighted that no order of any kind has been passed against the company and they have made this disclosure just as a matter of caution given the amount of tax in question. Zomato believes that it has a strong case on merit.

How GST Notice is Impacting the Food Delivery Agents ??

  • The saga of delivery fees, a perennial point of contention for Swiggy and Zomato, has been a tale marked by disputes and controversies. Zomato, in a strategic move, introducedZomato Gold, a loyalty program designed to offset delivery fees through a monthly subscription. Swiggy responded in kind withSwiggy One, adopting a similar approach.
  • While both platforms charge an average of INR 40 for deliveries, the actual cost incurred is INR 60. The platforms absorb this additional INR 20, a fact often overlooked in the fee debate. Notably, Zomato and Swiggy jointly process a staggering 1.8 to 2 million daily orders across the country.
  • The looming spectre of new GST implications threatens to disrupt their financial equilibrium. Adding complexity, both platforms recently introduced a platform fee, ranging from INR 2 to INR 5 per order. Unlike previous models, this fee applies universally, impacting all customers regardless of subscription status.

The Road Ahead –Taxation on GST Needs More Clarity

  • Time and again, it has been observed that tax authorities are known to plug loopholes even when they are legal. When it is an open-and-shut case, it gets trickier for companies. If Zomato and Swiggy are indeed delivery companies that charge delivery fees, they have to be seen as service companies that are bound to pay service tax on the charges.
  • But the problem is that food is a complex business. Raw materials do not cost as much in making a cooked item as other incidental costs involved in packaging, managing restaurant premises and maintaining a labour force.
  • Being venture capital-funded companies usually means that the likes of Zomato and Swiggy cannot think of themselves as just glorified courier companies. So they get into partnerships and promotional work in complex business models that take their work into a fuzzy zone.
  • Trying to convert some of that fuzziness into profit-sharing opportunities while also being a delivery company is putting them under dilemma. As it turns out, tax authorities may be slow to understand it all, but when they come down on an industry, they do so pretty hard.
  • As a perceptive research paper said: “Swiggy’s revenue is based on three major streams- Advertising, Commission, and delivery fees whereas the three key pillars that drive Zomato’s revenue are Food Delivery, Dining Out, and Hyperpure.
  • To some extent, food delivery companies that run websites that have content and logistical muscle can add the apples of commission revenues with the oranges of service fees. However, in a cut-throat business where competition is intense but profit margins are high, there is a roller-coaster approach to promotions, technology, and partnerships. Zomato’s early honeymoon with big restaurants as a dine-in demand provider ran into hiccups when high-end restaurants found the platform not as palatable as their gourmet food.
  • Perhaps it is time for venture capitalists and entrepreneurs to realise that complicated business models can boomerang while simple business models may not be alluring to investors. You have to strike a balance somewhere.
]]>
India to become Global Semi-Conductor Hubhttps://www.5paisa.com/finschool/india-to-become-global-semi-conductor-hub/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Mon, 04 Mar 2024 17:12:00 +0000<![CDATA[What's Brewing]]>https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?p=51963<![CDATA[ […] semiconductor and display manufacturing by 130 percent to INR 690.3 million As per the finance documents produced by the central government, therevised estimateof expenditure for the ‘Modified Programme for Development of Semiconductors and Display Manufacturing Ecosystem in India’ in FY24 is INR 150.3 million But what are semi-conductors and Why India needs it?? Let […] ]]><![CDATA[
  • India has made significant strides in the semiconductor sector in the last two years during which the government received investment proposals of Rs 2.50 trillion from global chip makers.
  • This news has captured attention of many. In the interim 2024 Union Budget, India increased the allocation for the scheme to support semiconductor and display manufacturing by 130 percent to INR 690.3 million
  • As per the finance documents produced by the central government, therevised estimateof expenditure for the ‘Modified Programme for Development of Semiconductors and Display Manufacturing Ecosystem in India’ in FY24 is INR 150.3 million But what are semi-conductors and Why India needs it?? Let us understand the concept in detail.

What are Semi-Conductors?

  • A semiconductor is a substance that has specific electrical properties that enable it to serve as a foundation for computers and other electronic devices. It is typically a solid chemical element or compound that conducts electricity under certain conditions but not others. This makes it an ideal medium to control electricalcurrentand everyday electrical appliances.
  • A substance that can conduct electricity is called theconductorand a substance that cannot conduct electricity is known as the insulator. Semiconductors have properties that sit between the conductor and insulator. Adiode, integrated circuit (IC) andtransistorare all made from semiconductors.

Why Semi-conductor is important??

  • The semiconductor industry is important for a variety of reasons. Firstly, it is a significant contributor to the global economy. The industry is worth billions of dollars, and its products are used in virtually every aspect of our daily lives.
  • Secondly, the semiconductor industry is critical for technological advancement. As technology continues to advance, the demand for semiconductors is only set to increase. Finally, the semiconductor industry is essential for national security. Semiconductors are used in military equipment and other critical infrastructure, making their availability crucial for national security.

Technological advancement

  • Semiconductors are critical for technological advancement. The industry has been instrumental in the development of modern electronics, and its products are used in everything from smartphones to computers to medical equipment. As technology continues to advance, the demand for semiconductors is only set to increase.
  • One of the most significant advancements in recent years has been the development of the Internet of Things (IoT). The IoT is a network of interconnected devices that communicate with each other and the internet. The IoT has the potential to revolutionize a variety of industries, from healthcare to manufacturing to transportation. However, the IoT is only possible because of the semiconductor industry. Semiconductors are used to create the sensors, microcontrollers, and other electronic components that make the IoT possible.
  • Another significant technological advancement that is set to drive demand for semiconductors is artificial intelligence (AI). AI is already being used in a variety of industries, from healthcare to finance to transportation. AI requires significant processing power, which is only possible because of the semiconductor industry. As AI continues to advance, the demand for semiconductors will only increase.

National security

  • Semiconductors are essential for national security. They are used in military equipment, such as radar systems, and other critical infrastructure. The availability of semiconductors is crucial for national security, as a shortage could lead to a significant disruption in military operations.
  • The importance of semiconductors for national security has become increasingly apparent in recent years. The United States and other countries have become increasingly concerned about the reliance on foreign semiconductor manufacturers. The US government has taken steps to encourage domestic semiconductor manufacturing, and other countries are likely to follow suit.

Economic impact

  • The semiconductor industry has also had a significant impact on the global economy. The industry has created millions of jobs around the world and has generated billions of dollars in revenue. In addition, the industry has enabled the development of new industries and has driven economic growth in many regions.
  • The semiconductor industry is a major contributor to global trade, with semiconductor products accounting for a significant portion of exports from many countries. In the United States, for example, semiconductor products account for approximately 16% of all exports, making it one of the largest export industries in the country.
  • The industry has also been a major driver of innovation and entrepreneurship. Many of the world’s leading technology companies, such as Intel, Samsung, and Qualcomm, have their roots in the semiconductor industry. These companies have not only created jobs and generated revenue, but they have also developed groundbreaking technologies that have transformed entire industries.

Market for Semi-Conductors

  • More than 75% of the global semiconductor fab capacity is in Asia (the front-end), but the region’s market share is even higher (90%) in chip assembly and testing (the back-end). Except for large IDMs, most chip players have been outsourcing AT processes to third-party vendors, or OSATs. The majority of the big OSATs are based in China and Taiwan, commanding roughly 80% of the OSAT market share in 2022. Although the United States is aiming to bolster domestic AT capacity, almost all actual AT work is done in Asia.
  • The lines between traditional front-end and back-end are increasingly blurring, with each attempting to capture more of the value chain. Advanced packaging is also increasingly becoming a strategic enabler to build the most sophisticated leading-edge chips. Going forward, as the United States and Europe look to expand domestic chip fabrication capacity, they should look to build up their back-end capacity to avoid lengthening and making their supply chains more complex.
  • To help stay on the leading edge of product performance and flexibility, IDMs in the United States and South Korea are increasing efforts to bolster their packaging capabilities, which are usually provided and enabled by their respective assembly operations and facilities. Concurrently, leading fabless companies are pushing for nearshore AT. Further, complex gen AI chips are fueling demand for advanced packaging, exposing an acute capacity shortage for this technology.
  • In 2024, the back-end AT market could experience significant transformation, as prominent IDMs and foundries move even further into advanced packaging, while traditional OSATs also continue to enhance their packaging capabilities. Simultaneously, US- and EU based semiconductor companies are expanding their front-end wafer fab facilities on their home turfs.
  • Alongside this expansion, steps are being taken to shift their back-end AT services to new countries. For instance, new AT capacity is being built in Vietnam, Malaysia, India, and Poland, reflecting how IDMs and OSATs are diversifying and de-risking their supply chain; this trend is in line with Deloitte’s perspective in the 2023 global semiconductor industry outlook.
  • But the emerging AT facilities face distinct challenges. New advanced packaging technologies and test solutions should be delivered with high-quality performance within stringent time-to-market constraints. Also, such technologies often require distinct skills and experiences. For example, packaging and testing engineers need to have specializations in electrical and electronics engineering, material sciences, capacity planning, and yield processes.
  • Additionally, back-end players are challenged to provide a range of novel but intricate advanced packaging options; for example: 2.5D/3D, fan-outs, chiplets, SiP, and hybrid bonding. In 2024, IDM AT units and pure-play OSATs could look to shortlist from those several options, and gain mastery of specific packaging technologies.
  • They should be agile and constantly innovate to help allow branded semiconductor companies to launch superior products more rapidly and at competitive performances and prices. One other aspect that AT facilities should consider is the energy, materials, and other resources used in assembly, test, shipping, and distribution operations—which are often equally important parts of the semiconductor sustainability equation.
  • To stay competitive in the dynamic AT landscape throughout 2024 and beyond, OSATs and captive AT facilities should strengthen their core enterprise IT systems. Additionally, integrating AI and ML into their operations can help develop advanced packaging technologies and features, improve demand planning, manage inventory effectively, and streamline information flow across the extended supply chain. Testing is also expected to gain prominence, as complex chip and module designs could require captive AT and OSATs to advance capabilities like system-level test, adaptive or dynamic test, and AI/ML-based bin prediction.

How India is becoming a key player

  • India has witnessed a remarkable surge in electronics consumption in recent years. The Indian semiconductor industry is projected to achieve a market value of$55 Bn by 2026, driven primarily by the demand for semiconductors in smartphones and wearables, automotive parts, and computers and data storage, which together make up over 60% of the market.
  • However, India’s dependency on imports for these crucial components has exposed its vulnerability to global supply chain disruptions, exemplified during the COVID-19 pandemic. India’s heavy reliance on semiconductor imports, constituting95%of its supply from countries like China, Taiwan, South Korea, and Singapore, exposed vulnerabilities during disruptions like the pandemic.
  • The microchip shortage resulted from a surge in demand, driven by the digital shift caused by COVID-19, affecting consumer electronics and remote work requirements. Concurrently, production disruptions in key manufacturing nations due to lockdowns and labour shortages, especially in Taiwan, a major producer responsible for over60%of global foundry revenue, severely impacted semiconductor availability.
  • Additionally, as other industries dependent on microchips slowed production due to the pandemic, it exacerbated the gap between demand and supply. The imbalance led to a scramble among semiconductor producers and suppliers, triggering hoarding and worsening the supply crisis, ultimately impacting electronic production in India.
  • The effect of semiconductor shortage was highlighted in the year 2022, witnessing a loss of about170,000 unitsby Maruti Suzuki India. This crisis underscored the urgent need for India to establishdomestic semiconductor production capabilities.
  • Recognizing the need to reduce its dependence on imported semiconductors, the Ministry of Electronics and Information Technology (MeitY) hasunveiled a $10 Bn commitmenttowards the India Semiconductor Mission (ISM).
  • This move underscores the government’s ambition to establish a presence in the semiconductor sector. The investment encompasses funding, manufacturing incentives, and the Design Linked Incentive (DLI) program, designed to support emerging Fabless startups in creating products for both domestic and international markets.
  • For instance, Micron Technology has revealed plans to invest upwards of$800 Mnin the establishment of a fresh semiconductor assembly and testing facility in Gujarat, India. This move is poised to bring about a substantial transformation in India’s semiconductor sector, simultaneously leading to the generation of numerous high-tech and construction employment opportunities.

Persisting Challenges

  • Setting up semiconductor fabs is a daunting task, primarily due to their capital-intensive nature, as the costs involved are substantial, which may dissuade potential investors. However, it’s essential to recognize that these investments are not solely for the present; they serve as the seeds for a high-tech future.
  • The significant funds channelled into these fabs today will ultimately yield cutting-edge technology and contribute to the emergence of a technologically empowered nation in the years to come. Moreover, semiconductor fabs demand critical resources such as clean water, uninterrupted power, and specialized human expertise.
  • These prerequisites are not mere immediate necessities but rather the foundational building blocks of a technologically advanced future. The infrastructure investments made today will continue to underpin India’s semiconductor industry for an extended period, ensuring its growth and sustainability.

Future of Semiconductor and India

  • The semiconductor industry is poised to continue its growth and innovation in the coming years. Advances in artificial intelligence (AI), the internet of things (IoT), and 5G technology are expected to drive demand for semiconductors and enable the development of new applications and industries.
  • AI, in particular, is expected to have a significant impact on the semiconductor industry. AI algorithms rely on large amounts of data and require significant computing power, which can only be achieved through the use of advanced semiconductors. As AI becomes more ubiquitous, the demand for semiconductors is expected to grow significantly.
  • As the industry continues to grow and evolve, it is driving advancements in fields such as artificial intelligence, the Internet of Things (IoT), and renewable energy. The semiconductor industry is also a major contributor to the global economy, generating billions of dollars in revenue and creating millions of jobs worldwide.
  • These technologies rely heavily on semiconductors to process and transmit data, and advances in semiconductor technology are key to unlocking their full potential. For example, the development of more powerful and efficient semiconductors is enabling the creation of more advanced AI algorithms and the deployment of IoT devices on a scale previously unimaginable.
  • Perhaps most importantly, the semiconductor industry is playing a critical role in the transition to a more sustainable future. Advances in semiconductor technology are driving the development of renewable energy technologies such as solar power, wind power, and energy storage systems. Semiconductors are essential to the functioning of these technologies, and as they become more efficient and cost-effective, they are helping to drive the transition to a low-carbon economy.
]]>
Ratan Tata : An Inspirational Success Storyhttps://www.5paisa.com/finschool/ratan-tata-an-inspirational-success-story/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Thu, 04 Apr 2024 11:07:39 +0000<![CDATA[What's Brewing]]>https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?p=52334<![CDATA[ […] Ratan Tata, the trust works towards the well-being of the underprivileged in various sectors. The trust provides two types of grants: Institutional grants: These include endowment grants, program grants, and small grants. Emergency Grants: These grants are provided during times of urgency or crisis. In addition to heading the Sir Ratan Tata Trust, Ratan […] ]]><![CDATA[

Ratan Tata – A prominent business tycoon, philanthropist and a luminary figure whose success story is a inspiration for generations. Tata Group is India’s reputed multinational conglomerate founded in the year 1868. Its headquarters is in Mumbai and operates in various sectors such as automotive, steel, information technology, telecommunications etc. Mr. Ratan Tata was a chairman of Tata Group from the year 1990 to 2012 and interim chairman from October 2016 to February 2017. Mr. Ratan Tata is the man with visions right from the beginning of his career and his extra-ordinary skills has inspired generations across the World.

“Apart from values and ethics which I have tried to live by, the legacy I would like to leave behind is a very simple one – that I have always stood up for what I consider to be the right thing, and I have tried to be as fair and equitable as I could be.” – Mr. Ratan Tata

Let us understand the Success Journey in detail.

Who is Mr. Ratan Tata??

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (109)

  • Mr. Ratan Naval Tata is the son of Naval Tata who was adopted by Ratanji Tata son of Jamsetji Tata, the founder of the Tata Group. He graduated from the Cornell University College of Architecture with the bachelor’s degree in architecture. He joined Tata in 1961 where he worked on the shop floor of Tata Steel. He later succeeded as chairman of Tata Sons in the year 1991.

Personal Life of Mr. Ratan Tata

  • Ratan Tata was born in Mumbai in to a Parsi Zoroastrian family on 28th December 1937. He is the son ofNaval Tata, who was born inSuratand later adopted into the Tata family, and Sooni Tata, the niece of Tata group founderJamsetji Tata. Tata’s biological grandfather, Hormusji Tata, was a member of the Tata family by blood. In 1948, when Tata was 10, his parents separated, and he was subsequently raised and adopted by Navajbai Tata, his grandmother and widow of Ratanji Tata.
  • He has a younger brother Jimmy Tata and a half-brother,Noel Tata, from Naval Tata’s second marriage withSimone Tata, with whom he was raised. Tata spent most of his childhood in India, under the care of his maternal grandmother after his parents’ divorce.In his post in Humans of Bombay Ratan Tata speaks about how he fell in love and almost got married in Los Angeles.
  • Unfortunately, he was forced to move to India due to his grandmother’s failing health. Even though he expected his future spouse to move with him to India her parents weren’t comfortable with this due to the instability in India due to the Indo-China war. This meant the end of their relationship.

Education and career

  • Mr. Ratan Tata studied at the Campion School, Mumbai till the 8th class after which he studied at the Catheral and John Connon School in Mumbai, then in Bishop Cotton School in Shimla and the Riverdale Country School in New York City where he graduated in the year 1955. After graduating from high school, Tata enrolled in Cornell University where he did his graduation in architecture in 1959. In 2008 Tata gifted Cornell $ 50 million becoming the largest international donor in the university’s history.
  • In the 1970 Tata was given managerial position in the Tata Group. During 21 years Tata Group revenue grew over 40 times and profit over 50 times. When Ratan Tata took over the company sales overwhelmingly comprised commodity sales, but later the majority of sales came from brands.

Entry to Tata Group

  • The journey begins when Mr. JRD Tata Chairman of Tata Sons stepped down and Mr. Ratan Tata took over as his successor in the year 1991. This news came as a surprise for many as the existing executives like Russi Mody (Tata Steel), Darbari Seth(Tata Tea, Tata Chemicals), Ajit Kerkar(Taj Hotels) and Nani Palkhivala(Director on boards of several Tata Companies) were expected to succeed JRD Tata. This news led to a bitter feud among the group and many disagreed with the decision.
  • Media branded Mr. Ratan Tata as the wrong choice. But Mr. Ratan Tata continued to work with perseverance and dedication. He during his tenure set the Retirement age. According to the policy the retirement age was set at 70 and senior executives would retire at the age of 65. This began replacing the staff with younger talents. Due to this the succession issue was sorted as Mody was sacked , Seth and Kerkar retired as they crossed the age limits and Palkhiva quit the job due to citing ill health.
  • Once the succession issue was sorted Ratan Tata started focussing on what was important. He convinced the group companies to pay royalty to Tata Sons for the use of the brand name TATA and also made the individual companies report to the group office.
  • Under him the group exited business such as cement, textiles and cosmetics and it increased its focus on other such as software and also entered telecom business, finance and retail. During all these Mr. JRD Tata guided Ratan Tata as a mentor even though there were criticisms.

Ratan Tata Achievements

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (110)

  • Despite facing criticism due to his relative inexperience, he took over the reins of the Tata group and led it to become a global conglomerate, with 65% of the revenues coming from abroad. Under his leadership, the group’s revenues rose by 40 times, and profits increased by 50 times. With the aim of globalizing the business, the Tata group made several strategic acquisitions under Ratan Tata’s leadership.
  • These include the purchase of London-based Tetley Tea for $431.3 million, the acquisition of the truck manufacturing unit of South Korea’s Daewoo motors for $102 million, and the takeover of Anglo-Dutch company Corus Group for $11.3 billion.
  • These acquisitions, including Tetley by Tata Tea, Jaguar Land Rover by Tata Motors, and Corus by Tata Steel, helped the Tata group to expand its global footprint, reaching over 100 countries. It also gave a significant boost to the Indian industrial sector.

Introduction of TATA Nano

In 2015, Ratan Tata introduced the TATA Nano Car, an affordable vehicle designed to cater to middle and lower-middle-income consumers worldwide. The TATA Nano, with a seating capacity for five people and a starting price of $2000, became known as the “people’s car” due to its affordability and convenience.

Ratan Tata’s Philanthropic Contributions

Ratan Tata established the Sir Dorabji Tata Trust, thus realizing his father’s vision. Approximately 60-65% of the profits earned by Ratan Tata were donated for charitable purposes. His notable philanthropic contributions include:

Contributions to Education

Ratan Tata carried forward the legacy of the Tata group’s founder, Jamsetji Tata. The JN Tata Endowment for Higher Education provides scholarships to Indian students for pursuing higher education. TATA Trusts has been working towards addressing the challenges in the education sector, with a focus on providing quality education to children from marginalized communities. They aim to provide high-quality learning experiences through critical thinking, problem-solving, collaborative learning, and the use of technology. TATA Trusts’ work in the field of education aligns with the United NationsSustainable Development Goals(SDGs).

  1. Quality Education (SDG -4)
  2. Gender Equality (SDG – 5)
  3. Decent Work and Economic Work (SDG -8)
  4. Industry, Innovation, and Infrastructure (SDG – 9)
  5. Reduced Inequality ( SDG – 10)
  6. Partnerships to achieve the SDG (SDG -17).

Several premier educational institutions have been established and supported by the TATA Trusts under Ratan Tata in India and abroad. These include:

  • Tata Centre for Technology and Design at the Indian Institute of Technology Bombay (IIT-B), Tata Centre for Technology and Design at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) and the University of Chicago
  • Tata Centre for Genetics and Society at the University of California San Diego, Harvard University South Asia Institute,
  • Indian Institute of Science (IISc) – Bengaluru,
  • Tata Institute of Social Sciences (TISS) – Mumbai, Tata Memorial Centre – Mumbai,
  • Tata Institute of Fundamental Research (TIFR) – Mumbai
  • National Institute of Advanced Studies (NIAS) – Bengaluru.
  • The Tata Education and Development Trust established a $28 million Tata Fundraising Campaign in association with Cornell University to provide financial assistance to Indian undergraduates who cannot afford educational expenses.

Contributions to the Medical field

Ratan Tata has played a significant role in improving primary healthcare in India. He has supported initiatives addressing maternal health, child health, mental health, and the diagnosis and treatment of diseases like cancer, malaria, and tuberculosis.

  • He has also provided a grant worth ₹750 million Indian rupees to the Centre of Neuroscience at the Indian Institute of Science for research on Alzheimer’s disease.
  • Ratan Tata has worked closely with governments, non-governmental organizations, and implementation partners to ensure proper maternal care, nutrition, water, sanitation, and infrastructural support.

Contributions to Rural and Agricultural Development

  • The Transforming Rural India Initiative (TRI), an initiative of the Tata group, collaborates with governments, NGOs, civil society groups, and philanthropists to transform areas of acute poverty.
  • Ratan Tata has also made generous donations during times of natural calamities and has supported the construction of schools and hospitals.

Sir Ratan Tata Trust

  • Established in 1919 by Ratan Tata, the trust works towards the well-being of the underprivileged in various sectors. The trust provides two types of grants:
  • Institutional grants: These include endowment grants, program grants, and small grants.
  • Emergency Grants: These grants are provided during times of urgency or crisis.
  • In addition to heading the Sir Ratan Tata Trust, Ratan Tata also heads the Sir Dorabji Tata and Allied Trusts and owns a 66% stake in Tata Sons.

Other Initiatives by Ratan Tata

  • Ratan Tata has held various roles in organizations both in India and abroad. He serves on the boards of several companies and institutions, including Alcoa Inc, Mondelez International, and the East-West Centre.
  • He is also a member of the Board of Trustees of the University of Southern California, the Dean’s Advisory Board of Harvard Business School, and Cornell University. He is a member of the board of directors of the International Advisory Board of Bocconi University. He has been a member of the Harvard Business School India Advisory Board (IAB) since 2006.
  • In 2013, he was appointed to the board of directors of the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace. In February 2015, Ratan assumed an advisory role at The Kalaari Capital, a venture capital firm founded by Vani Kola.

Titles and Honours

  • Ratan Tata has been awarded the second-highest civilian honour of India, the Padma Vibhushan, and the third-highest civilian honour, the Padma Bhushan.
  • He has also received honorary doctorates from several prestigious institutions, including the London School of Economics, Cambridge University, Ohio State University, IIT Bombay, IIT Madras, and IIT Kharagpur.

Retirement and Current Engagement

  • Ratan Tata retired from his position on December 28, 2012, at the age of 75. He was succeeded by Cyrus Mistry of the Shapoorji Pallonji Group. However, due to opposition from the board of directors, Mistry was removed from his position in 2016, and Ratan Tata served as an interim chairman.
  • In January 2017, Natarajan Chandrasekharan was appointed as the chairman of the Tata Group and the successor of Ratan Tata.
  • Currently, Ratan Tata heads Tata Trusts and Tata Sons, making him the second person to head both companies after JRD Tata.

Challenges faced by Mr. Ratan Tata

  1. Ratan Tata was bound to close an assignment of nurturing a loss-making unit – Empress Mill during the year 1977 due to not sanctioning 50 lakhs rupees of fund from the core management. The unit was dreamed to be revolutionary but it got unfortunately closed making Ratan feel depressed.
  2. He faced several public criticisms after being declared the next successor of Tata Group of Industries by JRD Tata in the year 1981. Public along with the Tata Groups employees, investors, and shareholders as well believed him to be a fresher for handling the sole responsibility of such a big group of companies.
  3. He decided to come up in the car market during the year 1998 and launched his first car model with the name Tata Indica which failed completely as people never shown their interest in buying the car.
  4. Heeven decided to sell the entire company during the year 1999 and accordingly approached Ford Motors for purchasing the same. Being an owner of such a biggest group of companies, Tata was insulted by the Ford owner which was an extremely troublesome and frustrating situation for such a big entrepreneur.
  5. Ford insulted Ratan Tata by stating “When you don’t know anything about passenger cars, why did you start the business”. These words were promptly replied by Ratan Tata when he saved Ford from bankruptcy during the year 2008 by buying the Jaguar-Land Rover unit for which even Tata has to bear a loss of 2500 crores.

Success Lessons we can Learn from Ratan Tata

1. Aim for excellence and innovation:

Ratan Tata has consistently emphasized the importance of pushing the boundaries of innovation and excellence within the Tata Group. He has been instrumental in implementing transformative changes and has consistently encouraged his team to think creatively and strive for continuous improvement.

2. Embrace adaptability to change:

Ratan Tata has always been open to change and has made it a central part of his approach to business. He has successfully navigated the Tata Group through major transitions and has consistently been quick to adopt new technologies and market trends. This adaptability has enabled the Tata Group to remain relevant and competitive in a rapidly evolving business environment.

3. Adhere to ethical leadership:

Ratan Tata is well-known for his commitment to ethical leadership and corporate social responsibility. He has always conducted business with integrity and treated all stakeholders, including employees, customers, and communities, with respect and fairness.

4. Foster trust and teamwork within the organization:

In order to build a culture of trust inside the Tata Group, Ratan Tata has repeatedly highlighted the value of teamwork. He has believed in empowering team members and giving them the freedom to take on challenges and innovate. This approach has contributed to the success of the Tata Group by creating a strong sense of ownership and accountability among team members.

5. Prioritize sustainability:

As a leader in advancing sustainability within the Tata Group, Ratan Tata has always been conscious of the effects that business has on the environment. He has initiated several initiatives to reduce the group’s carbon footprint and has focused on creating eco-friendly and socially responsible products and services.

6. Demonstrate empathy and compassion:

Ratan Tata has always been known for his compassion and his willingness to lend a helping hand to those in need. He has actively participated in philanthropic activities and supported various causes such as education, healthcare, and disaster relief. His empathetic approach has not only helped those in need but has also earned him the respect and admiration of many.

7. Lead by example:

Ratan Tata believes in leading by example and has set high standards for himself and his team. He has consistently been committed to doing the right thing, regardless of the consequences, and has inspired others to follow his lead

Conclusion

Ratan Tata’s career and way of life journey offer valuable lessons for anyone seeking to make a positive impact in the world. His focus on excellence, innovation, and adaptability have contributed to the success of the Tata Group and his commitment to ethical leadership and corporate social responsibility has earned him respect and admiration. Additionally, his emphasis on teamwork and sustainability, as well as his compassion and willingness to lead by example, serve as a model for all. These lessons are relevant not only for business leaders, but for anyone who aspires to make a positive impact in the world.

]]>
Namhya Foods- Healing Through Ayurvedahttps://www.5paisa.com/finschool/namhya-foods-healing-through-ayurveda/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Fri, 24 Mar 2023 06:12:21 +0000<![CDATA[What's Brewing]]>https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?p=40662<![CDATA[ […] used daily and included Ayurvedic herbs. The products included Heart Tea, Green Tea, Kashmiri Saffron, Almond Milk, PCOS Tea etc. Apart from this Namhya offers Nutrition Coaching Programs. How Namhya Foods started? Namhya Foods heal the body and the soul. Miss Ridhima Arora observed that there is a huge gap between food industry and […] ]]><![CDATA[

Ayurveda is the ancient medical system of India which believes that physical and mental health can be obtained through nature and the products made from plants are more effective than any other. Ayurvedic medicines follows India’s traditional health care.

In Sanskrit Ayurveda means “The Science of Life” because Ayu means Life and Veda means Science. Also Ayurveda means “Mother of Healing”. It follows ancient Vedic Culture. Ayurveda places great importance for prevention and encourages maintenance of health though proper diet, right thinking, lifestyle and use of herbs.

India has more than 100 companies who are in to Ayurveda and believes that Ayurveda is a solution for all those who failed to get cured through allopathy and homeopathy. One such Indian Company is Namhya Foods. Let us understand Life Journey of Miss Ridhima Arora Founder of Namhya Foods and how she achieved success through Ayurveda.

About Namhya Foods

  • Namhya Founded in the year 2019 by Miss Ridhima Arora. She wanted people to heal naturally without visiting hospitals with the help of Ayurveda. So she started with the products which are used daily and included Ayurvedic herbs.
  • The products included Heart Tea, Green Tea, Kashmiri Saffron, Almond Milk, PCOS Tea etc. Apart from this Namhya offers Nutrition Coaching Programs.

How Namhya Foods started?

  • Namhya Foods heal the body and the soul. Miss Ridhima Arora observed that there is a huge gap between food industry and healthcare industry. So she laid the foundation of Namhya Foods and started to sell products which included Ayurvedic herbs.
  • In the year 2014 Ridhima started her fitness journey and to become fit she lost 30 kgs in 2 years (86 kgs to 56 kgs). In this entire process she observed that market really lacked healthy food options. Also her father got seriously ill due to liver cirrhosis. Ridhima this time used her knowledge and researched lot about Ayurveda.
  • It was started as a pilot retail store in Jammu and Kashmir. Initially Namhya Foods chose offline mode for selling their products but later on they started making loss.
  • Ridhima realized that she herself being from marketing background failed to understand her core competencies and did not utilize the digital field efficiently. So she decided to change her business strategy and used all online platforms like Amazon, Flipkart, eBay, Etsy(International) etc.

How is Namhya Foods different from others?

  • Namhya uses only natural blends and there are no preservatives. It contains foods like sattu, Tragacanth Gum, Arjun Chhal etc. Also Namhya does not use vegetable oils, or sugars and preservatives. These traditional herbs have natural healing properties and help to revive the prana in the body.

Now that we know what Namhya Foods is all about let us understand who exactly is Miss Ridhima Arora

Who is Miss Ridhima Arora?

  • Miss Ridhima Arora was born on 28th December, 1992 in Jammu and Kashmir. She did her schooling at JK Public School. She did her B-Tech in Electronics and communications and then went to Chennai’s Great Lakes Institute of Management to pursue PGDM in marketing and sales. While pursuing MBA she worked as project trainee at Ramco Systems Chennai for four months. Ridhima was also fascinated by fashion shows in her college days and did few modelling projects.
  • Her grandfather was a traditional Ayurvedic practioner and started a small herbs business store in the year 1937 in Jammu and Kashmir where he sold natural herbs and did Ayurvedic treatment. Ridhima’s Father took over the business and expanded it further.

Ridhima Arora Career

  • Ridhima started her career in May 2015 as senior marketing manager at Lava International Limited, Noida. She worked there around three years and subsequently resigned from her post in the year 2018. Then she joined Automate International in Gurgaon as Senior Marketing Manager.
  • In 2018 she gave up her career as her father was ill with Liver Cirrhosis and the doctor declared that he had just 6 months left to live. At that time Ridhima used to visit doctors and hospitals to find a cure for her father. She then started giving traditional immunity boosters like halad ka pani and giloy water.
  • With a mix of allopathy and Ayurvedic herbs along with yoga helped her father to heal over months. After facing such critical situations, Ridhima realized that there is lack of awareness about healthy products and market lacks such products which are natural.
  • She then developed products that includes nutrition and bridge the gap between healthy food and tasty food using Ayurvedic products through the company named Namhya Foods Private Limited.
  • So initially she invested around 22 lakhs to set up small manufacturing unit at her family land in Jammu and Kashmir. In the first months of operations her company was able to sell the inventory of Rs 5 lakhs and earned revenue of Rs 1 crore in a year.

Interesting Facts about Ridhima Arora

  • Ridhima Arora Loves to travel in her free time and do all adventure activity
  • She is very particular about her gym and fitness
  • Ridhima suffered PCOS and due to which she had gained lot of weight.
  • She had once appeared as a guest on Young Bites Channel to share benefits of using Ayurveda.
  • In the year 2021 she was invited to attend the Change Maker Xchange Summit, Asia and Australia
  • She follows Buddhism teachings. The name Namhya came from the word Namyo which is used in Buddhism.
  • She considers Oprah Winfrey, Michael Singer, Marianne Williamson, Ekhart Tolle as her role models.
  • Also she has appeared as guest speakers in platforms like TedX and Josh Talks.

The Shark Tank Appearance

  • Ridhima Arora thanked Shark Tank because after her appearance in the show in the year 2021, her company sales boosted almost 6 times than what she did earlier. Mr. Aman Gupta, boAt company co-founder invested in her company Rs 50 lakhs for a stake of 10%.
  • In the Shark Tank India show, Ridhima was intelligent and her impressive pitch for her brand impressed all the judges. But only Mr. Aman Gupta decided to invest as he believed in Ayurveda.

Lesson we can learn from Namhya Foods and Ridhima Arora

  • Ridhima Arora is changing how we eat. She has showed the world that health is not just something that revolves around exercise and staying active. It includes proper diet as well.
  • Namhya Foods has positioned itself as an alternative health company the one which replaces a regular meal or snack with Ayurveda.
  • Now Namhya Foods has expanded to Gujarat and Delhi and has opened a branch in US as well. The heart tea has achieved a huge success for people with high cholesterol and heart issues. The company now aims to expand and is in talks with UrbanPlatter, Qtrove, Milk Basket and Grofers. Namhya aims to clock sales of Rs 1 crore by next year.
  • The founder has set an example that to be entrepreneur perseverance is very important. There were many instances in her life when she decided to give up but later on she just became silent and managed her thoughts just to come back again with full of energy and new ideas to push up her business.
  • Ridhima Arora is now role model for many woman and young entrepreneurs to come up with new ideas. She has the competitive spirit in her which keeps her going. Through her product she has changed life for many and has played a very instrumental role in creating awareness about Ayurveda. She believes that she has broke the stereotype that Ayurvedic products cannot be fashionable.
  • Ridhima Arora is looking forward to build up a team and learn more about team management. She wants to think bigger and gives the message to the society that one must learn to uncover the blankets of problems preventing to reach the highest potential. Healing and understanding higher consciousness is important.
]]>
Peyush Bansal: Person Behind Lenskart Successhttps://www.5paisa.com/finschool/peyush-bansal-person-behind-lenskart-success/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Sat, 13 Apr 2024 16:21:48 +0000<![CDATA[What's Brewing]]>https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?p=52897<![CDATA[ […] work as a part-time receptionist where we developed his interest in computers and coding. After completing his studies at McGill University, he started his career as a Program Manager in a popular Tech Giant- Microsoft, USA. He worked there for nearly one year from January 2007 to December 2007. He also completed (MPEFB- Management) […] ]]><![CDATA[

Peyush Bansal – Biography

Peyush Bansal- The Visionary man who founded Lenskart to transform the way people see and experience the World. Since the beginning of the Company, Lenskart has defied expectations on how people engage with eyewear. Yes Lenskart is all about eyewear and eye care. Peyush Bansal and His company visions for a world where eyewear helps you Do More, Be More. He focused for disrupt in eye wear industry and today Lenskart is one of Biggest Eyewear Brand in India. Let us understand his journey in detail.

Early Life and Education of Peyush Bansal

  • Peyush Bansal studied at Don Bosco School, Delhi. After completing his schooling, he prepared for IIT but didn’t get through it. Peyush then decided to study engineering at a foreign university and after so much hard work and effort, he finally got admission to McGill University, Canada.
  • Later he got admission into Bachelor of Engineering Honors in Electrical- IT, Control and Automation. From 2002 to 2006 he completed his bachelor’s degree there. While doing their studies he used to work as a part-time receptionist where we developed his interest in computers and coding.
  • After completing his studies at McGill University, he started his career as a Program Manager in a popular Tech Giant- Microsoft, USA. He worked there for nearly one year from January 2007 to December 2007. He also completed (MPEFB- Management) from IIM, Bangalore.
  • Peyush left his job and in 2008 he moved to India. Despite not having a business idea and experience, he decided to start a new business with a small capital that he had earned from his previous job. In December 2007 he started a company basically an online portal (SearchMyCampus.com) to solve the various issues of college students such as housing, coaching, jobs, transportation, books, etc. After this, he with his friends founded Valyoo Technologies Pvt. Limited which is now known as Lenskart.

Peyush Bansal Net Worth and Investments

  • Through dedication and expertise, he has become a beacon of motivation for budding entrepreneurs. As of 2024, Lenskart founder Peyush Bansal’s net worth is estimated to stay approximately Rs. 600 crores.
  • Peyush Bansal lives a luxurious life with many luxury cars, as he has a BMW, Mercedes, Audi, and Land Rover. Furthermore, he has also invested in an employee engagement platform at Feedo and dailyobjects.com, a lifestyle brand.
  • Peyush Bansal has made numerous investments in companies likePush Sports,Yes Madam, andJewel box (Accessories)within the Educational and Training Services (B2C), Services (B2C Non-Financial), and Accessories industries. Peyush Bansal’s latest investment was on 19-Feb-2024 inPush Sports, a company within the Educational and Training Services (B2C) industry.

Peyush Bansal Family

  • Peyush Bansal was born on 26th April 1985 to Mr..Bal Kishan Bansal and Kiran Bansal. He is married to Nimisha Bansal.
  • Peyush has one elder brother and one sister. Peyush and Nimisha has one son.

Peyush Bansal Lenskart India: How It All Began?

  • After completing early education, Peyush moved to Canada for further studies from where he completed his engineering degree. After this Peyush did his first job at Microsoft, the world’s biggest company. Peyush used to get package of lakhs at Microsoft. But he was not happy with the work as he wanted to start his own business and he thought to come back to India in the year 2007.
  • He launched SearchMyCampus as the first vocational service in 2007. He then went on to find a series of companies including John Jarcobs, Equivalence and Lenskart under which he set up the Lenskart Vision Fund which is a Lenskart Plus Company. In the year 2010, Peyush Bansal founded Lenskart with Sumeet Kapathi and Amit Choudhary. First the Company sold only contact lenses.
  • But later on it also started selling sunglasses and eye glasses. Today it has more than 5000 frames and glasses in their portfolio as well as more than 46 different types of high quality lenses and now the company has reached a new heights of success. Today Lenskart has more than 1550 outlets across India. Adopting a franchisee model business. Peyush expanded Lenskart to every region of the country and today he also provides an eye check-up facility.

Business Model of Lenskart

Lenskart operates through a uniquebusiness modelthat has helped it become one of the largest eyewear retailers in India. Here’s a closer look at Lenskart’s business model:

Strategic Partnerships

  • Lenskart has developed strategic partnerships with several key players in the eyewear industry. It has collaborated with manufacturers to source high-quality frames and lenses at affordable prices. The company has also partnered with lens manufacturers to develop its own lenses, which it sells under its brand name.
  • Additionally, Lenskart has partnered with technology providers to create a seamless online shopping experience for its customers. It has also partnered with brick-and-mortar stores to expand its reach and provide customers with a personalized in-store experience.

Revenue Generation

  • Lenskart generates revenue through several streams. Its primary source of revenue is the sale of eyewear products, including frames, lenses, sunglasses, and contact lenses. The company has a wide range of products, catering to customers of all ages and needs.
  • Lenskart also generates revenue through its subscription-based services. It offers a subscription service called Lenskart Gold, which provides customers with exclusive benefits, such as free eye tests, free home eye check-ups, and discounts on eyewear products.

Cost Structure

  • Lenskart’s cost structure is based on several factors, including the cost of goods sold, marketing and advertising expenses, and technology expenses. The company has a vertically integrated supply chain that helps it keep its costs low. It sources its products directly from manufacturers, eliminating the need for middlemen and reducing costs.
  • Lenskart invests heavily in marketing and advertising to increase brand awareness and attract new customers. It uses a combination of traditional and digital marketing channels to reach its target audience.
  • Finally, the company incurs technology expenses to develop and maintain its online platform. It has invested in advanced technologies to provide customers with a seamless online shopping experience and personalized recommendations.

Customer Segments in Lenskart’s Business Model

Lenskart’s customer segments can be broadly classified into the following categories:

  • Budget-conscious consumers: Lenskart caters to customers who are looking for affordable and value-for-money eyewear solutions. This segment comprises individuals who are price-sensitive and are looking for affordable eyeglasses, sunglasses, and contact lenses without compromising on quality.
  • Fashion-conscious consumers: Lenskart also targets customers who are fashion-conscious and seek eyewear that reflects their style and personality. This segment comprises individuals who are willing to spend more on designer eyewear and are looking for a wide range of trendy and fashionable eyewear options.
  • Individuals with vision problems: Lenskart also caters to customers who have vision problems and require prescription eyewear. This segment includes individuals who require corrective glasses or contact lenses for near-sightedness, farsightedness, or astigmatism.
  • Tech-savvy customers: Lenskart also targets tech-savvy customers who prefer to shop online and use digital channels to browse and purchase eyewear products. This segment comprises individuals who are comfortable using online platforms to browse, select, and purchase eyewear products.

Value Propositions in Lenskart’s Business Model

  • Wide range of products: The Company offers a wide range of eyewear products, including prescription glasses, sunglasses, contact lenses, and eye care accessories. Customers can choose from a large selection of styles, materials, and colours.
  • Affordable pricing: Lenskart offers affordable pricing on its products, making eyewear accessible to a wider audience. The company often runs promotions and discounts, making it an attractive option for cost-conscious customers.
  • Convenience: Lenskart offers a convenient shopping experience to its customers. Customers can shop online or in-store, and can even book a home eye check-up service through the company’s website. This makes it easy for customers to get the eyewear they need without having to leave their homes.
  • Personalization: Lenskart offers a personalized shopping experience to its customers. The company uses a virtual try-on feature on its website, allowing customers to see how different frames will look on their face. Lenskart also has trained optometrists in its stores who can help customers find the perfect pair of glasses.
  • Quality: Lenskart offers high-quality products that are made with durable materials. The company also offers a 14-day return policy, allowing customers to return products if they are not satisfied with their purchase.

Lenskart Funding and Valuation

The largest shareholders of Lenskart include ADIA, Soft-Bank Vision, Kedaara Capital, TR Capita, Alpha Wave Global, Premji Invest, etc. Let’s look at the recent shareholding structure of Lenskart-

Shareholder’s Name

Percentage of Shares Owned

SoftBank

20.1%

Premji Invest

11.1%

Kedaara Capital

9.5%

TR Capital

8.3%

Peyush Bansal

8.2%

Neha Bansal

8.2%

UNILAZER

6.6%

International Finance Corporation

5.4%

Stead view Capital

5.3%

ADIA (Abu Dhabi Investment Authority)

10%

Others

16.2%

The majority of the stakes are owned by Softbank i.e. 20.1% followed by Premji Invest (11.1%) and ADIA (10%).

Fundings so far & Valuation

Lenskart signed a definitive agreement withADIAfor a 10% stake in the company. ADIA invested a massive amount in Lenskart through SWF i.e. Gulf Sovereign Wealth Fund. Let’s look at the latest funding rounds of Lenskart-

Venture Capitalist

Funding Amount

ADIA (Abu Dhabi Investment Authority)

Rs.4,100 crore

DSP Mutual Fund

Rs.320 crore

Ravi Modi Family Trust

Rs.100 crore

Avendus Capital, Temasek Holdings

Rs.220 crore

Alpha Wave Incubation, Epiq Capital

Rs.760 crore

Alpha Wave Global, Temasek Holdings

Rs.1,650 crore

SoftBank Vision Fund

Rs.2,255 crore

Kohlberg Kravis Roberts

Rs.779 crore

Kedaara Capital

Rs.451 crore

Competition Analysis: What Makes Lenskart Stand Out?

  1. Integrated Model: Lenskart controls its supply chain, including manufacturing and assembly units. This gives them an edge in ensuring quality control, quicker delivery, and inventory management.
  2. Hybrid Retail Strategy: Lenskart’s combination of online and offline stores allows them to cater to a wide range of customers. While the online platform provides convenience, the physical stores offer a touch-and-feel experience, credibility, and immediate service.
  3. Technological Innovation: The Company has been at the forefront of using technology to enhance the customer experience. Features like the virtual 3D try-on technology set them apart from many traditional eyewear retailers.
  4. Diverse Product Range: Lenskart offers various styles, categories, and price points, ensuring that different customer segments can find products to their liking.
  5. Home Services: Their home eye check-up service offers unmatched convenience, helping them stand out in a crowded market and cater to those hesitant or unable to visit physical stores.
  6. Private Label Advantage: By creating its private-label brands, Lenskart ensures higher margins and can offer competitive prices. This also allows them better control over product design and innovation.
  7. Aggressive Marketing: Lenskart’s branding and marketing campaigns have been prominent, making them one of the top-of-mind brands in the eyewear sector in India.
  8. Customer-Centric Initiatives: From easy returns to warranties on products, Lenskart has always focused on building trust and ensuring customer satisfaction.

Peyush Bansal in Shark Tank

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (118)

  • Peyush Bansal, who is arguably the most-admired shark on the show, would have not accepted the show’s offer. When he was first made the offer, he wanted to turn it down. But his wife, Nidhi, insisted that it was a great opportunity.
  • And then when they went on their vacation to Maldives. Peyush watched back-to-back episodes on the television in his room while facing some of the most pristine waters one can. He did the same at other engagements as well. Despite him enjoying the show, he wasn’t sure.
  • Like most entrepreneurs he was hard-pressed for time, and the show needed lots of it. It’s funny that even when he shot the first time, he wasn’t sure. That’s why he hadn’t signed the show’s contract. Then the lights went on. The shoot and the start-up founders’ energy inspired him. Then, there was no looking back.

Peyush Bansal Personal and Professional Achievements

  • He is the recipient of the Red Herring Top 100 Asia Award 2012 for his venture Valyoo Technologies and was awarded ‘Emerging Entrepreneur of the year’ in the Indian e-tail Awards 2012.
  • He received the ‘India TV Yuva Awards in 2015.
  • Economic Times recognized Peyush Bansal under India’s Hottest Business Leaders under 40. He was also listed in Fortune India’s Best 40 under 40 entrepreneurs in 2019.

5 Companies Launched by Peyush Bansal before Lenskart’s Success

  1. SearchMyCampus.com
  • Peyush Bansal started SearchMyCampus.com in December 2007 with ₹25,00,000 from the basem*nt of his parent’s house. It was an online portal that helped college students to easily solve common issues faced by them likejobs, housing, coaching, books, transportation, etc. He worked on SearchMyCampus for 2 years.
  • Peyush Bansal founded Valyoo Technologies in 2008. Valyoo Technologies is the parent company of Lenskart.
  1. Flyrr
  • Peyush Bansal started Flyrr in June 2009. It was an online store that sold spectacles, sunglasses and contact lenses. The same idea as Lenskart but concentrated on the US market.
  • Peyush faced some problems, which made him realize that in order to run a business smoothly, both operations and delivery had to be controlled by him and his team. He decided to replicate the same model in India, and hence Lenskart was born in November 2010.
  1. Watchkart.com
  • With Lenskart on track, Peyush Bansal launched another niche venture in May 2011 called Watchkart. Watchkart sold branded watches and catered to a lot of brands like Emporio Armani, Tommy Hilfiger, Fossil, etc.
  1. Bagskart
  • In August 2011, Peyush Bansal launched Bagskart. Bagskart was another of Peyush Bansal’s niche portals under Valyoo Technologies. BagsKart sold different varieties of handbags.
  1. JewelsKart
  • With three niche verticals, Lenskart, Watchkart, and Bagskart, already in place, Peyush Bansal started another vertical, Jewelskart. As the name would suggest, JewelsKart sold jewellery of different kinds.
  • With a growth of 200%, Lenskart was performing better than all its sister verticals by 2014. Because of low traction and financial losses, Peyush Bansal shut down Watchkart, Bagskart, and Jewelskart in 2015. This helped him focus on Lenskart better and make it the brand it is today.

Lessons to Learn from Peyush Bansal

  • Peyush believed firmly in his vision of bringing technology driven eye care to everyone. After doing his Electrical Engineering from Canada, he worked for Microsoft, but in 2007 he left the job to come back to India. He did MBA from IIM Bangalore and founded Lenskart in 2010. It takes guts to leave a well-paid job to pursue your passion.
  • Peyush is humble. Not to generalize but people who have studied abroad usually would be more humble as they experience the same in foreign lands, unlike people who have studied in India who would be more boastful of their tags and can be rude as well. In India it is common that’s why we like Ashneer. However, Peyush retained his humbleness after coming back to India as well.
  • He respects people and he would like to invest or take a bet on people rather than businesses. He invested in Jugaadu Kamlesh.
  • He also believe in Social causes. He invested in Gold life anti suicide rods. He is highly technology centric since he worked at Microsoft in past. He believe that technology can help solve many of the today’s issues. He also has shown the same through his Unicorn Company “Lenskart”..
  • He has a purpose to bring eye care to every Indian. He is driven by that purpose. Lastly but not the least, Peyush shows that one don’t need to be cunning or utmost selfish to succeed in business, one can still be successful in business with clear purpose or goal, conviction in that goal and then with the help of technology and automation can produce world class product. Rather than cutting his competition, he has made his product a world class with constant innovation with no competition which can match him. I am not aware of anyone who is competition to Lenskart.

Frequently Asked Questions(FAQs)

Peyush Bansal owns8.21%equity in the company, which is valued at a whopping 32,000 crore.

The Lenskart CEO enjoys a net worth of 600+ croreapart from the moveable investments he makes in the market. The self-made billionaire has been on the list of India’s most successful businessmen under 40

Peyush Bansal studied at McGill University in Montreal, Canada.

Peyush Bansal did his schooling from DON BOSCO New Delhi. After completing his schooling, he prepared for IIT but didn’t get through it. Peyush then decided to study engineering at a foreign university and after so much hard work and effort, he finally got admission to McGill University, Canada.

SoftBank Vision Fundis the largest institutional investor in Lenskart. Kris Gopalakrishnan and 9 others are Angel Investors in Lenskart

Peyush Bansal, a former Microsoft employee, founded Lenskart.com in 2010 along with Amit Chaudhary and Sumeet Kapahi.

Reports indicate that the current annual salary of Peyush Bansal, CEO of Lenskart, is aroundRs 28 crore.

]]>
Ritesh Agarwal : Journey of OYO India’s Biggest Hotel Chain CEOhttps://www.5paisa.com/finschool/ritesh-agarwal-journey/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Wed, 17 Apr 2024 10:08:52 +0000<![CDATA[What's Brewing]]>https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?p=53103<![CDATA[ […] Stays, a platform for listing and booking budget accommodations. Agarwal renamed it to OYO in 2013 after receiving a grant of $100,000 from the Thiel Fellowship, a program for young innovators by PayPal co-founder Peter Thiel. OYO operated on a full-fledged hotel chain model that leased and franchised assets. It invested in capex, hired […] ]]><![CDATA[

Ritesh Agarwal-The Youngest Billionaire of India has a net worth of around Rs 16000 crores. The most amazing part is Ritesh Agarwal founded OYO when he was just 21 years old. In the span of 10 years OYO became one of the top hotel chains in the world with an approximate valuation of more than Rs 330 crore. Since the inception of OYO, the founder has never looked back. Let us understand The Youngest Billionaire Mr. Ritesh Agarwal success story in detail.

Ritesh Agarwal – Biography
Ritesh Agarwal Early Life and Education

Ritesh Agarwal was born on 16th November 1993 in a Marwari Family. He was born in Bissam Cuttack, Odisha and bought up in Titilagarh. His family ran a small shop in Rayagada. He graduated from Sacred Heart School and later St. Johns Senior Secondary School before moving to Delhi in 2011 for college.

Ritesh Agarwal Net Worth and Investments

Ritesh Agarwal Net Worth is around Rs 16000 crore. The company has a growth rate of 100 percent over the past four years. Ritesh Agarwalhas invested in27rounds.Their most recent investment was inFirst Bud Organics(Angel Round)on Mar 30, 2024.

  • Some notable companies in their investment portfolio includeUnacademy,Cars24andZingbus
  • Their investments are primarily inConsumer, Enterprise Applicationsand 17 moresectors
  • Their investment portfolio includes companies inIndia, Singaporeand 1 more

Sr. No

Company

Sector

Round

Round Amount

Co-Investors

1

First Bud Organics

Food and Agriculture

Angel

$60K

2

Allter

Retail

Angel

$120K

Aman Gupta

3

Coratia

Environment Tech

Angel

$96K

4

XMACHINES

High Tech

Seed

$86.1K

Namita Thapar

Ritesh Agarwal Family

Agarwal married Geetansha Sood, a native ofLucknow, on 7 March 2023. Oyo founderRitesh Agarwaland his wife Geetanshi Sood have welcomed a baby boy into their family.

Ritesh Agarwal – OYO Rooms

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (121)

  • OYO Rooms was founded by Ritesh Agarwal in 2013. At the age of 19 with an initial investment of Rupees 82 lakh Ritesh started OYO as a platform to book budget accommodation. The company began its operations with just five hotels in Gurgaon, India.
  • Over the years OYO expanded rapidly and evolved in to one of the largest hospitality chains globally. OYO offers wide range of budget friendly and mid-range accommodations.
  • In 2018, Agarwal secured USD 1 billion in funding for his company, a feat that earned him the distinction of becoming the youngest self-made billionaire in India. Following this achievement, he gained recognition as the world’s second self-made billionaire, with Kylie Jenner holding the first position.

How Ritesh Agarwal Started OYO

  • Immense love for innovation, Ritesh chose to drop out of college and pursue his vision. At the tender age of 18 in 2012, he embarked on his business career with Oravel Stays, a budget accommodation portal.
  • This venture received a grant of Rs 30 lakh and set the stage for his subsequent success. In 2013, at just 19, Agarwal earned a coveted spot in the Thiel Fellowship, initiated by Peter Thiel, securing a USD 100,000 grant to bring his ideas to fruition.
  • With this opportunity, he transformed Oravel Stays into OYO Rooms, a disruptive force in the hospitality industry. The success of Oravel Stays laid the foundation for OYO Rooms’ inception in May 2013, marking a significant milestone in Agarwal’s entrepreneurial journey.

The First Initiative

  • OYO started as Oravel Stays, a platform for listing and booking budget accommodations. Agarwal renamed it to OYO in 2013 after receiving a grant of $100,000 from the Thiel Fellowship, a program for young innovators by PayPal co-founder Peter Thiel. OYO operated on a full-fledged hotel chain model that leased and franchised assets.
  • It invested in capex, hired general managers to oversee operations and customer experience, and generated job opportunities for hospitality enthusiasts. OYO expanded to Malaysia in 2016, its first region outside India. It also introduced dynamic pricing to capitalize on seasonality, demand surges and special events.
  • OYO expanded to China, Indonesia, the UK, the US, Europe and the Middle East in 2018 and 2019. It also launched new products and services such as OYO Townhouse, OYO Life, OYO Workspaces, OYO Wizard and OYO OS.
  • YO had more than 43,000 properties and 10 lakh (1 million) rooms across 800 cities in 80 countries as of January 2020. It had over 17,000 employees globally. OYO’s investors included SoftBank Group, Didi Chuxing, Greenoaks Capital, Sequoia India, Lightspeed India, Hero Enterprise, Airbnb and China Lodging Group.

Challenges for OYO

  • The COVID-19 pandemic severely affected the travel and hospitality industry, reducing the demand for hotel rooms and forcing many hotels to shut down or reduce their capacity.
  • OYO faced allegations of fraud, mismanagement, breach of contract and non-payment from some of its hotel partners, who accused the company of changing the terms of agreements, withholding payments and manipulating data.
  • OYO faced regulatory hurdles and legal disputes in some of its markets, such as China, Japan, the US and India. For example, it was sued by a US hotel owner for $8.5 million over alleged fraud and breach of contract. It also faced tax raids and investigations by Indian authorities over alleged tax evasion.
  • OYO faced competition from other players in the budget hotel sector, such as Treebo Hotels and FabHotels in India, Huazhu Hotels Group and Meituan Dianping in China, and Airbnb and Booking.com globally.
  • OYO faced internal turmoil and layoffs as it tried to cut costs and streamline its operations. It reportedly laid off or furloughed thousands of employees across its markets in 2020 and 2021. It also saw several senior executives leave or resign from the company.
  • As a result of these challenges, OYO’s valuation dropped from $10 billion in 2019 to $3 billion in 2020. It also reported a net loss of $510 million in 2021. It struggled to raise new funds from its existing or new investors amid the pandemic-induced crisis.

Ritesh Agarwal – Shark Tank India

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (122)

  • AsShark Tank India Season 3continues to gain momentum amongst audiences, the ‘sharks’ are having their moments on the show. Especially, the new ‘sharks’ joining this season, have been getting a lot of attention.
  • Ritesh Agarwal has been appreciated for his pleasant demeanor on the show. He once said in the Shark Tank show – “I personally don’t like to call myself a shark. I am more like a dolphin probably. When I was coming to the show, my motivation was very simple, I want to support founders.
  • This has been my goal and Shark Tank has not disappointed me. Great ideas are valuable, but more than that it is the founder and person behind the company that matters. I believe the jockey is more important than the horse.”

Ritesh Agarwal Personal and Professional Achievements

  • Ritesh Agarwalhas won many awards and accolades for his work including the Business World Young Entrepreneur Award. He is a regular speaker at entrepreneurial conferences and institutes across India and the world and a fellow of the Thiel foundation.
  • All achievements of Ritesh Agarwal have included in a book called “Kaleidoscope” written by him, which has around 25 award-winning short stories, selected amongst several other stories nominated in an online contest organized by SpringTide. Other than that, he loves traveling and going for long drives to unwind himself and likes playing basketball when he is not working.

Lessons You Can Learn From Ritesh’s Story

  1. Learn something by doing it: You should be focused on your goals, and learn whatever helps to achieve your goals by practically doing it. Failure is a natural part of the entrepreneurial journey, according to Ritesh. He views failure as a stepping stone to success, emphasizing the importance of learning from your mistakes and using them to fuel your growth. Ritesh’s own experiences with failure have taught him valuable lessons and shaped his approach to business. By embracing failure and learning from it, entrepreneurs can become more resilient and better equipped to overcome challenges.
  2. Follow your passion: Mr. Ritesh Agarwal said that if you follow your passion, you can achieve your dream faster than others.
  3. Create an opportunity to work with entrepreneurs and start-ups: One of Ritesh’s key insights is the importance of building your environment. He suggests attending conferences, seminars, and networking events to connect with like-minded individuals and learn from their experiences. Ritesh also advocates for reading widely from various sources to expand your knowledge and stay informed about industry trends and developments. By immersing yourself in a stimulating environment, you can foster personal and professional growth.
  4. If you have advantages, use it: If you find any kind of advantages that our society I providing, use it, do something wild and create a career of your choice.
  5. Create a strong network: The most important thing for becoming a successful entrepreneur is to create teams who have the same passion as you.
  6. Always be restless: Once you achieve your goal, don’t take a rest, set higher goals, and try to achieve it. In times of trouble, Ritesh advises maintaining patience and stability to avoid demotivation. He warns against volatility, which can disrupt your focus and hinder your progress. By staying grounded and composed, entrepreneurs can navigate challenges more effectively and stay on course toward their goals.

Frequently Asked Questions (fAQs)

Ritesh Agarwal is anIndian billionaire entrepreneur and the founder and CEO ofOYO Rooms.

Full form of OYO is “On Your Own Rooms”

Ritesh Agarwal’s net worth is estimated to be around₹15,000 crore.

Ritesh Agarwal has won many awards and accolades for his work including theBusiness World Young Entrepreneur Award

Instead of spending time in a classroom, Ritesh found himself attending events and conferences where he rubbed shoulders with successful business owners. It was then that he decided to make the toughest decision of his life:to drop out of college and begin his entrepreneurial journey

Owners of OYO Are SoftBank (46.62%)Ritesh Agarwal (33.15%)

Ritesh Agarwal does not take a huge salary. Currently, his salary is Rs 1.5 Cr approx. He just took a nominal salary in the early days to cover personal expenses. However, after Series C, he got a hike in his salary and was benchmarked with CEOs of other similar startups at that scale. Most of his personal wealth comes from his shareholding in Oyo Rooms, where he continues to have sizeable stake.

In 2024, Oyo Valuation Is $13B.

]]>
Ashneer Grover: The Story of BharatPe Co-Founder & Managing Directorhttps://www.5paisa.com/finschool/ashneer-grover-the-former-bharat-pe-co-founder/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Mon, 27 Feb 2023 10:49:11 +0000<![CDATA[What's Brewing]]>https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?p=39427<![CDATA[ […] Ashneer dropped the plan of becoming CA as his father and decided to join Indian Institute of Technology in the 2000-2004 batch in the B.Tech Civil Engineering Program. He was selected as an exchange student for the University of INSA-LYON in France. Mr. Ashneer Grover was awarded a scholarship of € 6000 by the […] ]]><![CDATA[

Ye Sab Doglapan hai”, “Bhai tu Naukri Dhoond, Tujhse nahi hopayega”, these memes have sparked in social media and still continues to dominate the social media world. Mr. Ashneer Grover the former co-founder and chief executive officer of Bharat Pe have used these dialogues unabashedly in the Shark Tank Season -1.

It is the Indian Version of the American Business Reality Show which has now become a famous television show across the country.

Let us understand how Mr. Ashneer Grover stands out in the Entrepreneurs List

Mr. Ashneer Grover Biography

Name

Mr. Ashneer Grover

Profession

Entrepreneur, Businessman, Investor

Company Type

Fintech

Former Company

Bharat Pe

Designation

Co-founder and Ex MD

Date of Birth

14th June, 1982

Age

40 years

Birth Place

Delhi

Marital Status

Married to Mrs. Madhuri Jain Grover

Mr. Ashneer Grover Early Life and Education

  • Ashneer was born and also bought up in Delhi. He belonged to middle class family. His family members were working professionals. Mr. Ashneer completed is schooling from Apeejay School. After that he completed his graduation from Delhi.
  • After 12th Ashneer dropped the plan of becoming CA as his father and decided to join Indian Institute of Technology in the 2000-2004 batch in the B.Tech Civil Engineering Program. He was selected as an exchange student for the University of INSA-LYON in France. Mr. Ashneer Grover was awarded a scholarship of € 6000 by the French Embassy after which he completed his masters in MBA in Finance from IIM Ahmedabad in 2006

Ashneer Grover Family

  • Ashneer Grover Married Madhuri Jain Grover. He is the rank holder in his batch, and out of 450 students Ashneer and five others were chosen as overseas scholars by Indian Institute of Technology Delhi. Ashneer has two children Avy Grover and Mannat Grover. His father is a chartered accountant and mother is a teacher. Mrs. Madhuri formerly worked for companies like Satya Paul and Alok Industries before joining Bharat Pe. In addition this she owns furniture company named Mauve and Brown.

Mr. Ashneer Grover Shark Tank Investment

Ashneer Grover was an active investor with around 55 investments in various startups spanning fintech, health tech, and auto tech industries. Notable investments include Rupifi and YAP since 2020, as well as previous investments in Ribbit and Vinny Pujji’s fund. Ashneer had also invested in startups like BIRA, Meddo, Nazara, IndiaGold, among others.

Mr. Ashneer Grover Career

Ashneer has done multiple roles in his career. Let us have a look at his journey

  • Investment Banker:

Ashneer Grover had got an opportunity to work as Vice President at Kotak Investment Banking after completing his MBA in Finance in 2006. Mr. Grover left Kotak after working there for almost 7 years in the year 2013 wherein he was part of IPO deals

  • Employee of Amix

In 2013, after leaving Kotak, Ashneer decided to join Amix (American Express) which is the multinational company as the director. He left this company after 2 years because he wanted to do something different in life.

  • Grofers

He joined Softbank Backed Grofers in the year 2017 as Chief Financial Officer. Grofers was founded in the year 2013, where it started as the hyperlocal delivery service provider wherein it picked the goods from the neighborhood grocery stores to deliver them to the consumers. It used to charge a commission on the value of goods delivered from the merchants. Ashneer left Grofers in August and decided to take a break in his career.

  • PC Jewellers Head

After a lot of meeting with investors and more networks, Ashneer joined PC Jewellers as Business Head. He helped them in Developing business strategies, payment options and developing the overall business.

  • Bharat Pe Co-Founder

Mr. Ashneer Grover along with his two colleague Mr.Shashvat Nakrani and Bhavik Koladiya founded Bharat Pe , which is a payment applications in the year 2018. Initially these three were the shareholders of the company but later on, Sequoia became the lead investor and Bhavik Koladiya was removed from the list of investors.

  • Shark Tank India Season 1 Judge

Mr. Ashneer Grover appeared as Judge in the reality show Shark Tank India Season 1. This is where he gained more popularity because of his blatant comments to the startup business owners.

  • Third Unicorn

Ashneer Grover Quit Bharat Pe amid Controversies and decided to start all over again with his new company Name Third Unicorn which he incorporated on 6th July, 2022 which provides software related services. It is a bootstrapped company without being in limelight.

Ashneer Grover said in his Linked in Post for Third Unicorn Private Limited

  • “ So if you want to be part of the next TODU – FODU thing, here’s a sneak peek on HOW we are building ! WHAT we are building remains the billion dollar question!.” We are getting started – Sharted. Let’s begin the fun. VC – SheC’s Please stay away.
  • We use only Desi/self-earned capital. FAUJ – SHAUL nhi khadi karni (sic).” Talking about hiring plans and other startegies, he said, “Maximum 50 people team. KAAM – SHAAM se aukaat hogi. Feete to joote mein bhi hote hain, $1,000,00,00,000 Revenue – Shevenue. “106 unicorn to vaise bhi hain. No faaltu ka Board – SHOARD.
  • Uncles are advised to apply for their RWAs. 5 saal poore hone pe Mercedes-Shercedes. Gratuity to bezzati liye hoti hai.People who want to build BIG-SHIG,” he said. Further, Grover said, “Chhoti bachi ho kya? Kuch TODU-FODU karne ka man hai next? Join us: team@third-unicorn.com. FOMO-Shom*o ha rha hai kay? To get on the cap table, get hold of the man himself.”

Ashneer and Bharat Pe

  • As mentioned earlier Bharat Pe was founded by Bhavik Koladia , Shashvat Nakrani and Ashneer Grover. Bharat Pe is a QR Code based payment app for offline businessmen and retailers. The company is headquartered in New Delhi, but there are more than 5 offices across the country. Apart from interoperable QR Code for effortless UPI Payments, Bharat Pe also extends Bharat Swipe for card acceptance and small business financing. Also the company offers merchant loans.
  • Ashneer Grover served as MD and Co-founder of Bharat Pe until he resigned from the company and relinquished his position on February 28, 2022. He was asked by the Bharat Pe board to take a voluntary absence for two months on January 19, 2022 due to financial fraud for which he was allegedly connected. This mandatory leave raised concerns for Ashneer Grover and his family. His wife Madhuri Jain Grover was also put to leave amidst government probe. Both husband and wife were later on terminated from their services due to financial irregulaties.
  • The co-founder and MD was in media for a long time. This was not only because of the Bharat Pe issue, but also due to rude behavior of Ashneer in Shark Tank India Show and also call with Kotak Employee. Also there are many controversies which Ashneer denied , but he had to step down from Bharat Pe because misconduct was reported in double digit crores.There were reports which confirmed that Ashneer Grover had approached legal aid in the form of Karanjawala & Co a law firm from Delhi NCR, to secure his position in the company and keep his shareholding of 9.5% intact.
  • The former MD then demanded Rs 4000 crore from the investors to buy him out, which implied that he needs to be paid a fair market value for his 9.5% stake in the company. He said Either I will run the company or they buy me out; there is no third option”.
  • Ashneer Grover’s arbitration pleas were rejected by the Singapore International Arbitration Centre and the Key investors turned down his offer of selling 9.5% stake in the company. Finally he had to leave the organization.
  • According to the Bharat Pe Board the resignation of the Founder and MD came minutes after Mr.Ashneer Grover received Board Meeting Agenda which will include the PWC report submission containing the conduct of Mr.Ashneer and actions that will be taken against him. Mr.Ashneer Grover claimed that even though he has resigned he would continue to be single largest individual shareholder of the company.

Ashneer Grover Net Worth

The total net worth of Mr. Ashneer Grover Net Worth is $ 105 million. The net worth is estimated according to Wikipedia, Forbes and IMDB. His enormous luxury home is worth up to Rs. 30 crore, according to estimates. Also he owns a collection of high end luxury vehicle including the Porsche Cayman S Mercedes-Maybach S650 , Mercedes-Benz GLS 350, Audi A6 etc.

Rise and Failure of the Business Tycoon-Ashneer Grover

  • All was well for Mr. Ashneer Grover. His appearance in Shark Tank made him Public Figure. But then suddenly, one audio clip was leaked in which Ashneer and his wife was allegedly abusing a Kotak Bank Employee for not being able to secure Nykaa IPO shares.
  • Ashneer denied all the allegations and said that the audio was fake and the scamster is attempting to extort money from him blackmailing him with the fake audio clip.
  • The audio clip was then deleted from all social media platforms, but Kotak Mahindra Bank said it would take legal actions against him. This was not enough when another controversy came up because of an email which was exchanged from August 2020 between Ashneer and Sequoia India’s Harshjit Sethi where Mr.Ashneer used abusive language against Harshjit Sethi. This effected his brand image and on 19th January 2022 he announced that he is taking voluntary leave till end of March.
  • But the problems never ended for Mr. Ashneer. Just 10 days after this the board of BharatPe announced an independent audit in to company’s internal process and financials. The preliminary audit report detected fraud in the company in recruitment processes and detected payment to non-existent vendors.
  • Madhuri Jain, the wife of Grover, also came under scrutiny for misappropriate use of funds to finance personal trips, beauty treatments, and to pay her personal staff at home.
  • First, Grover filed an arbitration plea in the Singapore International Arbitration Centre to protect his 9.5% stake in the stake, amounting to 4000 crore Rupees. He said that he was being forced to exit the company with a much lower amount.
  • But, on March 2nd, he resigned from his post of MD and board of directors of BharatPe via an email. He said that he was vilified and treated in the most disgraceful mannerduring the course of this investigation. He also accused the investors of treating the company’s founders like slaves.
  • Ashneer Grover built a company valued at billions from the ground up in just three years. That is his excellence and his forte. However, his fall from such high has been quite cinematic and unfortunate, to say the least.

Business Lessons To Learn from Mr. Ashneer Grover

  • The BharatPe Story includes Twists, claims and counter claims. Inspite of having successful founders with good track record , but ultimately it looks poor. The outcome is not so positive as it has destroyed the core value of the management, employees and the customers also.
  • Ashneer Grover has performed incredibly well in building BharatPe. It is his sheer hardwork and talent that gave him success. Though he is rough and tough while taking decisions, but somewhere he failed in team work and that landed him up in trouble. He did not work with the Board Members.
  • In todays world when media plays an very important role , Entrepreneur is a public icon and are role models for many. Mr.Ashneer Grover through his comments showed a lit amount of immaturity forgetting the fact that his own comments can create problems for him.
  • No Doubt, Mr.Ashneer Grover is capable of creating value , scaling and building big and large companies. He believes that his next company will be a huge success. Well some people believe he is honest or some believe he is rude. But he believes that over valuing oneself is setting oneself for failure.
  • Ashneer Grover has always adviced that if the product is good , then put money in to it, don’t go by the size, keep away from the secondary stocks, and be smart.
  • Lastly when Ashneer Grover was asked about how he spends his free time , he replied I don’t party, I don’t read, all I know is how to grow your business and make money.”
]]>
Digital Banks – A New Era Rebooting Bankshttps://www.5paisa.com/finschool/digital-banks-a-new-era-rebooting-banks/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Fri, 17 Dec 2021 10:12:12 +0000<![CDATA[What's Brewing]]>https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?p=14285<![CDATA[ […] also aim to offer a high quality user interface and experience A Digital-Native Back End Core Digital Banks have configurable , modular , microservices-based cores with Application Programming Interface(APIs) that enable rapid IT delivery and innovation A Structure And Culture Like Those Of A Technology Company The characteristics of a digtal operating model include […] ]]><![CDATA[

The word Digital has become habitual in todays world as it is part of our everyday life. Technology has brought transition in such a massive way that from a generation where each and everything was done manually has changed to just clicks . This transformation has come in various stages and it has impacted human life in various ways. Digitial transformation is an clear example of this . With pandemic affecting health conditions all across Globe ,Digitalisation became the need of the hour to reduce human interventions for the purpose of safety . Seamless Flow, or hyperautomation, is transforming industries and societies across the world. Automated, digitalized processes reduce costs and free up time to spend on adding real customer value. This is now being extended to banking sector.

History Of Banking
  • The concept of banking may have begun in ancient timeswith merchants offering loans of grain as collateral within a barter.

  • Lenders inancient Greeceand during theRoman Empireadded two important innovations: they accepteddepositsandchanged money

  • Archaeology from this period inancient ChinaandIndiaalso shows evidence ofmoney lending.

Niti Aayog Initiative

A Proposal For Licensing & Regulatory Regime For India

India’s economy has also been a hotbed of financial services innovation over recent years. Numerous fintech startup businesses have formed, spanning the banking and financial markets industry. Plus, India’s banking sector has also witnessed industry convergence with businesses from other industries pursuing new banking opportunities.

TheNITI Aayog (National Institution for Transforming India) is a public policy think tank (A think tank, orpolicy institute, is a research institute that performs research and advocacy concerning topics such as social policy, political strategy, economics, military, technology, and culture.) of the Government of India, established with the aim to achieve sustainable development goals with cooperative fedralism by fostering the involvement of State Government of India in the economic policy-making process using a bottom-up approach. It was established in 2015, by the NDA government, to replace the Planning Commision which followed a top-down model.

The NITI Aayog council comprises all the state Chief Ministers, along with the Chief Ministers of Delhi and Puduch*erry, Lieutenant Governors of all UTs, and a vice-chairman nominated by the Prime Minister. In addition, temporary members are selected from leading universities and research institutions. These members include a chief executive officer, four ex-official members, and two part-time members.

NITI AAYOG, under Prime Minister Narendra Modi led Central Government proposed setting up of full-stack ‘Digital banks’, which would principally rely on the Internet and other proximate channels to offer their services and not physical branches, to mitigate the financial deepening challenges being faced in the country. “In other words, these entities will issue deposits, make loans and offer the full suite of services that the Banking Regulation Act empowers them to. As the name suggests, however, DBs will principally rely on the Internet and other proximate channels to offer their services,” it said in a discussion paper. The Discussion Paper makes a case, and offers a template and roadmap for a Digital Bank licensing and regulatory regime for India. The Discussion Paper also recommends regulatory innovations such as Digital Bank license that hold the promise of solving for as well as mitigating the financial deepening challenges faced.

Digital Banks- The Concept

The variety ofdigital-banking business and operating models has led to some confusion over the distinction between digital channels, digitized traditional banks, and pure-play digital banks. A Digital Bank is defined as a deposit-taking financial institution that provides its products and services through a digital-first or digital-only business model. Digital banks have the following characteristics:

  • A Digital Frontend And Operations

Digital Banks acquire and onboard customers and meet most customer needs with little or no reliance on paper documents a physical footprint(For exaple , branches, ATMS, agent point of sale), or manula processing . They also aim to offer a high quality user interface and experience

  • A Digital-Native Back End Core

Digital Banks have configurable , modular , microservices-based cores with Application Programming Interface(APIs) that enable rapid IT delivery and innovation

  • A Structure And Culture Like Those Of A Technology Company

The characteristics of a digtal operating model include a horizontal structure , minimal bureaucracy , non hierarchial environment with high levels of staff empowernment and ownership and a test and learn culture enabling continuous development of systems , products and channels.

History Of Digital Banks

The earliest forms of digital banking trace back to the advent of ATMs and cards launched in the 1960s. As the internet emerged in the 1980s with early broadband, digital networks began to connect retailers with suppliers and consumers to develop needs for early online catalogues and inventory software systems. By the 1990s the Internet became widely available and online Banking started becoming the norm. The improvement of broadband and ecommerce systems in the early 2000s led to what resembled the modern digital banking world today. The proliferation of smartphones through the next decade opened the door for transactions on the go beyond ATM machines.

The Secret Sauce To Profitability:

Starling bank Case Study27 While “front-end focused” neo-banks have found achieving balance between growth and profitability a challenge, their full-stack (Digital bank) counterparts appear to have found the secret sauce to profitability. An important case-study in this regard is Starling bank (UK). It offers insights into the question of what is the most viable business model for Fintechs offering digital banking services in India.

Starling Bank: Starling bank acquired a restricted license from the PRA Prudential Regulatory Authority in 2016. In the past 5 years, it has come of age with offerings both on the small business side and retail side. While in the initial years, interchange revenue dominated other sub-heads, the latest annual Report reveals NIM to outrank fee income from their interchange, B-A-A-S and marketplace offerings.28 Most importantly and supported by NIM growth, Starling turned monthly profitable from October 2020. On the other side of the balance sheet, acquiring the restricted banking license early on the curve enabled Starling to issue low-cost deposits (protected by UK’s deposit insurance scheme- FSCS).

Starling’s case study highlights the importance of NIM and on-balance sheet lending on profitability. The ability to do balance sheet lending is especially important for a fintech offering digital banking in India given RBI’s prescriptive regulation capping interchange. So, regulatory innovation in terms of engineering a DB license they can leverage is the key.

Digital Banks – Growth Opportunity For India
  • In India, to move on from physical verification for KYC, video-based verification may be introduced by the market regulator for a better process. Digital savings accounts are also being offered by several banks. These accounts are similar to the basic savings account, offering full banking facilities to users without having to maintain a minimum balance, with a virtual debit card convertible to a physical debit card. It will take some time before physical branch banking can be replaced fully with digital banking. Customers prefer human interaction for important decisions like taking a loan or negotiating the terms for it. However, digital banking is proving to be handy for recurring banking essential functions. With time being a crucial factor for customers, as well as services, the digitally savvy customer will always look for personalized and seamless digital services provided at their time.

  • Niti Aayog’s move to set up full-stack ‘Digital Banks’ is a great enabler. Allowing Digital Bank as a new category will help set up a fresh thought process that is end-to-end digital, and where operational efficiencies will help deliver better value to the consumers as per the experts opinion.

  • India is becoming a digital-first country where the power of technology is constantly being leveraged to foster financial inclusion.

  • The report has laid out a detailed plan and framework around how these full-stack digital banks should come into being. It proposes a ‘Digital Bank Regulatory Index’ that includes four parameters – entry barriers, competition, business restrictions, and technological neutrality. These are then mapped against the five benchmark jurisdictions of Singapore, Hong Kong, the United Kingdom, Malaysia, Australia, and South Korea. It also recommends a stage-wise approach to licensing – a digital business bank license within a regulatory sandbox, and a universal full-stack digital bank license issued based on performance in the former. A full-stack license will need capital worth INR 200 Cr, the same amount required to set up a small finance bank.

  • This phased, well-thought-out approach to the setting up of digital banks reinforces that the Niti Aayog is advocating a confident yet cautious road ahead. If this proposal is adopted, it could possibly set the stage to make banking and especially, FinTech, profitable again.

  • As is recognised by the paper, MSMEs are growth and employment generators that remain under-represented in the formal financial system, having to rely on informal, and often exploitative, sources of credit.

  • Given the proposed full-stack digital banks will not rely on physical branches, they will be able to address the credit gap without facing any of the cost of infrastructural issues that are common with traditional banks. The proposal has the potential to disrupt the still largely traditional banking system and bring in innovations that serve the specific needs of MSMEs and SMEs.

  • Niti Aayog’s move to set up full-stack ‘Digital Banks’ is a great enabler. Allowing Digital Bank as a new category will help set up a fresh thought process that is end-to-end digital, and where operational efficiencies will help deliver better value to the consumers as per the experts opinion.

  • The establishment of digital banks will help in bringing this large part of India’s underserved population to the formal banking sector. This will further help in driving financial inclusion for Bharat that will lead to the growth of our overall economy. India is at the forefront of the digital revolution with increased efforts from our government and FinTech firms who are providing customised solutions to create a better customer experience.

  • Beyond digital-savvy youth, this initiative can help tech-shy Bharat leapfrog to the next level of connectivity and commerce. Leveraging technology, this low-cost, efficient model will help accomplish a lot more in consonance with the existing banking infrastructure.

]]>
Is Neo-Banking The Future Of Banking?https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/is-neo-banking-the-future-of-banking/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Fri, 12 Nov 2021 19:40:14 +0000<![CDATA[What's Brewing]]>https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?p=13614<![CDATA[ […] are likely to latch onto the banking system to develop their products, e.g. in case of customer onboarding, neo banks will lock on to the API (application programming interface) of the bank instead of their own customer acquisition. Customer ownership, in this case, will be co-owned and neo banks will then leverage by offering […] ]]><![CDATA[

Neobanks bridge the gap between the services that traditional banks offer and the evolving expectations of customers in the digital age. They are changing the face of fintechand could one day take over traditional banks.

What are Neobanks?

Virtual or digital banking platforms that operate in partnership with licensed banking institutions while providing unique products and experiences in a customer-friendly interface. Sometimes, it may seem unreal – no hassle of physical branches, lean cost structure, end-to-end digital processes and easy access through smartphones – but all this is the exact reason for neo banks to exist. While globally neo banks have been around for almost a decade, it is a relatively recent, albeit fast-growing industry in India, riding on high penetration of the internet and the changing banking preferences and consumption patterns of customers.

Will India Have a Neo-Banking License?

Some countries have allowed digital banking licences that go by different names: “Virtual Banks” in HK, “Internet-Only Banks” in Korea and Taiwan & “Digital Banks” in Singapore. In India- a neobanking license looks difficult as

(1) Indian banks are fairly digitised especially with ramp-up of India stack (payments, identification & consent) and

(2) RBI may prefer banks to build branches to meet objective of financial inclusion.

India offers licences for Universal Bank, Small Finance Bank and Payments Bank. So, Neo Banks in India are forging partnership with banks to build their platform. Interestingly, most Indian Neo Banks don’t use the word “Bank” in their name to avoid confusion among customers or discomfort at RBI.

Neobank vs Traditional Bank

Neobanks complement traditional banks. They are differentiating themselves from online banking services and digital banking by providing a superior customer experience. They are not directly regulated in India. They are likely to latch onto the banking system to develop their products, e.g. in case of customer onboarding, neo banks will lock on to the API (application programming interface) of the bank instead of their own customer acquisition. Customer ownership, in this case, will be co-owned and neo banks will then leverage by offering products like virtual debit cards/credit cards, downloading of account statements and cross-selling products.

There is a clear division of responsibilities – banks would focus on trust, money management, core banking procedures, retail franchise, risk/compliance and data security, while neo banks would focus on adding an experience layer, nonbanking products, actionable insights, digital services and marketing. Additionally, neo banks can have one to many partnerships with various banking channels and vice versa. The banks have acknowledged the development of neo banks in their recent reports as they understand their products, agility and end-to-end customer experience.

Monetisation Prospects For Neo Banks

Neo Banks in India currently focus either on Millennials or SME segments. Millennial (or individual customer) focussed Neo Banks offer a superior app-experience, ecommerce partnerships, reward/loyalty programmes & loan/BNPL products. The challenge here is that payment fees are negligible in India, BNPL (Buy Now Pay Later) is still small & mostly gets non-prime clients. Quality of relationship and leveraging of partnerships for cross-sell will drive success. On the other hand, SME-focussed Neo Banks are building engagement with business clients through their ability to provide solutions like automated invoicing, collections/payments, accounting, inventory and sales mgt., taxes and in some cases interest on current deposits as well (banks can’t pay interest). This may help to rampup and upfront their monetisation prospects.

Players In The Space

Some leading Neo Banks in India are Open, Razorpay X (focussed on business/ SME clients), whereas Jupiter (Nu Bank owns stake), Fi, Niyo, Freo, Walrus and Slice are mostly focussed on Millennials. Large platforms like GooglePay, PhonePe and Amazon are also moving to expand services purely beyond payments. GooglePay tied-up with Equitas Bank to source fixed deposits. Amazon Pay has partnered with Kuvera to facilitate investments into mutual funds, fixed deposits etc. PhonePe’s platform is well diversified to showcase financial services and has taken licenses for Account Aggregators, broking, distribution of insurance products. Cred’s founder Kunal Shah (Cred operates as India’s largest card-repayment platform) recently invested in Winvesta – a UK-based Neo-Bank that focusses on cross-border remittances.

Pros of Neobank
  • Low costs:

Fewer regulations and the absence of credit risk allows neobanks to keep their costs low. Products are typically inexpensive, with no monthly maintenance fees.

  • Convenient:

Neobanks allow you to do the majority (if not the entirety) of your banking through a smartphone app. In addition to basic banking tasks, you should be able to manage your finances andpredict activityin your accounts to prevent problems.

  • Quick processing time:

These tech-savvy institutions allow customers to quickly set up accounts and process requests. Neobanks that offer loans may skip the rigid and time-consuming loan application processes in favor of innovative strategies for evaluating your credit and speeding up the process.

Cons of Neobank
  • Requires comfort with technology:

If you don’t like keeping up with technology trends, you might want to avoid banking with cutting-edge institutions like neobanks. You won’t be able to take full advantage of the offerings if you aren’t comfortable tapping and swiping your way through brand new apps. Some people enjoy exploring new technology, but if you don’t, neobanks might not be right for you.

  • Less regulated than traditional banks:

Since neobanks aren’t legally considered banks, you might not have any legal recourse or well-defined processes to follow if there’s a problem with an app, services, or non-regulated third-party service providers. There may be confusion as to who will be responsible for potential fraud and errors. Customers are also on the hook for ensuring that their neobank offers some sort of deposit insurance, such as through the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) or National Credit Union Share Insurance Fund (NCUSIF).

  • No physical bank branches:

It’s becoming increasingly easy to do everything online, and neobanks often maintain partnerships with ATM networks, but some people want the ability to visit a branch andbank in person. This is especially true when it comes to complex transactions. While many neobanks offer robust customer service tools, some customers may prefer to ask questions in person.

]]>
Why A Balanced Advantage Fund Is A All Season Fund?https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/know-everything-about-a-all-season-fund/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Thu, 23 Sep 2021 19:33:02 +0000<![CDATA[What's Brewing]]>https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?p=10038<![CDATA[ […] changes, the individual investor is not subject to the tax burden each time the asset allocation changes. As a result, the change in asset allocation within the program has no tax implications. Furthermore, fund managers would also be able to time their asset allocations far more efficiently than an individual because they are financial […] ]]><![CDATA[

Let’s start with an example Raman wants to Invest his fixed deposit maturity proceeds of Rs.50 Lakhs. Unlike last year, valuations are not attractive and investment decisions are not so easy. He is also worried about the sharp up moves and down moves that take place in the market over the past year. He is also vary of the fact that what happened last year would continue going forward. He is stressful if it would be the right time to invest in the market and may be happy to park this money again in a deposit to minimize risk. Raman’s colleagues have suggested him to invest in a balance advantage fund but he wonders how is a balanced advantage fund different from other balanced funds. So before we move forward in addressing Raman’s concerns lets understand what a balanced advantage fund is: –

So What Is a Balanced Advantage Fund?

    • BAF(Balanced Advantage Fund) is a hybrid mutual fund, as defined by the SEBI. These are often open-ended mutual fund schemes that invest in asset classes such as equity, debt, and arbitrage instruments with the goal of capital preservation and reasonable wealth generation.
    • The exposure between equity, debt, and arbitrage is constantly maintained in such a way that the schemes remain equity-oriented funds with gross equity (equity plus arbitrage) exposure of 60-65 percent, allowing them to enjoy the equity taxation.
    • According to the scheme’s dynamic asset allocation strategy, the exposure to equities, debt, and arbitrage instruments is flexible and fluctuates as market conditions change. As a result, in a scenario when equity is favorable, the plan raises gross equity exposure while reducing debt exposure. When equity appears to be out of favour, the fund manager of the plan reduces equity and increases debt exposure.
    • An equity-favourable scenario is when equity markets are on the decline and valuations have turned attractive. A falling market is accompanied by the prospect of future gains.
    • Each BAF scheme often has its own proprietary model that forecasts market direction based on certain valuation metrics and allows the fund management to raise or decrease equity exposure.
    • Unlike an equity scheme, the BAF can lower its equity holdings if markets appear to be overvalued and are likely to experience substantial falls.
    • This will also assist you reduce the scheme’s downside as it declines less than the overall market correction. BAF is well-poised to capitalize on the gains in the market as it can increase allocation when valuations turn attractive.
    • The balancing role that BAF performs in your portfolio is critical to your long-term wealth building. Investors frequently overlook the fact that, while outperforming the market is vital for wealth growth, it is also critical to underperform the market in order to minimize portfolio losses.

Why Is Balance Advantage Fund Called An All Season Fund?

    • When the asset allocation within the scheme changes, the individual investor is not subject to the tax burden each time the asset allocation changes. As a result, the change in asset allocation within the program has no tax implications.
    • Furthermore, fund managers would also be able to time their asset allocations far more efficiently than an individual because they are financial professionals who are better placed and knowledgeable about shifting market conditions.
    • The market dynamics that we are witnessing now is unmatched. Volatility in the stock market is here to stay, thanks to both domestic and global reasons. The ability to effectively manage this volatility will be critical to building wealth, which is why a product like BAF should be an essential part of any investor’s portfolio, whether experienced or new.
    • Investing in Balance Advantage Funds eliminates the need to time the market because the scheme seeks out the best possibilities for the investor at all times of the market cycle. It handles asset allocation, which is the most significant benefit for an individual who likely lacks the time or resources to research the market and investment prospects. BAF is a perpetual solution to the problem of long-term volatility.

Advantage Of Balance Advantage Fund Over Balanced Fund

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (126)

Conclusion

The dynamic nature of a balanced advantage fund is extremely useful for long term wealth creation. It ticks all the boxes in terms of asset allocation, tax advantage vis a vis fixed deposits and doing away with the need to find the opportune time to enter the market because the fund is designed to find the right opportunity for investors like Raman in any market cycle.

]]>
Sri Lanka is Bankrupt -The Worst Economic Crisishttps://www.5paisa.com/finschool/sri-lanka-is-bankrupt-the-worst-crisis/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Thu, 07 Jul 2022 09:40:45 +0000<![CDATA[What's Brewing]]>https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?p=26920<![CDATA[ […] power cuts lasting up to 13 hours. Also Sri Lankans are dealing with the rising inflations. The country steeply devalued its currency ahead of talks for loan programs with International Monetary Fund. The government blames the Covid 19 pandemic, which affected Sri Lanka’s tourist trade – one of its biggest foreign currency earners. It […] ]]><![CDATA[

Sri Lanka is bankrupt! These were the words of Sri Lankan Prime Minister Ranil Wickremesinghe as the country is suffering the huge financial crisis in decades, which has left millions of people struggling to buy food, medicine and fuel.

The Island which is the Wonder of Asia has faced so much during these few years that today it is example for each and every debt ridden country . Lets take a look at Riches to Rags story of Sri Lanka.

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (127)
Sri Lanka-The Wonder Of Asia
  • The tropical island is famous for its diverse landscape: from the blue coastal belt to green mountains within just hours of each other, and the island’s lush greenery ranging from coconut palm groves to paddy fields and tea plantations, embellished by over 200 natural waterfalls
  • Spices, sapphires and elephants have been synonymous for centuries with Sri Lanka, previously known as Ceylon. The unique location of the island in the Indian Ocean once served as a hub for trading aromatic cinnamon, cardamom, nutmeg and pepper were plentiful and the natural sparkle of gems with their multitude of hues, iconic to their colorful land, were amongst the natural exports.
  • Sri Lanka vision was to establish as Asia’s most treasured island, highlighting its beautiful beaches, warm and friendly people, with a strong nature, culture and adventure offering, raising its profile to that of an Asian tourism icon.
So what went wrong for Sri Lanka?
  • A severe shortage of foreign currency left Sri Lankan Government unable to pay for essential imports, including fuel, leading to debilitating power cuts lasting up to 13 hours. Also Sri Lankans are dealing with the rising inflations.
  • The country steeply devalued its currency ahead of talks for loan programs with International Monetary Fund. The government blames the Covid 19 pandemic, which affected Sri Lanka’s tourist trade – one of its biggest foreign currency earners. It also says tourists have been frightened off by a series of deadly bomb attacks on churches in 2019.
  • Critics say the roots of the crisis, the worst in several decades, lie in economic mismanagement by successive governments that created and sustained a twin deficit – a budget shortfall alongside a current account deficit.
  • Twin deficits signal that a country’s national expenditure exceeds its national income, and that its production of tradable goods and services is inadequate.
  • With the country’s lucrative tourism industry and foreign workers’ remittances sapped by the pandemic, credit ratings agencies moved to downgrade Sri Lanka and effectively locked it out of international capital markets. The government has also racked up huge debts with countries including China, to fund what critics have called unnecessary infrastructure projects.
  • In turn, Sri Lanka’s debt management programme, which depended on accessing those markets, derailed and foreign exchange reserves plummeted by almost 70 per cent in two years.
  • The Rajapaksa government’s decision to ban all chemical fertilizer’s in 2021, a move that was later reversed, also hit the country’s farm sector and triggered a drop in the critical rice crop.
  • Apart from all these country has hugely spend on projects like Matala Rajapaksha International Airport, Hambantota Airport, Columbo Port City Projects, Where China is a common factor to all projects. China is known to lay debt traps but Sri Lanka failed miserably due to this.
Sri Lankan Foreign Debts
  • Sri Lanka foreign Debt is around $4 billion in 2022 whereas it has reserves of only $2.31 billion including a $1 billion international sovereign bond maturing in July.
  • ISBs make up the largest share of Sri Lanka’s foreign debt at $12.55 billion, with the Asian Development Bank, Japan and China among the other major lenders.
Current Situation at Sri Lanka
  • School closures extended for one week because there isn’t enough fuel for teachers and parents to get to the classrooms and the energy minister has appealed to the country’s expatriates to send money home through banks to finance new oil purchases
  • Authorities also announced countrywide power cuts of up to three hours a day, Sri Lanka has suspended repayment of about $7 billion in foreign loans due this year out of $25 billion to be repaid by 2026.
  • The economic meltdown has triggered a political crisis with widespread anti-government protests erupting across the country. Protesters have blocked main roads to demand gas and fuel, and television stations showed people in some areas fighting over limited stocks.
  • In the capital, Colombo, protesters have been occupying the entrance to the president’s office for more than two months to demand President Gotabaya Rajapaksa’s resignation.
Neighbours Helping Lankans to get out of Crisis
  • Sri Lanka is currently working on the debt restructuring sustainability being prepared by legal and financial experts. Sri Lanka will need $5 billion over the next six months to ensure basic living standards, and is renegotiating the terms of a yuan-denominated swap worth $1.5 billion with China so as to fund essential imports
  • The Indian Ocean nation of 22 million is negotiating a loan package worth about $3 billion from the International Monetary Fund, in addition to help from countries such as China, India and Japan.
  • The cabinet approved a $55-million credit line from India’s Exim Bank to fund 150,000 tonnes of urea imports – a critical requirement as supplies have run out during the current cropping season.
  • The IMF has said the government must raise interest rates and taxes as a condition of any loan. The World Bank has agreed to lend Sri Lanka $600m. India has committed $1.9bn and may lend an additional $1.5bn for imports.
  • The G7 group of leading industrial countries – Canada, France, Germany, Italy, Japan, UK and the have said they will provide help to Sri Lanka in securing debt relief. Sri Lanka owes $6.5bn to China and the two are in talks on how to restructure the debt.
  • Sri Lanka desperately needs the help of Russian President Vladimir Putin for both fuel and tourists, which are both vital to rescuing the country’s economy.
  • The island nation has virtually run out of fuel, crippling businesses and public transport. It is struggling to get oil shipments from its usual suppliers in the Gulf or elsewhere due to a lack of foreign currency as well as banking and logistical difficulties.
  • Western nations have imposed restrictions on Russian oil in response to its invasion of Ukraine. But President Gotabaya Rajapaksa is clearly willing to take the risk of triggering displeasure in Western capitals.
India Helps Sri Lanka
Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (128)
  • India handed a total of 3.3 tons of essential medical supplies to Sri Lanka.
  • These humanitarian supplies are in continuation of the Indian government’s ongoing support to the people of the crisis-ridden island nation in forms such as financial assistance, forex support, material supply.
  • In line with Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s ‘Neighbourhood First’ policy, more than 25 tons of drugs and medical supplies which were donated by the Government and people of India during the last two months are valued at close to SLR 370 million.
  • This is in addition to the economic assistance of around USD 3.5 billion and supply of other humanitarian supplies such as rice, milk powder, kerosene etc.
Conclusion

Sri Lanka Crisis is a warning for all the debt ridden countries. A country is run by its Economy. Economy is money. Sri Lankan crisis is because of national expenditure exceeding its national income and imports greater than exports.

Wisely discussed and formulated economic policies which doesn’t lay burden on the common man is the need of the hour.

Structured finances must be priority rather than Populist Policies in greed of votes and power . Because such policies eventually fail because at the end everything in the economy comes with the cost.

]]>
Bangladesh needs IMF to overcome Deficithttps://www.5paisa.com/finschool/bangladesh-needs-imf-to-overcome-deficit/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Fri, 29 Jul 2022 16:15:52 +0000<![CDATA[What's Brewing]]>https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?p=28188<![CDATA[ […] of rural roads or 8,000 primary schools. The Bank has been a long-time partner, providing financing and technical support to help Bangladesh strengthen and modernize social protection programs. So what went wrong at Bangladesh? Bangladesh’s foreign exchange reserves fell to $39.67 billion as of July 20 – sufficient for 5.3 months’ worth of imports […] ]]><![CDATA[

Bangladesh has sought a $4.5 billion loan from the International Monetary Fund. It has joined South Asian Neighbors Pakistan and Sri Lanka in seeking help from IMF.

Before we get in to this topic Lets Understand Bangladesh Economy

  • Bangladesh is characterized as a developing market economy. It is the 41st largest in the world in nominal terms .
  • It is 30th largest by purchasing power parity , international dollars at current prices.
  • It is classified among the Next Eleven emerging market middle income economies and a frontier market. In the first quarter of 2019, Bangladesh’s was the world’s seventh fastest-growing economy with a real GDP or GDP at constant prices annual growth rate of 8.3%.
  • Bangladesh also has substantial reserves ofnatural gasand is Asia’s seventh largest gas producer. It also has large deposits oflimestone.
  • Bangladesh is strategically important for the economies ofNepalandBhutan, as Bangladeshi seaports provide maritime access for theselandlockedregions and countries.

How Bangladesh has grown over the years?

  • Bangladesh has an impressive track record of growth and development.
  • It has been among the fastest growing economies in the world over the past decade, supported by a demographic dividend, strong ready-made garment (RMG) exports, remittances, and stable macroeconomic conditions.
  • The country made a strong economic recovery from the COVID-19 pandemic.
  • With nearly 6.9 million girls in secondary schools in 2020, Bangladesh is among the few developing countries to achieve gender parity in school enrollment and has more girls than boys in secondary schools. Improving the quality of education at all levels remains the largest challenge for Bangladesh.
  • Despite high population density, decreasing arable land, and frequent natural disasters, Bangladesh has made remarkable progress in achieving food security and reducing poverty.
  • Almost half of the population are employed in the agriculture sector.
  • In Chattogram, the second largest city in Bangladesh, almost 780,000 people now have access to water supply, including those in the urban slums.
  • With IDA support, Bangladesh introduced an electronic government procurement (e-GP) system in 2012 that transformed the public procurement process into one that is more efficient, transparent, and accountable.
  • Bangladesh spends about $25 billion on public procurement annually—equivalent to roughly 40% of its annual budget—the country’s e-GP system has contributed to average annual savings of $1.1 billion, enough money to build over 10,000 km of rural roads or 8,000 primary schools.
  • The Bank has been a long-time partner, providing financing and technical support to help Bangladesh strengthen and modernize social protection programs.
So what went wrong at Bangladesh?
  • Bangladesh’s foreign exchange reserves fell to $39.67 billion as of July 20 – sufficient for 5.3 months’ worth of imports – from $45.5 billion a year earlier.
  • Reserves had fallen nearly 10% to $41.82 billion at the end of June from over $46 billion a year earlier.
  • Bangladesh’s central bank has said a decline in the inflow of remittances by Bangladeshi workers and a rise in import payments have put pressure on the foreign reserves, leading to a depreciation of the country’s Taka currency.
  • The central bank spent nearly $5.7 billion in 11 months through May of the 2021/22 fiscal year trying to support the Taka.
  • Foreign direct investment flows declined 18.65% to $888.5 million during the Jan-March period from a year earlier.
  • The trade deficit widened to $27.2 billion in the July 2021-May 2022 period as imports surged to nearly $59 billion while exports rose at a slower pace to $31.5 billion.
  • Retail inflation hit an 8-year high of 7.56% in June, driven by rising food and energy prices following a spurt in global commodity prices after Russia’s invasion of Ukraine in February.
  • Remittances from overseas Bangladeshis fell 5% in June to $1.84 billion, the central bank said, as many migrant workers lost their jobs because of the COVID-19 pandemic.
  • Prime Minister Sheikh Hasina has imposed curbs on imports of luxury goods such as sedan cars, gold jewellery and non-essential items, and on fuel imports including liquefied natural gas (LNG) despite frequent “load-shedding” to contain capital outflows.

Challenges for Bangladesh

  • Production and distribution of goods and services was repeatedly disrupted over the past two years. As a result, shortage of supply has been observed in almost all sectors of the economy. The ongoing economic and political instability in the international arena, especially the protracted Russia-Ukraine war, has severely disrupted the supply chain again.
  • Consequently, prices of industrial and essential consumer goods, including raw materials, have skyrocketed worldwide. The same is observed in Bangladesh.
  • The country imports fuel and foodstuffs such as wheat, edible oil from Russia and Ukraine. The Consumer Price Index (CPI) rose from 6.17 per cent in February 2022 to 6.22 per cent in March, the highest since October 2020.
  • However, the real inflation is believed to be much higher than the officially stated rate because the food basket, based on which current inflation is calculated, has changed in the last couple of years.
  • Hence, the government of Bangladesh must fight the soaring inflation if it aims to avoid a nationwide drop of purchasing power.
  • Second, the country has been experiencing a tumultuous foreign exchange rate, which is closely linked to inflation. The upward trend in the value of US$ against Bangladeshi Taka (BDT) is currently at the center of discussion in the country.
  • When inflation rises, the purchasing power of the domestic currency decreases. Like other markets, the value of the dollar against BDT rises when the demand for the dollar in the domestic market increases. At present, the primary reason for the increase in demand for dollar is the mounting import costs due to the upward trend in the prices of major commodities.
  • On the other hand, despite the boom in export earnings, Bangladesh’s export items are limited. The readymade garments sector is certainly the largest sector for earning foreign currency. However, the value added of the readymade garments sector is not that high.
  • Therefore, to get all the benefits from the ready-made garment sector, the country can emphasize on setting up backward and forward linkage industries.
  • Remittance remains a noteworthy and stable source of foreign currency for the country. However, a large number of expatriate Bangladeshis returned to the country during and following the pandemic. As a result, foreign remittance inflow dwindled significantly.
  • Compared to 2020, the expatriate income has increased by only 2.2 per cent in 2021, amounting to US$22 billion.
  • Moreover, monthly remittance inflows have been declining since the beginning of 2022, except for the month of Ramadan, which usually experiences an influx of remittance during the festive month.

Bangladesh seeks help from IMF

  • Bangladesh has formally requested for a USD 4.5 billion loan from Washington-based multilateral lender International Monetary Fund (IMF) to combat the ongoing financial crisis in the country.
  • Bangladesh asked for loan from the IMF in view of rapidly declining foreign exchange (Forex) reserves.
  • In a letter to IMF Managing Director Kristalina Georgieva, the government sought the loan as a balance of payment and budget support as well as to mitigate the effects of climate change on Bangladesh.
  • According to Finance Ministry officials, USD 1.5 billion of the USD 4.5 billion, which the country has sought to mitigate the on-going crisis, would most likely be interest-free and the remaining amount would come at an interest less than 2 per cent.
  • An IMF mission is expected to visit Bangladesh in September to negotiate the terms and conditions for the loan.
  • A deal is expected to be locked by December, and to be placed before the global lender’s board meeting in January, the officials added.
  • Renowned economist Debapriya Bhattacharya, however, said Bangladesh will have to go through several conditions to get a loan from the multilateral lender, which puts harsh conditions in front of the borrower country to get the loan.

Recommendations by IMF

  • The IMF has recommended removing the interest rate caps on lending and borrowing. Apart from a market-based floating exchange rate of Taka or foreign currency exchange rate system, the organisation has also suggested resetting the methodology on foreign currency reserves.
  • In South Asia, Sri Lanka, facing its worst economic crisis in seven decades, is currently in negotiations for an IMF bailout.
  • The island nation ran out of foreign currency to import, even its most vital essentials, triggering long queues at petrol stations, food shortages and lengthy power cuts.
  • Pakistan, whose foreign exchange reserves are rapidly depleting, reached an agreement with the IMF earlier this month to pave the way for the release of an additional USD 1.2 billion in loans and unlock more funding.
]]>
75th Azadi Ka Amrit Mahotsav-India celebrates glorious Independencehttps://www.5paisa.com/finschool/75th-azadi-ka-amrit-mahotsav/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Wed, 17 Aug 2022 16:40:04 +0000<![CDATA[What's Brewing]]>https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?p=29601<![CDATA[ […] decided to celebrate the 75 years of Independence of India by giving tribute to freedom fighters. As a part of this initiative Government decided to do various programs and named the celebration as Azadi ka Amrit Mahotsav Amrit Mahotsav meaningNectarof grand celebration which signifies the 75 years of India’s independence fromBritish Raj. The government […] ]]><![CDATA[

Azadi Ka Amrit Mahotsav is an initiative of the Government of India to celebrate and commemorate 75 years of independence and the glorious history of its people, culture and achievements.

This Mahotsav is dedicated to the people of India who have not only been instrumental in bringing India thus far in its evolutionary journey but also hold within them the power and potential to enable Prime

Minister Narendra Modi’s vision of activating India 2.0, fuelled by the spirit of Aatmanirbhar Bharat.

The official journey of Azadi Ka Amrit Mahotsav commenced on 12th March 2021 which started a 75-week countdown to our 75th anniversary of independence and will end post a year on 15th August 2023.

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (129)

Before we begin the topic Lets discuss few important facts

  • The Government of India decided to celebrate the 75 years of Independence of India by giving tribute to freedom fighters.
  • As a part of this initiative Government decided to do various programs and named the celebration as

Azadi ka Amrit Mahotsav

  • Amrit Mahotsav meaningNectarof grand celebration which signifies the 75 years of India’s independence fromBritish Raj.
  • The government of India also started a campaignHar Ghar Tirangawhere it is facilitating the delivery of a 20 x 30 inch National flag to every household at a subsidy rate of₹25.
  • In addition, during this celebration, the country will remember all the significant landmarks during India’s independence movement.
  • India will gain new power for future growth, and Azadi ka Amrit Mahotsav reminisces the elixir of the value of freedom.
  • It echoes motivation from freedom warriors, new visions, new resolutions, and self-dependence.
  • It strives to facilitate the youth and scholars to shoulder the accountability for fulfilling the country’s efforts in recording the history of our Independence fighters.
  • Furthermore, it aims to showcase the accomplishments of the independence movement to the world.
Har Ghar Tiranga campaign under Azadi Ka Amrit Mahotsav
  • The Indian National Flag represents free India, evoking patriotism in the hearts of the masses. One can proudly associate the ‘Tricolor’ with the many brave souls who dedicated, even gave up their lives, so that the National Flag could fly high.
  • From the moment it was first hoisted, it has symbolized all our victories as a nation.
  • The National Flag of India was adopted in the meeting of theConstituent Assembly on 22nd July 1947, days before India gained Independence on 15thAugust 1947.
  • The colors of the National Flag of India hold great significance and were chosen distinctively to portray the spirit of India.
  • Saffron indicates strength and courage, white indicates peace and truth and green stands for fertility and growth.
  • The Chakra present in the center of the Flag symbolizes motion, progress, and advancement.
  • The dignity of the National Flag of India is governed by theFlag Code of Indiaand itsamendments. It describes the conventions, practices, and instructions for the display of the National Flag.
  • ‘Har Ghar Tiranga’ was a campaign under the aegis of Azadi Ka Amrit Mahotsav to encourage people to bring the Tiranga home from 13th-15thAugust 2022.
  • Our relationship with the flag has always been more formal and institutional rather than personal.
  • Bringing the flag home collectively as a nation in the 75th year of independence thus becomes symbolic of not only an act of personal connection to the Tiranga but also an embodiment of our commitment to nation-building.
  • The idea behind the initiative is to invoke the feeling of patriotism in the hearts of the people and to promote awareness about the Indian National Flag.

India Celebrates 75 Years Of Independence

  • India is the birthplace of Democracy. India has proved that we as a country have a inherent strength which comes from our diversity and common thread of patriotism.
  • India is an aspirational society where changes are being powered by a collective spirit. Despite challenges India has always proved itself and have kept moving forward.
  • The way the world is viewing India has changed over the years. Today World looks India with pride hope and problems solver.

Key points of PM Modi’s Independence Day speech at Red Fort

  1. India needs to be a developed nation in next 25 years
  • During his Independence Day speech, PM Narendra Modi said that Indians must work towards a developed country and remove any vestiges of colonialism.
  • He added that Indians must also retain their roots while ensuring unity in diversity.
  • PM Modi said that citizens must also carry out their duties.
  1. We must work towards a ‘viksit bharat’
  • As we enter the amrit kaal, we must resolve to fulfil the dreams of India’s freedom fighters, said PM Modi.
  • “We must resolve to work towards a ‘viksit bharat’ and remove any vestiges of colonialism from any corner or in our hearts.
  1. India is an aspirational society
  • India is an aspirational society where changes are being powered by a collective spirit. The people of India want positive changes and also want to contribute towards it. Every govt has to address this aspiration society.
  1. We must fight against dynastic politics
  • PM Modi hit out at dynasty politics in his address at the Red Fort. Stating that it’s a challenge for India, he called upon the citizens to fight against the “bhai-bhateeja”, “parivardvadi” politics.
  • Corruption is eating away at the foundation of India.
  • I want to fight against it. I call upon the 130 crore Indians to help me fight against corruption.
  • Some people keep glorifying those who have been convicted of corruption and spent time in jail. We must ensure an attitude of hatred towards corruption and the corrupt.

5. ‘Respect Women, Support Nari Shakti’

  • Saluting the role of women in India’s struggle for independence, PM Modi said that every Indian is filled with pride when they remember the strength of the women of the country – be it Rani Laxmibai, Jhalkaribai, Chennamma, Begum Hazrat Mahal.
  • PM Modi said respect for women is an important pillar for India’s growth and stressed the need to extend support to ‘Nari Shakti’.
  • Pride of Nari Shakti will play a vital role in fulfilling the dreams of India. Respect for Women is an important pillar for India’s growth. We need to support our Nari Shakti.

Conclusion

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (130)

  • Over the past 17 months, Azadi Ka Amrit Mahotsav has truly shaped into an initiative that is powered and led by the aspirations and hopes of the people of India, with outreach across both urban and rural areas, especially smaller towns and local communities.
  • Events and initiatives organized under Azadi Ka Amrit Mahotsav have seen enthusiastic and a wide range of participation, from the Central, State, and Local Government bodies to private sector entities to individuals, especially the youth.
  • Leveraging this momentum and patriotic fervor of Azadi Ka Amrit Mahotsav, the focus is now on nation-building for the future—focusing especially on the next 25 years when we shall achieve the historic milestone of 100 years of India’s Independence.
  • India has emerged as a leader and is continuously evolving. Our beloved ‘Tiranga’ is soaring higher with each passing day, and our Independence Day is a reminder for preserving its integrity with all that we have.
  • In the 75th year of independence, the only thing the people of the nation should remember is that independence has not come so easy.
  • It is not something that should be taken for granted. It took a whole lot of struggle to achieve independence and it will sustain only when we value it. If people become indifferent to what they have achieved, then it is bound to fall apart.
  • This celebration ofAzadi ki Amrit Mahotsavis rather an occasion for embracing those values that keep the democracy vibrant.
  • It is a reminder for all of us to express gratitude to our forefathers. It is an occasion for making a resolution for all of us to contribute our bits to make this vibrant democracy going.
]]>
Ten Important Gist from Reliance 45th AGM Meethttps://www.5paisa.com/finschool/ten-important-gist-from-reliance-agm-meet/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Tue, 30 Aug 2022 16:44:57 +0000<![CDATA[What's Brewing]]>https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?p=30327<![CDATA[ […] life sciences and related technologies. It was established by theDhirubhai Ambani Foundationand now has become a pioneer in offering graduate, post-graduate, doctoral, research and many other education programs. Reliance Jio Infocomm Limited is an important part of Reliance Group; it is a broadband service provider. This is thesixth-largest mobile network operatorin the whole world […] ]]><![CDATA[

Reliance Industries Chairman Mukesh Ambani announced major decisions like launch of 5G telephony and succession plans for the industry in his 45th AGM meet . There are about Ten major takeaways from the Meet. Lets understand each one of them.

Reliance Industries History

  • Reliance Industries had diverse business including energy, petrochemicals, natural gas, retail, and telecommunications, mass media and textiles.
  • Reliance is one of the most profitable companies in India and continues to export about 8% of the total exports of the country and has access to 100 countries.
  • Reliance is also responsible for almost 5 % of the government of India’s total revenues from the customs and excise duty. Reliance also pays the highest income tax in India.
  • The company was founded by Mr. Dhirubhai Ambani and Champaklal Damani in 1960’s as Reliance Commercial Corporation .The partnership ended in the year 1965 and Dhirubhai continued with the polyester business.
  • Dhirubhai Ambani founded Reliance as a textile company and led its evolution as a global leader in the materials and energy value chain businesses. It was in 1957 when he returned to India after a stint with A.Besse& Co., Aden he started yarn trading business from a small 500 sq.ft. Office in Masjid Bunder, Mumbai. He set up his brand new mill in Naroda, Gujarat.

The Multinational Conglomerate Formation

  • In 1996 Reliance went on to become the biggest textile brand ‘Only Vimal’. In 1977 the Reliance Textile Industries came with an IPO which was oversubscribed seven times.
  • Reliance enjoys global leadership in its businesses, being the largest polyester yarn and fibre producer in the world and among the top five to ten producers in the world in major petrochemical products.
  • Starting as a small textile company, Reliance has in its journey crossed several milestones to become a Fortune 500 company in less than 3 decades.
  • Today, RIL has over30 lakh shareholders; the Ambani family holds nearly 52% of the total shares. Also, the company has over24,000 employees. It has158 subsidiary companiesand10 associate companiesin different fields.
  • Thelargest retail store network of India, Reliance Retails holds several cutting edge brands like Reliance Fresh, Reliance Wellness, Reliance Time Out, Reliance iStore, Reliance Market, Reliance Trends, Reliance Jewel, and many more.
  • It deals inmedical, plant and industrial biotechnologyopportunities. The specialty areas of this segment include making, marketing and branding the products of RIL inpharmaceuticals, clinical researches, molecular medicine, biofuels, industrial biotechnology,and few others.
  • A great imitative by Reliance Industries, Relicord is working to bring advancement in thebiotechnological industry.It is licensed by theFood and Drug Administration, Governmentof India. Relicord is the first to have a registered cord blood bank and repository in the entire region of Southeast Asia.
  • A famous educational institution, Reliance Institute of Life Science offers higher learning in different domains of life sciences and related technologies. It was established by theDhirubhai Ambani Foundationand now has become a pioneer in offering graduate, post-graduate, doctoral, research and many other education programs.
  • Reliance Jio Infocomm Limited is an important part of Reliance Group; it is a broadband service provider. This is thesixth-largest mobile network operatorin the whole world withover 306 million subscribers. Earlier the company was known as Infotel Broadband.
  • Reliance Logistics is an important win of Reliance Group; it is involved in the selling of products related todistribution, warehousing, supply chain, logistics, andtransportation. It is anasset-based companywith its infrastructure and fleet. It offers supply for logistics to the RIL and also other third party companies.
  • Reliance Clinical Research is acontract research organizationand specialized in the clinical research services industry. This is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Reliance Life Sciences.
  • Reliance Solar deals insolar energy; it produces and sells solar energy systems to remote and rural areas. It presents a wide variety of products likesolar lanterns, home lighting solutions, street light systems, water purifying systemand many other products based on solar energy.
  • Reliance Industrial Infrastructure holds about45.43 percent shares of Reliance Group. It is mainly involved inestablishing and operating industrial infrastructure. RII also works for leashing and providing servicesin data processing and computer software.
  • LYF is an Indian mobile handset company; it manufactures4G-enabled VoLTE smartphones. This is the subsidiary of Reliance Retails and runs with the parent company’s flagship venture, Jip.
  • Reliance Group has touched all segments of business, and the film industry is not an exception.Reliance Eros Productionsis involved in producing file content in India. This is a jointed venture withEros International.
  • A renowned mass media company, Network 18 is also the subsidiary of Reliance Group. It has diversified activities in different segments likedigital platforms, films, mobiles and also television.It has acquired theETV networkand also has some joint ventures namelyHistory TV18, Viacom 18.
45Th Annual General Meeting-Ten Important Gist of the Meet
  1. 5G Rollout in Metros by Diwali
  • Ambani announced a Rs 2 lakh crore investment plan in deploying 5G telephony with a rollout in metro cities by Diwali.
  • He said 5G services would be launched across multiple key cities including Mumbai, Delhi, Chennai & Kolkata by Diwali. Subsequently, the company aims to connect every town, taluka, and tehsil by December 2023.
  • Reliance Jio, India’s largest telecom operator has deployed a standalone 5G stack rather than upgrading the existing 4G network to offer ultra high speed internet.
  1. Leadership Transition Roadmap
  • Ambani laid out a clear roadmap that gives an idea of how the conglomerate will be divided among two sons Akash and Anant, and daughter Isha.
  • Talking about succession, the 65-year-old tycoon said that Akash and Isha have taken leadership roles at the telecom and retail businesses while younger son Anant has joined the new energy business and is being groomed for a leadership role.
  1. Foray in to FMCG Business
  • Isha Ambani director of Reliance Retail Ventures Ltd said that India’s conglomerate behemoth Reliance Industries will this year launch its fast-moving consumer goods business.
  1. Rs 75000 crore Investment for Petrochem Expansion
  • Ambani announced an investment for Rs 75,000 crore in the next five years in the petrochemical business.
  • On the occasion of the 45th AGM, Ambani said that the new investments will be in setting up a PTA plant, expanding polyester capacity, tripling capacity of vinyl chain and a chemical unit in UAE.
  • The announcement signifies the Reliance’s commitment to the O2C business at a time when the focus of the group has been on the diversification in telecom, retail and new energy.
  1. JioAir Fiber Hotspot
  • Reliance JIO chairman Akash Ambani announced JioAirfiber, a wifi hotspot that will allow consumers to access fiber-like speeds at homes and offices.
  • With a single device, it will be real easy to quickly connect any home or office to Gigabit-speed internet without any wires .
  • This will allow connecting of millions of homes and offices to ultra-high-speed broadband in a very short period. With it, India can rank among the Top-10 nations, even for fixed broadband.
  1. Giga Factory for Power Electronics
  • Mukesh Ambani announced the setting up of a new gigafactory for power electronics. One of the key components linking the entire valley of green energy is affordable and reliable power electronics.
  • The company intends to build it through partnerships with global players to provide affordable solutions.
  1. New Energy
  • Reliance aims to progressively commence its transition from grey hydrogen to green hydrogen by 2025, after proving its cost and performance targets. It will deliver modular, at scale and the most affordable modern green energy manufacturing business based in India, for India and for the world.
  1. Battery Packs
  • Reliance also aims to start production of battery packs by 2023 and scale up to a fully integrated 5 GWh annual cell to pack manufacturing facility by 2024, and further scale up to 50 GWh annual capacity by 2027.
  1. Shop From Reliance Jio Mart via Whatsapp
  • Isha Ambani at the company’s 45th AGM announced that consumers will be able to browse and purchase groceries and other household products on Meta-owned WhatsApp.
  1. India Beacon of Growth and stability
  • India stands as a beacon of growth and stability amid widespread unpredictability in the world. Amidst this widespread unpredictability, India stands tall as a beacon of growth and stability. The Government’s skilful management of the pandemic, and pragmatic approach in dealing with the ensuing economic challenges, have helped India
]]>
What Is Nifty FMCG and What Are Its Component?https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/what-is-nifty-fmcg-and-what-are-its-component/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Tue, 24 Jan 2023 11:28:07 +0000<![CDATA[What's New]]><![CDATA[Trading]]>https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?p=38519<![CDATA[ […] the FMCG market in India is expanding. More importantly, India’s population is getting more consumerist due to rising aspirations, with a median age of barely 27. Government programs to broaden financial inclusion and create social safety nets have further contributed to this. Conclusion: FMCG was one of the industries hit hard by the demonetization […] ]]><![CDATA[

What is FMCG?

Fast-moving consumer goods are non-durable products with a high rate of sales. FMCGs have low-profit margins and a high volume of sales. A few examples of FMCGs include milk, gum, fruit and vegetables, toilet paper, soda, beer, and over-the-counter drugs like aspirin. Fast-moving goods are defined as consumer goods that sell easily and cheaply. These products are also referred to as consumer-packaged goods.

FMCGs have a short shelf life due to rising consumer demand (such as for soft drinks and confections) or the fact that they are perishable (e.g., meat, dairy products, and baked goods). These goods are frequently bought, fast consumed, reasonably priced, and readily available. They also have a high turnover rate when they are on the store’s shelves.

What is Nifty FMCG?

Before beginning with the NIFTY FMCG introduction, it is important to note that the NIFTY FMCG Index was created to represent how Indian companies involved in the fast-moving consumer goods (FMCG) industry behave. It includes businesses that deal with those non-durable, mass-market goods and products that are readily available off the shelf.

All about Nifty FMCG?

NIFTY 500 should include companies at the time of review. A deficit number of stocks will be chosen from the universe of stocks ranked within the top 800 based on both average daily turnover and average daily full market capitalization based on the previous six months period data used for index rebalancing of NIFTY 500 if the number of eligible stocks representing a particular sector within NIFTY 500 falls below 10. ii. Businesses ought to be involved in the FMCG industry. iii. The company’s trading frequency in the previous six months should have been at least 90%. iv. The business should have a six-month listing history.

If a firm launches an IPO and meets the standard eligibility requirements for the index for a 3-month term rather than a 6-month period, it will be eligible for inclusion in the index. v. The final 15 company selection will be made based on their free-float market capitalisation. vi. The weighting of each stock in the index is determined by its free-float market capitalization, with the restriction that no stock may weigh more than 33% of the index at any given time, and that the combined weight of the top three stocks may not exceed 62%.

Nifty FMCG introduction?

The NIFTY FMCG Index was created to reflect how fast-moving consumer goods—also known as FMCGs—perform and behave as non-durable, mass-market goods that are readily available off the shelf. 15 FMCG stocks listed on the National Stock Exchange make up the NIFTY FMCG Index (NSE). The NIFTY FMCG Index is calculated using the free float method of market capitalization, and its level reflects the entire free float market value of all the stocks included in the index in relation to a specific base market capitalization value. The NIFTY FMCG Index is used for several things, including creating index funds, ETFs, and structured products as well as benchmarking fund portfolios.

Nifty FMCG components?

The meaning of nifty FMCG and its components:

Sl No

Company Name

NSE Symbol

Weightage(in%)

1

ITC Ltd.

ITC

30.00%

2

Hindustan Unilever Ltd.

HINDUNILVR

24.02%

3

Nestle India Ltd.

NESTLEIND

7.22%

4

Britannia Industries Ltd.

BRITANNIA

6.30%

5

Tata Consumer Products Ltd.

TATACONSUM

5.99%

6

Dabur India Ltd.

DABUR

4.21%

7

Godrej Consumer Products Ltd.

GODREJCP

4.08%

8

Varun Beverages Ltd.

VBL

3.57%

9

United Spirits Ltd.

MCDOWELL-N

3.40%

10

Marico Ltd.

MARICO

3.21%

11

Colgate Palmolive (India) Ltd.

COLPAL

2.66%

12

Procter & Gamble Hygiene & Health Care Ltd.

PGHH

1.63%

13

United Breweries Ltd.

UBL

1.47%

14

Emami Ltd.

EMAMILTD

1.19%

15

Radico Khaitan Ltd

RADICO

1.04%

The National Stock Exchange created the Nifty FMCG sectoral index to precisely gauge the performance of FMCG enterprises. 15 FMCG manufacturers, whose stocks are listed on the NSE, make up the bulk of the index. This makes it possible for traders, fund managers, and people to assess and compare the performance of their portfolios or funds.

After understanding all about the nifty FMCG index it is important to analyse the current scenario of the nifty FMCG. Fast-moving consumer goods (FMCG) firms like Hindustan Unilever, ITC, and Nestlé are presently outperforming the benchmark after lagging the broader market for the majority of the previous year. In contrast to the Nifty50 index, which has only increased by 0.9% over the past month, the Nifty FMCG Index has increased by about 3%.

Why FMCG Sector?

The fourth-largest sector in India is fast-moving consumer goods (FMCG), and it has been growing steadily over time as a result of increased disposable income, a growing youth population, and growing consumer brand awareness. In India, household and personal care products account for 50% of FMCG sales, making this sector a significant contribution to the country’s GDP.

Due to its middle class population, which is larger than the entire population of the United States, India is a country that no FMCG player can afford to ignore. As more people begin to climb the economic ladder and the general public has access to the advantages of economic advancement, the FMCG market in India is expanding. More importantly, India’s population is getting more consumerist due to rising aspirations, with a median age of barely 27. Government programs to broaden financial inclusion and create social safety nets have further contributed to this.

Conclusion:

FMCG was one of the industries hit hard by the demonetization process. These were the hardest harmed by the demonetization process because rural and semi-urban areas accounted for roughly half of its additional demand. FMCG companies observed a true drop in demand as a result of a cash shortage in these non-urban centers and realization delays. According to the March quarter’s quarterly report, that appears to be changing.

Liquidity is no longer a concern because around 85% of the demonetized currency has been placed back into circulation. The volume increase has also picked up steam as a result, which was a huge problem a few quarters ago. The fast-moving consumer goods (FMCG) sector of the stock markets has been dormant for a considerable amount of time. Stocks from the pharmaceutical and information technology sectors first dominated the Indian stock markets throughout the past two years.

Due to US regulatory concerns, both of these industries have fallen out of favor, and in the past year, the focus has turned to industries like banking, capital goods, and autos. However, FMCG has been the one industry in the entire churn that has been remarkably quiet.

]]>
Importance of Back Testing Trading Strategieshttps://www.5paisa.com/finschool/importance-of-back-testing-trading-strategies/<![CDATA[News Canvass]]>Sat, 18 Mar 2023 10:59:57 +0000<![CDATA[What's New]]><![CDATA[Learn Basics]]>https://www.5paisa.com/finschool/?p=40509<![CDATA[ […] I manually backtest a trading strategy? Manual backtesting involves reviewing historical market data and simulating trades based on predetermined rules. Traders can use Excel or other spreadsheet programs to record and analyze the data. The process involves: Going through each trading day. Identifying entry and exit points. Calculating the profits or losses based on […] ]]><![CDATA[

Introduction
Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (132)

  • The development of successful trading systems requires the use of backtesting. It is done by reenacting trades that would have happened in the past under the conditions specified by a specific strategy using historical data. The outcome provides statistics to evaluate the strategy’s efficacy.
  • According to the underlying idea, any strategy that performed well in the past is likely to do so again in the future, and vice versa, any approach that did not do well in the past is also likely to do so again in the future. This article examines the backtesting software utilized, the types of data obtained, and the applications for that data.
  • The standard technique for determining how well a strategy or model would have performed ex-post is backtesting. Backtesting examines the performance of a trading strategy using past data to determine its viability. If backtesting is successful, traders and analysts might feel confident using it in the future. Through the use of historical data, backtesting determines how a trading strategy or pricing model would have performed in the past.
  • According to the underlying idea, any strategy that performed well in the past is likely to do so again in the future, and vice versa, any approach that did not do well in the past is also likely to do so again in the future. It is advantageous to set aside a time period of historical data for testing when testing a hypothesis on historical data. Testing it on different time periods or out-of-sample data might help confirm its potential viability if it is successful.

What is back-test in trading

  • Customization of backtesting is crucial. Commission amounts, round (or fractional) lot sizes, tick sizes, margin needs, interest rates, slippage assumptions, position-sizing criteria, same-bar exit rules, (trailing) stop settings, and many other parameters can be entered into many backtesting apps. It is crucial to adjust these settings to closely resemble the broker that will be used when the system goes live in order to obtain the most accurate backtesting results.
  • Over-optimization is a problem that might arise through backtesting.
  • Performance results are tailored so closely to the past in this circ*mstance that they are no longer accurate in the future. Implementing rules that are applicable to all stocks or a specific group of targeted stocks is generally a good idea, provided that the rules are not optimized to the point where the developer can no longer understand them.
  • Backtesting is not necessarily the most precise method of determining a trading system’s performance. Sometimes tactics that worked effectively in the past don’t work well today. Future outcomes cannot be predicted based on past performance. Before going live, make sure to paper trade a system that has been successfully backtested to make sure the technique still holds true.

How to Backtest a Trading Strategy

There are two primary methods for backtesting a trading strategy: manual backtesting and using software tools.

How do I manually backtest a trading strategy?

Manual backtesting involves reviewing historical market data and simulating trades based on predetermined rules. Traders can use Excel or other spreadsheet programs to record and analyze the data. The process involves:

  • Going through each trading day.
  • Identifying entry and exit points.
  • Calculating the profits or losses based on the strategy’s rules.

Although manual backtesting can be time-consuming, it offers traders a deep understanding of their strategies and market dynamics.

How to Backtest a Strategy Using the Software

Backtesting software tools provide a more efficient and automated way to backtest trading strategies. These tools allow traders to import historical data and apply their strategy’s rules for generating simulated trades. The software calculates the results, including profits or losses, and generates comprehensive reports. Some popular backtesting software options in the Indian context include Amibroker, NinjaTrader, and MetaTrader. These tools offer advanced features like optimization and robust reporting capabilities, enhancing the backtesting process.

Backtesting Vs. Forward Testing

Backtesting and forward testing are two complementary methods used to evaluate trading strategies. While backtesting uses historical data, forward testing involves testing the strategy in real-time market conditions.

Backtesting allows traders to assess how their strategy would have performed in the past, providing insights into its profitability and performance. It helps traders refine and optimize their strategies before implementing them in real-time trading.

Conversely, forward testing involves applying the trading strategy in real time without making any changes. Traders execute trades based on the strategy’s rules and monitor their performance over a specific period. Forward testing helps traders evaluate the strategy’s effectiveness in current market conditions and validate its potential profitability.

Both backtesting and forward testing are essential components of a comprehensive trading strategy evaluation process. While backtesting helps traders refine their strategies, forward testing validates their performance in real-time scenarios.

Backtesting Vs. Scenario Analysis

Backtesting and scenario analysis often need clarification, but they serve different purposes in evaluating trading strategies.

Backtesting involves simulating trades using historical market data to test a strategy’s performance. It aims to assess the strategy’s profitability and suitability based on past market conditions.

Scenario analysis, on the other hand, focuses on assessing a strategy’s performance under specific hypothetical scenarios. Traders can evaluate their strategy’s performance in various market conditions, such as different volatility levels or economic events.

While backtesting provides a historical perspective on a strategy’s performance, scenario analysis allows traders to explore its behavior in potential future scenarios. Both approaches offer valuable insights and combining them can lead to a more robust evaluation of trading strategies.

Advantages Of Backtesting

Backtesting trading strategies offers several advantages in the Indian context:

  • Risk Mitigation: Backtesting allows traders to identify potential risks and pitfalls in their strategies before implementing them in real-time trading. It helps traders avoid substantial losses by refining their strategy based on historical performance.
  • Strategy Optimization: Backtesting enables traders to optimize their strategies by making necessary adjustments and fine-tuning their rules. It helps identify the most profitable parameters, entry and exit points, and risk management techniques.
  • Decision-Making Confidence: Backtesting provides traders with confidence in their decision-making process. By seeing their strategies’ historical performance, traders can trust their rules and execute trades with conviction.
  • Learning and Improvement: Backtesting is a valuable learning tool for traders. By analyzing past trades, they can understand market dynamics, refine their strategies, and improve their trading skills.

Limitations Of Backtesting

While backtesting is a powerful tool, it also has limitations that traders should consider:

  • Assumption of Future Similarity: Backtesting assumes that future market conditions will resemble the past. However, market dynamics can change, and historical patterns may not repeat exactly, impacting the strategy’s performance.
  • Data Quality and Survivorship Bias: Backtesting relies on accurate and reliable historical data. Poor data quality or the omission of certain assets can lead to biased results. Survivorship bias, where failed purchases are excluded from the dataset, can also distort the performance evaluation.
  • Over-Optimization: Traders should be cautious about over-optimizing their strategies based on past data. Overfitting the strategy to historical data can result in poor performance in real-time trading.
  • Limited Forward Prediction: Backtesting provides insights into a strategy’s historical performance but doesn’t guarantee future profitability. Traders should be aware that past performance does not ensure future success.

Backtesting Tips

Here are some essential tips for effective backtesting in the Indian context:

  • Accurate Data: Ensure the quality and accuracy of historical data used for backtesting. Use reputable data sources or consider subscribing to reliable data providers.
  • Realistic Assumptions: When simulating trades during backtesting, make reasonable assumptions about trading costs, slippage, and liquidity.
  • Account for Market Conditions: Consider the impact of different market conditions on the strategy’s performance. Test the strategy across various market phases, such as bull and bear markets.
  • Risk Management: Incorporate robust risk management techniques into the strategy during backtesting. Evaluate the strategy’s ability to handle adverse market situations.
  • Regular Strategy Review: Periodically review and update your trading strategies based on changing market dynamics. Continuously refine and optimize your strategy for better performance.

Conclusion

Backtesting trading strategies is crucial in a trader’s journey toward consistent profitability. By backtesting their trading strategies using historical data, traders can gain valuable insights into their strategies’ strengths, weaknesses, and potential risks. Backtesting allows traders to refine their strategy, optimize their decision-making process, and improve their overall trading performance. However, it’s essential to acknowledge the limitations of backtesting and supplement it with other evaluation methods like forward testing and scenario analysis. By combining these approaches, traders can make more informed decisions and increase their chances of success in the dynamic Indian trading landscape.

]]>

Search Results for “zerodha referral program” – Finschool By 5paisa (2024)

References

Top Articles
Latest Posts
Article information

Author: Horacio Brakus JD

Last Updated:

Views: 6320

Rating: 4 / 5 (51 voted)

Reviews: 90% of readers found this page helpful

Author information

Name: Horacio Brakus JD

Birthday: 1999-08-21

Address: Apt. 524 43384 Minnie Prairie, South Edda, MA 62804

Phone: +5931039998219

Job: Sales Strategist

Hobby: Sculling, Kitesurfing, Orienteering, Painting, Computer programming, Creative writing, Scuba diving

Introduction: My name is Horacio Brakus JD, I am a lively, splendid, jolly, vivacious, vast, cheerful, agreeable person who loves writing and wants to share my knowledge and understanding with you.